The URL can be used to link to this page

NE WRF PICKETT THICKENER AND SCUM REMOVAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECT - 09-0040-UT�� '. � �. �� NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKENER AND SCUM REMOVAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT (#09-U040-UT) CONTR.ACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS LL � � H V Prepared For: Prepared By: �JONES, EDMUNDS & ASSOC�ATES, INC. _ 324 South Hyde Park Avenue, Suite 250 Tampa, Florida 33606 � � � Jones Edmunds Project No. 03720-037-01 Certificate of Authorizatian #18�1 Apri12011 OP ID: SS �� C DATE (MM/AD/YYYY) A�aR�� CERTIFICATE OF LIA�ILITY INSURANCE o��Z�i�� `�'ii I CS �TIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MA77ER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGH7S UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THI5 CERTIFICATE DOES NO7 AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIV�LY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER iHE GOVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE bOES N�T CONSTI7UTE A CON7RACT BETW��N THE ISSUING INSURER�S), AUTHORIZ�D REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLD�R. IMPOR7ANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(iesj must be endorsed. If SUBROGATI�,1V� , �� ubject ta the terms and conditians of the policy, certain policfes may requir� an endorsement. A statem�nt on this �I� _ t'�n et`''r , ts to the certifi�ate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). GpNTACr PRODUCER 727-522-7777 NAME: F� Wallace Welch & Willingham Inc PHONE AIC No : 727-521-2902 ruc Na eXc : 300 First Avenue South, 5th FI E•^^'4�� ADDRESS: � ��►^" � P.O. Box 33020 PRODUCER RTDCO-1 �'"""� CUSTO ER ID #: ._., . St. Petersburg, FL 33733 �NSl1RER�S) AFFORbING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED RTD Construction, Inc. 5344 9th Street Zephyrhills, FL 33542 �NSUReR a: Amerisure Ins. Go. 19488 iwsuReRe:Bituminous Fire & Marine Ins. 20109 iNSURERC:American Guarantee 8 Liability 262�7 INSURERD:Mt. HBWI@ Ins. Co. ,_ wsuRER E: AGCS Marine Ins. Co. COVERAGES GERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN 15SUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHS7ANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE 155UED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDEp 8Y TME POLICIES DESCRIBEp HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL 7HE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONpITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SMOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. , ' T� . • � " PDUCY EFF POLICY EXP UMITS TYPE OF INSl1RANCE POLICY NUMBER MMlOD/YYYY MMIODlYYYY GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ �,OOO�OOO AGE NTE � �O�,p�� B X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABIUTY CLP3274167 0B/30111 06/30/12 pREMISES Ea occurrence� $ . "� � MED EXP (Any one persan) $ 5,p�� CLAIMS-MAOE � OCCUR � �0�,000 PERSONAL & A�V INJURY $ r � GENERALAGGREGATE $ Z�OOO,OOQ � R1� PRODUCTS - COMP/0P AGG $ Z,OOO,OOD GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: ' � V\ $ POLICY X PR� LOC AUTOM081LE LIA8ILITY � �� ,� COMBINED SINGLE LIMI7 $ � OOO,OUO `` ; . r; (Ea accident) ' B X ANY AUTO CAP3538857 Av 06/3D'1'�1. .�a ��1��3�� Z BO�ILY INJURY (Par person) $ ALL OWNED AIJTOS 60�ILY INJURY (Per accideni) $ SCHEDULE� AUTOS �� PROPERTY DAMAGE $ �J� � � (Pe� accidant) X HIRED AU705 ( . $ X NDN-OWNED AU7p5 � rC�` � S 11MBRELLA LIAB X pCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ �O,OOO,OOO EXCE55 LIAB AGGREGATE $ �O,000,OO G . CLAIMS-MADE AUG.9.�s�r�8�00 06/30/11 06130/12 $ pEDUC7IBLE S X RETENTION S WC STATU- O7H• . WDRKER3 CpMPHNSATION X T M T , AND EMPLOYER5' LIABILITY Q6/$Q/�'� OB/$OI�2 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ �,0��,0�0 A ANYPROPRIETORlPAR7NER/EXECUTIVE Y❑ WC�LO%OSO9 �- OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLU�Ep? N� A E.L. nISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ �I �OOO,OO (Mantlatory In NH) If yes, deSCrlba under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY I.IMIT $ �,000,�� DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION$ below �C,L0001350 01/U1/11 01101/12 Po��on 1,000,000 p Pollution E Leased &Rented AlIX193019402 OBl30/11 06/30I12 Equipment 25�,OUD �E3GRIPTION OF OPEf2ATIONS / LOCA710N5 ! VEHICLE3 (Attach AGORD 101, Addltfonal Remarle5 Schedule, If moYe space Is requlred) Pro�ect: Northeast WRF Pickett Thickener and Scum Removal Improvements Pra�ect: #: 09-OU40- UT Gity of Clearwater is added as Additional Insured with respects to General Liability, Auto and Umbrella. Waiver of Subrogation in favar of The City of Clearwater with r s ec to Genera Liabili Auto Wor ers Co ens tion» ....�.+r� � eT��w� TE CITCL-1 SHOULD ANY OF TH� ABOVE DESCRIB�D POLICIES BE CANCELLEp BEFDRE TH� EXPIRAiION DATE TH�REOF, NpTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Clearwater ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLIGY PROVISIpNS. 100 South Myrtle Avenue 3rd FL Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 AUTWPRIZEO REPRESENTATIVE �� m 1988-2009 ACDRD CORP�RATION. All rights reserved. AGaRD 25 (2009ID9) The ACORD name and loga are register�d marks of ACORD TFi15 �ND�RSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEAS� R�AD IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTOR5 ADDITIQNAL lNSURED ENDDRSEMENT - COMPLETED QPERAT{�NS This endorsement modifies insurance provided uncier 1he following: COMM�RCIA� GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE F�RM SECTION 11- WH015 AN INSURED is amended ta include: Any "owner', 'contractor°, "construction manager", "engineer' ar "architecY if it is required in your written contract ar written agreement executed by you and all oRher parties to the contraci or agreement prior to any loss that such person(s) or organization(sj be added as an additinnal insured on your policy for completed operations but only for the praject designated in you� written contract or written agreement and only with respe�t to "bodily injury" or "properry damage' included in the 'products-completed opera4ions hazard` and caused, at least in part, by your nagligence and with respect to liability resvlting from: A. 'Your work" performed for the additional insured(s), or $. Acts or omissions af the additional insured(s) in cannection with their general supervision of "your work". With respect to the insurance afforded such additianai insureds in cannection with this endorsement and ihe above referenced Commercial General I..iabili1y Form, the foliowing additional provisions apply ta limit that coverage: 1. We will have no dury to defend the additional insured againsi any "suit° sseking damages for "hodily injury' or °property damage° uniil we receive written notice from the additional insured requesting that we defend it in the 'suit." 2. The Limits of Insurance applicable to the additional insureds under this endorsement are the minimum limits speciiied in the written contract or agreement requiring this coverage, or as stated in SECTIDN lll - LIM�T'S OF INS�IRANCE of the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM, which�ver is fess. 1'hese Limits ai Insurance are inclusive of and not in addition to the Limits of Insurance dascribed in S�CTION pl of that form. 3. As additional conditians of coverage under this form, an additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a. Give written notice to us of an "occ�rrence" which may result in a claim. This shall include: (1) How, when and where the 'occurrence" took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (S) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out oi the 'occurrence". b. Give written notice to us of a claim or °suiY' brought against the addiiional insured including specifics of the claim ar "suiY and the date it was received. c. Give written notice af such claim or 'suit,' including a demand ior defense and indemnity, ta any other insurer who had coverage for the claim or `suiY under its policy(iesj, either at the time oi, or ai any time subsequenl to the occurrence of the 'bodily injury' or "property damage" which is the basis for such claims or'suit.' {1) Such natification must demand the #ul{ coverage availabla underthat policy; and {2) ihe additional insured shail not take any action to waive or {imit such other coverage available to it. GL-43$2 (12/04) -i- � , 4. This insurance does not apply lo: , � � a. 'Bodily injury' or °property dar'nage' resulting irom any act or omission of the additional insured(s) or � any of their employees, other than ihe general supervision of work performed for the additional ' insured(s) by you; 6. 'Bodiiy injury' ar 'praperiy damage" resulting from 'your work" performed on a project where other valid and collectible insurance is available to the additional insured under an Owner Controlled Insurance Program or Cansolidated (wrap-up) Insurance Program; c. 'Bodily injury' or "property damage' , (1) In connection with a project where "your work' on the project was �ompleted prior to the effective date oi this policy, unless the wriiten contract or written agreement includes a specific time requirement for completed operations coverage to be provided by you for the additional insurad for "badily injury' or "proper#y damage' occurring during the policy period. (2) In connection with a projec! where 'your work° on the project was completed and where the , duration of the additional insured coverage requirement in 1he written coniract or written agreemeni governing 'your work' on that project had expired by the tims that the injury or � damage first occurred. {3) In connection with a project where "your work' on the praject was compleied more than thirty six �36) months prior to the effeciive date of this policy_ For !he purpose of Ihis endarsement, 'your work" will be deemed completed as set forth in the � "products-completed aperations hazard' definition. d. "Bodily injury' or "property damage': �1) Arising ❑ut of ihe rendering or iailure to render any prafessionai ser�ices by any insured, or on their behalf, but only with respect to either or bvth ol the following operatians; (a) Prnviding engineering, architectural or surveying services to others in the insured's capacity as sn engineer, architect o� surveyor, and (b) Providing, or hiring independent proiessionals ta provide, engineering, architectural or surveying ssrvices in connection with work the insured performs_ (2) 5ubject to paragraph (3) below, professional services include: (a) The preparing, appraving or tailing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reporls, surveys, field orders, change orders, or drawings and specifications; and (b) 5upervisory or inspection activiiies performed as part af any related architectural or engineering activities, but does not include the general supervision of your operatians on such project. (3} Professional services do not include services within construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures employed by you in connectian with your operations as a construction contractor. For the purpase oi this enclorsemertt, the following definitions are added: "Owner" means a person or organizaiion who has ownership in the project premises designated in your written contract or written agreement, at which you are performing vr per{ormed work. GL=4382 (12/04) -2- 'Contractor' means a person ar organizati�n with whom you have agreed in a written contract ar written agreement to perform work (or at the project designated in lhe written contract or written agreement. 'Construction Manager' means � person or organization designated as 'construclion manager' in your written contract or written agreement, and has management or supErvisory responsibilities over "your work' for the project designated in the written contract or wr+tten agreament. "Engineer' means a person or arganization who has been engaged by the "awner", °contractor" o� 'constructian manager" to perform engineering services far the project designated in your written contract or written agreement and has a contracival responsibility for supervising, diracting or controlling `your work' on such project. 'Architect" means a persan or organization who has been engaged by the 'owner". "contractor" ar 'constructian manager' to perform architecturai services for the project designated in your written contract or written agreement and has a cantracival respansibility ior supervising, directing or conirolling 'your work" on such project. Any co�erage provicied herein will be excess over any other valid and collectable insurance avaifable to the additional insured(s) whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement executed prior to any loss that this insurance wifl be primary. However, any insuranc� specifically purchased for a designated project(s), including but nqt limited to additional insured coverage, owners contractors protective coverage, etc., will be primary with the insurance provided by this endorsement being excess. It this insurance is determined to be primary, we agrea not to seek contribution from such other insurance only if you have so agreed in the written cantract or written agreement. In nv event will any co�erage provided under this endorsement extend beyond 1he expirativn daie oi this policy. G1.-4382 (12/04) -3- 'Construction Manager" rneans a person or organization designated as "construciian manager' in your wririen contract or written agreement, and has management or supervisory responsibilities over your operatians for the project designated in your written contract or written agreement. 'Engineer" means a persan or organization who has been engaged by the "owner", 'contractor" or °constructian manager" to perform engineering services for the project designated in your wrltten cantract or written agreement and has a contractual responsibility for su�ervising, directing or controlling your operations on such project. "Architect" means a persan or organizatian who has been engaged by the "owner", 'contractor" or 'canstruction manager" to pertorm architectural services for the project designated i� your written contract � or written agreement and has a contractual responsibility for supervising, directing or conirolling your aperations on such project. Any coverage provided herein will be excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to the additional insured(s) whether primary, sxcess, contingent or an any other basis unless you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement executed prior to any loss that this insurance will be primary. Hawever, any other insurance specifically purchased for a designated project(s), inciuding but not limited to additiana! insured cauerage, owners conEractors protective coverage, etc., will be primary with the insurance provided by thi5 endorsement being excess. If this insurance is determined ta be primary, we agree not to seek contribution tram such other insurance only if you have so agreed in the written contract or written agreement. C. AUTOAAATIC WAiVER OF SUBR�GA71�N Item 8, of SECTION N- COMM�RCIAL GENERAl. LIA6ILITY C�NDITIONS, is deleted and replaced with the following: 8. Transfer at Rights of Recov�ry Again�t Othefs to Us and Automatic Waiver of 5u�ragation. a. If the insured has rights to recover all or part oi any payment we ha�e made und�r this Coverage Form, those righis are transferred ta us. The insured musi do noihing after loss io impair thase rights. At our request, the insured will bring °suit" or transfar those rights to us and help us enforce them. b. If required by a written contract executed priar 10 loss, we waive any rigt�t of recovery we may have against any person or organizat+on because nf paymenfs we make lor injury or damage arising out of °your work" for that person or organizatian, D. EXTENDE� NOTIC@ OF CANCELLATi�N, N�NRENEWAL Item A.2.6. ot ths G�l49MON POLlCY CQAl171TION5, is deletet! and replaced uvrth the iallowing: A.2b. 60 days before the effective date of 1he cancellation if we cancel for any other reason_ Item 9. of SEC1'ION IV - COMM�FiC1AL GENERAL LIABIL{'T'Y CONDETIONS, is deleted and replaced with the fallowing; 9. WMEN WE D� NDT RENEW a. If we choose to nonrenew this policy, we will mail or defiver to the iirst Named Insured shown in the Declarations writcen notice of the nonrenewal not fass than 60 days befare the expiration date. b. li we do not give notice of our intent to nonrenew as prescribed in a. above, it is agreed that you may extend the period of this policy for a maximum additional sixry(6D) days from its scheduled expiration date. Where not oshenrvise prohibited by iaw, the existing terms, conditipns and rates will remain in effect during that e�ensian period. It is further agreed that sa long as it is not GL,-3084 (01/06) -4- WORKERS GOMPENSATION ANp EMPLOYERS LIA6ILITY INSURANCE AOLICY WAIVER DF DUR FiIGH7 iQ RECOVER FR�M �7H�RS ENpORSEMENT WC p0 Q3 13 iEd. 4-84j We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury coverEd by this palicy. We will not enfqrce our right agains[ the person or organization named in the Schsdule. {This agreement applies only to the extent th8t you perform work under a writt�n contract that requires you t� obtain this agreement from us.� This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Sct�edule. Schedule "As needed by contract and shown on certific8ta of insurance on file with campany" "This endorsement is not applicable in California, Kentucky, New Hampshire, New Jersey, Texas and Utah," "This endarsement does not apply to policies in Missouri where the employer is in the construction grvup of code classifications. Accarding to 5ection 287.150(B) of the Missouri Statues, a contractual provision purporting to waive subrogaiion rights is against public policy and void where one party to th8 coniract is an employer in the construction group pf code classifications." This endprsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to praparation of the policy.} Endorsement Efiective Policy Na. Endorsement No. Insured Insurance Company Gauntersigned by Premium S WC QO 03 1 � Hen Fom+s & Services (Ed. 4-$4} Capyright �883 National Council on Compansation Insurance. Aeo.es� No. ia-aeae IL0255Q908 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. FLaRIDA CHANGES - CANCELLATIQN AND N4NRENEWAL This endorsement modiiies insurance provided under the following: CAPITAL ASSETS PR�GRAM (�UTPU7 POLICY) COVERAGE PART COMM�RCIAL INLAN[7 MARINE C�VERAGE PAR7 C�MMERGIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE AAR7 CRIM� AN� FI�EIITY GOVERAGE PART EQUIPMENT BR�AKDOWN COVERAGE PAR7 FARM COVERAGE PAR7 STANQARD PROP�RTY POLICY A. Paragraph 2, of the Cancellatio� Common Policy Condition is replaced by the following: 2. Cancellatfan Far Policiss In EHect 90 D�ys �r Less a. If this policy has been in effect f�r 90 days or less, we may cancel this policy by mail- ing or dEliveri�g lo the first Named Insured written notice of cancellatian, accompanied by the specific reasons for cancellation, at least: (1) 10 days before the eitecfive date of cancellation if we cance{ far nonpay- ment of premium; ar (2) 20 days befora the eifective date of cancellation ii we cancel ior any otf�er reason, except we may cancel immedi- ately if there ha5 been: {a) A material misstatemen# or misrep- resentation; or (b) A failure to comply with underwriting requirements established by the in- surar. b. However, f'aragraph 2.a.(2) does not apply to a first Named Insured whose residential structure has been insured by �s or an at- filiated insurer for at least a iive-year period immediately prior to the data of written no- tice. Instead, refer to Pa�agraph C.7.6.(4) of this endorsement. c. We may nat cancel: i1i �� Dn the hasis of property insurance claims that are the result of an act of God, unless we can demonstrals, by claims frequency crr otherwise, that yau have failed to take actlan reasonably necessary as requested by us to pre- vent recurr�nce af damage to the in- sured praperty; ar On the basis of filing of claims for partial loss caused by si�khole damage or clay shrinkage, regardless o( whether this policy has been the subject of a sinkhole or clay shrinkage claim, or on the basis af the risk associaied with the occur- rence of such a claim. However, we may cance! this policy if: (a) 7he total oi such property insurance claim payments ior this palicy ex- ceeds the current policy limits of coverage for property damage; or (b) Ynu have failed to repair the struc- ture in accordance with the engineer- ing recommendations upon which any loss paymenl or policy proceeds were based. (3) Solely on the basis of a single property insurance claim which is the resuH of water damage, unless we can demon- strate that yau have failed ta take action reasonably requestad by us to prevent a future similar occurrence of damage to the insursd property. IL D2 55 09 GS � Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 4 B. Paragraph 5, of the Cancallatian Common Pplicy Gonditlon is replaced by the following: 5. If this policy is cancelled, we will send the first Named Insured any premium refund due. If we cancel, the refund will be pra rata. If the tirst lVamed Insured cancefs, the refund may be less than pro rata. IS the return premium is noi refunded with the notice of cancellation or when this policy is returned to us, wa will mail the refund within 15 working d�ys afler the date cancellation takes effect, unless thls is an audil policy. It this is an audit policy, then, subjeci to your full cooperalian with us or aur age�t in securing the necessary data tor audit, we will return any premium refund due within 90 days of 1he date cancellatian takes effect. If our audit is not cdmpleted within this time limilation, then we shall ac�ept your own audit, and any premium ' refund due shall be mailed within 10 working , days of receipt vf your audit. The cancellation wilf be effective even if we have not mad� or offered a r�fund. C. The following is added to the Canc�llation Com- mon Policy Condition: 7. Canceltation For Palici�s In Eftect For Mare Than 90 b�ys a. li lhis policy has been in effect for mare than 90 days, we may cancel this policy only for nne or more oi the following rea- sons: (1) Nanpayment of premium; � (2) The policy was obtained by a material ' misstatement; I , {3) There has been a(ailure to cornply with ' underwriting requirements established � by us within 90 days of the effective date of coverage; {4) There has been a substantial change in the risk cavered by the policy; (5) The cancellation is for all insureds under such policies far a given class of insur- eds; {6j On the basis af property insurance claims that are the result af art act of God, if we c8n demonstrate, by Claims frequency or othervvise, that you have failed to take action reasonably neces- sary as requested by us to prevent re- currence of damage to the insured properiy; (7} �n the basis oi tiling of claims for partial loss caused by sinkhole damage or cfay shrinkage, or on the basis of the risk as- sociaied with the occurrence oi such a claim, if: (a) The total of such properfy insurance claim payments for this palicy ex- ceeds the current policy limits of coverage ior prpperty damage; or (b) You t�ave failed to repair the struc- ture in accordance with the engineer- ing recommendations upon which any loss payment ar policy proceecls were based; ar (8) On the basis of a single property insur- ance claim which is the result of water damage, if we can damonstrale that you have failed ta take action reasonably re- quested by us to prevenl a future similar occurrence of damage to Ihe insured property. b. If we cancel this policy for any of these reasans, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured written nati�e of cancalla- tion, accompanied by the spacific reasons ior cancellation, at least: (1) 10 days befo�e the eifective date of cancellation if cancella#ipn is for non- paymenl of premium; or (2) 45 days before the effective date of cancellation if: (a) Cancellation is for ane or more af the reasons stated i� Pa�agraphs 7'.a.(2) through i.a.(B} above; and {b) This policy does not cover a residen- t�al structure or its contents; or {3j 100 days before the effective date of canceflation ii: {a) Cancellation is for one or more of the reasons stated in Paragraphs 7.a.(2} through 7.a.(8) above; and (b} This policy covers a residential struc- ture ar its canients, unless I'ara- graph 7.b.(4) applies. Pag� 2 of 4 � Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 IL D2 55 a9 08 However, if cancellation is to become ef- fective between June 1 and November 30, we will mail or deliver lo the firsi Named Insured written natice of cancel- latian at leasl 100 days prior to the ef- fective date of cancellaiion or by June 1, whichever is earlier. Therelore, when cancellation is to become efiective be- tween September 9 and IVovember 3p, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellatian by June 1. (4) 180 days before the effective date of cancellation if: (a) Cancellation is for one or more of the reasans siatad in Paragraphs 7.a.(2j through 7.a.(8) above; and (b} The first Named Insured's residential structure has baen insured by us or an attiliated insurer 1or at least a five- year period immediately prior to the date of the wrilien notice. �. The fo[lowing is added: TNONRENEWAL 1. If we decide not ta renew this policy we will mail or deliver to the first Named lnsured writ- ten notice of nonrenewal, accompanied by the specific rEasan for nonrenewal, at least: a. 45 days priar ta She expiration ai the policy if this policy does not cover a residential structure or its contents; or b. c. 100 days prior to the expiration �( the policy it this policy covers a residential structure ar its contenls, unless Subsectian c. or d. ap- plies. lf this policy covers a residential structure or its confents and nonrenawal is to become effective between June 1 and November 30, wa will mail ar deliver to the iirst Named Insured written notice af nonrenewal at least 1 DO days prior to the efiective date oi nonrenewal or by June 1, whichevec is ear- lier. Thereiore, when nonrenewal is io be- come effective between September 9 and November 30, we will mail or deliver to the iirst Named Insured written nolice af nonre- newal by June 1. If nonrenewal is due to a re�ision tp this policy's coverage for sink- hole losses or catastrophic ground cover collapse pursuant ta the 2007 changes in the Florida Insurance Laws concerning such coverage, then this subsectian, c., does not apply. Therefore, in such a case, Subsection b. ar d, applies. d. 1B0 days prior to 1he effective date of non- renewal if the first Named Insured's resi- dential structure has been insured by us or an aifiliated insurer tor al least a five-year period immediatsly prior lo the date nf the written notice. 2. Any notice oi nonre�ewal will be mailed or delivered to the first Named (nsured's last maii- ing address known to us. It notice is mailed, praof of mailing will be sufificient proof vf no- tice. 3. We may not refuse to renew this policy: a. �n ihe basis of propsrty insuranca claims that are the result of an act of God, unless we can demonslrate, hy claims frequency or otherwise, that you have failed to take action reasonabty necassary as requested by us to prevent recurrence of damage to ttte insured properiy; or b. On ihe basis of filing ai claims for partial loss caused by sinkhole damage or clay shrinkage, regardless of whether this policy has been the subject of a sinkhole or clay shrinkage claim, or on the basis of the risk associated with the occurrence ot such a claim. However, we may reiuse ta renew this palicy if: (1) ihe lotal of sueh property insurance claim payments for this policy exceeds the current policy limits of coverage for property damage; or {2) You have failed to repair the structure in accordance with the engineering rec- ommendations upon which any lass payment or palicy proceeds were based. e. Solsly on the basis of a single praperry insurance claim which is the rasult of water damage, unless we can demonstrate that you have failed to lake actian reasonably requested by us to prevent a future similar occurrence of damage to the insured prop- erry. ��, p2 +�� pg pg � Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 3 ot 4 E. Limitatians On Cancellatian And Nonrenewal 2.. With respect to a policy covering a residential In The Event Of Hurricene Or Wi�d Loss -- structure or its contents, any cancellation or Realdential Property nonrenewal that would otherwise take eifect 1. The follawing provisians apply to a policy cov- during the duration af a hurricane will not take ering a residential structure or its contents, if effect until the end af the duration of such hur- such property has sustained damage as a re- ricane, unless a repiacement policy has been sult of a hurricane or windstorm that is the sub- obtained and is in e(feci for a clairr� occurring ject of a declaration of emergency by the Gov- during the duration of the hurricane. We may ernor and filing of an arder by the Commis- collect premium ior the period at time for which sioner of Insurance Regulation: the palicy period is extended. e. Except as provided in Paragraph E.1.b., we �• With respect to Paragraph E.2., a hurricane is may no1 cancel or nonrEnew the policy until � storm system that has been declared ta be a at least 90 days after repairs to the residen- hurricane by the National Murricane Center of tial structure or its contents have been sub- lhs National Weather Service (hereafter re- stantially compleled so that it is restored to �erred ta as NHC). The hurricane occurrence the extent that it is insurable by another in- begins at the time a hurricane watch or hurri- surer writing policies in Florida. If we elect cane warning is issued for any part of Fforida to not renew the policy, we will pravide at by the NHC, and ends 72 hours after the ter- least 1Q0 days' notice that we intend to non- minatian of the last hurricane watch or i�urri- renew 90 days after the subslantial comple- cane warning issued f�r any part of Florida by tion of repairs. the NWC. b. We may cancel or nonrenew the policy prior to restoration of the structure or its can- . tents, ior any oi the following reasons: � (1) Nonpayment of premium; � {2) Material misstatement or fraud related to the claim; I (3) We determine that you have unrea- sonably caused a delay in the repair of � the structure: or (4) We have paid the poficy limils. If we cancel or nonrenew for nonpaymenl of premium, we will give you 10 days' notice. If � we cancel or nonrenew for a reasan listed in Paragraph b.(2), 6.(3) or h.(4)� we will give yvu 45 days' nntice. Page 4 of 4 m Insurance Services Office, Inc., 20�8 IL 02 5S 09 08 I coMM�RCia� auro CA 02 57 01 08 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE P�LICY. RLEASE READ IT CAREFIJLLY. FLORIDA CHAIdGES — CANCELLATI�N AND NONRENEWAL This endorsement modiiies insurance provided under the lollowi�g: BUS(N�SS AU70 COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AU7� PNY5ICAL DAMAGE C�VERAG� F�RM GARAG� C�VERAGE FORM MOTOR GARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUGKERS COVEFiAGE FORM With respect io the coverage provided by this andorsement, the provisians of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. Paragraph A.2.b. n1 the Common Poficy Conditions, Cancellation, is changed to read as follows: b. 45 days before the efiective date of cancella- tian if we cancel for any other reason. The no- tice oi cancellation will siate the reason(s) for the cancellalion. B. Paragraph A.S, of the Common Policy Conditions, Cancelletion� is replacad by the following: 5. If this poiicy is cancellsd, we wil! send the first Named Insured any premium refund due. If we cancal, the refund will be pro rata. If the first Named Insured cancels, the reiund may be less than pro rata. If the return premium is not re- funded with the natice of cancellation or when this policy is reiurned to us, we will mail the re- fund within 15 working days after the date cancel- latlon takes effect, unless this is an audit policy. If this is an audit policy, then, subject to your full cooperatian with us or our agent in securing the necessary data for audit, we will return any pre- mium reiund due within 90 days oi the date can- cellation takes effect. If aur audit is nat completed wiihin ihis time limitation, then we shall accept yaur own audit, and any premium retund due shall be mailed wilhin 10 working days of receipt of your audit. The cancellation will be effective even. if we have not made ar offered a refund. C. The follawing is added to Paragraph A. of the Cam- mon Policy Conditions, Cancellatian: 7. If lhis policy provides Personal Injury Protection, Property Damage Liability Coverage or both and: a, It is a new or renewal policy, it may not be cancelled by the first Named lnsured during the first E� days following the date of issuance or renewal, except for ane of the following reasons: (�) The covered `auto' is compietely de- stroyed such that it is no Ionger operable; (2} �wnership of the covered 'auto' is trans- ferred; or (S) The Named Insured has purchasad an- other policy cavering the motor vehicle in- surBd under this policy. b. It is a new policy, we may not cancel fvr non- payment of premium during the first 60 days following the dale af policy issuance unfess a check used to pay us is dishonored for any resson. Cp pg �� p1 pg � ISO Properties, fnc., 2007 Page 1 of 2 • r D. The following Condition is added: Nonrenewa! 1. It we decide not to renew or continue this policy, we will mail you notice at least 45 days before the end of ihe policy periad. If we ofier to renew or continua and you do not accept, this policy will ierminate at the end of the current policy period. Failure to pay the required renewal or continua- lian premium when due shall mean that you have not accepted our ofier. 2. If we fail to mail proper notice of nanrenewal and you obtain otner insurance, this policy will end o� the effective date of that insurance. 3. Notice af nonrenewal will state the reason(s) for the nonrenewal and the effective date o( nonre- newal. 7he policy period will end on that date. pegQ 2 0� 2 � ISO Propecties, Inc., 2007 CA 02 67 Q1 OS . , City of Clearwater, Florida Northeast WRF Pickett Thickener and Scum Removal Improvements Project (#09-0040-�UT) SECTION I SECTION IZ TABLE OF C�NTENTS ADVERTISEMENT QF BIDS & N�TICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCIZONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTI�N IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Cover.doc Page Il 10/ I p/2008 , . , SECT�ON i ADVERT�SEMENT OF BYDS & NOT�CE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS N�RTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKFNER AND SCUM ItEM�VAL IMPRUVEMENTS YROJECT (#09-0040-UT) CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available f'or inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Rooin - website address: www.m Clearwater.com/ci ro�ects, ON FRIDAY, MAY 06, 2011, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Do�uments and Plans, as indicated an the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consist of removal of items from four (4) �ravity thickeners, retrofit thickeners and install scum callectian equipment and water connection with spray nozzles, retrofit scum wet well to include submersible scum pump, ass��ciated piping and appurtenances, install manual jib crane, chemical coating ofi the scum wet well, electrical, instrumentation and control systems, and installation of 6" PVC SC�� 80 force main t'rom scum wet well to digesters and other I related work. M.ANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference and Field Visit for all prospective bidders will be held on WEDNESDAY MAY 18 2011 AT 9:00 AM XN MSS CONFERENCE R��M 130, Municipal Serrvices Suilding, 100 South Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida. Representatives o� the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3'� Floor, Clearwater, Floricia 3375b-5520, until 1:30 Y.M. on THURSDAY .rUNE 02 2011, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for Northeast WRF Pickett Thickener and Scum Removal Improvements Project (#09-0040-UT). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractars in the construction category of Wastewater/Water Treatment Facilities with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $1,000,000. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the CiCy Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, F'lorida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727)562-4634 � Advertisement - Section I.doc Ptage 1 of 1 B�Z��Z�ag L. sECT�oN �� INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 �� l r � � 1 �.� �� ' � � � SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTION[I ...---••--•---• ...................................•-.....-•---•-----............................................................... i 1 COPi,ES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS.-•-• ...........................................................•-•----...1 2 QUALIFICATION OF S�DDERS ...............................................••------........................... l 3 EXAMINATIUN OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDEN,DA --••----•----•---------• .................................••-•--------•- 2 5 BID SECURITY OR SID SOND .-----------• ....................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME ................••--•---•---•---...................................--••----••--•---..............:........3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .............•--•----••---•--..................................---•---•----.....--•--........ 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERxAL AND EQUIPMENT .........................................................3 9 SUBCONTR.ACTORS ........................................................•--...........................................3 1 D BID/PROPOSAL FORM ......................•------•-•--.........................................---................... 4 11 SUBMISSION OF SXDS ...........................................•...............--•---................................. 4 12 1VIOUIFICATION AND WiTHDRAWAL OF SIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTiON OF BIDS .....................................................•--••----...................................... 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .......................•-•---•--.............................................. 5 1_5 OPENING OF BIDS .............................•--------...................................................--••---•-----... 5 l.6 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5 a.7 IllENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR llRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ...................•-•-•--•--•---•--...---•---•--........................................----•- � 19 BID PROTEST.........---•--•---•------...-•-• ......................................•---•---•-•---.......---•-•-•---........... 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ...........................••---................................................................. 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROS�ON AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES ...............•--------------•----•---••---•--........................................ 9 Sectionll.doc i 3/ 14l2011 Section 11— Instructions to Sidders COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www.m clearwater.com/cit ro�ects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, �•eflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract fonn, affidavits and bid/praposal form is available only to pre-quali�ed bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are nof pre-yualified but who �nay be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specificatians, and listi of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither thc City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining .Bids an the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.l Each prospectrve Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the completc satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessa►y facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contactin� the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 3375$- 4748 (mailing address); 10U South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DQCUMENTS AND SITE 3.l It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Docurnents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditipns that .may in any manner affect cosC, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and .regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Docurraents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or ihe Scope of the Work for idenCi�cation of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the �ngineer in the preparation ofthe Contract .Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for Che purposes of bidding ar construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are aC or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in 5cctionII.doc Page 1 of 9 3/14/2U1 I � A Sectinn II — Instructions to Bidders preparation of the Contract Doc:uments, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the Cecl�nical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness fhereof for the purposes of biddin� or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon informaCion and data f`urnisl�ed to the CiCy and Engineer by owners of Such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does riot assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Uocuments. 3.4 Arovisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to pros�ective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible condiCions, and possible changes in the Contract Docuinents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditi�ns. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Sidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investi�ations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may af�ect cost, progress, performance ar furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions �f the Contract Documents. 3.6 On reyuest in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conducl such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall till all holes and clean up and restore the site to its Former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be perfonned, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the ContracCor in performing the Work are identi .fied in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required Far ternporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be pravided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existrng structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Sid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions ta Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Docnments by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. � 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA �� 4.l All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholder's having received the Biddin� Documents. Questions received less than ten the time frame specif7ed at the pre-bid meeting priar to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written � Sectionli.doc L� Pagc 2 of 9 3/ 14/201 I 4.2 5 Section I1 — lnstruc[ions to Bidders Addenda will be binding. �ral and other interpretacions of clarifications will be without legal eff�:et. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City Ur Engineer. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to thc City o:f Clearwater in an amount eyua] to ten percent (10%) ofthe Bidder's maximum Bid price and an the form of a cer-ti�ed or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety .meeting the requirements ofthe General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successhil Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Perfonnance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. ].f the Successful Bidder fails ta execute, deliver the Agreemcnt and furnish the .required Sonds within ten (] 0) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Sccurity of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City bclieves to have 1 reasonable chance of receiving th� award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successfiil Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security af other �3idders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 6 6.l % 7. l $ Th.e Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company yualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damag�s are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of rnaterial and equipment described in the Drawings or specifred in the Speci�cations without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifrcatrons that a substirute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will nat be considered by the Engineer untiJ after the eff'ective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplerraented in the Technica] Specifcations. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City ar Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submrt to the E.ngi.neer an experi�nce staCement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each 5ubcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Sectionfl,doc Page 3 of 9 3/14/2011 � � , � r� � � � 9.2 Sectiun ll — lnstructions to Riddcrs Contractor in the complction of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed frfty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Er�gineer. if the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonahle objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the 5uccessful Bidder to submit an accepCable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or C�mtract Time. If the Successful Biddcr declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and mast responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacriticing the Bid security to the City c�f any Bidder. �1ny Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effectiv� Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. No Contractor shall be required to employ any SubconCractar, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The I3id/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. "I,he Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are reyuired t� bid on all items in the Bid/.Propasal fqrni. The lump sum for each seciion or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing fhc: section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantitic:s or amounts shown on the plans or in the propasal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual constructic�n of the work, the amount bid far each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid For the listed individual items. ] 0.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate ofticer accampanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorparation shall be shown belaw the Signature. If requested, the person signing a:Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 BidS by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the of�cial address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xl l" manila envelope with the project name and number on the battom left hand corner. lf forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" an the face thereof and 5ectionlI.doc Page 4 o f 9 3i� ai2o i� Section II — Instructions to �tidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Rids will be received at the offce indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date speci:Fied. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Mana�er will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATtON AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner t}aat a Bid must be executed) and deHvered as described in the Advertiserxaent of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and si�ned by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a B.id will not prejudice the righCs of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no P,id may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typograph.ical or scrivener's errors anly. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scriven�r's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the reyuested coreection of th� er-ror, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole di�cretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. i Ec�:7 �l1J�� C�L` [�7 ��I� 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grourads for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omissian, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of� any kind. Also, the City res�rves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the Iowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, ihe participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in thE Contract Docurx�ents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. 1� Sids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Sids. Bidders are invited to be present at tl�e opening of bids. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licerases and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractar shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. Ciry of Clearwater building permit fees Sectionii.doc Page 5 of 9 3/14/2U1 I � � � �� r � Section 11— fnstructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Speci:fications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liabiliry for the payment of royalCy fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent righls except as specifical]y stated otherwise in the Technical Speciiications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 1 G.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The CiTy of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direcc Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the 5cope of Work Description in SecCian IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section II1— General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ] 7.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.U87 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever Cwo ar mpre bids which are equal with respect [o price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-tree warkplace program shall be given preference in thE award process. Established procedures for processin� tie bids wil) be Follow�d if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. .In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a c;ontractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (I) .Fublish a statement notifying employees that the unlawfial manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform emplayees as to thc; dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of mainCaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and � employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon ernployees for drug abuse violations. � (3) Give each emplayee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that ar� under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of '� working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of; or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, ar of any controlled � substance law, of the LJnited States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the - workplace no later than five (5) days after such convicCion. � (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitatian pragram if such is available in the employee's community, by any er�aployee who is so convicted. � 5ectionlI.doc � Page 6 of 9 3l14/201 I Scction IJ — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation ofthis sectiora. 1 certify that this frrm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above reyuirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT rs.r 17iscrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the inulti}�lication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and th� correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct swn. 18_2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualificatians of tk�e Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the p.rescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposa] form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of' any Bid and to establish the responsibilrty, qualifcations and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed tiax�e. 1$.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, resp�nsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the CiCy that the award will be in the best interest ofthe City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combinatian of base bid and alternate bid items in the best int�rest of the City, however, unless otherwise specifed all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection wiCh the solicitatio.n or award of a contract may seek resolution of hi.s/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forCh in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PR.00EDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an inviCation for bid or reyuest for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the openi.ng of the bid or due date of the reyuest for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for rec�uests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. NoCice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written reyuest. Protests of recommended award should cite SectionII.doc Page 7 of 9 3/14/2011 � � Seclion Il—lnstructions to Biddcrs specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requir�ments noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could hav� not been reasonably expecCed to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the b.id open.ing, posting of intent to award, or due date for reyuests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within tive (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Martager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (S) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (] 0) work days of receipt of the appeal. ie�c��cz��M��r�� When filin� a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the ainount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related Co the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the .Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% oFthe fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF .PROC[JREMENT DURING PROTEST: In ihe event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award af cantract wrtil all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to prqtect the best interest af the City. � Sectionll.doc 1 Page 8 of 9 3l14/2U11 Scction I.f �- Instructions tu Bidders 2Q TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shal] comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 791$-0$) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Adminisiration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R_s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. , � � ' 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL � MANAGEMENT MEASURES 2l .1 The Bidder shall comply with Che provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDF,S) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best mana�ement practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge ofpollutants into receiving waters. A. The contro] of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sedrmenC control practices dvring the construction stage can signi .ficantly reduce sediment ]oadings to surface waters. B. Frior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosian and sedimenC control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater En in�eerin� Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address constructron-related Best Management Practices. References EPA website Sectionll.doc Page 9 of'9 3/14/201 I � � ' � � � CJ � � � i� SECTYON III � GENERAL CONDITIDNS i 1 � � t � � � � SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFiNITIONS ...........................................•---••---•--.......................................--•---...........---1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS......-•-----• ............................................................................. 5 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 DEL�IVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANC� . ............................ 5 (;OPIES OF DOCUMENTS .......................�--................................................-�-•-�---......... 5 COMMENCEM.ENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOT,ICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THEPROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5 BEFOR� S7'ARTiNG CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 6 PROGRESS MEETINGS.....-�-�-------�� ...............................................•-----......................... 6 3 CONTRACT D�CUMENTS, INTENT ..............................................•---•--.................... 7 � 3.1 iNTENT ..........................................�-�--•--.........................................................................7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DiSCREPANCIES .................................................. 7 4 AVAILASILITY OF LANllS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS..-•-•----••-•--•• ............................................•-•--••---•---........................ S 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF I.,ANUS--�---�--�� ..........................................................��-------........... S 4.2 TNVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ S 4.3 VHYSICAL CONDITIONS, tJNDERGROLTND FACILI?.IES ..................................... S 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS.....--��--�--�� .................................................................................... 9 S BONDS AND INSURANCE ---•--• ................................................••--•----•-• 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND...... S.2 1NSURANCE ...................�---�----------.....................................--•----............ 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE .................................. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND I'R�PERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE..... 5.2.3 C(7MPREHENSIVE A UTOMUBI�.E LIABILITY ............................. 5.3 W�IIVER OF RiGHTS ..--� .............................................�-�--�--...---�--....... ---• ..................... 9 ......................... 9 ......................... 9 ........:.............. 10 ....................... 10 ....................... 11 ........................ 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESP�NSIBILITIES ..............................•.....--••---.......................... l2 6.1 SUPERVISiON AN:D SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 1.3 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLiERS AND OTHERS........ l4 6.5 USE O�' PREMISES ........................................•--��----------�-----.....---................................. 15 6.�.1 STAGINGAREAS ....................................................................................................15 G. �.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ...... .......................................................................... 15 6.6 L1C�NSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ................................��----....---�--...................................... 16 6.8 PERMITS ....................�---�---�--.............................................---........................................15 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTiON.......--•----�---•• ................................................................. 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES .....................................�•-------............................................---��-�----�------ 18 6.l l DRAWINGS ....................................•-�-•--....................................................................... 18 5ectionlll.doc i 4/1 I/20 I I 7 $ 9 10 11 12 l3 14 6.11.1 SHQP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, anc�SUBMITT,9l.. REVIEW ........................ 18 6.11.? AS-BUl'LT DRAWINGS ......................................................................�- --� -..�_......... 19 G.11.3 CAD STANDARDS....-�--� .. ...........................................................�.._._...................... 21 G.11.4 DELIVERABLFS :....................................................................................................23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARR�INTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................�-�----�-�...................................... 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICA"I"]UN .........................................................................................•----��---. 23 6.15 CF�ANGES TN COMPANY CONTACT TNFORMATION ......................................... 24 OTHERWURK .........................•-•----....-•---..................................................................... 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SiTE ---� ...................................�----..............---.....----�---.............. 24 7.2 COORDINATiON ................................................................................................ .. 25 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY .....................................................••---.....---.................... 25 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................��--��----..........-�-----........ 25 9.2 C.[..ARIFICATIONS AND 1NTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 9.3 REJECTTNG OF DEFECTNE WORK ........................................................................ 26 9.4 SHOP DRAWiNGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMEN"I'S .................................. 26 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26 9.6 LiMITATCUNS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVC'S RESPONSIBlL1TIES ............. 27 CHANGESXN THE WORK ..................•--••--••--••--•........................................................ 27 CHANGES IN TH.E CONTRA,CT PRICE ................................................................... 28 1.1.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .............•--...............................----................. 28 11.2 ALLOWANC}�S AND FINAL CONTRACT PRiCE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30 11.3 UNIT PRICE WURK ........................................................�---�-�-.................................... 30 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCF OF DEFECTIVE WORK.........---• ..................................................•-----•-•---••--••--•........... 31 1.3.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 3l 1.3.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK .....................................................�--�--............................ 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATTVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DE.FECTIVE WORK ........................................ 33 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33 ] 3.6 ACCEPTANCE O�' DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT D.E.FECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 3�3 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 ] 4.l APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYlVIENT ........................................................... 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF T7"['I,E ............................................................... 35 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLiCATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTiLi.ZATION ..........................................�-��-............................................. 36 14.5 F1NAI, INSPECTION .._.......-�---� ..................��---...........................................---........._.... 36 14.G Fi]VAI., APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 37 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38 ScctionlII.doc 4/II/2011 � � 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 3$ 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMiNATE ...................................................................................... 38 I 5.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STnP WORK OR TERMINAT� ........................................... 39 16 DXSPUTE RESOLUTION .........................•-----•-•--..........................................---•-•--••---... a0 17 MISCELLANEOUS .....---••--• ..........................................................•---•----....................... 40 ] 7.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE ......................�---...-------................................................--�---................ 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ...................�-�--�--��---�--...........................................-------................40 17.4 �'ROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONT.RACT...--��--�� ...................................................................... 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .........................................................................................•..---..... 41 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AN.Ia/OR DUMPSTERS ................................................. 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WURK .........................••---•--•----•---•---................ 41. 19 MATERIAL USED .....................................•--•-••--••-----••--•---............................................ 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 41 22 RESIDENT N�TIFICATION OF START OF. CONSTRUCTION .......................... 42 22.1 GENERAL ..............................................•.......................... ......................42 22.2 EXAMPLE .............................................•-----�-�----................................................... ..42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION STGNS..---••---••-----•-----...----• ............................................. 43 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ...............................................................��---�--........................ �43 23.Z TYPE QF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED �R PORTA�3LE ................................................. 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN ..............................................................��---.............................................. 43 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ............................��---��-�-----....................................................... 23.5 SIGN COLOR.ING .................�--�-------.......................................................................----.. 44 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT .-� .................................................................................................. 44 23.7 SIGN .MAINTENANCE...---• .........................................................•---•-�--��----�----............ 44 23.8 TYFICAIa PROJECT S1GN .......................................................................................... 45 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTFE .................. 45 Sectionill.doc iii 4/11/2011 Scction Ill — General Conditinns 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agenl Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreeme�tt The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting pr��gress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. AJaprove The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review af the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form settin� forth the prices fdr 1he work to be performed. ' Bidding Docunien[s The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). ' Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. ' � ' � � �J � Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and ConCractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the A�reement. Ciry The City af Clearwater, Pinellas County, Flarida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the ConstrucCian Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work camplies with the intent of the Contract .Documents. Consiruction Manager The person wha is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility far the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding SectionIIl.doc Page I of46 4/1]/2011 Section iIi — Gca�eral Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative dur.ing construction. Cc�ntracl Documents The Agre�rnent, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Uocurnents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attachcd as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Sonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identi�ed in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the .Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contrac[ Time The nurnber of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion oithe Work. Contractor The Person with whom thE Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whorn this contract or a�reement has been made by the City of Clearwater ar iCs duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most effcient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Dcry A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hou.rs rraeasured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Cantract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of .final payment. Draw ings The drawings, �vhich will be identified in Technical Specifications or thc Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defrned. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purpases of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as Che Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent 5ectionlll.doc Page 2 of46 4/1 I /201 ] � ' ' � �1 , � � ' Section 111-- General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identit7ed as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T S��ecifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Canstruction as issued by the .Florida Department of Transportation (latest Englisl� edition). Furni.sh The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, Co mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure thaC it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws unc�► Regulations � Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdictian. Liens C�� Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone � A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an inter►aaediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. `1 I� ' � � ' � Notice lo Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. (�wner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this cantract, the person who is the City's authorized representaCive from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the nwner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person Project A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. The tatal construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. , Sectionlil.doc ' Page 3 of 46 4/11/2011 Section ]IC — General Conditions Pariial Utilizution Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is i.ntended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor "I'he Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of wl�om shall be at the cqnstruction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction con�'erence. This person or persons shall not be changed without wriCten approval of City Engineer. Re yuesl fi�r Information (RFI) An official written request for clari.fication of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrat.ions, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, daagrams and other information prepared by a supplSer and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of Che Work. Specifications ":I'hose portions of the Contract Documents consisting ot written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Cornpletion The Work (or a specified part thereo� which has pragressed to the point where, in the opinion oi Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's defnitive certifcate of Substantial Completion, it is suf�ciently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for whick� it is intended; or if no such certi.ficaCe is issued, when the Work is complete and ready :for irnal payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Wark refer to Substantial Completion thereo.f.. Supplementury Cnnditions The part ofthe Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be inco►porated in the Work by the Contractor. Surely Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Cor�tractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Sond. Sectionlll.du� Page 4 of46 4/11l2011 , � � i , Section 111— General Conditions Underground Facrlities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities whicli have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liyuid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Wvrk Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work � The entire completed construction ar the various separately identifiable parts thereof reyuired to be furnished under the Contract Dacuments. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the ' construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive � A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Wark, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be � performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued � Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, an the Contract Price or Contract Times. � 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS �� 1 � � 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES �F INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Uwner such Bonds and Certifcates of insurance as Contractor may be reyuired to furnish by this cantract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (l) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT QF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PR�CEED; STARTING THE PR�JECT The Contract Time will cornmence on the day indicated in the Natice to Proceed. Contractor , shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. , � , 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shawn thereon and all applicable 5ectionllT.doc Page 5 oC46 4/I 1/2011 Section lII — General Conditions tield measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interprelaCion or clarification from En�ineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to Che Owner for failure to ceport any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of thc: Qwner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Canditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of'the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Repr�sentative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Coratractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate To establish a working understandirtg atnong the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule ofthe Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering .T�epartment to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is �•un by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. 7�he Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Cantractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call :List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction canference a praject disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpase of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner's Repr�sentative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updaled request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. Sectionili.doc Page 6 of46 4/11/201 I ' ' 1 I� L� , ' ' � � � ' Section iII — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3,1 INTENT The Contract Dacuments comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called tor by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part therea fl to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clari�cations and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or cades of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authoriry, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard speciFcation, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of�opening of.Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, rnanual or code, whether or noC specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractar, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set farth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any suc.h provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance af the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or , discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Uocuments and any provision of any such Law or Regulatian applicable to the per.formance of the Work or of� any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor , shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment ar supplement to Cantract Documents has been issued by ane of the methods provided in these General � Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall nat be liable to Owner, or Owner's �2epresentative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. ' ' ' Sectionlll_doc Page 7 of46 4/1 I/2011 r. 4 Section 111— Gener�l Condilions AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL C�NDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicatEd in the Contract .Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designaCed %r the use of contractor. The Owner shall identif`y any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furn,ished with which contractor will have to comply in perfarming the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless othe.rwise provided in the ConCract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and TechnicaJ Specifications for identifcation of those reports af investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been rel.ied upon by Engineer in preparation oF the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Uocuments. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's .Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer wi11 promptly review thase conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the resulYs of suc}a investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change ar Ck�ange Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGRDUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Co.ntract Documents with respect to �xisting Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners pf such Undergrou.nd Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; 1nd the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have Full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking al] such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construcCion, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage theretc� resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. Th� LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the �rotection and location of utilities prior to any excavatio❑ and contact number is available in local telephone directory. SectionTlLdoc Page 8 of46 4/l l/201 l �J �J �..1 ' � � , ' ' , 1 1 ' , , ' , ' ' ,. Section Ill — General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for canstruction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall prutect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is last or destroyed or requires relocati�n because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be respansible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to ihe Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned Co the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour inerements with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contraet Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as arc named in the current list ol' "Companies Holding Certi�cates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as publisheci in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau oi Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent musl be accompanied by a certif ed copy of such a�ents' authority Co act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall.be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Praject is located or it ceases to meeC the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate f�r the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligatians under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be perforroed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and ather similar emplayee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily Sectioniii_dnc Page 9 of 46 4! 11/2011 Sectiu�� Jl.f — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claiir�s 1or damages because of bodily inju.ry, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's emplayees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the ernployment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Clairns for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury ta or dest.ruction of tangible property wherever located, including lo.ss of use restillting theref'rom; and (vi) Claians for damages because o,f bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arisrng auf af the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. "fhe Contractor shall deliver to Che Owner, with copies to each additional insured identifred in t.he Su}�plementary Conditions, certiticates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and marntain in accordance with this paragraph. "I`he policies of insurance so r�quired by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as addit]onal insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect ofprofessional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identifred in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be lisled as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operatians insurance; (iii) include contractual liabilily insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or ettdorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewa] refused until at least thirty days prior writtcn notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in tl�e Supplemental Conditions to wham a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certifrcates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in e:Ffect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when ComracCar may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect Co completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in ef%et for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Suppleme.ntary Conditions to whom a certifrcaCe of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insur�d, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone nurnber of the authorized insurance agent �or the Insurer. The limits of liability fqr the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulation5: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Contract Award Arnount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's .Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Aroperty Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionITI.duc Page lU or4G 4/1]/2011 , ' � � � , �J 1 � � �i �� ' �I �J �J Section 111— General Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,OOU,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily injury: $500,000. �ach $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,00�. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate �lggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,QU0,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,p00,000. Annual $1,000,000_ Annual Aggregate Aggre�ate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annua) $1,000,000. Annual emplayment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate ' 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOM�BILE LIABILITY L. � 1 1 �'', , , ' including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Uver (l) Bodily lnjury $500,000. .Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $SU0,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner nf the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar docurnent does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible far purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a c�py of the Contractor's insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar af exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. , Lon shore and Harbor Worker's Com ensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, reyuires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefts under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. ' For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees af�the compensation payable under Sections 7, ' S, and 9 af the Act. in the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcantractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure Che payment of compensation. ' SectionlIi.doc Page 11 of46 4/11/2011 � 5ection ilf — General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's C�nsultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insu.red or additional insured in such policics and will provide primary covera�e for aJl losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no righCs of recovery against any ofi the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damagws caused by, ar.ising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to tl7e work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making sucla waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy sa issued. In addition, the Owner waives all ri�hts against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the o1�'ficers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting fram fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resultin� from tire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof� by the Owner during partial utilization, a�ter substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACT�RS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequenc� or procedure of const.ruction which is shown or indicated in and expressly reyuired by the Contract Docurnents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately w.ith the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on Che wark at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to tlae Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shal] have authority to act on behalf of Contracto�•. All communications to the superintendent shall be as bindin� as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so hE can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, thaC any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed SectionllT.doc Page 12 of 4G 4/1 J/201 J � � ' 1 1 � Section Ill — Genertil Condilions fram the project and shall not a�ain be employed on it except with the written c:onsent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or qn the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documentin� such hours and the Contractor shall be prc�vided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwafer for full reimbursement of all lnspector overtime haurs. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cast of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide. and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary � accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. � � � L ' , �� 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Dacuments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Exce�t as atherwise required for the safety or protecfion of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Dc�cuments, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shal] furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, pow�r, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all ather facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completian of the Work. All materials and equip�nent installed in the Work shall be of good yuality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If reyuired by Engineer, Contractars shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure sCorage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without Cesting. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, ' supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to � be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract .Documents. in such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. � � SectionllI.doc Page 13 of46 4/11/2011 � 5ection III — General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or describ4d in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the narne of a particular Supplier, the specitication or description is intended to establish the type, iunction and c�uality required. Unless the specification or description contlin�s or is %llowed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitut.ian is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is funetionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will he required, it may be considered by En�ineer for approval. If in the Engineer's 50IE discretion an item o:f material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit suffcienC information as required by the Engineer to allow the En�ineer to determine that the item o,f material or equipment proposed is essentially eyuivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyqne other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or eyual" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor .in suppo.rt of any proposed substitute oi� "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasanable time to evaluate each proposa] or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptabi lity. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and En�ineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and oCher persons perfor.ming or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with ContracCor just as Contractor is responsibl.e f`or Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Co.ntract Documents shall create for the benef7t of any such Subcontraetor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or En�ineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any sucl� Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coprdinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall rec�uire all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work, to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisior�s and sections of the Specifrcations and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be perfonned by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the bene�t of �wner and Engineer. Sectionlll.doc Page 14 of 46 4/11/2011 ' � � � � Section fiI — General Conditions Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other persan or organization whether iniCially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or .Engineer may have reasonable objection_ Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or oYher person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against wham Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner ar Engineer will not undertake to settle any differenccs between Contractor and his Subcaniractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction eyuipment, the storag�: of materials and equipment and the � operations of works to the site and land areas identific;d in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or 1 other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any sueh land or area, or to the owner or occupant Chereof ar o1'any adjacent land or arcas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner ar occupant � because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, ta the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify , and hol.d harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents frpm and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of' or resulting fram any claim or action, legal or equitablc, braught by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or � based upon Contractor's perfarmance ofthe Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free frum accwnulations of � waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction 1 equipment and machin�ry and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to ariginal cpndition �11 property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. � � � 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of al I staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Canstructian. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-af-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) cansecutive calendar days. � • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (]0) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored AS�P. � • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. � Sectionlll.doc � Page IS of'46 4/11/2011 5ection .III — General Conditions • Sod naust be restored with ten (] 0) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressurc tes[. lt n�ust be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. �rosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule oF sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use .in the performane� �f the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, pr�duct or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. 1`o th� fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnity and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employecs, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting lrom any infringement of patent ri�hts or copyrights incident to the use in the p�rformance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall dEfend all such claims in connection with any alleged infrin�ement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the C,aws and .Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable dur.ing the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance af the Work. Except where otherwise expressly requited by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for manituring Cui�tractur's cu�nplianc� with auy Laws ur Regulations. If Currtractur performs any work knowin� or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all clairns, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects rnclude FEderal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Hameland Security E-Verify System to v�rrfy employment eligibility. ,��, �:� 1�/ � � �-"� Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when nec�ssary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at Che time af Sectionlll.doc Page ]6 of46 4/11/2011 1 ' 1 � � � I__! � r-� C� � 1 � ' 1 �� r ' Section II( — General Conditions opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections ta the work, and the Owner sha11 pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit F'ces will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevenC damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and maCerials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated f'or removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. ln the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, ta protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractar. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be litnited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognit.ion, avoidance artd preventian of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide frst aid services and medical care to his employees. Th� Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all aperations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a eondition of immediate danger to the Owner's emplayees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety reyuirements and for the safety of all persans and property at th� site of Contract performanee. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists From harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traf�c due to construction activity. Cantractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subeontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them ta perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedi�d by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall SectionIlI.doc Page 17 of 46 4/ I 1/2011 Section .Ill -- Uenera] Conditions continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Uwner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES ]n emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereio, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization ti-om Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engine�r prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any si�nificam changes in the Work or variations frorra the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the conseyuences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Dra�vings to .Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on Che Shop Drawings will be complete with respect ta qY�antities, dimensions, specified performance and desigra criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipmenC Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for rcvicw and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Cont.ractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation reyuiremenCs, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, .handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to rneans, methods, techniques, seyuences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coo.rdinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. :Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's oUligations under the Contract Docu►nents with resp�ct ta Contractar's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice o,f such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communicatia.n separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to b� made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for revicw and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each pro�ress meetin�, and the Engineer shall respond to each submrttal within twenCy-one (2]) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (.RFT.) ]og as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Cantractor. Sectioniii.doc Page 18 of46 4/11/2011 1 ' r r u � � � � � � � � � L_J � � Section 111— General Conditions Engineer's review and appraval af Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the ConCract Uocuments and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a funetioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except whe�•e a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as suc:h will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections reyuired by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct speci.fic attention in writin� to revisions other than the corrections called far by En�ineer on previaus subrnittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in wriCing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the timc of submission and Engineer has �iven written approval of each such variation by specrfic written notation thereaf incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor trom responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, far Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a nurnber greater than twenty percent (20%) af the total number of frst time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval wi11 be backcharged to Contractor at the raCe of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. Tn the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Cantractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in gaad order and le�ible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract �'lans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Fngineer's Consultant, and the Owner's �tepresentative at all times during the progress of the Project. 5ectionlll.doc Page I 9 of 46 4/ I 1/2D 11 Section Iii — Gcneral Conditaons The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the �wner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and cQmpliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints da not conform to the "As-i3uilf Drawings" requirernents. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Ow.ner inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of tinal pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness af the As-Bu.ilt Drawings. 6.'11.2.'I General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, �'lorida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutaCAD file. 6.1 G.17-6.002 Definition: (10) (a) As-Built Survey: a survey perfnrrrred to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that cons/��ucteci improvements may be locu�ed and delineated: aLso know as Record S�.�rvey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial cpmpletion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of .Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $l,$00 per day o.r any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built 5urvey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Starm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and rnlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connectians sk�all be dimensioned to the nEarest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall alsa be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.1 �1.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the sCationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be Iocated as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinaCes no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation aC those points. Sectionlil.doc Page 20 of 46 4/ I 1/2Q I 1 � , r � 1� Section III — General Conditions 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Contral Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. 'T,he as-built drawings shall also include the size, calor, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous ta be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrarns, ladder diagrams, and ather information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram, fi.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control � The As-Suilt surv�y shall be based on the original datum used for the construction d�sign plans or if reyuired by the Owner the datum shall be raferenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement � shall be the United States Foot. A.ny deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approvcd by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. � � � 1J �J .� 1 � � �� J 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Suilt survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDA.RDS set forth below. In addition to locatin� all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than ] 00 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other Th� As-Built drawings shall rellect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6_11 _3_1 _1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing paints - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line wark and symbols F'R prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and sy.mbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2 GAS ELF'C PHONE Sectionlll.doc �r Naming Definitions: gas lines and appurtenances power lines and appurtenances telephone lines and appurtenances Page 21 of 46 4/Il/2011 Section III — General Conditions CAF3LE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WAT�R water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BL.DG buildings, sheds, tinished flaor elevation DRNE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control b�xes TOPB�INK top of bank "I'OESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of ber.m TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CUNCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SNORL shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerlineofditch Ci.S centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENC�I benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text heighC of .00$ times the plot scale. Sectionill_doc Page 22 of 46 4/11/2011 ' � � Scctiqn IIf — General Conditions Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a texC height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: � "I�he as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond matr�rial, 24" x 36" at a scale of� 1"=20' unless appraved otherwise. The consultant shall delivc:r all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape f le. 1 �� LJ � � , C � I� � �� Please address any qu�stions regardin� format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahon ,mvclearwater.com_ 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will noC be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-executian of thc Work. "The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. ln addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's einployees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by ihe Owner. Contractor's obligation ta perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) obsc:rvations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress ar fnal payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry pn the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. .�i[11►1�7�►`i1►11�[ML•��C�1.1 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directars, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of 5ectionlll.doc Page 23 of 46 4/ I I/201 I Scction ili — Gcncral Cnnditions engineers, arcl�itects, attorneys and other professionals and all court ��r arbitratiqn pr other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting fi-om the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel fl, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (.ii) is catrsed in whole or in parC by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of thern to perform ur furnish any of the Wark, ar anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of�the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or �uhenntract�r hy agreement �r arhitrati�n if such �ther C'�ntract�r �r �uhcnntract�r will s� settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. in any and all claims against Owner or Engineer ar any pf their respectiv� consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perfarm or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indernnification obligation under this paragraph shall n�t be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefts payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. [•�i F��]:/_V Cr] �-� 1► [�I�]►`�17_1►1'L��]►�r_[+�i1�1Y�7.�►`� /_ti �[�7 � I Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to th� City Engin�er of any changes in compatty contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. f�•� �: i �:a��c•1:�1 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow cpmplete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. SectionlII.doc Pagc 24 of46 4/11/2U11 � � � �I � � �� Section 111— General Conditions 7.2 C�ORDINATION if the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scape of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coardination of the activities among the various prime contractor5 will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provid�d. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issu� all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through �wner's .Representative. 7'he Uwner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Uocuments promptly and shal) make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes in The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect oF certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set farth in the Article on Tests and lnspections. in connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see th�: Article on Engineer rnay Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have cantrol or authority over, nor be responsible for, ' Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safeCy precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be � responsibl� for Contractor's failure to perform or fumish the Work in aceordance with the Contract Documents. � 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION � L.' �� 1 � `1 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction peripd will either be Che Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without writt�n consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFi responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may detennine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract 5ectionlll.doc Page 25 of 46 4/11/2011 5ection III — General Conditions Documents. All other clarifrcations and interpretations of the Contract l�ocu.ments sliall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written c.larifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretatiqn justit7es an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contr•act Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a vvritten claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. ��7.�1�C+��1►[rI�]y�]��x��1�/��i�I�7:7:1 The Owne.r's Rep.resentative or the Engineer will have autliority to disapprove or rejecC Work which Owner's Represe.ntative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the c�mpleted Pmject as a fimctinning wh�le as indicated hy the Cnntract T�acttments. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will alsa have authority to requrre special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS ln co.nnection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles ��n Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, with Owner's Representative authority as to �'ayments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection � Applications for Payment, see the articles on The Owner's RepresentaCive wil] be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptabiHty of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes �f Work, Changes of CantracC Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writi�ag with a request for a formal decision in accordance with fhis paragraph. Written notice of eac}a such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later thaan thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereta, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of Cime :for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after r•eceipt of the clairnant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's subrnittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and ContracCor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor 5ectionlll.doc Page 26 of 46 4/11/Z011 i �_ � � L� � 5ection 111— General Conditions to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirCy (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealin� party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such righCs ar remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision �. rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's .Representativ� with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any � exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolu�ion. r �J � � r �J � � � � 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESP�NSIBILITIES Neither Owner RepresentativE's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Ow.ner's Representative in good faith eitl�er to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibiliry or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Uwner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by �wner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organizatiUn or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control ar have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences ar procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, ar for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failu.re to perfnrm or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any ather person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspecCian, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their C017C�t1� complies with the r�quirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and appravals that the results certifed indicate compliance with the Cantract Uocuments. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply ta Owner Representative's CEi, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK � Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change �rder, or a Work � Sectionlll.doc Page 27 of46 4/11/2U11 � Section IIi — Gencral Conditions Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, ConCractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which w.ill be performed under the applicable cond.itions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifcally provided). ]f the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of�an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment af the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or art extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modifed and supplemented as provided in these Gene.ral Conditions except in the case of an emergeracy as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders ar Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry an the Work and adhe.re to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. if notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisians of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Sond will he adjusted accnrdingly_ 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ��i�it�:1_1►Cr7�+�1`��:I�[�I�7��:7�[��J7L� The Caniract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to autharized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibiGties and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change rn the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the othEr party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Natice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time �or claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanred by 5ectionlll.doc Page 28 of46 4/11/2011 � LJ `J 1_� � Section iiI — General Conditions claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Frice will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order c�r of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as fallows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Dpcuments, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii} where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documcnts, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance far overhead and profiC), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is rcached to establish unit prices for the Work. � Where the work involved is nat covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum pric�, the City of Clearwat�r shall pay for � directed changes in the WORK, on "COST RE1.MBiJF25EMENT" basis. "1"he Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. � The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, frin�e benefiCs, labor insurance and labor taxes � established by law). Expressly excluded trom this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. �J � � � r L_ � � i � 4 5ectionlll.doc Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary Cransportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Canstruction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as Che full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item oFconstruction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other casts associated with supplying the equipment for work �rdered. Contractor-owned eyuipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monChly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Slue Soak. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. f1. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (l5%) shall be added to the costs of ltem 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed flve percent (S%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (1 �%) shall be added to the costs of ltem 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Iterns 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full campensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. Page 29 of 46 4/1 I/201 ] Section lll — General Conditions 1'1.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract L7ocuments and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Ccmtractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (Icss any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and al] applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs f`or unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allpwances and no demand for add.itional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Ow.ner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WQRK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or parf of the Work is to Ue Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit pr.ice for each separately identi.fied item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated i.n the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price \Uork are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of Che actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Cantractor will be rnade by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Cont.ractor to be adequate to cover Contractar's overhead and profit for each separately identi�ed item. The Owner ar Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantiCy of any item afUnit .Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) ifContractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease rn Contract Price and the parfies are unable to agrec as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. it is expected that in the normal course of project constructian and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a f.nalizing change order which adjusts contract unit c�uantities to those urait yuantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrc;nce af the �vent giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of ihe extent of Sectionlli.doc Page 30 of46 4/11/2011 � � � � �.� Section Iif �- General Conditions the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claitns for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Repr�sentative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the require►nents ofthis paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the AgreemenC. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time � (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount eyual to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article %r Changes in the � Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or ather contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Otiaer Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. � Delays attributable to and within the cantrol of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. � Where Cantractor is prevented fram completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Tirne (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due fo such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable � to Contractor, any Subcontraetor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or a�ent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the cantrol of both parties including � buC not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. � � 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION � Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. ' � � 1 �� I I Contractor shall employ and pay for Che services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or app.rovals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction reyuire any Wark (or part thereot) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an ernployee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility far arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests ar approvals, pay al) costs in connection therewith, and furnish Qwner's Representative the reyuired SectionIlI.doc Page 31 of46 4/1 I/201 I Sec[ion ltf — General Conditions certificaces of inspection or approval. Unless othe►•wise stared in the Contrace Documents, Ownc:r permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible For arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspection$, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment t�� be incorpo.rated in the Work, or of materiaJs, mix designs, or equipment submilCed for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) Chat is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, il' requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contraccor's expe.nse unless Coniractor I�as given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reaso.nable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to thE writte.n request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requ�sted by Uwner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expens�. If Owner's Representative considers rt necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or testcd by athers, Contractor, at Owner .Rep.resentative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, epsts, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be e.ntitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if Che parties are unable to agree as to the amount ther�of, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspcetion, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable tp a�ree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a clai.m therefore as provided the article for Chan�e in Contract Price and Chan�e of Contract "I�ime. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or ContracCor fails to supply suffcient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, En�ineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been elimi,nated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this ri�ht for the bene,fit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entiCled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. SectionlIl.doc Yage 32 of'46 4/11/201 I � �� ' � � � 1 L. J , u � � 1 1 ' � , � � Section lil �- General Cunditiuns 13.4 CORRECTION �R REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If requi�-ed by �nginee�- or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD lf within one year after the date af Substantial Campletion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents ar by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Cantractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remave it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Wark or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, lasses and dama�es caused by or resulting from such removal and i'eplacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacernent of work of�others) will be paid by Contractor. ln special circumstances where a particular item of eyuipment is placed in continuous se.rvice before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run fro.m an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Speci.ficativns or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If instead of requiring correction or remaval and replaceme.nt of de.fective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination ta accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change af Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amounC will be paid hy Contractor to the Owner. 5ectionIII.doc Page 33 of 46 4/11/2011 Scction 11.1— General Cvnditions 13.7 OWNER MAY CQRRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice frorn Ow.ner's Representative co correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejeeted Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to pe1-form the Work in accordance with the ContracC .Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Docttments, the Owner may, after seven days' writ�ten notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency, ln exercising the rights and remedies undcr this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection wrth such corrective and remedial action, the Owner rnay exclude Contractor from all or part of fl�e site, take possession oe arr or part of the W�rk, and suspend ContracCor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equiprnenC stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Repr�sentatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, En�ineer, and Engineer's Consultants access Co the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner sha11 be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to a�ree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of wo.rk of others destroyed or da►naged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's deFective Work. Contracto�• shall not be allowed an extension of Che Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of thc Work attributab]e to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO C�NTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordanc� with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Pro�ress payments on account of U.nit Price Work will be based o.n the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ConCractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative far review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor coverin� the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's .Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless oCherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. :Payment will only bE made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment_ A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, includin� as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction 7nspector will verify that the on-site 5ectionTll.doc Page 34 of'46 4/I 1/20] 1 5cction llf — General Conditions marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with thc Cantract Documents. ln addition to all other paym�nt provisions set out in this contract, Che pwner's RepresentaCive may require the Contractor to produce For Owner, within tit�een (1 S) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers l�ave been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later Chan the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage ar under a conditional sale contact ar other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warranis that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all I.iens, claims ar encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless frorn all claims �rowing out of the lawful demands of Subcantractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractc�r fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of� which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum af money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnislted that all liabilities have been fully dischar�ed, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. ln paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS � The �wner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application far payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment reyuires review and approval by an Agent, praperly submitted and documented Applications for payment � will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. [f an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given wikhin twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusin� payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in � writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. ln the laCter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any � payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be ' SectionllLdoc 1'age 35 of 46 4/I 1/2011 � Section ill — General Conditions necessary in Owner Representative's or A�ent's opinipn fo protect the Owner frqm loss because: (i.) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occu.rrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Term.ination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing ofthe Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connecCion with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a spcci�c :Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such C,iens, (iii) there are other iteins entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knawledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the tirne constraints of this section witla a copy to the Owner's R.epresentative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects tp the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, ar (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose witl�out significant interference with Contractar's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all th� Work subject to the followin�: T.he Owner at any time may request Contractor in w.riting to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes t� be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify ta Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certifcate of Substantial Completian for t,hat part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Ertgi.neer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractar, Owner's .Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractar i.n writing giving the reasons therefore. I.f Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certiticat.ion of Substantial Completian of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a finaJ inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writi.ng of particulars in which Sectionill.doc Page 36 of46 4/I 1/2011 Sec[ion 111— General Conditions this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this wark to be completed not less than thirty (3U) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION F�R PAYMENT After Contractar has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/RECOrd Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates aF inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractar may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited ta the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to �inal payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases ar waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) th� releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for wl�ich a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or othe.r collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the pros�cution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractar, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confinns, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recammendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due rar that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. l.f the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fu11y completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the �lgreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Applicatian for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing :final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. if on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and fnal inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and 5ectionlll.Jnc Yage 37 of46 4/1 I/201 I Section III — General Conditions accompanyin� documentation, all as required by the Contract Uocuments, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has beeta completed and Contractor's other obligations und�r the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's .Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and prescnt the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will giv� written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable suL?ject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contracior, indicating in writing the reasons for refusin� lo recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as fo form and substance, Che Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS "f he making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of�all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from. failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Uocuments; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Uwner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (9�) days by notice in writing to Cantractor, which will t7x the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustm�nt in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, ditectly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the wark in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations af any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previaus written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner thaC the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessar.ily or unreasonably delayed. SectionIlI.doc Page 38 of 46 airrizo�i , � , ' � I) u � L� , ' , , Section 111— General Conditions The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractnr, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the fiull exfent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at tl�e site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting Prc�m completing the Work such excess w.ill be paid to Contractor. Tf such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Cantractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work perfarmed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any r•ights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the C7wner will not release Contractor t`rom liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, fhe Owner may, ' wiChout cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of`the Owner, e.lect Co terminat� the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract ' Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and prafit pn such Work; C.J � , 1 � � � � for expenses sustained prior to the effective date af termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or �quipment as required by the Contract Docwnents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable surns for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of' loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting trom such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an arder of� court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application far Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum fnally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recaver from the Owner Sectionlll.doc Page 39 af46 4/11/2011 Section iii — Gcncral Conditions payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended und�r an order of court through no fault of Uwner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. Tn lieu of terminating the Agreement and �vithaut prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after if is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any surra finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and �wner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Cha��ge of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent thaC the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreernent, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. lf no such agreement on the method an,d procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions ofthe article for :Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the ContracC Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shal] require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted ar required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subj�ct to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provisian of the Contract Documents requir�s the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if deGvered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an offcer of the corporation for whom .rt is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certi.fred mail, postage prepaid, to the last business add.ress known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's o��cers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made ira writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. Sectionlll.doc Page 40 of 46 4/I 1/2011 ' � Sectinn 111— General Conditions 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT C05TS INCLUDED ' Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of cngineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. I 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without , the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 1 _J � � ' 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upan mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parti�s. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS ANDIOR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers ' and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Tom Glenn at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: tom.glenn@rnyclearwater.com. � I L. �J CJ 1 � �. � ' 18 ORDER AND LOCATI�N OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion af the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the f nal work shall be new material un.less oCherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case �f conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modificatians, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplernentary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specificatians, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE �ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, ta contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in 5ectionl]I.doc Page 41 of 46 4/ I 1/2Q 11 5ection llf — General Coi�ditions the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Uwner is eYempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and qther applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which wil] be a part of the Contractor's wo.rk. The O�vner, being ex�mpt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered c�n a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders wilJ include Own�r's Certificate of Exemption number. See SI:�C^l�]ON .1V, ARTICLE l.l - SCOPE DESCRiPTiON for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Uocuments. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION �k�i�rL�l.�:�_1 � The Contractar shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for thc start o� construction; the type of canstruction; general sequence and scheduling of eqnstruction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove ]andscaping and/or other private appurCenances which are in conflict with the praposed construction; and other ]anguage as appropriate to Che scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including prpposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Natifcatidn shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 1 I inches in size. Noti�cation (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly atfected by the Contractor's activiti�s no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. .Directly affected by the Contractar's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across prrvate property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice pe.riod to residents. Contractor is reyuired ta maintain sufficient staffto answer citizen inquir.ies during normal business hours and to rnaintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hou.rs. Resident noti�cation by the Contractor is a non-sp�;cife pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEA�, Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOT�CE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of cnntract) �or the City of Clearwater i in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. i This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. 5ectionllI.tloc Pagc 42 of46 4/11/20J 1 � � ! 1 , � ' � ' ' 1 � i� � 1 ' � , , 1 5ection ILI — General Conditions (Brief description of [he construction Prncess to be expected by the Property owners) The construction process may necessitate the remaval of certain items from the right-of=way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expcnse and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized .mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is respansible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior ta the start of construction. Vehicles par.ked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding th� construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contacC our Construction Mlnager at (727) Construction is anticipated to begin on: . We will b� more than happy to assist you. Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires ta inform the general public an the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information si�ns during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCR.[PTION. 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording Co be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimurn of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. � SectionIlI.doc 1 Page 43 of 46 4/11/2011 Section III — General Cqnditions �+ ' " �1:�1=3� �*9 CC] � [+'? Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, O.p80- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl letterin�. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traf.fic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Namc shall be i.n blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the C.ity's sun and waves logo. The calor of Che sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. S.ig.ns are not to be placed where ihey may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will Ue placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several Jocations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible 1�or preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SectionIlI.doc Page 44 of 46 4/ I I/20 I I Section III - General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PR�JECT SIGN � � � PROJECT NAME , (C'ONTRACT NUMBER) (DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT ► -�. _ . _ CONTRACTOR: __._..__... � C�MYLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: �_ = ° Clearwate� U 1. . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � ..... ...... ... ... ........_.............. .... . � - c' - ._. - r ... , .. P6i �� ... -- -- _ �. _... __..—... _ _ -- -- - --- -----__- .--- - ----- . � - ---- , � ij i �_ � . , ' �' /� � '� � .' ` , 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTI�N. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. lf the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved I-�olidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of lnspectors, the Sectionlll_doc Page 45 of 46 4/11/2011 f Section III — General Conditions ' Contractor shall pay the City oFClearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eighC-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own cxpense and pay for any damage ' to other work resulting there From which appear within a period of one ( I) year from the date of final acceptance. � ' � ' 1 C_� � , � ' ' � 1 � Sectionlll.doc Page 46 of46 4/1 I/2011 ' I._� 1 1 , ' ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 �� 1 �� 1 1 1 1 1 SECTXON �V TECHNICAL SPECIFYCATIONS � 'I 1 SECTION IV � TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS � Table o1' Contents: 1 SCOPE OF WORK ...................•-•-••-----------....................................................................... l I .1 SCOPE UESCRiPTION ................................................................................................. I ' 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ................................��--•-�----....................................... 1 2 FIELD ENGIN.EERING .........--•----•--• ..............................................................•----........... 3 , 2. I LINE AND GRADE SHALL SE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 3 Z.1.1 GRADES� LINESAND LEVELS ............................................................................. 3 2.1.2 LAYOUTZ7ATA .......................................................................................................3 ' 2.2 LINE AND GRADE S��ALL BE PERFOR.M.E.D BY 1'H E CiTY ................................. 3 3 DEF�NITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4 ' 3.l REFERENCE STANDARDS .........................................................................................4 3.2 ABB.REViA"T'IONS AND SYMBOLS ...............................................................•-�-�----•-- 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATXON OF THE WORK --• ............................................................. S ' _5 EXCAVAT��N FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... S 6 CUNCRETE .............................•----•-----..............................................................................6 ' 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WO1tK .......................................... 7 7.:1 EXCAVATION ...................................... ................................----...........---.............._...7 � 7.2 FORMS .............................................-------•--•------••-----••------.............................................. 7 8 REINFORCEMENT. 7 8.l BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................��-�-----......--�--�--��---....................................... 7 � 9 OBSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................••-..-------•-•---•--................7 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURSS, SiDEWALKS ' AND STREET PAVEMENT ................••-----..................................................................... 8 11 WORK �N EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ................................................••--••---......... 8 , 12 DEWATERING .................:....:....:........-'........................................................_...................9 12.1 GENERAL. 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................. ...................... 9 ' IZ.Z.I DEWATERING CONTROL ..................................................................................... 9 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT F�R THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNUN-CONTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY ........................... 10 � 13 SANITARY MANHOLES ............................................................•-----•----•--....................12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .....................................��----�---...._.................................................--�-- 12 � 13.2 PREC�ST TYPE ......................................�--......_.....---.................................................. 12 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJLISTMENT RINUS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................�--•---�---�-��-----�-----�--��-----............................... 13 ' 13.4 �'RAMF.S AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 13 SectionlV.doc i 4/11/2011 � 13.5 MANHULE COATINGS ......................................�--�-�.................................................. 13 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 13 14 BACKFILL .........................:.............................................•--•---•-•--...................................14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. ---••--•-••-•--•• ...................................................................... 14 16 RAiS�NG OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM D1tAINAGE STRUCTURES......................•---••--------..............---••-.....................................................---14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...............................................�----............................................. 14 17 UNSUITASLE MATERIAL REM�VAL ..........................................................•-•----•---14 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 14 17.2 BASIS OF PAYIVIENT .........................��--�-•--�---�---...............----.................................... 15 18 UNDERDRAINS .............•-•--••--••---••-•----••--••---•------•--.......................................................15 1 S.l BASIS OF MEASUREMENT---�---...----��---��----�-��---� ..............................................�--�--. 15 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ....................................................................�-----....................... 15 19 STORM SEWERS .........................................................................•-••---•--.............-•-----... 1S 19.1 AS SUiL"[' CN.I�OR.MATION ...........................�--��---��----.................--��---��-..................... 16 19.2 TESTING ...............................................�----.....--��---........----..........----•...........................16 19.3 SASIS OF P�IYMENT ....................�-�---........-�--��---.........-�---........................................ l6 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAXNS ............................................••----....---.....17 20.1 MATERIALS .....................................................................................................�---��-�--- 17 20.1.1 G.RAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 ,Z0.1.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................17 20.2 INSTA.L.I:�ATION ............................................�--•�---...................................................... 17 20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 20.2.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................18 20.3 AS Bi]iLl'DRAWINGS ................................................�--�--..........---............................ 18 20.4 TESTING ......................................................................................�---...----...---�-�-•--........18 20.=1.1 TE�S'TING OF GRAV,ITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MA.INS ....................................................... .. .. ................... 18 20.5 BASiS OF PAYMENT .........................................•-------...-----........._.............................. 19 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 19 20.5.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................19 21 DRAINAGE .....................................................................................................................19 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .........................................................•----............19 22.1 BASE .........---�---� .......................................................................•--�--.....-----..........---�--�-.. 19 22.1.1 B�SIS �FMEASUREMENTFOR BASEAND REWORKED BASE ................... 2.X 22.1. 2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REW�RKED BASE ...... ...... ..... ... ........... 21 22.2 SUBGRADE ...............................................•---------��-----�-��---•--•......................................21 22.2.1 BASIS UF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 21 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 22 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ...........................................................•-•-•--. 22 23.] ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 22 SectioniV.doc ii 4/11/20] 1 23.1.1 AGUR�[iATE ........................................................................................................22 23.1.2 BITUMINOZISMATERIALS .................................................................................22 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MiXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITYASSURANCE---• ........................................................................................ 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESI.GN5 ANU TYPES ...........................................................•-----... 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DCSIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 23 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POT.HO.L� PREPARATION .............................................................. 24 23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................2=1 Z3.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................24 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ...----��---...--� ........................................................�---. 24 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT .REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 25 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 26 23.10 SASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...........................................................................•--•------. 26 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 2G 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT SID PRICE �+OR ASPHALT .................................. 26 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPEC.IFYCATIONS ....................................................•----..... 27 25.1 IRRIGATION ................................��--�--�-�-��-�---�--�-�--....................................._................ 27 Z5.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................27 Z5.1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................28 25.1.3 EXECUTI�N .........................................................................................................33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ........................................��---........................................................--�------.36 25.2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................36 Z5.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................41 25.2.3 EXECUTI�N .........................................................................................................44 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 51 2G.1 1NTENT ............................................��----............................................................-�--�-�--- 51 2b.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORJINSTALLER nCC�.PTASiLiTY ........................ 51 2G.3 MATERiALS ...-�-�--� ...................................................................................................... 51 26.4 CLEANTNG/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 5� 26.5 TELEVISIUN .INSPECTION ............................................................�•---...................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 53 26.8 TIME �F CONS'rRUCTiON ....................................................................................... 53 26.9 PAYMENT ..............��------.........................................................---..................................53 27 PLANT MYX DRIVEWAYS ..................•-------•----•-•-----..................................--•--•----••----.. 53 27.1 BASiS OF MEASUREM�NT .............�---��--�--.....-----.........................................---........ 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54 29 CONCRETE CLTRSS .....---•---•• ............................................•----•--•-••------......................... 54 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT....-• ............................................................�--�--�-��--��-----. 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................�--�-�-�-�---.............................................. ...-----. 54 30 CONCRETE S�DEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 54 SectionN.doc iii 4/11/20] 1 30.1 CONCR.ETE SIDEWALKS.--�--��-� ................................................................................ 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRiVEWAYS ........................................................��--��--��---..._................ SS 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................�•---................................................ 55 30.4 BnSIS OF PAYMENT ......................................�--.............................._..-�--��---.............. 55 31 SODDING .....................................................................................................•--••---•-•---••--. SS 32 SEE.DI.NG ....................................................................................................................••--- 56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES ..........................•-•-----• •--•------• •-•--•------..............................................-------. 56 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ...................................................................��----....... 56 33.2 PRECASTTYPE......--� ................................................................��---��--�----...................57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 57 34 MATER�AL USED ......................•----.......----•--•--............................................................. 57 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS A1V]) SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 57 36 STREET SIGNS ..................•--......-----.........................................................----..............--- 57 37 AUDIO/VXDEO REC�RDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 3'1.1 CONTRf1CTOR TO PR.EPARE ALTDiO/ViDEO RECORDING ................................ 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/ViDEO RECO.RDING ................................................... 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS .....................................•--.--.---.---....---............. 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................�---............................................................................... 58 37.5 RECORDED 1NFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 58 37.6 RECORDED ]NFORMATiON ViDEO ....................................................................... 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ..............�---...................................................----...--�-�---........ 58 37.8 L�IGHTI.NG .......................�--�-��--�---...................---.........._.............................................. 59 37.9 SPEED OF TR.AVEL ......................................�----......................................................... 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX .........................................................•�---�•---�-------�---.................... 59 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE .....................................................��---��--��---............................ 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERViCES ........................................................�-��---�-��-----�-......... 59 38 EROSIONAND SILTATXUN CONTR�L.....---•• ..........................•--•--.........................59 38.1 STABILIZATJON OFDENUDEDAREAS .................................................................59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATiON OF SOTL STOCKPILES ............................. 60 383 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES.........-• ............................................................. 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ..-�-----�---�� ........................................................................ 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, D,YTCH.ES AND CHANNELS ....-• .............................................................. 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE .................................................................................�-----........-•------.. bl 38.10 COMPLIANCE ..............................................•------�-�----.................................................61 39 UTIL�TY TZE IN LOCATION MARKING-•----•--•---• ................................................... 64 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 41 POTASLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES...........................................................•-•----••--------••---•-------.............. b4 SectionlV_doc iv 4/1 ]/2011 41.1 SCOPE--��------....--� ......................................................................................................... �4 41.2 MATER�ALS ...........................•�---��--��-•---•--•---.............................................................. 65 41. 2.1 GENERAL ..... .... ........ ..... ........................... ..... . ..... .... .... .. . .... . . .... ... . .... . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. 65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALSAND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 6� 41.2.3 CiATE Y.4LVES ...................................................................................................... 67 �1.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... b7 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ......................................................................................�--•�---�.._......._. b8 41.2.6 SERVICESADDLE.S .............................................................................................69 41.2. 7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPA1'RS ..... ............. ................................................ 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS .........................................�-�--�---�.__._._......................69 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ........................................................�--.................................. 70 41.2.10 BLOWOFFHYDRAIVTS ......................................................................................70 41.3 CONSTItUCTiON---• ....................................................................................................70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70 41.3.2 PIPELAYING .....................................................................�---........_.....................70 a 1.3.3 SETTING OF YALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS .... .... ........ ... ...................... 72 41. 3. 4 CONNECTIDNS TO EXISTING LINF,S ................................. .............................. 72 41.4 TESTS .................................................................................. ..73 .............................��--�--••- 41.�1.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41. �1.2 NOTICE �F TE�ST ................................................................................................ 73 41.5 STERILIZATION ...........................................................................................�---�--....... 73 41. �.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 73 41.5.2 FL USHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 73 41. S. 3 STERILIZATIDN PROCED URE . .......... ........ . ..... .. . . ....... ....... .... ... .. . .. .... . . .. . .... ... . . . 73 41. S.4 RESID UAL CHLORINE TESTS .............................. .... .......................................... 74 41.5.5 BACTERZAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74 41. 6.1 GENERAL ................................................ . .... . .... . . ........ . . ... . . . . .. . . .. . .... .. .... . . . .... ... .. ... 74 41.6.2 FURNI.SHAND INSTALL W,4TER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41. b.3 FURNIS�HAND INSTALL FITTINGS ......................... .......................................... 75 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALYES CQMPLETE WITHBOXESAND CO VER S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTAL.L FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 75 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFTCATYONS ....-------•-------•-------•-------------•---................................. 76 43 TENNIS COURTS .......................•-------........................................................................... 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .....................�--.....--��---....-�-�---�----...................................... 76 43.1.1 S�IL TREATMENTS ............................... .... ....... .... . . .. . ... ... ...... ........ . ...... ........... .. . . 76 43.1.2 BASF C;OURSE ..................................................................................................... 7b 43. X.3 PRIME COAT ....................................................................................................... 76 43.1.4 LEVELING CDURSE ............................................................................................ 76 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 76 43.1.6 COL�R C(�AT ...................................................................................................... 77 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS .................�--�------�--............................................ .. 78 43.2.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................... .. 78 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ..................................................................................... ....... 79 43.2.3 SLOPE ...................................................................................................................79 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 80 ' . ScctioniV.doc � v 4/11/2011 44 C�" E�. 43.2.5 PF.R�IMET .F,R CURBING ....................................................................................... 8� 43.2.G SURF,9C.F_ C.'OURS.F ............................................................................................. 80 43.2.7 ROOTI3ARRIER ...................................................................................................80 43.2.8 FENCINCi .............................................................................................................81 43.2.9 WINDSC.RFF,NS .................................................................................................... t31 43.2.1D COUR7'�:QUIPMENT .... ... ..... ......................................................................... 81 43. z. 71 Sl:CAD.�` STR UCT URE . .... ... .... .. ............... ....... .... . ... . ... ...... . .. ... . .... ..... .... .... . .. . . . .. . .... 83 43.2.12 WATER S�URCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43.2.13 CONCRETF ..........................................................................................................83 43.2.14 EXI.S'TING SPDRT T'E'NNIS COrIRT .LIGHTINU ................................................. $3 43. Z. I S tiV,9TF_R COOLER ........................................................................................ .......... 84 43.2.16 D.FMUNSTR,4TION ..............................................................................................84 43. 2.17 WARRA.NTY ........... ......... ...... ........ ..... ........ . . ..... .... . .. . ... ... . .... .. ... ....... ............ . ......... 84 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .........................••--••---•-..................................... SS 44.1 CONTRACTOR RES�ONSiSLE HUR WO:RK 70NE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAPT'IC CON"CROL PL,AN .............................................................. 85 �4.2.1 WOIZK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 85 44.3 ROADWi1Y CL�SURE GUIDEL]NES ............................................••---...................... 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAY.S' .............................��-...__..__._........................................................ 86 44.3.2 MAJORARTERIALS, MINOR�4RTERIALS, LOCAL CULZFCTURS ................. 86 44.3.3 MA.IQR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 86 44.3.4 MAJORARTERIALS ...............................�-�---�---._..._..............................................86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZUNE TRAFFIC CONT.ROL ALf1N ................................... 86 44.5 1NSPECTiON OF WORK ZONE TRA�FIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 �}�3.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTRO.L SUPERVISOR............ 87 CLTRED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING ..................•--•----•--................................................. 87 45.1 INTENT ...............••--•---�------�------�--...............--�---��---....-----............................................. 87 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTR�CTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ $S 4S3MATERiA.f�S ...............................................................................��--�-�--�-�-��--�-----�-•-••---- 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .---• .............................................................. 88 45.5 TELEV1SfON INSPECTION ................................................................................�---... $9 45.6 LfNER INSTALLATION ...-• .......................•--�---....._..........................................._........ �9 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION .........................................�-�--..........---.....--��---.............. $9 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION .........................................................................��--�-��---... 89 45.9 PAYM�NT .................................................................................................��---��----........89 � SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SL�PLINING ..................................... 90 46.1 MATERIALS .......--��---��--�--------� .................................................................................... 90 46.1_1 PIPEANDFITTINGS ...........................................................................................90 96.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL ........................................................................................... 90 46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............................................................................................................90 Q6.1.4 REJECTION ..........................................................................................................90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS..--�---��--� .....................��------��-........................................................ 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTiCES .......................................................�-�---��---�-----�----.... 91 4b. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 91 4b.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED S�CTIONS .................................................................... 91 5ectionlV.doc vi 4/I 1 /201 I � � 46.3.3 PIPE J�INING ............................................................................................ �6. 3_ 4 H,4NDLING OF FUSED PIPE .................................................................... 46.4 SI.,iPLiNING PROCEDURE ............................................................................... 46. =l. I PIPE REQ UIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ... . . ...... ..... ..... . ...... .. . .... ... . . ..... 46. �1.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION .................................................................. 46. =t.3 INSERTION SHAFT A.ND EXCAVATI�NS ................................................. 46. 4. 4 INSF_RT/ON OF THE LINER ...................................................................... . 46. 4. S CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ............................................................. 46. =�. 6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ....................................... 46. -1. 7 BACKFILLING ............................................................................................ 46.4.8 POINTREPAIR ............................................................................................ 46.=1.9 CLEAN UP �PE.RATIONS .......................................................................... 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ............. 47.1 SCOPE .............................��-�---�---..........................---....................................---..... 47.2 MATERIALS ..................�--....--�-�--...................................................................... 47.3 PIPE ......................................................................................................... 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ......................................•----�--�--................................ 47.5 FITTINGS .................�--•...................................................................................... .. 91 .. 91 .. 9 I ._ 91 .. 91 .. vz .. 92 .. 92 .. 92 .. 93 .. 93 .. 93 ----... 93 ....... 93 ....... 93 ....... 93 �---... 9�1 ..---.. 94 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS.--•-•--•• ............................................•-•--............................. 94 48.I PRESSURE iN]ECTED GROUT ................................................................................ 94 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE W1TH GUNITE ................. 94 48.3 COMPOSITION ...........................•-.................:............................................................ 94 �38.4 ST.RENGTH REQUIREMEN'rS---� .............................................................................. 9S 48.5 MATERIALS ........................��--�•---•--.......................................----................................. 95 48.6 WATER .............................�----��---..................................................................................95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ..........................................�---�--..............................-•---�--..............95 48.8 STORAGE OF MAf ERIALS ..............................�-�----��----..............................--�--------... 95 48.9 SURFACE 1'REPARATION ...............�---.....-----.....................................-�-�---................ 96 48.10 PROPORTIONING ..........................�--..........................................................................96 48.11 MiXING ................................................................................•-•--...................................96 48.I2 AP�'LICATION .............................................................................................................96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JO]N"("S ......................................................................................... 97 48.14 SURFACE FiNTSH ....................................................................................................... 97 48.15 CURTNG .................................................�•----..................................--�•--�---.................... 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PRO'I'ECTION ......................................................•.------....... 9� 48.17 INSPECTION ....................�----......................................-•--�---...................................--�-- 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT ..--��---...--�-• ..................................................................................��---�---... 98 49 SANITARY AND STURM MANHOLE LINER RESTQRATION .................. 49.1 SCOPE AND 1NTENT ................��---�---��---..........................-•---........--�--.............. 49.2 PAYMENT......-�-� ...................................��--�-��---�---.................................---........... 49.3 FIB.ERGLASS LINER P.RODUCTS ................................................................... 49.3.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................. 49.3.2 INST.4LLATIDNAND EXECUTION ........................................................... 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ...................................... 49. �1.1 Mf1TERIALS ...............:................................................................................. 49.5 TNFiLTRATION CONTROL .............................................................................. � 5ectionlV.doc r vii --•---... 99 ......... 99 ......... 99 ......... 99 ......... 99 __._... roo ........ l 00 --_.... 101 ........ r o r 4/1 U2011 5 51 52 S3 54 49.6 GROUTING MTX ....................................................�------...........---.............................. 101 49.7 LINER M.1X .................�----�--...............----......-�---��---................--�--............................... 101 49.8 WATER ..............�---........--��---..............---.........._...----................................................... 102 49.9 OTH.ER MATERiAi 5 ................................................................................................ 102 49.1 � EQUIPMENT .........................................�---................................................................ I 02 49.1 ] 1NSTALLATION AND EXECUTiON ....................................................................... l02 49.11.1 PI2EPA.RATION........-�--� .........................:..................................... ...................... 102 49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................103 49.7.1.3 SPRAYING ..........................................................................................................103 49.11.=� PRODUCT7'ESTING ..............�.............................._._..........................--- .._........ .103 49.11.5 C'UWNG ...................................................................................................�-- ....... 103 49.11. 6 MANHpZE TESTING AND A CCEPTANCE . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. I 04 49.12 TNNERLINE ENV.T.RONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 104 49..12..I SCOPE.......--�-• ....................................... ................................. .......................... 104 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................�--�--�---.........................--�--�--.....................104 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 106 0 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... 108 TN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 108 51.1 SCOPE ..............•--......------..............................-�----..........................................---..........108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ............................��---.............................................---.... 109 51.2.1 ASPHALT ................� �---.......................................... -...................................._.._. 109 51.2.2 CONC'RFTF ........................................................................ ............................... 109 51.2.3 COURTPATCHBINDEI�MIX .............................:.............................................109 51.3 APPLICATCON OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 109 S l.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXiPAVE ........................................................... l l 0 51.5 PLEXIFLORAPPL.iCATTON .........................��---.-.............................---��---�-..............110 S I .6 PLAYING LiNES ..........................................�-�--...---�..................................................110 51.i GENERAL..-� ...........................................��-----��----..........._.............-�--�--�-��--��--��--�-.......] 10 51.8 LTMiTATXONS ..................��--�--.............................................................................---....110 RES�DENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCT�ON ..........................111 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES...--•---••--•-• ..................................................................111 53.1 MATERIAL ...........................�--��----�----...............................---......................................1 l 1 53.1,1 GABI�NAND RENO MATT.RESSMATERI"AL ...................................................111 53.1.2 GAB,IDNAND MATTRESS FILZER MATERIAL : ...............................................113 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ................................................................................................114 53.1.4 GEC)TEXTILE FABRIC ........................................................................................114 53.2 PERFORMANCE ...........................•.....................................---�....................----...........114 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPEC�FICATIONS .--•• ...........................•----.............---......l.l S 54.1 SCOPE .......---� ................................................�.............................................................115 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK .....................�--�----...............................--�----......................115 54.3 WORK METHODS .......................................�---��--.........................--�---.......................1 l6 54.3..1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ...................... ... ....................................... . .......116 54. 3. Z D UTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ..... . . ... . .. . ... . .............. ................. ... . .... . .. .... ...... . ..... X 16 54.4 LITTER...----� ..............................................................................�--�--..............---�..........116 54.5 ViSUAL CHECK ..............•--.......................................................................................116 Sectionl'V.doc viii an iizo� i r � 54.6 PLANT TRiMNiTNG AND PALM P.RUNING ...........................................................1.16 54.7 PHOE,NIX SVECIES (CANARY .DAT�, TNDiA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)......1.16 54.8 DEBRIS RE.MOVAI.. ..................................................................................��---...--��---..1.16 54.9 TRf1FF1C CONTRUL .................................................................................................117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAF�TY .............................................................................................117 54.11 P.I.,AN'r FERTTLIZATION ....................................................�--....................................117 54.12 WEED REMOVAi., IN LANDSCAPED AREA ..........................................................117 54.13 MULCH CONDI.`T'ION ................................................................................................117 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE ANU REPAIR .....................................................................117 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ......................................................117 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ....................��--��--��---��---�-----.................................................117 54.1 i FREEZE PROTECTION ............................�-�-----�---.....................................................118 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ..................................................................................................11$ 54.19 COMPLETION OF WO.RK ..--�------�--�� ......................................................... ...........118 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL ...............................................................................118 54.21 SPECIAI. CONDITIONS -� .........................................................................�--�---..........118 55 MILLING OPERATTONS ................•-------.......................................................-----•--.....119 SS.I EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTIQN & MILLED SURFAC� .......................................119 55.2 ADDITION�IL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................119 55.3 SALUAGEABLE MA?ERIALS .................�---............................................................ 120 55.4 DISPOSABL,�. MATERiALS ..................................................................................... 120 55.5 �DJUSTMENT ANU LOCATiON OF iTNDERGROUND UTI.L.1.T1�,5 .................. 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 120 55.7 TYPES OF MI.LT�ING ........---�--....------�------....--�-�---� .................................................... 120 55.8 MI.LI,.ING OF 1N"I'ERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 12l 55.9 BAS1S OF MEASUREMENT ................................•-�--��--•--.....--�--�----..........---............ 121 55.10 BASiS OF PAYMENT ..........................................�--��---��--�--...----............................... 121 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ....................................................••---••--•-----................121 56.1 BASiS OF MEASUREMENT ...........................................•�----....................--�--�---•---.. 121 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...............................................•�--�---��-------............................... 121 57 RIPRAP ..................................................................................................•----•---...........---121 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 12l 57.2 E3ASIS UF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY.----•--•---•---------•--••---••--•----• ........................................ 122 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL,......----�------�---� ....................................................................... 122 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTQR TRAINING ................................................................ 122 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................122 59.1 BASiS �F MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 60 SIGNING AND MARK�NG .........................................................................................123 60.1 BASIS OF MEASU.REMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... l23 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING .......................................................•---••--••------••----•--......---..... 123 61.] BASIS �F MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 SectionN.doc ix 4/ l I/201 I 6a TREE PROTECTION ...........................................•--•-••----••--••---.................. 62.1 TREE BAR.RiCADES ................................................•....................---....... G2.2 ROOT PRUN.fNG ...................................................................................... 62.3 PROPER TREE P:R.UNING------�� ................................�-��-----•----................. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES ............................................................................. 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN .............................................................................. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIB.IL.rTY GUIDELINES .................................................... 63.3 THE S[JN AND WAVES LOGO AND iTS USE ...................................... 63.4 MAPS AND G.RA.PHICS .......................................................................... G3.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ....--� .......................................................�-�---...... 63.6 POSTING ...............��-----�--....--�---.-.......................................---�-��------�--....... 63.7 WEB PAGES LTPDATES-�-�---�--�� .....................�-�----��---.............................. 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ..................................... 64.I CLEARANCE OPTIONS .................��-..............................-----...----............ 64.2 REQUIRED M]NIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES ............................ .........124 ......... I 24 ......... I 24 ......... 125 ......... 126 -.---.... l26 ......... 126 ......... ] 26 ......... 127 ......... I 27 ......... l27 ......... I 27 .........1z� ...---... 127 ......... I 27 5ectionlV.doc x 4/I I/2011 Section IV-7ecltnical Specitica[ions 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: NorCheast WRF Pickett Thickener and Sc:um Hemoval Improvements .Project Project Number: 09-0040-UT Scope of Work: The work �or this Pr�ject is �enerally defined and consists of, but not limited to, the Following: 1_ Retrofit ex.isting thickeners and install scum collection equipment and water cannection with spray nozzles at thickeners and primary clarifiers. 2. Retrofit existing scum wet well to include submersible scum pump, associated f7ttings and piping, guide rails, manual jib crane, chemical resistance coating in wet well, control panel, electrical, instrumentation, and control systems. 3. Installation ��f scum force main (including fittings, valves and appurtenances) manifoldin� with the septage handling force main to the anaerobic digesters. The Contractor shall provide fixed project signs as described in S�CTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The tinal number of project signs will be determined at Che beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted :For approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due ta the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provide at no additianal cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD:180 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS ■ 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST r � � � Project Name: Northeast WRF Pickett Thickener and Scum Removal I.mprovements Project Project Number: 09-0040-UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: l � Sco e Of Work 2.l � Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 2.2 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City 3 Definitian Of Terms 4 Order And Location Of The Work 5 Excavation For Under round Work 6 ❑ Concrete 1 SectionN.doc Page 1 of 128 4/I 1/201 I � Section IV — Technical Speciticatiqns 7 ❑ Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 Reinforcement 9 ❑ Obstructions ] 0 ❑ Restoration Or Re lacement Of Driveways, Cu�•bs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkways l2 Dewatering 13 Sanita Manholes 14 � Backfill 15 SCreet Crossings, Etc. 16 ❑ Raisin Or Lowering Qf Sanitary Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ❑ Underdrains 19 Storm Sewers 20 � Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 2l. ❑ Drainage 22 Roadway Base And Sub rade 23 As .haltic Concrete Materials 24 Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 General :Planting S ecifications 26 ❑ Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pi e Lining 27 ❑ Plant Mix Driveways 28 ❑ Re orting Of Tonnage Of Recycled :Materials 29 ❑ Concrete Curbs 30 ❑ Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewa s 31 Sodding 32 Seeding 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Sasins Or Other Storm Structures 34 � Material Used 35 � Confilict Between Flans And S ecifcations 36 ❑ Street Signs 37 � Audio/Video Recordin Of Work Areas 38 Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ❑ Utility Tie ln Location Markin 40 � Award O�Contract, Work ScheduleAnd Guarantee 41 ❑ Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Ap urtenances 42 ❑ Gas S stem S ecifrcations 43 Tennis Courts 44 Work Zone Traffic Control 45 Cured-In-Place Pi e Linin 46 ❑ Specifications for Polyethylene Sli linin 47 ❑ S eci.fications for Polyvin 1 Chloride Ribbed Pi e 48 ❑ Gunite Specifications 4,9 ❑ Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liraer Restoration 50 � Project information Signs 51 ❑ In-Line Skating Surfacing Systern 52 ❑ Resident Notifcation of Start of Construction 53 Gabions and Mattresses SectionN.doc I'a�e 2 of 128 4/11/2011 � � � � � � � � � � Section IV —'I�echnical Specitica[ions 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance Specifications SS ❑ Millin O eratians 56 ❑ Clearina and Grubbing S7 ❑ Ri ra 58 � Treatment Plant Safety 59 ❑ Trat�ic Si nal � ui ment and Materials 60 � Si nin And Marking 6.1 ❑ Roadwa Li hting 62 ❑ Tree Pratection 63 Pro'ect Web Pages 2 2.1 FIELD ENGINEERING LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Alsa included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) camplete sets ofAs- built Survey to the Cngineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), ArCicle 6.1 I.2 ofthese Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ' Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those dcsignated on the Drawings or provid�d by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and ' shall preserve all permanent reference paints during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the ' proximity of construcCion work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. � � � � r r 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Cantractor shall layout the work at the locatian and to the lines and �rades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be respansible to have furnished to the praject inspector a replacement of the waoden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be 5cctioniV_doc F'age 3 of 128 4/11/2U1 ] Section IV — Tec}mical 5pecitications computed in one-hour ineremenCs. Minimum charge is $]00.00. T1�e City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the defnition of terms from S�CT10N ]lI, ARTICLE 1- TaEF11V1TIONS of these Contract nacuments shall apply. For the purpose of Che Estimated Quantities, the ConCractor's attention is called to the fact that thc �stimaCe o� yuantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance wrth estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of yuantities or ot the character or location of the work or o:f other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or ta codes ot locaJ or state authorities, shall mean the latest staradard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are de:fined as follows: 5ectionlV.doc AA Aluminum Association, inc. AAMA Architectural Alurr►inum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Ufficials ACI American Co.ncrete Znstitute AISI American Tron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards .Institute APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society ofAgricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE Arnerican Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASS.E American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Weldirtg Society AWWA American Water Works Association C�'R Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Tnstitute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards Page 4 of 128 4/11/2011 � L._� ' � � � C� � � r � � �� r � � ' DEP DOT EPA FAC FSC FFPC FGC FMC FPC FedSpec HI [SBM (�,EE IPS MIL NAAMM NBFU NEC NEMA NFAA N PT N WMA PCA PCI SBC SBCCI SDi SFPC SGC SJI SMACCNA SMC SPC SP1S SSPC TCA UL Section IV — 7 echnical Specitications Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) Department of Transportation (Florida) Environmental Protection Agency Florida Administrative Code Florida Building Code Flarida Fire Prevention Code Florida Gas Code Florida Mechanical Code Florida Plumbing Code Federal Specifications Standards of Hydraulic Institute Iron F3ody, Bronzed Mounted Institute of Electrical and .Electronics Engineers iron Vipe Size Military Specification National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Board of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association National Pipe Thread National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Standard Building Code (SBCCI) Southern Buildin� Code Congress International, Inc. Steel Door Institute Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) Standard Gas Code (SSCCI) Steel ]oist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) Standard Plumbing Cade (SBCCI) Southern Pine Inspection Bureau Steel Structures Painting Council Title Council ofAmerica Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION �F THE WORK This article deleted. Se� SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK � The contractor is respansible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed w�rk while at all times maintaining the safety of the warkmen, the general public and both public and private property. , Section]V.doc I� Page 5 of 128 ai� vzoa � Section iV — 7 echnical 5pecitications The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Uraless otherwise speci:fically stated in these plans and specit7cations, the methods c�f safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety rcquirements are the full and complete respansibility of the contractor. For the purposES of the Contractor's safety planning in the biddi.ng process, the contractor .is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requireraaents of OSI�IA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requir�ment of a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Cantractor will identify his Competent Person to City stafFat Che start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspecCions, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff i.n conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reser-ve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation i:F, in the opinion of the City's stat�', the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or doe5 not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary saf�ty requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractior's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities Co allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" meChod whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cuC to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. I.n addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received f'rom the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shal.l be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. 7'he bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. ln case a trench is excavated at any place, exceptin� at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by tl�e En�ineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. C�rZ�1►L�1:�� Unless oth�rwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all conerete shall have fber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 2$ days. Th,e cement type shall be Type 1 and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shaJl confoarm to ASTM C-33. All ready rnix concrete 5ectionlV.doc Page 6 of 128 4/11/201 I r � � � � � � � r ' � � 1 � � � Section IV —Technical Speci(ications shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to S", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of aIl concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be reyuired (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 7.1 EXCAVATION AND FORMS F�R CONCRETE WORK EXCAVATION Excavating for cancrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" ouCSide said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in.the dry". 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either woad or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of su .fficient strength when staked to resist the pressure af concrete without moving or springmg. E�:�=1��Y�]iZ�]=11��L�1►Y� When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Sars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A I 85). Welded deformed steel wire fabric fo.r Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 22] (ASTM A497). Epaxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinfarcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in Che contract unit price for the item of work specified. �•�:��:i�l��•1�� Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be � carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, , SectionlV.doc Page 7 nf 12S 4/I I/2D11 � Se�tion IV-7-echnical 5pecitications or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the localily and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer d.rains or poles shall be made. Failure of ihe plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey rxaonument or benchmark which �nust be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be �•eplaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult lnspector for the approved rneans. 10 RESTORATION OR _REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction s.}aall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or darnaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsu.itable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a n�inimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASH7�0 T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost o:f the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of rnain or square yard of base. Th� bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, .labor and eyuipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidtwalks, whe.n called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on tk�e basis of the following units: Driveways, plant rnix - per syuare yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/l0 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall natify the I'roject lnspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly Co residents afFected by the construction progress. 'rhe Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration w.ithin a reasonable time shall be justifrcation for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. ScctionlV.doc Page 8 of 128 4/] 1/2011 ' ' �� l_J � � f� � 5e�tion IV — Tcchnical Speciticatiais Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturt�ed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractar shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract wark. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residenCs or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all re�ulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Fngineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with purnps. ' Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well paints shall be designed especially for this type of service, and � the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. � r r � � i '' , � The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting frQm trench dewateri.ng operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of oCher underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtainin� a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced GroundwaCer from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor rnust collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated irtto this section for reference... 5ectionlV.duc Page 9 of 128 4/I 1/201 ] 5ection 1V — Technical Specitications 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY Citv Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the Cicy of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDE.P Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staf� if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surf.ace waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in 1�able 1 do not exceed any of the listed screenin� values. [3cfore discharge of produced ground water can occw- from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The ef�luent shall be sampled before thc cornmencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after com�nencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life af the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in campliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior Co actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE ] Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coasta] Waters Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/I ] 0.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury— by Metlaod 1631E 0.012 µg/I 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/I 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2,9 µg/1 2_9 µg/] Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1 � � , � r Section.N.doc 1'age ] 0 of 12R 4/1 J/2011 � � � � � ' C� � � �� ll � ' r I _� , � � 1 � � 5ection 1V —Technical 5pccitications Toial Recovci�able Zinc 86.0 µg/) 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/1 Benzene I.Q µg/I l.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or bv lhe Citv of Clearwater. (a) For initial T�C values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the pennittee af�irmatively demonstrates that th� TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular wei�ht organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: ]. the name and address af the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and G. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) ofthis permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until noti�cation of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pF� of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waCers, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, ar raised above $.5 units, unless the permiCtee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of this range. If natural background of che receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural back�round for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than $.S units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below ,natural background af fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than ] 500 mg/I, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than l 500 mg/l. SectionlV.doc Page I 1 of 12$ 4/1 I/2D11 Scction IV—'Technical Speciticatiais In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all Cimes be f`ree from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the dischargc: cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The :fac.ility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department genc:ric permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contaminatian exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. � short summary of the propased activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district ofi�ice within one (]) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring .Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use ofthis Generic Permit. ��+�_1►1��,1:�'�l�il,l�l:Crl�•� 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert chann�ls shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in siz� and grade oF channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, burJd up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in conerete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor ouCside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manhales. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this speci6cation unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type 11 cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shaJl conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be SectionIV.doc Pagc 12 of 128 4/1 I/201 I 1 ' � ' Section IV —'I-echnical 5pecitications a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days_ 'I"hree sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance ta these specitications unless letter from contract�r requesting specific variance is approyed by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as � numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan ar list ofthe numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. ' �-� � ' , ' �-1 I� Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not b� allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately f ve (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhale cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section N, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete -- Adjustment ofManholes. 13.3 DRQP MANHOLES Standard dre�p inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall b� set in a full bed of mortar with Che top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS , The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type iI Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type iI Class I) as manufactured by W..R.. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. lnterior of built up manholes which , have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry , thickness of Type 1Y Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D] 227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite. � , ' 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using appraved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, lnc., or approved water stop coupling. SectioniV.dnc Page 13 af 128 4/1 I/2011 Scction IV — Technical 5pecitications 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from Che excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fll shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed l2" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. :Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density rfest to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full dcpth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfll shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, c�r, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CR�SSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, thc trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruptiqn of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, th�reto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be includ�d in the cost of the trench e�cavat.ion. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on ihe plans or as .indicated by the Engineer. �G�i�=��1��6��7�7_\'/►�il��ti� Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REM4VAL All unsuitable material, such as .muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the eYCavation shall be detennined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. SectionIV.doc Pnge 14 oi' 128 4/ I I/20 I I Section 1V — Technical 5pecitica[ions 17.� BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, campaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the I'roject construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and ag�regate surface covered with a non-degradable fibraus type filter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #G if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, sla� or crushed gravel. Unless atherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of �6 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which i5 a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specit7cations D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stif�ness oF 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at b0% flatting and with a dauble gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. f1ll poly-chlaride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure ta ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specifred, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upan the unit price per lineal foat far underdrain as measured abave, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifrcations and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifcally underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. ' • : i��i�/=1:�� All storm drain pipe installed within the CiCy of Clearwater shall be reinforced conerete unless ' otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current �DOT Specifications. , SectionlV.doc Page 15 of 128 4/1 I/201► 1 Section iV—Technical Specitications All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. lf any diff7culty is found in the ftting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street be.fore laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the arder in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to f7t. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to t7nd that thc inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the :Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subd.rains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer aldng with the elevations of the norCh edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall tak� alJ precautians to secure a perfectly watertighC sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertight.ness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the in�ltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and tlaen measuring the exfiltration. in no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infrltratian or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such canditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or al1 sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per ]ineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the sCorm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required Co install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.)_ ScctionTV.doc Page 16 of 128 4l11/201 ] , C� ' ' ' , 1 1 ' , , , �.� lJl ' ' ' , LJ Section iV —Technical 5pecifications 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IR�N. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end af joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or constniction plans, Ductile Trnn pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Speci :fications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Wh�re sanitary sewer main is to be placed between buildin� lots in a sidelinr: easement, Che sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or latcral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MA�N PIPE SHALL SE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise nated in the speciiications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and f.7ttings shal I conform to Section �41 of these Technical Specif cations for water .main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sew�r pipe shall be in canformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell iTNI .B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported tarench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backtill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until suf�icient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. SectionlV.doc Page 17 of 128 4/I I/2U11 Section IV — Technical Spccitications Where pipe bedding is insu.fticient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class 1 material (]/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2.feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is reyuired to locate all c:xisting laterals for reconnection and to coordinate wiCh the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE lnstallation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 �f Chese Technical Specif7cations for water .main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor sha11 submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset af all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center ]ine of the sewer .main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations af the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness oF a sewer which has a crowY� lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water ti�htness o�F sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be Cested by filling the pipe with wate.r so as to produce a hydrostatic head o� two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end o� the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, w.hichever is hi�her, and then measuring the exfltra- tion. In no case shall tlae infltration or exfiltratian exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. 7�he Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfilCration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltratian or exfiltrat.ion is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, re.making the joints or by replacing the entire ]ength of sewer as required by the Engrneer. No such repaired joints may be back�lled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotaCio.n. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and unitorm grade and the absene� of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of t}ae line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Techraical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SectionlV.doc Page 18 of 128 4/11/201 J 1 �J I� Section IV — Tech.nical Specitications 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be th� unit price per lineal f��ot per ' appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured fr�m the centerline ' of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. ' Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, back�ll dncl gra�in�. ' ' 1 1 ' �J � 1 20.5.2 F�RCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of� th�se Technical Specif cations for water main pipe. � : :1►/�� The Contractar shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during thc progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Concractor shall refer to Section 1V, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Speci�cations for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by thc Enginccr. Thc subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise nated on the plans or dirc:ctcd by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. ' Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result frorn a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done ' to the City's satisfaction, and at the Cantractor's expense. Na paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. r-, � I� ' 1 The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspectar a minimum of 24 haurs in advance of all base and subgrade placement ar reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: SectionN.doc Page 19 of 128 4/I 1/201 I Sectiqn IV —Technical Specit7ca[ions 1. SHFLL SASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 20U and 913 of I�DOT's Standard Speci.fications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price Ior base. 2. LI,MFROCK BASE: Limerpck base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's SCandard Specifications (latesf edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the pJans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE EASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901. of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed cuncrele �na�erial shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certi�ied laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material confor.ms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of ].85. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every ] 000 tons oi material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in Che b.id item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT RASE: Unless other�vise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 20�0 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimurn compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubbcr Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of �'DOT's Standar•d Speci,fications (]atest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the prqject plans and specifications. The ARMC layer shall be overlaic� with asphalt on the sam� day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certi�ed lot under the direction ot a Registered Florida Professional En�ineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide fc�r a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed sorl cement sk�all be certi'fied by a re�istered laboratory that has bccn approvcd by the Cngineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. T.he applying of the cernent shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered k'lorida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cemenC design. 5. ASPHALT SASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifcations, and shall have a minimum campacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and cornpaction shall be includ�d in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: "VVhen the plans call for the working of the existing base, the fnished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless 5ectionlV.doc Page 20 of 128 4/] 1/201 I , � , 1 ' , � , , � 1 Sectipn IV — 7 eclinical 5pcciticatinns otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the En�ineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applrcable FDOT requirements for the type oi material used. The density rEquirements (except far asphalt and soil cement bas�) shall be per Sectian 200 6 of .FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-1 l, and for s�il cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE "I`he basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called f�r on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a hal.f.-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be madc for such dcfrcicnt areas that Are left in place. 22.'1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans speciiy a separate �ay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton u.nit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. ��J=��7:7�1 �7 � ' All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless othenvise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by , the Engineer. If limerack is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable rnaterial is found within the limits oF the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract ' Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Cantractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetaticin in the roadbed helow the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price fo.r base or ' sub�rade. The Contractor shalt obtain from an independent tesCing laboratory the bearing value af'ter the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. ' 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place ' and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allawable deticiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per �DOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be ' corrected by the ContracCor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, hawever, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). � ' SectionlV_doc Page 21 of 128 4/I I/2011 �l Section IV — Technical Speciticatiuns 22.2.2 BASIS QF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equiprnent and all incidentals neccssary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall bt included in the bid .item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Desi�n asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FUOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 Chrough 919 of FDOT'S 2U00 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform ta Section 9] 6 ofFDOT's 2QU0 SCandard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT 8� QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures sha11 conform to thE requirements of Section 330 of �'DOT's 2000 Standard S�ecitications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent tcsting laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every ] 000 tons includc, but arc not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extracti�n/ga-adation and cores ta determine density and thickness. The results of such Cests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Cantractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any partr��n of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, whicl� fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such indep�rident inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asplialt related iCems shall he determined bv the follpwin� l. Density per Section 330-1 l of FDOT's 2Q00 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be deterrnined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/a" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensaYion, by either replacing the full thickness 5ectionlV.doc Page 22 af l28 4/11/2U11 , , , � 1 , ' ' , 5ection IV — Technical Specilications for a length extendrng at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifcations (2000 edition). In addition, for eYCesses of'/a" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notit�the Project inspector a minimum of 24 hours_ in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements af Sections 33 ] and 337 of F.DUT's 2000 Standard Specificatians. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer .P.RCOR to the cammencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) materia,l may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up ta 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ' All asphalt pavement designs shall confor►n to the following requirements: Table 1: Laycr Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence o� Canstruction) �J f� , ' 1 ' ' ' ' COURSk� LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNFSS (Inches) Type S--I Type S-1 with Type S--IIi FC-3 "C'ype S—Iii Type S--I Type S—lil with FC-3 with FC-3 Top i.,ayer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st �°d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 1 I � �iz r �i2 2 1��4 3�4 * 1 1 2'/z ]'/a 1'/a ]'/z 1 1'/Z 1 3 1'/z l'/a 2 1 2 1 * At the Engine�r's discretion, 2" of S-I11 is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S—Ili shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. ' SectionlV.dc�c 1 Page 23 of 128 4/11/201 I Se�tion IV-7'echnical Spccitica[ions 5. Unless otherw.ise specif7ed on the plans, Ty}�e S—I.lI per Section 331 of FD�T's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 rnph, streets with an ave:r-age daily traf�c (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential sfreets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2Q00 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an AD�I� of 3000 or �reater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (includin� limitacions of operations, preparation of mixture, preparaCion of surface, placement and compaction of mixtur�, surface .requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Stanaar�l Specificaliuns. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the followin� steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by cornpressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered app]ication of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of th.e crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level ofthe surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately aftc:r crack repair, cracks are to be sandec� to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for cracic filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by tlae following stcps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. ThE pothole is to be completely frlled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in Che unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewEr and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditians: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT rnaterial, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meetin� or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece vvith a stainless steel SectionTV.doc Page 24 of 128 4/11/2011 ' , , � 1 1 , 1 � � Se�[iim TV — Tcchnical 5peci fica[ions adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant tinish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. in addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Eac:h manhole shal] be individually measured, and each riser shall be physieally marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, ihe ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If riscrs are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compacCion of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cemenl for back�ll is nut acc�ptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of �nal asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the pavin� operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion t�f the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between .initial adjustment and fnal resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, ete. wi11 be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for thrs work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled pavin�. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS � l. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. � � � , � ' ' � 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open t� traffic unless otherwise nated in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in confarmance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior tq paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuu.m or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off; dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The applicatian of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 3�0 af FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as nated on the plans, �r as directed by the Engineer, per 5ection 330 of FDOT's 20�0 Standard SeclionlV.doc Page 25 of 128 4/1 I/201 I Section iV — Technical Specitications Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per Con unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. if an asphalC rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/�" above the l.ip or face o�said curb per City Index 10l . 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic conerefe specifications in Sections 1a througli H above slaall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT SCandard Specifications for Road and Brid�e Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obCained from an approved FDOT sc�urce and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 9] 6 of FDO'I''s Staradard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 33�} of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard SpecificaCions (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis oi rneasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weighCs will be reyuired for all asphaltic conerete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as speci�ed and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, haulin�, pJacement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris rernoval, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt wrll be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: I. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Yndex varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://vvwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Susiness SectioniV.doc Page 26 of 128 4/ 11 /2011 , � � 1 ' � 1 ' � 1 � � � � � L� 1 Section IV —'I-ech.nical Specifications with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administratian" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT (c� 850-414-400Q. 3. The F.DO"1' Payment Adjustment Index in ef�ect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDUT Payment Adjustment Index in et�ect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT .Payment �ldjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or }�rimr: coat. 7. No price adjustment refilecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration afthe allowable c��ntract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Tl�e work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Wark noted as "NiC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crassings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Chang�s in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval af the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work s}�all aPP�Y- C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The �.ngineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contracCor's expense. ' D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construcCion a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings cantaining the followin� information: , SectionlV.doc �d Page 27 of 128 4/11/2011 Section TV — Technical Speciiications 1. Tndex sheet stating the contractor's address and business teleplione number, 24 hour emerge.ncy phone raumber, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment insCalled under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide ihe Engineer and the City af Clearwater rnaintenance staf�' with written and "hands an" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimurn) for the Drrp Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for autornatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractar shall coordinate the work wrth all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requir.ing excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to rnaintain plant materials. C. 'I�he Irrigation Contractor is responsible to marntain th.e work area and equiprnent until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broke.n, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the cantractor. D. The IrrigaCion Contractor shall submit a traftic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engin�er prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure Che safety of .its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service i'or one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. Sec;tionlV_doc Page 28 of 128 4/ I 1/20 I I � � 1 , ' � � ' ,, � � � LJ � � , ' Section IV — Technical Specitications 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation systern pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (.PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and Dl 7$5. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is reyuired to be threaded Folyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.'1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pip� fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittin�s shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Palyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, 5chedule $U. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's narne or trademark, material designation, size, applicable I.PS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe ta the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule SO nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting calor and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using TeFlan tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Sall Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Nan-Shock Safe-T.-Shear Stem 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/z' IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 Ib. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 12b Class B r3ectioniV.doc � Page 29 of 128 4/I1/2011 Section IV —'1'echnical Specitications 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Arovide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The rernote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flaw rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds p�r square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of higl� impact weather resisCant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/LJV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clo� resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a]" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. Th�: valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top ofthe valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, Califo.rnia, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal Z.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and LTNIK control Cime.r use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (IU") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #1820p2 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. Z5.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consrst of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (l2", l S", ar 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of O.G7 inches and an inside 5ectionlV.doc Page 30 of 128 4/11/2011 � , � �� Section IV-1'echnic�l Specifications diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part af the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flaw and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI.. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm ta maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously cican thcrosclves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 1 S" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specifred. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless atherwise specified on Plans. Maxirnum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end af each � independent zane area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and c�nnect directly to the dripline. r r � � 25.1.2.10.�L AIRNACUUM REL.IEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Rc.lief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics_ Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passa�e. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The t7lter shall be a multiple disc type filter with natation indicating the minimum partial � size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. � � SectionlV.doc � Page 31 of 128 4/ I 1/2011 Sectiun 1V — 7echnical 5pecifications 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROI. TIMER A. The irrigation controll�r (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be comrnunicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a rnodule Cype which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall funetion normally if subm�rged in water and the communication from the transn�itter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproaf operation. �(�he control module shall have twn mounting slots for screws allowing the madule to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate un one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardlc:ss of the number of stations trtilized. The contraller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent prngrams with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve haurs in one .minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attachSng the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operatian. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25,1.2.1Z FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Pield Transinitter) aily. The Fiel�l Trans►tiitter shall curnrnunicatc tu the Cunlrol Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The rield Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field TransrnitCer shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one xninute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of iJNiK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp_, Glendora, California USA. 5ectionlV.doc Page 32 of 128 4/I J/2011 CJ 1 Section iV —Technical 5pecifications 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID � A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, F'GA, PEB, PES-S, GB, of EFS series valve. r � � r � � L� C_� r � � � �" , B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Sird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California iJSA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work_ B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall he on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consenC of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the ConCractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided wheth�r or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. �, if there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and speciiic interpretation or clariiication is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarifrcation will be made anly by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location af sprinkler equipment is contingent upan and subject to integration with all ather underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the canstruction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific nates are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all reyuired sleevin� prior to roadway base. � 5eetionlV.doc � Pa�.e 33 of 128 4/11/2011 5ection IV —Technical Speeificutions 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight_ Provide continuous suppo�•t for pipe on bottorn of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B_ Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Mai.ntain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler l.ines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. �. Exercise care when excavacing, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall. have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. lnitial backfill on all lines shal] be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/z in. G Compact backfill according to Section 125 o:f FDOT Specification Book, ] 996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair darnages where settling occurs. F. Compact each laye.r of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum dcnsiiy per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 9S% af maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than ] 00 square inches. Special precaucions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigatiun systcrn pipin� and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routin� of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviatian from routing indicated. C. Conform to .Drawings layout without ofFsetting che various assemblies from the pressure supply Hne. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. SectionlV.doc Page 34 of l28 4/J 1/2011 � � r � � � � � � Cl � � � l� , 1 � r� r 5ectiun IV — Technical 5pecitications E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Urawings is diagrammatic only. install lines an�l rec{uire�l ass�inblies in accordance with details on Drawin�s. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and thesc Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male thre:ads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendatians. $. Prepare all welded _joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing tirne before moving or handling. 2. Yartlally center load pipe in trenches to prevent archirtg and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period �f at least four hours has e.lapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 84 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is intraduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. SectionlV.doc Page 35 of 128 4/I I/2011 Section iV —Technical Specifications 2. Secure permission trom thc Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. �11 repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. install all automatic controllers as shUwn in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers �hall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. � 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top ofthe valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minirnum from edges of sidewalks, bui.ldings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pav�ment along roadways. G Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install w.here indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, .Bid Proposal, Cantracl A�reemcnl, including ]nstallation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Pederal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work incJuded under the contract, which are required by any of Che legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Specral PrQVisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and 5ectionTV.doc Pagc 36 of 128 4/1 I/20] 1 ' � � � Ij ' � � �� Section IV — Technical Specitications incide.ntal to executing and completing all landscape work shown on thc Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); fo remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for tinal grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of� the landscape drawings. D. I��itial mainte�aance of landscape materials as spccificd in this documcnt. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shal] in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the contral of the Contractor involved in the completion ��f the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to lheir commencement ofwork on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only fo.r the �' Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as ta conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specif cations exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the contralling document. � �� f � r D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harrr�less from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting fram compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and caardinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1.-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions af�ecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is reyuired to submit prior to the expiration af the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period pf one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. � 5ectionlV.doc � Page 37 of IZ8 4/1 I/2011 5ection TV — Technical Specitications 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. :If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All rrxaterial acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. ar HT.: T.he over-all height ofthe plant measured fro�n the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: C. W.: SPR.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage fro.m ground to specified height. For �xample, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base ofthe fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For eYample, �n Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nuC" at t}�e base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured rn natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: C). C. : DIA.: LVS.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. SectionlV.doc Page 38 of 128 4/11 /2011 � �� ' � C� � I� � � � � � � � � � � L� 5ection IV --Technical Specilications .l�. B. H : Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1 /2 feet above grade. CAL.: B&B: PPP: FG: STD.: Caliper, the autside diameter of up Co a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are rneasured at 12 inches above �rade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards c�f the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. Chvner: Field grown. Standard, sin�le, straight trunk. To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representatave: Qwner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of rrtcrterials speeified and execution of in.stcrllntion. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise c:ommonly knawn as the Landscape Cantractor. Landscr�pe Architect: This person or �rm is the responsible representative of the Owner who pi•oduces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIA�S A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls far trc:�s and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with finn, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameCer of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which cannot be planted upon deliv�ry shall have their roat balls covered with moist sail or mulch. � SectionN.doc � Pagc 39 of 12R 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root prunin� to be done a mini.mum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, eYCept plastic shrink wrap for transport cmly. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a m.inimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum ofpalm fronds shall be retnoved from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall bc determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be re�noved from trunk unless otherwise sp�cifred. :Palrns shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. Jf plantin� is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, pr-otect fi-o�n weatlier and itiechan,i�al clarraa�e, and cov�r lc� keep the roots moist_ G. Label at least pne tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof ta� bearing legible designation of botanical and comrraon name. H. Sod: Time delivery so tlaat sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 J�B CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9,1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditipns under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape �lrchitect or Praject Representative in writi,ng of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until u.nsatisfactory conditions have been. corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibilaty for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasottal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations o� all underground utiliti�s and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and pramptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The wark shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. lmmediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy 3ectionTV.doc Page 40 of 128 ailiizo>> � � l_J , � � r �� ' � � �J � � � � � 5ec[ion fV — Tcchnical 5pecitications to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the �rogress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a per.iod as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect io any additianal costs which may result from wdrk stappage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall p�rform work in a manner which will avoid cont7icts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility o� damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is muCually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: N�MENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Alans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nornenclature is per Manual of Cultivated �'lanC, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar ta conditions in the locality of the project. Ylants shall have a habit of growth that is n�rmal for th� species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insecC pests or th�ir eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Pr��vided Vee species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality � for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). � D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance w.itli reyuirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. � 5ection.IV.doc � Page 4 I of I28 4/ll/2U11 Section 1V -- Technical 5pecifications E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Cpntractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make su�istitutions. ]f specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architcet praof of it being non-available. In such �vent, ii tl�e Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. Wh�n authorized, a written chan�e order for su�stitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measuremcnt shall be nc�rmal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. 'This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. F111 measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant mate,rial schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; wiCh no increase to the Contract price. P.lant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. T. Balled arad burlapped plants shall have firm, nattrral balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass thc feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of Che A►nerican Association of Nurserymen_ Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by rmproper bindang and B& B procedw•es. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than speci�ed and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in cantainers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, sa�nples rnust be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stared on the T'lan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly nnowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked rnore than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible tp that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be d�livered ta the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certi�cation requirements. 25.2.2.1.a MULCH A_ Mulch shall be ] 00% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed wrth a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 5ectionTV.doc Page 42 of' ] 28 4/11/2011 ' � ' � � ' ' ' � ' � � �J Section IV -- `C'echnical Specitications 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flawing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State ofFlorida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statemenC of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and priar to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmacote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular ferCilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine �rass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - SO% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled releas� form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:l or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no rnore than '/4 the nitrogen level. They s}�all also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. SCakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" ealiper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. �or single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with � a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two -}/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. , � f_l f .1 D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to tesC, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous �rowth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Cantractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt pravided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and tox.ic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or ' ScctionlV.doc � Page 43 of 128 4/I1/2011 Sectiqn IV — Technical S�ecitications a hindrance to grading, planting, and marntenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gall�n container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width ofplanting area. Rototil organi� layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 S�IL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting s�il �or all trees, shrubs, �round cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with Flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surroundin� a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast heighf D.BH at 4-'/Z feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYST�M A. Root barrier fabric shall be inst�lled when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. lnstall as directed by the manufacturer_ 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shal] be only approved, saf`e brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A� It shall be the responsibility of the Contractar to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. if underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to seleet a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shal I be ireated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas 3ectionlV.doc Pag,e 44 of l2R 4/11/201 J L- J � �� I� �� 1 _� I� � 5eaion IV --'lechnical Specitications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the rnanufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chernicals, the same size, quantiCy and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. �1ny necessary eorrections or repairs to the finish �rades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even f.inish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stanes, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. 1=. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, si�nes, rubbish) over 1-'/z inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rotoCilling or loasening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil ame.ndment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specitications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation ta areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Cantractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, � even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface sha11 be sloped to existing yard drains. � U. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or contralled release form. � Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top � inches of soil. , 5ectionlV.doc Page 45 of 128 4/11/2011 � Section IV-7-echnical Specitications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a.muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) �. Install berms at location and desi�n shown on Plans and at the height and slope i.ndicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms usin� clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of-rocks, rgots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF P�.ANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers sk�all be located and spaced as .noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherr�vise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 tnillimeters) border or mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in tl�e layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conf'orm as nearly as possible to th� intent afthe plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and bein� circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set sCraight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of Che root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom ofthe root mass. Application rate: 5ectionlV.doc Page 46 of 128 4/] I/201 I ' � � , � ' � � � � � , Sectipn IV — Technical 5peci13ca[ions 1 gallon 1- 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2- 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3- 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4- 21 gram tablet 'I`rees 3 tablets each'/z" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and laosened native sail around the sides of the root ball. Remave the top 4 inches (] 00 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the botCom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-f711 up to the proper grade . Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to thase edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back af the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free � Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than narmal if conditions warrant and if approved. , � � � � � 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. l7uring periods of drought, sod shall be watered sut�iciently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neaC and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sad and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosian due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the fnished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. ' SectionlV.doc � Page 47 of 128 4/I I/201 I 3ection N—Technical 5pecitications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as Co eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. �fter the sodding operation has b�en cc�mpleted, the edges of the area shall be sinooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary a:fter rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. f��'�=1?I�71`C�3 A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transpdrtation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractar per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per deta.ils shown on the Plans. For trees, a minirnum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at l 20 degree spacin� shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 f�et height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch r 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/a inch steel bands. Palms shall bc staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. G Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months af�er the date of ..final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to mainCain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous arcas. ��ul�l�*3:1T►L� A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of l00% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundatiotas of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual f]owers, a l2 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in fro.rat of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-.mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 5ectionIV.doc Page 48 of 128 4/11/2011 � , � � i Section IV —Technical $pecilications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. iJpon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equiprnent used on the job, � keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. � � � ' � � C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specitications. 25.2.3.2.1 Q PROTECTION A. The Contractor shal) provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the �ecupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.�I.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damagc due to landscape c�perations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shal] provide protectian (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 7=IJ�ll�Z+1�� i'iis�? E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operat.ions to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior ta darnage. �'. Thc Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage dane by his worlc or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be ' done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. � �J 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginnin� of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: � 1.. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf` or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-aut � repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural praciice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under � SectionN.doc � Page 49 of 128 4/I1/2011 Section iV — Technical Spccifications the Contract. Mowin� shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detr.imental to the healthy, vigorous �rowth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the �nal watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractar will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for lnspection. Within 15 days ot notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graplaic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor�. 25.2.3.4.2 R�JECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptabiliCy of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within I S days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept ihe projecC in writing. S. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in .no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifcations call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The �nal selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifrcations, the Owner rese.rves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the ConCract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-speci.fied plant materials. No SectionIV.doc Page 50 of 128 4/] 1/2UJ 1 � � � ' � 1 � , �1 Sectinn IV — Technical Specitications additional compensatian will be made to the Cantractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract far a period of one (l) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Materia) which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty periad, due to the Contractor's use of poar quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon nc�tice, shall replace without delay same with no additiona) cost to thE Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT � lt is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation oti a high density palyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic ' sewage inc]uding all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a compl�te, fully restored and functioning installation. 1 ' � � 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City reyuires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner syst�m to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for preyualificatian approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner systern has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of` Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complctc authority to approve the satisfactory nAture of the both the liner system and the installer. 2fi.3 MATERIALS � Pipe shall be made from P. E. 340$ polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 3�45434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, t:lass D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, � from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: �J � Material Property ASTM Method Value H.DPE Tensile Strength D 53$ 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi ' SectionN.doc Page 51 of 128 4/11/201 I r Section IV —`Cechnical 5pecilications HDPE Impact Stren�th D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg � At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, ar deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requestec�, cerCified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable reyuirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shi� on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requ�sted, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 Craf�c laading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of SO years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures speci .fications of Pipe Liners, i.nc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, Nr:w Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved e�ual ]iner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving brds. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than l4 days prior to the date for receivin� bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Rypass nperati�ns arc; t� he so �rranged as to cause minimum disruptians to local traf�ic, residents and particularly to commercial facilrties. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer frotn damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be r�quired ta contral the rate of sewer cleanin� in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the Crty's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pip� sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded an VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to pravide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 5ectioniV.doc Pa�,e 52 of 128 4/11/2011 �I � ' Scction iV — Technical 5pecitications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION � Liner shall be sized to feld measurements obtained by the ContracCor tc� provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner prdduct irom inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods ' approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to tit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the En�ineer of any construction delays taking place during the ins�rtian operation. , Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping sysCems develop. Liner entries at ananholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defiects in the liner , shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requiremenCs for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. �:_l � 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. LaCerals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to ] 00% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are ta be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is ta be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be 1 resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are t� b� reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local ' system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate infarmation regarding Che construction project. �J � � ' � 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Constructi�n schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and appraved by the Engineer. At .no time will any sanitary sewer service connectian remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Cantractor. ln the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equiprnent, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operatioraal sewer. Payment shall be measured irom center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end af pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS � New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the � exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Conerete as specified for the street paving. ' SectionN.doc Page 53 of 128 4/I I/2011 � Section IV —'I echnical 5pecitications When finisl�ed surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of Jike material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mia Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix .Driveways in place and accepted 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT �'ayment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work descrrbed in this section of the specifications and sha11 include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2S REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 C�NCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all conerete curbs shall have fib�r mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed l 00 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ] 0 feet. In addition, al] the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project lnspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance ofthe placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis af ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full cornpensation for all work described in this and other applicabJe parts of the specifcations and shall include all malerials, eyuip�nent, cools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 3p.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be canstructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a rninimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/.10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not SectionlV.doc Pa�e 54 of' 128 4/I I/201 1 �!� 1 , , �L ' � � ' �I ' � I� ' ' � , ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications more than ] 00 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall alsa apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than faur (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in th� middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and S shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurernent shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" cancrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Paymwnt shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensatian for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specificatians and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. �c��.�i■r �e' Unless othervvise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sectians 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and fitaished to a gradc compatiblc with cxisting grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges ita close contact and shall be compacted to uniform frnished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sad that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Cantractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the ctantract. Dead sc�d, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the 5ectionlV.doc Page 55 of 128 4!I 1/2U11 Section IV — Technical 5pecitications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and �rade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance witl� the latest edition of FDOT's Standai•d Specifications Sections 570, 981, 9$2 and 983. However, no wildt7ower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shal] be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be rcq�iired. Also, the addition of 20 ]b. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during fhe stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cov�r all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid far on the basis of each syuare yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above sha11 be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, IN,LETS,,,,CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES � ' "" ' Por details on speci.fic design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the speci�ications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shalJ be protected and saved from damage by the elements ar other causes until acceptance ofthe work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert chanttels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sew�r section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly, invert channels shall be bui]t up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be campletely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manhales shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess p.ipe will be cut off with a conerete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SectioniV.doc Page 56 of 128 ' 4/11/2011 r � II I L 1 1 ' � il � , 5ection IV —'1"echnical Specitica[ions 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Yrecast Manholes and Junction .Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituCed, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifcations at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the reyuirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick wil.l be provided und�r manhole ring so that future adjustment of rnanhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using � ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED ' This article deleted. See SECTION ll.l, ARTiCL� 19 — MATER.IAL USED. , � , , ' 1 1 ' 1 , 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION I1I, ARTICLE 20 — CONF.LICT SETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATrONS. 3S STREET SIGNS The removal, coverin� or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of .FDOT's Standard Specifcations (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Tra .ffic �ngin�ering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering ar removal. 37 37.1 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all a.ffected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recarded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The videa recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. SectionlV.doc Page 57 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — l echnical $peciticatlons 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall en�age the services of a professional video�rapher. The color audio videotapes sha11 be prepared by a responsible commercial frm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color ��udio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, mater.ials and labor to perform Chis service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, Cearin�, rolls or any other form of imperfectian. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. in some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the cun-ent date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewi.ng side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identifrcation, difterentiation, claritication, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must conti..nuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shal] include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such thaC recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system contrals, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical :Focus shall be properly controlled or adjust�d tp maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the rECOrding shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction locatian will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construcCion. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for tl�e recording systeraa, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be frrmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. SectionTV.doc Yage 58 of 128 4/11/2011 1 �I ' 1 ' ' , ' ' l I ' ' ' ' Section IV -- Tcchnical Specit7cations 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings o1.' those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular se�;ment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. 7�he rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe tl�e various segments of coverage containcd on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage heginning and end, directians of caverage, video unit caunter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surFace features located within the 7,OT1L af influence of construction supported by appropriate audio covera�e. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. w.ithin Clae arca covered by the project. Of particular concern shal) be the existence of any faults, f.ractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right ofway at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the reyuirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is na separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION �F DENUDED AREAS � No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent ' vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. ' ' SectionTV.doc }'age 59 of 128 4/I I/20I I ' 5ec[ion IV — Technical Specitica[ions 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the. expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thircy (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bal�s, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modifed as required by construction pro�ress, and which �nust be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berrras, �lter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; nr�ust be installed, construcCed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a f.7rst step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operativ� and inspected by the City before any ather disturbance ofthe site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be reyuired to have temporary sedimentaCion basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, prov.ided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and wi11 be reyuired to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe, in addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedirnentatian basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (1 QO) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WQRKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBQDIES Land alteration and construction shall be minunized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 fe�t from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. 5ectionIV.doc Page 60 of 128 4/] 1/2011 ' li � �..J �' Section IV—Technical Specilicatinns Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction dev.ices must be installed on the downstream side o:f the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culvcrts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossin� shall be restared to a condition as nearly as possible Equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ' All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., includin� detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. ' �J 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The canstruction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; ' b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavatcd material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. ' i� �J � , � ' ' ' ' LJ , 38.9 MAINTENANCE nll erosion and siltation cancrol devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and wil) be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. : � �7►�iI�A/�1�C�7�1 Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more strin�ent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods Chat may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.doc Page 61 of 128 4/11/2011 Section N—Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Eros�on Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into th� City's st.reets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. 'xhen rain storms redistribute Che eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 .Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Enginecring Deparlment may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the cont�•actor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sw�ep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector an any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erasion Cantrol Reyuired - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion contr�l on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. .Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. 5ectionlV.doc Page 62 of 128 4/1]/2011 ' ' r �■ � � ■� � � � � � � � ■r■ �i � � � rr � 5ection IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIULATION UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDtNANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN ViOLATION. THjS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTiNUE. Warning $32.Q0 Re-irsspection Fee $80.40 Re-inspection �ee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: Irsspector's Name: Inspector's S ignat�are: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741 & ENGINEERINGICONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750 Received by: (Signature indicaies only a copy of this notice has been recei�ed and does noF in any way indicate admission ol�guilt or concurrence with findings oFthe inspector.) IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PER50N REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionfV.doc Page b3 oF 128 411 i1201 I Section IV — Technical Speciticacions 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The ti� in locations for utility ]aterals of water, sanitary sewer, and �as shall be plainly marked on thc back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utiliry IaCeral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under ihe curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility IaCera] prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and calors in co.nformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Prpduce Lines, Steam Lines SA]�ETYALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communicatians Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION SLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLA:IM:FD WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shal] be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the filow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutCer and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placec� at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT W�RK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD UF' CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 PQTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIM,ED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES -.. 41.1 SC�PE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionIV.doc Page 64 of l28 4/11/2011 ' � � � � , � � , �� ' , � 1 � � ' ' � ' � � � � , 1 � � � � Section IV — Technical Specif cations 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and pertt�anently incorporated into the project shall be of frrst quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workrnanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous ko installation, except as required in tests or incident ta installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile lron Pip� shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWi\ C] 5]/A2 I.S 1$1 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform ta the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4" S1 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 $" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated tc� centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in aecordance with ANSi/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHL.ORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA � C900 or latest revision and the American Saciety for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. � � � ' Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile I.ron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionTV.doc Page 65 of 12R 4/I 1/2011 Section IV —Technical Specilications Size Dimcnsion Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 l50 20 6 18 150 20 8 1$ 150 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ducCile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch thro�igh 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTM D I 869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chlo.ride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated l.2 gauge A.W.G. soNd strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe wrth about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be insCalled at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with spGces made only by direct bury 3M brand splicc kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting fram 4-inch through l6-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with �NSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements ofANSi/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When re�erence is made to ANSi,/AWWA Standards, the ]atest revisions apply. Only those frttings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use af approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recomrnendatiqns. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecti►ag joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casin�s shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. 5ectionIV.doc Page 66 of 128 4/I I/201 I 1 , I� � � ' LJ 1 � � 1 � ' �I , r � Section IV --Technical Specitications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed Co prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itsel.f. lt shall be sealed by brick and martar, cement or any approved method by the .�ngineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow aperation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clackwise). Pressure Ratin�: Unless atherwise shown or specif.ted, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than ] 50 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Expased pipelines shall be so supported that thEir weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be apprave:d ball valves. "l"hree Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixte�n Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with �,PDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-S15 latest revision. These valves sha11 include the %Ilowing features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressur�, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosian resistent bron2e or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron ar ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen lnclt Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 4� .a.4 vA�vE eoxEs Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate diff'erent depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet Z of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet I of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 3ectionlV.doc Page 67 of 128 4/I I/2011 Section ]V — Techi�ical Specitications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable waCer system: � Kennedy Guardian #.K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 ]�ire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-$4-:B. No substrtutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include ihe following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Staradard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3 � �� Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. Nydrants shal) be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel mad� in two scctions with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. T3reakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between th� operating nut and stem lock nut ta facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1/2-inch) pentag�n nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-rin� seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel lockin� device. ] 1. The main valve shall be of:EP:DM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded Ca a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leaka�e of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in rivo sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-I/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-l/2-inch hase noxzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch purnper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionIV.doc Page 6R of' 128 4/11/201 J ' � ' 1 � Scction IV — Technical SpeciGcations 18_ Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of� yellow paint. t111 paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revisian. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specifcation C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from � the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. � � All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut offwithout the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by Che City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ' Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. ?he largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used an all 2- inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or l�ord FC � 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. LJ � � I� � � � ��1 r 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. 1�11 materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specificatic�n and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the .Engine�r after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. Th� Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the danaaged iterns. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devic�s that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices mus# be purchased from the City and installed by City work farces. Sackflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specifcation CS06 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when reyuired, is detennined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: SectionTV.doc Page 69 of IZ8 4/11/2U1 ] Section iV — Technical Spccitications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoffvalves locatcd at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testin� the watcrtightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM industries Jnc., JCM 412 or Srnrth-Blair b22. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM. A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch b.ronze test plu�. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 C�NSTRUCTION 41.3,1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, l�ydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under na circumstances shall such materials be drop�ed. Pipe }�andled on skidways shall not be skidded rqlled against pipe already qn the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. if, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contract�r aC his expense in a manner satisfactory ta the Engrneer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and mai.ntained to the required lines and grades with �ittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be campleted. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 3U-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below fnished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration af the plans is reyuired, the Engineer shall have the autharity to change the plans and order a d�viation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructians. 5ectionN.doc Page 70 ok' 128 4/I I/2011 � � ' Section 1V—Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION � Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by melns of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage Co materials ' and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be drapped or dumped in the trench. � If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's att�ntion. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. � � I� C_J � �� All pipe and fittings sha11 be carefully examined for cracks and other def�ects while suspended above the trench immediately before installatian in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating sl�all be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and tlte inside af the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free froin oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe j�ints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recammendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the En�ineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, na debris, toals, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shal) be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and , workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the � Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal � plane to avoid abstructions or to plumb stems; or where long.radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANST/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. ' Na pip� shall b� laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. � SectionlV_doc ' Page 71 ot� 128 4/112U11 Sectivn iV — Technical 5pccitications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, ftt.i.ngs, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in tl�e manner specitied above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in al] cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall nat transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. .Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of S& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 af 2& SheeC 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywl�ere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Tndex No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be sct to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement oi all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restrainin�; mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the �ngin�e�-, ihe water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requiretnents of the specitications as to tests, f7ushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SectionN.doc Page 72 of 128 4/11/2011 , ' � � u � r r r �I r r r ' � � r � �� Section IV —'rechnical Spccitications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner usin� proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will l�e properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections Ca existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other forei�n matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. "I"he pump, pipe cannection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor al his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Sefore applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT 1�'he sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solutian conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTE3" or "Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow of� devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittirtgs and all ather appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of �5 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 haurs before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact periad. 5ectionlV_doc Page 73 of 128 4!I I/201 I Section IV—Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sCerilization outlined above has been accoanpGshed, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thorou�hly flushed as specifred herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall Cake sa►nples of water f`rom remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of :Health For bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisrns, the sterilizatian as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perfonn the sterilization as outlined above. lf inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shal] be in accordance with directives of th� Plorida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from thc F lorida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41,6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructrng the project will be made at the unit price or l�tamp sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the followin� items and the cost of such work shall be ineluded in the applicable pay items of�work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering � Structural fill • Backfrll • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Jaints materials • Tests and sterilizaCion • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionN.doc Page 7a of 128 4/11 /2011 � � 1 � � � r � � , � � � � � ' , � r � 1 Section IV —Technic;al Specitica[ions 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactarily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length ofvalves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready far operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereo�; of ductilc iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weighfs stamp�d on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C I 10/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Yayment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron tittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BQXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The yuantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of �re hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. Th� only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Aayment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation far furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installin� the fre hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionN.doc Page 75 of 128 4/I I/201 I Section 1V — Technical Specitications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS Tl�is article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifcations for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Sectian TV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation oi l" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the �ngineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prirne coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to 5eccron 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-ITi Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). �.I'he Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked wiCh a 10 foot straight edge. lf a deficiency of more than '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or rernoved and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of l" oflype S-1C7 Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked f.or low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engin�er prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionN.doc Page 76 of 128 4/11/2011 ' � , � ' � ' � r Section IV -- Tech.nical SpeciGcatiqns be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surf`ace should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43,1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Applicatran. All materials must be approved by the Engineer pri�r to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be subrnitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the ConCractor shall present manufacturer's literature alang with the name, address, and date ofthree previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRLlCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface Co be coated must be sound, smoath, and f`ree from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. if it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recomtnendations for use. After patching the surfacc shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feeC in any direction. If a � def7ciency of more than 1/$" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface shauld be leveled or .removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. � In order to provide a smoath, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the unde�'laying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not � require the resurfacing ar patching mix. Asphaltic Cancrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require th� use of the resurfacer or patch mix. � � ' l._ ' � 1 `J r No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. �L3.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium spe�d surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playin� area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.'1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (4$) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionlV.doc Page 77 of 128 4/11/2�11 5ection IV — Technical Spe�ifica[ions 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of thc ccrostruction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching prod�icts shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperaCure is at least 50 Degree's F and �-ising. N01��: Tl�e Contractor shall noCify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary �or the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of wark is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of dc;sign for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is IIydrogrid Tennis, Cnc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to d�termi.ne the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of strch Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly quali�ied to carry out the obligations ot the Contract and ta complete t.he wo.rk contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be consid�red in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irri�ation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this praject, with in the last frv� (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for.a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifrcations and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award ofthe 6id. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS T`he Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlrke manner and conf`orm to standards For tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the llnited States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Associatiott. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided eyuipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construcCion permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 C�URT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of eacl� battery and shall layout the caurts i.n conformance with the specif7cations and drawings. 5ectionIV.doc Page 78 of ]28 4/11/2011 L� , Section IV —'I'echnical 5pecitications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS � The Owncr shall provide and maintain reasanable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets w.ithin fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. �-� r , 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedul�. Consideratian in awarding this bid will be given to .firrns who may commence and complete fhe project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid_ The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ! 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. , 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION L�I � � ' � , � , LJ ' , The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing Cen (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within tl�e limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. T`he existing tennis courts shall be graund into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade af the proposed I�cation of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. T1�e Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. �43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a talerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the frnal sub-�rade elevation. The sub-�rade shall be �raded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% a:F the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T 180 is required. The Contractor shall provide dacumentation af testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall b� graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the fnal grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO 7=1$0 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionIV.doc Page 79 01' 128 4/11/2011 Section IV —'feclviical 5pecitications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only mate;rials that are resistant to deterioration when test�d in accordance with ASTM E I 54, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COIJRSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of Che base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-yuarter (l/4) inch ofthe esiablished grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and sha11 be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe sha11 be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches_ Provide all required controls syscems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, �te. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the caurt area with an e.levation of one-quarter (1/�}) to one-half (1 /2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of iSP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (l) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth imm�drately after leveling and then cornpacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specifred grade by more than one-erghth (1 /$) inch. 43.2.7 R�OT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the autside ed�e of the perimeter curbing eighteen (1$) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in enterrng the sub-surface base course oi the clay tennis courts. SectionN.doc Page SO of 128 4/11/2011 ' 1 r 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN Section 1V — Technical 5pecitications The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and � described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar H7=25 or prior approved equal subject to sfrict compliance with Arncristar published specif7cation. � u , � 1 � ' ' �1 �� 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar ��T 25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacCurers standard "Permacoat" color syste.m. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, rnanufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Pravide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation frorn either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit I&0-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-l�alf (I-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS "I"he contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (l0) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Slack high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per syuare yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LSS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.'I POST FOUNDATIONS Fost foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen ( I 8) inches in � width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts af forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. ( 43.2.1Q.2 NET POSTS � SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- � eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support ' SectionlV.doc Page 81 of 128 4/1 I/2011 � Section IV—Technical Spccitications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per nef post manufactures rccommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCH�R A center strap anchor shall be t7rmly set in accordance with the rulcs of the llSTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic matexial treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the raet post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Pravide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center sirap shal] be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be Cwo (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be tirmly secured by alumi.num nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations af the USTA. 43.2.10.7 M15CELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: ]. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum fi•ame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Prolinc. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with �ence hook cast aluminum. S. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frarne construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels_ 8. Court Rake (1 each) -- six-foot l�ngth aluminum. sectionTV.doc Yage 82 of 128 4/i i/2oi i , � � �l 5ectirni IV —'Technical 5peciticatinns 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE � Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, inc. "Cabana Bench 8" —$'long x 6' wide gable design with standai'd canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as requircd by shade structure manufacture. � 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The own�r shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of` the courCs with 50 pounds per � square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. � � � r � � ' ' � , � ' � , 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, a�gregates per ASTM C 33, and poCable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength o.f 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING a3.2.14.1 SH�P DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aimin� of the existing tennis caurt sport lighting fxtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete op�rating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings sha11 provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existin� fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures afCer relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new lacation. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES S� FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') pales and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor Ca install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric luminatian charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 272G5, phane (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 8$7-�771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionlV.doc Page 83 of 128 4/I 1/2U11 Sectiqn iV — Teclinical Specilicalions Pole Tl existing 5 fixture pole, remove one tixture and place on pole TS Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and placc on pole TS Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole TS new pole w/existing sixCeen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven tixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Pole'I'$ existing 12 fixturE pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pol�, remove two fixtures and place Un pole TS Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing appraximaCely one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CQNDUITS Existing electrica] conduits are installed rndrvidually to Che existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole lacations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles ��nd the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocatin� of the new I ight poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the l'arks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or eyual. 43.2.1G DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and r�aaintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon cannpletion of construction ofthe project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionIV.doc Page 84 of ] 28. 4/11/201 I � 1 , ' ' , ' ' ' , ' ' Section IV -- Technical Spcciticatinns 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation qf the clay tennis courts for a period of two years From the day of completion. 44 44.1 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK Z�NE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be resp�nsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traff7c control associated �vith Che Project, including detours, advancc warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed trat�ic control plan designed to accomplish the level oF performance outlined in the Scape of the Work and/or as may be reyuired by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation f`or the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part Vl, Standards and Guides for Traf�ic Controls for Street and Hi�hway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform �I'rafific Control Uevices published by the U.S. Department oF "I'ransportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY � The general objectives of a program of work zone satety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: � 1 ' ' , �� • Provide adeyuate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. � Promote speedy completion of prajects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and proreclipn devices. � Provide safe passageways for pedestrians thraugh, in, and/ar around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Dcsign Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved Cemporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traff7c control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notificatia.n of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Sridge Construction � SectioniV_doc , Page 85 of 128 4/ll/2U11 Section IV — Technical 5pecifications 102-5 Traf�c Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for t.he use .in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requi.rements to be accomplished prior to closure. The n�tmber of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business ar sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local str�ets, no road ar lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION SCandard property owner notitication prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.Z MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory A�ency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Nlessage Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS A�4.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATIQN C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS !��1113�[3`_C��I�C!1_�i[�7►1 News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK Z�NE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, ] 00 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, �For the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic contral plan. SectionIV.doc Page 86 of 128 4/] 1/2011 1 � 1 1 1 ' ' , ' r , ' i 1 1 ' Section IV — 7 ecltnical 5pcciticatinns All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certi fied in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC C�NTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations 17ivision may inspect and monitor the traf�ic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known reyuirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Aroject inspector. 44.fi PAYMENT FOR WORK Z�NE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-speeific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Tra�c Contral in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Trat�7c SafeCy Association with additional current Certification f.rom the }� lorida Department of Transportation. This requirernent for Certification will be nated in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traf�ic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traf�ic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Sup�rvisQr shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after noCi�cation of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respand to repair the work zone traffic control ar to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply witlt the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal fram the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor ar failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING C��1►�� It is the intention of this speci�cation to pravide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer ' and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand � SectioniV_doc Page 87 of 128 4/1 I/2011 � Section IV — Tcchnical Specitications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equiprnent to provide for a complete, fully restored and funct.ioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, tl�e City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submiCCing for prequalifcation approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed ]iner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubin.g saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specif7ed by the manufacturer to abcain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Madulus af Elasticity (50 Years) AST'M D2290 I 50,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. .[,ining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, cc�mplete design calculations for the Jrner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffrc loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufa�tures specifications of l.nsituform of North America, Ine., 331 S Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 19D� N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request tor contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION lt shall be the responsibility of the ConCractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass purnping will be provided by the Contractor as par-t of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to ]ocal trat�ic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations al] raecessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed :firom the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionlV.dvc Page 88 of 128 4/I I/201 ] , ' ' ' 1 1 Section iV —Technical Specitications 45.5 TELEVISI�N INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is campleted, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit c:olor television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe ta be lined. Contractor shall use installatiott methods approved by the liner rnanufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnecCian of laterals_ ' The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertian operation. Contractor shall maintain a r�asonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems w.ith pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, ' excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. ' �--, � , , , 1 ' 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are fo be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cuttin� out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. flny reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Coratractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered Co not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitCed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT ' Payment For sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, ete, to prvvide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of ' manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. ' SectionlV_doc Page 89 of 128 4/I I/201 I ' Sectioi� IV —'Iechnical 5pecilications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this speci.ficafion shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category S, Grade P34) or approved equal. .Mi.nimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If �ttings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classi�cation equal to or exceeding the comppund used an the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this speci.ficatio.n shall be ofthe same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintainin� complete control of the pipe quality. "l�he pipe shal] contain no recycled cornpound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin o� the same specifcation from ihe same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physica] properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to eYtrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance tesCing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the: Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples takert at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 4G.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certifed lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this speci�cation or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal TPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specifed. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specifed by the Engi.neer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SectionIV.doc Page 90 of 128 4/11/2011 1 1 � I� Section iV — Technical 5pecitications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If , the pipe must be stacked for stnrage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chakers or lifting equipment. ' ' �--� ' 1 r, L_ 1 ' �� ' 1 C� , ' ' 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. 7"he joining method shall be the butt fusian method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict . accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recotnmendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures sltould be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature: requirements, alignment, and fusian pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 4fi.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the follo�ving sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21'/z-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (S.D.R 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertian ofthe polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line, Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionlV.doc Page 91 ot 128 4/1 I/2011 Section iV — Technical Spccitica[ions 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OS�IA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. lnsertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring .removal of� obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2]/2: I maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of Che entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of thc existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled inta the existing sewer. Power winches us�d for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. lnsertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. • After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the origina] pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting rnust be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also t}ae grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Ptoducts used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the an.nular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatablc: plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor sl�all be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of�the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has be�n pulled into place, allawed Co recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. SectionlV.doc Page 92 of'128 4/11/2011 � � 1 � Section IV — Technical Specitications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use o1' a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as speci:Fed by the en�ineer. Cost for backtilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid � for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to cantact the various utility companies and to � determine the locations oftheir facilities. it will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adeyuate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. ' 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has � been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payrnent will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. if removing the top ' of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe shauld remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS � All materials not used in the backfilling operatian shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locatians ather than street right-o�=ways, the surface shall be � graded smooth and sadded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. � 1 , ' 1 � ' ' 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE C��i E'%I�I1� This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral waund) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufacture� and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chlaride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". 7"he pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall sectian. The solid cross sectian fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectivnlV.doc Page 93 of 128 4/11/2011 Section iV —Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. L��I�71►11�C��'1��3i�►Til Joints shall be either an integral bell gaslceted joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have be.11 and/or spi�ot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one hal fl cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement ta 1(one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cernent conForming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C I 50 for .Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and f'ree from injurious amounts of �il, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement Cype and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATIQN OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specificatians for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shoterete (ACi 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete .Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modi.fied by those specifications. Stee] reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. ►�:��K•l��,i1��-9��•�►i Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so praportroned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectinniV.doc Page 94 of 128 4/11/2U11 ' ' Section fV—Technical Specitications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ' Concrete ingredients shall be selected, prop�rtioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extrEmely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrcte shall have a minimum 28-day strength of4,000 psi. � � , ' � , � 1 ' � � � 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cemertt shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testin� Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serral Designation C l 50 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the reyuirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard 5pecifications, Lat�st Serial Designation C33 For Conerete Aggregates. Fine a�gregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly �raded from fine to coarse and shall be within the follawing limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve Passing No. 4 Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing Na. I 00 Sieve 48.6 WATER 100% 95% to ] 00% 80% to 100°/a 50% to 85% 25% to 60% 10% t0 30% 2% iO I 0% Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injuriaus amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A l85 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specif7cations, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It , shall be stared in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. 1 I..� �� Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionlV_doc Page 95 of 128 4/I 1/201 I Section IV — Technical Spccitications !f��-'��1.7 y_��] � �:7 �:7_1:7s� � C�7 � I Unsound materials of const�vction and all coated, scaly, or unsound conc�•ete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 de�ree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. /11] areas to receive pneumatic conerete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure remaval of all loose particles. All ar�as of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than SO psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly satadblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. Tn no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.1� PROPORTIONING Prior to start of �uniting the Contractor shall submit lo the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to a��regate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior expecience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor s.hall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials enter,ing into the concrete. The types of equipment and mcthods used for iaaeasur.ing materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cennent gun. T11e mixture shall not be perm.itted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and frorn the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the rnix befare it enters the cement gun. Quantities af water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the a�gregate. Remixing or te.mpering shall not be permitted. Mixed mate.rial that has stood 45 minutes wrthout being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop belo�v 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled �rst. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.doc Page 96 of 128 4/] I/2011 , � � � � , � � �l ' � � , ' � i � r Section IV — Technical Specitications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 Feec from the work (except in confined control). if the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slu�s, sand spots, or wet slaughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away trom the wark until the f`aulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. nir velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature appraaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or moa-e layers to such total fhickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by �tse of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of inesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. in no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but nat final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin filrn of laitance in order to provide a perf`ect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTI�N JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints sha11 be sl�ped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Sefore placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be tharoughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose: low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, tlat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is importanC, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectioniV.doc Page 97 of 128 4/11/2011 Section TV —'T'echnical 5pecitications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. �1ny imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material_ 4$.1$ EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber sha.l] force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity Chat the lower chamb�r may continuously iiarnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlar�ed hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. A11 equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from cakrng on critrcal parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximurn length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approxirnately 150 feet although it shal) be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is inereased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose si2e and air pressure using 150 feet of material hosE: Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nazzle Min. Air Press. (cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2]/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type oF compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufflcient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinatians shall include allowances made for the a.ir consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinfo.rcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. I�th.e line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump o.r pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be unifarrnly steady (nonpulsating). 5ectionIV.doc Page 98 of 128 4/11/2011 1 1 � � � � Section IV — Technical Specilications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATIQN 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT I.t is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place ]iner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the sCructural integrity of the rnanhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT � Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. .Liners will �enerally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the � pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Trattic Cantrol; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including nrcessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewaCering; Structural fill; Backfill and campaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions � and connectors necessary to Che installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacernent of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. � � r � J � � ' ' � 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engiraeered to meet or exceed AASHTO I-I 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are ta be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole irnmediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all reyuirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Martar shall be compased of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a cancrete slurry of four bags of Aortland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionIV.doc Page 99 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specit3cations 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the tap of the existing manhple sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Removc the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which pratrude more tl�an one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with ihe .insertion of the fiberglass liner. Ifthe shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perim�ter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts rn the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner intd the existing manhole and set the bottom ofthe liner into yuick setting graut. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside af the liner and the inside wall of Che existing nnanhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possiblc. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to defl�ct the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of �inellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This speci�ication shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, conerete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are proc�dures for .manhole preparation, cleaning, application and tesCing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a mac.hine specially designed for the application. All aspects of Che installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following speci .fications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any ]oose and unsound material. SectionlV.doc Page ]00 of 128 4/11/2011 , 1 , i � Section IV — Technical Specitications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 1 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the rnanufacturer's recommendations ' and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM G109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-S96) 28 days, 150 psi � 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant � 5. Density, when applied ] OS -�/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL � Strong Plug shall be used to stop minar water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: '� 1. Campressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; J 000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (AS�C'M C-952) - 30 psi, l hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. � 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used far stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according � to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a l day strength of 50 psi. � 49,7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum reyuirements at 28 days: � 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi � 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 60� psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. � 5. Sond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf � Product must be factory blended reyuiring only the addition of water at the ]ob site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to � 5/S" long with a diameter of 635 to b40 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2°/a) by weight. � SectioniV_doc Page 101 of 128 4/I I/2011 � 5cccion iV — Technical Specitications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium 111uminate Cement and shall be used according to the manu.facturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requirrng c�nly the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density oi50 56 pounds per Cll�71C FOUi. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total wei�ht of ba�. One ba� of product when mixed with correct amount of water must havc a wet den5ity of 95 l OS pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot ofvolume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in lengCh nor greater than S/8" in height. Product shall noC include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximurn allowable EPA limit for any h eavy m etal . Manufacturer rnust provide MSDS sheets f`or product(s) to be used in reconsCruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the f7rst coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum l/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. C�'�:��I_��1:7 Shal1 be clean and potable. - ' ' �� :I �:�►�i�ti�:71_1 �+-� No other material shall be used with the mi�ces previously described withaut prior approva] or recommendation from thc manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin .ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water sCorage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equ.ipment .is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with elect.ric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic systerra and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION l. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from enterin� the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure waCer spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and 5ectionlV.doc Page 102 of 12R ai� ri2o> > � � , ' � � ' � � 1 � [_� �_� �� r � , I� Section IV —'Cechnical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which. the weep holes shall be plugged witla the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious �rout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be fallowed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been carnpleted, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after al) materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption ��ntil each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free waCer droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that a11 cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set fhe bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the suriace and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be remaved and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circurnference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance wiCh the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strengCh testing as described in ASTM C 1 Q9. 49.11.5 CURING � flmbient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. , SectionlV.doc Page 103 of 128 4/11/2011 ' Scction TV —'rechnical Specilications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. A11 pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, Caking care to securely place the plug From being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump o.Ften (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With tl�� valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuuir� Co drop to nine (9) inches. The ►�anhale shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds far forey eight (48) inch diameter, seventy tive (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project L,ngineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODl1CT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to scop high volume infilCration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. I-Iydropl�ilic foam-injected through wall ofmanhole to fill voids and/o.r b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall af manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofin�) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.72.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible mir�or leaks and to instantly stap major leaks, so that further waterproo�ng processes may proceed unhindered. The repairin� cement shall be nonshrinkin�, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following propert.ies: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 5ectioniV,doc 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days ASS psi 1 day 3, l 25 psi 7 days 7,80$ psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 104 of 128 4/II/2011 '' � � � LJ � � 5ection IV — Technical 5pecitications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days I ,245 psi Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fll cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: � Tensilc Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 3f�Q psi AST.M D 3574-86 400% AST"M D 3574-$6 25�-300 psi , 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepa�e, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier arou.nd exterior of manhole. Physical properCies are as follows: � Density Tensile Strength Elongatiqn ' Shrinkage Toxicity � LJ � LJ � , � II �.. 1 � 49.12.2.3 WATERPR�OFING 8.75-9.17 ]bs/gal ASTM D-3574 150 psi ASTM D- 4l2 250% ASTM D-3574 Less than 4% ASTM D-] 0�42 N�n Toxic A waterproo.fing component based on the crystallization process shal] be applied. 'rhe system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of �ve coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to farm the crystalline structure. it becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization pracess will continue for approximately six months. Upon cornpletion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) AS"I`M C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) $.lxl0 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at ] 00% RH at 50% RH A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminale Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionlV_doc Page IOSaf'128 4/11/2011 Sectinn IV—Tecl�nical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Ysi 7U00 I 1000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Sn-ength, Psi 1000 1 �00 ] 800 2000 Ashn C 596 Shrinka�e At 90%Humidily -- rQ04 t0.06 �O.OR Astm C 666 Freeze-Tha�v nft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tcnsilc Astm C 4S7 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Norosiry/Adsorption Test 4- 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X].0 .PSI after 24 I-Irs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cEment shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard af concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than Cwo inches. It will have a dark �rey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy wil] seal sCructure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excell�nt resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% sol.ids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no Cdxic fumes. .Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. "l�he epoxy shall l�ave the following properties at 7S degrees }=: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 --20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi ],800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, :Beer, I�actic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraf�in Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and rnany others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. SectionlV.doc a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and de�rease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. Page 106 of 12A 4/] 1/20] 1 � � 3 4 :� Section IV-7'echnical Specitications d. Remove debris firom work area. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as reyuired, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. lnject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate intiltration. Apply cemenCitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps I-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal d�lays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if` the clieni desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAI. REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystal l ization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydraphilic foam. I. Drill 5/$" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove �ttings (if necessary). �L9.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTAL.LIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forn�ing an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hartd. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. SectioniV.doc Page 107 of 12$ 4/I 1/2011 Section iV — Technical 5pecifica[ions 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING I . Darnpen surface. 2. Mix mater.ial i.n mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth .finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface Ca prepare for epoxy t7nish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at ]east 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure stren�th will bc achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care ta securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inf7ated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuurn pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy frv� (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. lf the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the ContracCor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period oi' �ve (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT iN�'ORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM �•�i�i�-�«I*7�� 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for in-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the 3ectionlV.doc Page 108 of 128 4/II/2011 , � n, L� �'. �' , ' ' 1 �1 , � Scction IV —'1-echnical 5peciGcatiuns site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of� suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surfacc:. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor .ln-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat ofAcrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexif7or • Plexicolor Line 1'aint 51.Z SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court E'atch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subj�et to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE ' Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TR�W.F.,L FINISH. D� NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow lhe concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete I'reparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and ' other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specifieation Section 10.14. ' �1 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch I3inder ] to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ' 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces Co receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: � ' , Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60-80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20-40 gallons 600-900 pounds 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according ta Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix ' SectionIV.doc � Page 109 ot' 128 4/1 ]/2011 Scction IV -� Teclu�ical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applicatians at a rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. E.il[!_1��C��C�1,I�1�Y�]�iyl�l=l�l».�:11]_V/� After the filler caat applicaCion has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using tlae following mix: Plexipave Color Base Plexichrome Water �•�i�•�» �:11 ��7:7_1» � Ca_� � C�7 � 30 gallons 20 gallons 20 �allons 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (l ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of' Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per c�at. 3. Plexiflo.r is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to t}ae squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexif�or and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 5'1.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the eolor resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line., Paint as speci�ed by The National In-Line Hockey �ssociation. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the ,�lexiflor Systern shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products CorporaCion labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than ] 40°F. 2. Da not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV.doc Page 11U of 128 ai� iizor � , � C� 1 ' ' ' , Section IV —Technical Spe�iti�ations 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. .Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexif]or will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. S. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line SkaCes. 9. Coefficient af friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 3p minut�s to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended prote�tive gear. , 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - R.FSIDFNT NOTIFICA'riUN OF START , OF CONSTRUCTION. � , 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABI�NS 8� MATTRESSES ' Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of O.l 063 inches (approx. US gauge � 12). All wir� used in the fabrication of the gabion shall camply with or �xceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coatin� � shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-G, Table l. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. 1 � ' � � , The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexaganal mesh having unifonn openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/z inches. The averall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) sha.11 be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inche5. Lacing and cannecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with AVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 Ibs. per linear foot while remainin� in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 syuare inch inside area to praperly confrne the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite SectionlV.doc Page 111 of 128 4/I I/201 I Sectiun IV — 7-echnical 3peciiications Interlpcking �asteners are an approved alternate joint mat�rial. The interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specifrcation ASTM A-313, "Cype 302, Class l, or equal. All ofthe above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and sha11 have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material ditference in its initial compound properties. "C'he PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1 2 Specif7c Gravity: a. According to AST'M D-22$7 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-1�32; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at I 00% strain. 4. Resistance to �lbrasion: a. According lo ASTM 1242; weight loss �l2% (Method S). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 de�rees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabians will be handled or placed but not ]ower than -9.� degrees centi�rade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be betw�en 50 and (0 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeprng Corrasion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire cpre from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HCI (hydrochloric acid 12 Se). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properNes will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to tl�e following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-1 17 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionlV.doc Page 112 of 128 4/] 1/20l 1 , C� � ' , ' Section IV — Technical Specitications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 1 �5 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: l. Appearance: ►� 3 a. Tl�e vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and sha11 not show any remarkable change in color. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall nat show change higher than 10% of its initial value. ' 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. ' S. Elangation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. � 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. � ' r� 1 � , ►l ' , 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lawer than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +l 8 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The tiller stone shall be limestane from a source appraved by the Engineer before delivery is star-ted. Representative preliminary samples �f the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum speci�c gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% � Los Angeles Abrasion (FM I OT096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM I-T104), maximum loss 12% SectionlV.doc Page 113 of IZ8 4/1 I/201 I Section IV — Tcchnical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest drmension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All �Iler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed l0% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by wei�ht, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh openin�. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall confonn to the same specifrcations as gabions except as follows: I. The no�a�inal diameter of the wire used in the fab�•ication of the netting shall be 0.086G inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be Q.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and U.80 ozs./sq. fC. for the O.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coaCing Co the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding l5 turns p�r minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diamcter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking qf the r.i��c coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985_ 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid attd diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a s.rngle unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length ofthe gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally drvided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is de .fined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty �abions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. 5ectionlV.doc Page 114 of 128 4/11/2011 ' ' Section TV — Technical 5pecifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. � Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and ane connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces af each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to twa ihirds full � and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two thi�-d height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. �� , 1 �J , r � ' 1 , , �� iJ ' ' Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be r�placed or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed ta ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To rcmove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization ot plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and aperation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surtaces at desi�nated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractar(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintertance af Traffic; � Trash and debris removal from the job site; • kemoval of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning af landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palrns (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; r Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING �F WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m_ Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.doc Page 115 of 128 4/1 I/2011 Scction iV —Tec;hnic�l Specilications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schEdule provided by the City (see L�vel of Service). Any variations to Chat schedule, requested by either parry, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative ofthe other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the followin� service at each scheduled visit to the dcsignated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris :from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debrrs is a requirement of the contractor. Extraardinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encounfered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigacion leaks, vehicle damage, dcad or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reporled to the City within 24 hours after providing the scrvice. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimrning sh�uld be perfor�a�ed at intervals that will maintaira plants in a neat appearance. Trimmin� should be performed to promote fullness of the planCs, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. :Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Srown foliage shall be removed trom Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least pnce per year, preferably in late Jun� or Jirly tollowing flower fottnation, according to the following speci.fications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountcred in the pruning process; removc laose fro.nd boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. Na climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris frorra pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearancE upon completion. SecCinnlV.doc Page 116 of 12$ 4/11/2011 1 1 1 , ' � , I � � ' 1 Section IV — 7 echnical 5pecilications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traf�c areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of']'raffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operaCion in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material shauld be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be rnade in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the rrst two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements ofmaturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed �n a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noCiceable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape maferial will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing ' should be kept covered with mulch. Timer shauld be checked f'or proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in � advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. , 1 1 C_l 1 1 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a praperly licensed and certitied applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three paunds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectioniV.doc Page I 17 of 128 4/11/2011 5ection ]V — 7�echnical 5pecitications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install ove.r freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will r-emove the covering material from storage and install over the sensrtive plants, securely fastening edges a:f the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish rnetal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keepin� it in place due to continued freezing t�mperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours Tnabilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-I�our unit price. The Cont.ractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the coverin� fabric on a per event basis, as wel.l as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coardinate appropriate irrigatian operations with weather condicions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assig.ned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone messa�e. However, to make certain the message is rec�ived, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.2Q INSPECTION AND APPR4VAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon insp�ction, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contacc the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this noti�cation to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CQNDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period c�n plants and 12 month warranty an palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigatio� to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriaCe. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. SectionN.doc Yage 118 of 128 4/ll/2011 , I� 1 ' , i� �� Scctic�n IV —7 echnical Specitications 3. All maintenance shall be per��rmed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade praclices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for dama�e to any plant �naterial or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notitied in writing of the specifiic nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its optio.n, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the nexC regular payment to the Contractor. � 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vel�icles, etc.) may make all ar portions of a location unserviceab]e during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervi5or of such occurrences, and shall ' schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. ' 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ' , ' , �__J 1 1 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in th� specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specitications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITI�NAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS l. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the conCractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of�this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within sev�n days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped witl� its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall swe�p debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before ]eaving the job site. �}. ln cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. , 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is camplete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 1 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections ofthe ' road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FD�T's 200� Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for ' SectionlV _doc � �I Page 119 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV —'1'echnical Specitications superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the p�r ton unit cost for asphalt, unless oCherwise noted in th� project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material expased as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise direcCed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Speci .fications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prinae shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placeme.nt of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operatians shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stackpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) SC2-495U to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with al I regulatory requirements in areas provided by the CanCractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES Al] utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by the.ir owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allaw ut.ility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencemenC of milling and resurFacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANH�LES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utrlity manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist o� milling a six foot wide sirip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to �urb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geametry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. SectionIV.doc Page 120 ot' 128 airaizolr ' ' L.J ' Section IV — Technical 5pecilications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTI�NS � intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the ori�inal drainage characteristics. Said work should extend apprpximately 50 to I OU feet in both directions from the low point of lhe existing swale. � � 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT , The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any reyuired milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat eifher required or placed at F.ngineer's � discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifcations. 1 ' 5S CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this speci.fication includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegeiation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obslructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance wiCh Section 1] 0 of FDOT's Standard � Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specitied in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. ' � , i 5G,1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be either a lump sum yuantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP � The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). � � ' , 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.doc Page 121 of 128 4/I1/2011 Section 1V — Tech.nical Specitications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: al] materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and al] incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay iten� for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, drESSing and shaping fpr placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping f�r placement of rubble, and all inciden.tals necessary to cornplete the work. No payment wilf be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the CiCy's Wastewater Treatrnent Plants (W WTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD PQTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxidE and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction co.nference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emerge.ncy Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTQR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice ta proceed, the contractor rnust submiC documentation regarding employee safety training relatrng to Che items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verifrcation that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date ofthe trai.ning, and • The means used to verify that the employee und�rstood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All tra�c signal work shall be per%rmed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise speci,fed rn the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary eyuipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junetion boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, 5ectionlV.doc Page 122 of 128 4/I1/201 I ' � � � L� � 1 Section IV —'reclinical Specilications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of �xisting traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be rnast arms and �onform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standarci, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as Che geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional enginecr registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering f.rom the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicaCors for vehicles and pedestrians shall be .LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Trai�lc Engineering Division. 59.'I BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT � The basis ofineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equiprnent, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals reyuired Co complete the work per thw plans. � � , C1 � � ' � • � ►ll`Cr1-1�I�71�i/�1.7:11�[�' All signing and marking work shall be performed per th� latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in Che contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and mark'rngs (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sectians 7U5 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping ar markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless atherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or rnarkings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being rnade. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract dc�cuments and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 6'I ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sectians 715 and 992 of FD�T's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans � and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. ' SectioniV.doc Page 123 of 128 4/11/201 I ' Section N — 7�echnical 5pecifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activiCies with.in or adjacene to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall b� installed as follows: 1. At or �reater than the full dripline of all species ofMangroves and Cabbag� Palms. Z. At or �reater than ihe full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greaCer than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or grEater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. �'rotective Uarriers are to be constructed using no less chan two-inch lumber far upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one fooC anchored in the ground. Upri�ht posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feei apar-t. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation frqm the above reyuirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Nat.ive ground cover and understory vegetation existing within Che barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the Cify's representative. D. Prior to the erectian of any required protective barrrer, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachtreraCs of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. fi2.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be reyuired to have an International Society ofArboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perfo.rm, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacCs of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbin� or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a tr�nch and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by se��s��rv.ao� Page 124 of 128 aii iizol � , ' � �J ' �� Section N — 7"echnical Specitications construct.ion activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches belaw existin� grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (72'7) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an int�rnational Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Roat pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is � feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said raot pruning. � E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care sl�all be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Rc�ot pruning shall be limited ta a rninimum of ten inches pc.r ane inch of the trunk diametcr from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 1 S" frorn existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Roat Cutting Machine or equivalent. ' Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. � I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacCs to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tr�e � roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. ' K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be cov�red with native soil or burlap and kept maist until final backf.tll or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City .representative rnay � require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zanes of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be i►tstalled within the critical root zone, the root � pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. � � ' � 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Saciety of Arboriculture (iSA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations -- Tre�, Shrub and ather Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. 5ectionlV.doc Page 125 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V —'l echnical 5pecitications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (prtrning cuts that remove fhe branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techn.iques. Any protected tree that has b�en improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree lett on the projeet in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent o1'its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recogni7ed as a tree left on th� project in a healthy growing condition, and w.ill require replacement consistent with Che current City Codes and. Ordinances. E. 'T�ree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use af tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be proh.ibited. Any prot�cted tree that has been damaged in such a manner wi]] not be recognized as a tree left on the praject in a healthy growing condition, and wil] require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. fi3 PROJECT WEB PAGES [:�c�fi ��1=13�_[r] �� 7�LrT►r. If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web SiCe in accordance wrth the current City Web Site standards and sCyles. .Project Web Site should iraclude general project information as: .Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City rraodif7es the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform tu the W3C Web Accessibility Gurdelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3 .o�•g/TR/ 1999/WA l- WEBCONTENT- l 9990505/ http://www.section508.�ov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibrlity should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. it sl�ould be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Mana�er, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications oftice. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectioniV.doc Page ]26 of 128 a/11/2011 �'� LJ I� � � � � � I� � Section IV — Technical 5peciiications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS iJse of maps and gi'aphics is recommended to illustrate th� project; only approved �raphics shauld be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS 'The site should als� include an interactive form or other options ta allow Public's input sent back ta the City regarding thc Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and pasting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a dif�'erent than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for pasting. 64 �VERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE � fi4.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: � Option 1- Havin� the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded. Uption 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet af clearance for voltages up to 350 � kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. I 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES � � � r VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE llISTANCE (nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 75Q 3S � SectionlV.doc Page 127 of 128 4/I 1/2011 � Section IV — 7-echnical Spccifications Qver 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or re�istered professiona] enbineer who is a qualified person with respect tt� electric power iransmission and distribution) , � � � Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes thaC value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. � 5ectionIV.doc Page 128 of 128 � � � � �� r 4/Il/2011 ' � i � � �J �� C� � M. �� SECTiON IVA � SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS r � � � � r i � � LJ � � � � �� u 1 � � � � � � � SECTIDN IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS D1VIS10N 1--GENERAI. RG UIREMENTS 01000 PROJFC'C RCQUiREMENTS Ol 100 SUMM�RY OF WORK 01200 MEASUREMENT �1ND PAYMENT Q 1290 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Ol 300 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION 01310 CONSTRUCTION COORDINA"C'ION 01330 SUBMIT"�'ALS AND ACCEPTANCE O13S0 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDI)RES 01355 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 014p0 QUALITY REQUiREMENTS 01450 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY �'ACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUiPMENT O1650 DELiVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLiNG 01720 FIELD ENGINE:ER Ol 730 CUTT]NG, CORING, AND PATCHING 01735 CONTRO� OF WORK 01740 FINAL CLEANING 01745 MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP O1 �SS EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP p l 770 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01780 WARRANTIES AND SONDS Ol 815 MAINTENANCE OF PLANT Ol'ERATION 01820 TRAINING 01830 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCF MAN[JAL ozzzo 02230 Q2240 02305 02315 02370 02531 02920 03600 03930 DIVISION 2-SIT.E CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION AND MODIFICATIONS SITE PREPARATiON DEWATERING EARTHWORK FOR UT1Ll'T[ES CONT.ROL DENSITY FILL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTRO�, CONNECTIONS TO AND WORK ON EXISTING SYSTEMS SEEDING AND S�DDING DIVISION 3-CONCRETE GROUT MODI.FTCATIONS AND REPAIR TO CONCRETE � D3720-037-01 i TABLE OF CON'I'ENTS 05500 09900 09980 SECTION IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECXFICATIONS DIVISION 5-METALS METAL FAS.RTCATIONS DIVISION 9-FINISHES PAINTING AND COATTNG CHEMICAL RESTSTANT COATING DIVISION ll-EQUCPMENT 1. ] 000 GENERAL EQUiPMENT .REQU]REMENTS 11225 SCUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT 11340 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS ]3401 15050 15055 15060 15075 1.S105 15110 15121 1.5122 15125 151A4 15291 16401 DIVISION 13-SPECTATI CONSTRUCTION PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTR0I,S DNISION 15-MECHANICAL BASIC MECHAN�CAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PIPING SYSTEMS - GENERAL P CPE HANGERS PROCESS EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND VALV:E 1DENTIFICATION WALL P1PES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES MISCELLANEOUS PIPE FiTTTNGS AND ACCESSORIES FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS P1P1NG APPURTENANCES PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPE POLYViNYL CHLOR.IDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND F1.TTINGS DIVISiON 1 C�ELECTRIC�L LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERA,L REQUIREMENTS 03720-037-0] ii TABLE OF CONTENTS � r � N t � �� DIVIS�ON 1 � GENERA►L REQUIREMENTS � � � , � � � r 1 � C� , , , � � �� r � � � SECTION 01000 1'ROJECT REQUIRFM�,NTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work to be done consists of Che furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment and the performance of all Work included in this Contract. The summary of the Work is presented in Sectian pl 100, Summary of Work. : Work Included: The Contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, materials, plant power, light, heat, fuel, water, tools, appliances, equipment, supplies, and means of construction necessary for proper performance and completion of the Work. The Contractur shall obtain and pay for all necessary local building permits. The Contractor shall perform and complete the Work in the manner best calculated to promote rapid constructian consistent with safety of life and property and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall clean up the Work and maintain it during and after construction, until accepted, and shall do all Work and pay all costs incidental Chereto. He shall repair or restore all structures and property that may be damaged or disturbed during performance of the Work. 2. The cost of incidental work described in these Project Requirements for which there are no speci�c Contract ltems shall be considered as part of the general cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices for the various Contract Items. No additional payment will be rnade therefore. 3. 'The Contractor shall pravide and maintain such modern plant, tools, and equiprnent as may be necessary, in the opinian of the Engineer, to perform in a satisfactary and acceptable manner all the Work required by this Contract. Only equipment of established reputation and proven efficiency shall be used. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of his workmanship, materials, and equipment, prior approval af the Engineer notwithstanding. 0372Q037-01 01000-1 PRO]FCT REQUiREMENTS � C�J Public Utility Installations and Structures: Public utility installations and structures shal] be unde.rstood to include all poles, tracks, pipes, wires, conduits, vaults, manholes, and all other appurtenances and facilities pertaining thereto whether owned or controlled by the Owner, other gavernmental bodies, or privately owned by individuals, firms, or corporations used to s�rve the public with transportation, traffic control, gas, elecCricity, lelephone, sewerage, drainage, waCer, or other public or private property which may be af.fected by the Work shall be deemed included hereunder. The Contract .Documents contain data relative to existing public utility installations and structures above and below the ground surface_ These data are not guaranteed as to their completeness or accuracy and it is the responsibility of the Contractor to ra�ake his own invesCigations to .inform himself fully of the character, condition, and extent of all such installations and structures as may be encountered and as may affect the construction operations. 2. The Contractor shall protect all public utility installations and structures from damage during the Work. Access across any buried public utility installation or structure shall be made to avoid any damage to these facilities. All required protective devices and construction shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense. All existing public utilities damaged by the Contractor shall be rcpaired by the Contractor, at his expense. No separate payment shall be made for such protection or repairs to public utility installations or structures. 3. Public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the Owner or other governmental body which are shown on the Drawings to be removed, relocated, replaced, or rebuilt by the Contractor shall be considered as a part of the general cost of doing Che Work and shall be included in the prices bid for the various Contract i.tems. No separate payment shall be made therefor. 4. Where public utility installations of structures awned or controlled by the Owner or other governmental body are encountered during the Work and are not indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifrcations, and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, removal, relocation, replacement, or rebuilding is .necessary to complete the Wark under this Contract, such Work shall be accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction, or such Work may be ordered, in writing by the Engineer, far the Contractor to accomplish. 7.f such work is accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction it will be carried out expeditiously, and the Contractor shall give full cooperation to permit the utility to complete the removal, relocation, U3720-037-�1 01000-2 PROJECT REQUIIiEMENTS � r � replacement, or rebuilding as required. If such work is accomplished by the Contractor, it will be paid for as extra work as provided in the Agreement. � ' � ' � � � � � r � 5. At all times in performance of the Wark the Contractor shall employ acceptable methods and exercise reasonable care and skill so as to avoid unnecessary delay, injury, damage, or destruction of public utility installations and structures and shall at all tirn�s in the performance of the Work avoid unnecessary interference with or interruption of public utility services and cooperate fully with the owners thereof to that end. 6. The Contractor shall give written notice to the Owner and other governmental utility departments and other owners of public utilities of the location of his proposed construction operations at least �38-hours in advance of breaking ground in any area or on any unit of the Work. 7. The maintenance, repair, removal, relocation, or rebuilding of public utility installatians and structures, when accomplished by the ContracCor as herein provided, shall be done by methods approved by the �wn�rs of such utilrties. 1.02 RELATE.D WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMCTTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WA.R.RANTIES A_ Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. � 1.08 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE � , � A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. I .09 QUALIFICATiONS (NOT USED) 03720.037-01 01000.3 � PRO]ECT REQUIREMENTS 1.10 DRAWINGS ANU PROJECT.MANUAL A. Drawings: When obtaining data and inlormation from the Drawings, figures shal] be used in preference to scaled dimensions and large-si;ale drawings in preference to small-scale drawings. I:� C Supplementary Drawings: When, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to explain more fully the Work to be done or to illustrate the Work further or to show any changes which may be required, the Engineer will prepare drawings known as Supplementary Drawings, with Specifications pertainin� to such Drawings, and the Cantractor will be furnished one complete set of reproducible black line prints (24 inches by 3fi inches) and o.ne reproducible copy ofthe specifications. 2. The Supplementary Drawings shall be binding upon the Contractor with the same force as the Contract Drawings. Where such Supplementary Drawings require either less or more than the estimated quantities of Work, credit to the Owner or compensation therefor to the Contractor shall be subject to the terms ofthe Agree�nent. Contractor to Check Drawings and Data: The Contractor shall verify all dimensions, quantities, and deta.ils shown on the Drawings, Supplementary Drawings, Schedules, Specifications, or other data rece.ived from the Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer of all errors, amissions, conflicts, and discrepancies found therein. �ailure to discover or correct errors, conflicts, or discrepancies shall not relieve the Cantractor of full responsibility for unsatisfactory work, �aulty construction, or improper operation resulting therefrom, nor from rectifyi.rag such conditions at his own expense. He will not be allowed to take advantage of any errors or omissions, as full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should such errors or omissians be discovered. 2. All schedules are given far the convenience of the Engineer and the Contractor and are not guaranteed to be complete. The Contractor shall assume al.l responsibility or the making of estimates of the size, kind, and quality of materials and equipment included in Work to be done under the Contract. D. Specifrcations: The Technical Specifications each consist of three parts: General, �roducts, and Execution. The General part of a Specification contains General Requirernents which govern the Work. The Products and Execution parts rnodify 03720-037-01 O] 000� PR07ECT }tEQIJIREMENTS � �� E and supplement the General Requirements by detailed requiretnents for the Work and shall always govern whenever there appears to he a conflict. Intent: 1. All Work called for in the Specifications applicable to this Contract, but � not shown on the Drawings in their present for`m, or vice versa, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. Work not specified in either the Drawings or in the Speci�ications but involved in carrying out their � intent or in the complete and proper execution of the Work is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. � � L Ji � � � r � r �� 2. The apparent silence af the Specifications as to any detail or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any work to be done and materials to be furnished shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of the best quality is to be used. The interpretation of these Specifications shall be made upon that basis. 1.] 1 MATER.IALS AND EQUIPMENT I_1 . Manufacturer: All transactions with the manufacturers or subcontractars shall be through the Contractor, unless the Contractor shall request and at the Engineer's option that the manufacturer or subcontractor deal directly with the Engineer. Any such transactions shall not in any way release the Contractor from his full responsibility under this Contract. 2. Any two or more pieces of material or equipment of the sarne kind, type, or classification, and being used for identical types of service, shall be made by the same manufacturer. Delivery: 1. The Contractor shall del�ver matenals �n ample quantit�es Co ensure the most speedy and uninterrupted progress of the Work so as to complete the Work within the allotted time. 2. The Contractvr shall also coordinate deliveries in order to avoid delay in or impediment of the progress of the work of any related Contractor. 03720-037-0 ] O l D00-5 PR�JECT REQT.7iREMENTS r C�l I�7 Tools and Accessories: Unless otherwise stated in the Contract L7ocuTnents, the Contractor shall fiirnish with each type, kind, or size of equipment, ane co�nplete set of suitably marked high-grade special tools and applaa.i�ces which may be needed to adjust, operate, maintain, or repair the equipment. Such tools and appliances sha]] be furnished in appraved painted steel cases, properly labeled and equipped with good-grade cylinder locks and duplicate keys. 2. Spare parts shall be furnished as specified herein and as recommended by the manufacturer necessary for the operation of the equipment, not including materials required for routine .maintenance. 3. Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate, securely fastened in place and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's name, year ofmanufacture, seria.l number, weight, and principal rate data. Service af Manufacturer's Engineer: The Contract Prices for equipment shall include the cost of furnishing a competent and exp�rienced engineer or superintendent who shall represent the manufacturer and shall help the Contractor, when required, install, adjust, test, and p]ace in operation the equipment in conforanity with the Contract Documents. 2. After the equipment is placed in permanent operation by tlae Owner, the �ngineer or superintendent shall make all adjustments and tests required by the Engineer to prove that the equipment is in proper and satisfactory operating condition and shall instruct such personnel as may be designated by the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such equipr�aent. l .12 1NSPECTI�N AND TEST,ING A General: 1_ For tests speci�ed to be made by the Contractor, the testing personnel shall make the necessary inspections and tests, and the reports therea,f shall be in such form as will facilitate checking to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. Five copies of the reports shall be submitted and authoritative certification thereof must be furnished to the Engineer as a prerequisite for the acceptance �f any material or equipment. 2. If, in the making of any test of any material or equipment, the L,ngineer ascertains that the material or equipment does not comply with the 03720-037-01 01000-6 PRUJECT AEQUIREMENTS C� 1 � � � u � � � ' � � � � � � r � : C� � Contract Documents, the Contractor will be notified thereof and he will be directed to refrain f'rom delivering said material or equipment, or to remove it promptly from the site or from the Work and replace it with acceptable material without cost to the Owner. 3. Tests of electrical and mechanical eyuipment and appliances shall be conducted in accordance with the recognized test codes of the ANSI, ASME, or the TFEE, except as may otherwise be stated herein. 4. "C'he Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operatian of eyuipment during testing and instruction periods and shall neither have nor make any claim for damage which may occur to eyuipment before the time when the Owner formally takes over the aperation thereof Costs: The Contractor shall provide all inspection and testing of materials furnished under this Contract, unless otherwise expressly specifed. 2. The Contractor shall bear the cost of shop and tield tests of equipm�nt and of certain other tests specit7cally called for in the Contract Documents, and such costs shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Price. 3. The Owner rttay test materials and equipment submitted by the Contractor as the equivalent to those specifically namcd in the Contract for compliance. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the expenditures incurred in making such tests of mat�rials and equipment which are rejected for nan-compliance. Certificate of Manufacture: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with authoritative evidence in the form of a cerCificate of manufacture that the materials to be used in the Work have been manufactured and tested in conFormity with the Contract Documents. 2. These certificates shall be notarized and shall include copies of the results �f physical tests and chemical analyses, where necessary, that have been made directly on the product or on similar products of the manufacturer. Shop Tests: 1. Each piece of equipment for which pressure, duCy, capacity, rating, efficiency, performance, function, or special requirements are specified shall be tested in the shop af the maker in a manner which shall D3720-037-01 Ol 000-7 PR07ECT REQUIREMENTS , conclusively prove that its characteristics ec�mply fully with the requirements ofthe Contract Documents. 2. Five copies of the manufacturer's actual test data and interpreted results thereof, accompanied by a certiCcate of authenticity sworn to by a responsible official of the manufacturing company and/or independent laboraCory, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3. The Contractor shall bear the cost of shop tests and o:f furnrshing manufacturer's preliminary and shop test data of operatrng eyuipment. E. Start-up Tests: � �1 1 � � � 1.. As soon as conditions permit, the Contractor sha]] furnish all labor, � materials, and insti-uments and shall make start-up tests of equipment. 2. if the start-up tests disclose any equipment f`urnished under this Contract which does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Uocuments, the Contractor shall, before demonstration tests, make all changes, adjustments, and replacements required. The furnishing contractor shall assist in the start-up tests as applicable. F. Demonstration Tests: 1. Before the Contractor's request for a Substantial Completian inspection, all equipn�ent and piping installed under this Contract shall be subjected to demonstration tests as speci�ed or requi.red to prove compliancE with the Contract Documents. 2. The Contractor shall fur.nish labor, fuel, energy, water, and all other materials, equipment, and instruments necessary for all demonstration tests at na additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall assist in the demonstration tests as applicable. 1.13 L1NES AND GRA.DES A. Grade: 1. All work under this Coratract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or as given by the Engineer. The full responsibility for keeping alig.nment and grade shall rest upon the Contractor_ 03720.037-01 O1 D00-8 PR07ECT REQUiREMENTS : 2. The Engineer will establish bench marks and baseline controllin� points. Reference marks for lines and grades as the Wark progresses will be located by the Contractor to cause as little incanvc:nience to the prosecution of the Work as possible. 'rhe Contractor shall place excavation and other materials so as to cause no inconvenience in the use of the reference marks provided. i-Ie shall remc�ve any obstructions he places contrary to this provision. Surveys: 1. At his awn expense the Contractor shall furnish and maintain stakes and other such materials. 2. The Contractor shall check such reference marks by such means as he may deem necessary and, before usin� them, shall call the �ngineer's attention to any inaccuracies. 3. At his own expense the Contractor shall establish all working or � construction lines and grades as reyuired from the reference marks set by the Engineer and shall be solely responsible for the accuracy of these lines and grades. He shall, however, be subject to check and review by the rEngineer. C. Safeguarding Marks: l. The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments, and bench marks made or established on the Work, bear the cost af re-establishing them if disturbed, and bear Che entire expense of rectifying work improperly installed due to not maintaining or protecting or to removing without authorization such established points, stakes, and marks. 2. The Contractor shall safeguard all existing and known property corners, monuments, and marks adjacent to but not related Co the Work and shall bear the cost of re-establishing them if they are disturbed or destroyed. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) AART 3 EXECllTTON (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 03720.037-01 01000-9 PR07ECT REQUIREME,N'I'S , � , ' � PART1 GENERAL 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION O 1 ] 00 SUMMARY OF WORK � Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, the Work must be performed in accordance with best modern practice, with materials and workmanship of the highcst quality to the satisfaction of the Owner. � , � r r I� � I1 I:� The Project title is "Northeast WRF Pickett "fhickcner and Scum Removal improvements Project". �'he Work of this Project is defined in Section I and generally consists of, bul not limited Co, the following: 1. Retrof7t existing thickeners and install scum collection equipment and waCer cannection with spray nozzles at thickeners and primary clarifiers. 2. Retrofit existing scum wet well to include submersible scum pump, associated ittings and piping, guide rails, manual jib crane, chemical resistance coating in wet well, control panel, electrical, instrumentation, and control systerns. 3. Installation of scurn force main (including fittings, valves and appurtenances) manifalding with the septage handling force main to the anaerobic digesters. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for providin� any required bypass pumping, � as required, to maintain operation of the treatment facility as specified in Section OI 815, Maintenance of Plant Operation and Sequence of Construction. � � � LJ D. The Owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt fram paying sales tax. E. The Specification divisions and Drawings are an integrated part of the Contract Documents and, as such, will not stand alone if used independently as individual sections, divisions, or drawing sheets. The Drawings and Specifications establish minimum standards of quality for this praject. They do not purport to cover all details entering into the design and construction of materials and equipment. 03720.037-01 Ol l0al SUMMARY OF WDRK � ] .02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMiTT11.l,S (NOT US�D) ] .04 WORK SEQLJENCE (NOT USED) ] .OS REFE.RENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NQT USE.D) 1.�7 WARRANTIES n �] r � � � � Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary � Conditrons, and Specitication Section OI780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING � A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specrfied in Section O1650 for � storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. ]..09 QU�LIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.:10 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings or Specifications, all work and the quality of materials shall conform to the referenced sections of the Local and State Design and Construction Standards. The basis of payment shall conform to Section 01200 of the General Requirements. B. The Contractor is responsible for taking all appropriated safety precautions during the per�ormance of the work. The Contractor shall be solely responsrble for all safety procedures and maintainir�g a safe work place and comply with City of Clearwater �mergency Action Plan and all safety procedures. Compliance with the above s.hall not relieve the Contractor of his sole responsibility for ensuring a safe work site and work environment. 1.1 I WORKING HOURS A. Workdays shall consist of ten (10) hours maxirraum, between 6:00 am and 6:00 pm, Monday through �'riday, e�cluding holidays. Owner inspectioz� services are between 7:30 am and 3:30 pm, exc,luding weekends and holidays. The Contractor shall pay for any inspection services required autside normal work hours. 03720-03'7-01 O1 ] 00-2 SUMMARY OF WORK B. Work under thi5 contract shall not be prosecuted on Saturdays, Sundays or on State and/or National holidays, except in time of emergency, and then anly under written permission from the Owner who shall be the sole judge as to the urgency of that situation. On weekdays, the workday shall be limited to daylight hours_ C. If the Contractor deems it necessary to work on Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, or beyond daylight haurs to comply with his construction schedule or because of an emergency, the Contractor shall request permission oF the Owner to do so. If, in the opinion of the Owner, the need is bona fide, the Owner will authorize the Contractor to work such hours as may be necessary. 1.12 REIMEU.RSEMENT FEES The %llowing rates shall be applied as the Owner's reimbursement af the �ngineer's fee to be paid by the Contractor. A. Senior Field Representative (Construction): $ 90.00/hr B. Senior Construction Administrator: $ 105.00/hr C. Engineering Consultant (.Project Engineer): $ 120.00/hr D. Engineering Consultant (Senior Project Manager): $ 170.00/hr E. Administrative Assistant: $ 60.00/hr 1.13 O.RDINANCES, REGULAT]ONS, STANDARDS, AND CO.DES Reference in the Specifcations to known standards, codes, specifications, etc., promulgated by professional ar technical associations, institutions, and societies, is intended to mean the latest edition of each such standard adopted and published as of the date of the Advertisement for Sid on Chis praject except where otherwise specifically indicated. Each such standard referred to shall be considered a part of the Specifcations to the same extent as if reproduced in this Section in ful1. The following is a list of applicable documents that apply to this Contract: A. American Association of State Highway and '�'ransportation Officials (AASH7�0) Formerly (AASHO) B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) C. American lnstitute of Steel Construction (AiSC) D. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) . E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) F. American Standards Association (ASA) G. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) H. American Society ofTesting and Materia) (ASTM) i. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 7. American Welding Society (AWS) K. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association (AFSMA) 03720-037-01 Ol 100.3 SUMMAAY OF WORK L. M N, O. � Q� R. S. T. U. V, W. X. Y. L. AA BB Building Officials and Code Administrators it�ternational, Inc. (SOCA) Construction Specifications institute (CSI) Federal Speci.fication (FS) Flarida Department of Transpoi•tation (FDOT) Standard Speci�cations for Road and Bridge Construction, Latest English Edition (Standard Specifications) FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards Latest English Edition (FDOT lndex) GeosynthEtics ]nstitute (GSI) National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Nationa] Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) National }'ire Protection Association (NFPA) Portland Cement Association (PCA) Occupational Safety and Health Act (Public Law 91-596), U.S. .Department of Labor (OSHA) Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Southern Standard Building Code (SSBC) Underwriters' .C.aborator.ies, Inc. (UL) United States ofAmerica Standards lnstitute (USASI) Regulations of Florida Industrial Commission Regarding Safety All local, state, county, or municipal building codes requirements of the Uwner's Insurance PAR'T 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTTON 03720-037-01 O] ] 00-4 SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WQRK A. This section covers methods of ineasurement and payment for items of work under this Contract. B. The total Contract Price shall cover all work required by the Contract Documents. All cost in connection with the proper and successful completion af the work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, and tools and performing a11 necessary labor and supervisian to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit price and lump-sum Sid prices. All work not specifically set f�7rth as a pay item in the Bid Form or Bid Schedule shall be considered a subsidiary/ancillary obligation of the ContracCor and all costs in connection with these subsidiary/ancillary abligations shall be included in the Sid(s) to provide a complete and functional Project. I .02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) ] .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANC.E (NOT USED) 1.07 WA.RRANTiES A. Warranties shall be in accardance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Speci.ficatinn Sectian 01780, Warranties and Sonds. 1.08 DELXVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractar shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFTCAT'IONS (NOT USED) 1.10 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND CLEARING 03720-�37-01 01200.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Except where otherwise specifed, the unit price or lump-sum price bid for each item of work which involves excavation, trenching, c;learing, grubbin�, or dispc�sal of cleared and grubbed materials shall include all costs for such work. No direct payment shall be made for clearing, grubbing, disposal of cleared or grubbed materials, excavation, trenching, disposal of surplus excavated material, handling water (and groundwater) and purcl�asing and hauling of required .fill material. All eYCavation and trenching shall be unclassified as to materials which rnay be encountered; in addition, trenches shall be unclassified as to depth, unless otherwise stated. 1.l 1 LUMP SUM A. For lump-sum items, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with an accepted Progress Schedule of Values on th� basis of actual work campleted and accepted by the Owner at the final completion of the Project. f.� f►��1►1 M r �:7 [fl �! A. For unit price items, payment shall be made b�YSed on the actual amount of work accepted by the Owner and far t.he actual amount of materials in place at the final eqmpletion of the Project, as confirmed by the final measurements. B. After the work is completed and before final payment is made, the Engineer will make final measurements, with all required assistance from the Contractor, to determi►ae the quantities of various items of work accepted as the basis for the final unit price payment. 1.13 PAYMENT FOR INCREASED OR DECREAS:E:D QUANTITIES A. When alterations in the quantities of unit price work not reyuirin� a Change Order(s), as herein provided for, are ordered and performed, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the Contract unit price multiplied by the actual quantities of work constructed and accepted by the Owner at the completion of the project. S. The actual percentage of each lump sum bid item completed by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner at the final completion of the Project will be paid to the Contractor. 1 _14 DELETED TTEMS A. Should any items contained in the Bid Schedule(s) be found unnecessary for the proper completion pf the work contracted, the Engineer may eliminate such items from the Contract. This action shall in no way invalidate the Contract and no financial allowance or compensating payment for anticipated profit, overhead, etc. will be made for items so eliminated in making final payment to the Contractor. D3720-037-01 012D0-2 MEASiIREMENT AND PAYMENT �J � 1 ' , ' 1 �� ' ' ' ' � � �� , ' , ��:��r•�w�:�v�i�.�� A. Partial payments shall be made monthly as the work progresses. Partial payment shall be made subject to the provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. I b i'AYMENT FOR STORED MATERiAL DELIVERED TO TH.�; PROJECT A. When requested by the Contractor and at the discretion of the Owner, payment may be made for all or part of the value of acceptable materials and equipment to be incorporated into bid items, which have not been used, and which have been delivered to the construction site or placed in stora�e places acceptable to the Qwner. The Contractor shall provide receipts for all stored material items requested for reimbursement which clearly identify the stored material item, where it is to be constructed, the unit cost of the item, as well as the total cost of the delivered item(s), the quantity of the item, the brand name ofthe item, and the supplier. Note that ther� are additional documentarion requirements and storage requirements within the Contract Documents that must also be met before the Contractor can be reimbursed for thesE stored materials. B. No paym�nt shall be made for fuels, supplies, installatian or connection hardware, lumber, false work, or other similar materials or on temporary structures or other work (items) of any kind which are not a permanent part of the Contract. .Items having a value af less than $2,500 shall not be compensated for as a stored material item. ] .l 7 FINAL PAYMENT A. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall field verify all quantities in dispute by using visual observation, taped measurements, or other methods designated by the Engineer. The field verification shall be made in the presence of the Engineer and agreed to by both the Engineer and the Contractor. The Engineer will prepare a final adjusting Change Order which will adjust the final quantities of the project Sid Schedule to reflect the actual work accepted by the Owner and far which the Contractor will be compensated_ 1.18 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. A schedule of values for the lump-sum bid items and some of the unit price bid items as required by the Engineer shall be submitted and accepted before the first pay request is approved by the Engineer. The schedule of values shall be based on the prices bid in the Sid Schedule(s). Prices bid in the Bid 5chedule(s) cannot be changed in the schedule of values; they can anly be broken down inta more detail 0372D-037-0] 01200-3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYM�NT ' so that the L,ngineer can more accurately review and approve the Contractor's pay application for the completed work. I .l9 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRiICTiON 1TEMS A. When pipe/service lines are canstructed across a road, the road shall not be cut to perForm this construction unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. Service lines are to be bored, jack and bored, or horizontally directionally drilled (HDD) under the road. Jettin� of water lines or water service lines will not be allowed. : � 0 The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect existing utilities, roads, and miscellaneous items from damage during construction. The Contractor shall repair, relocate, or replacc cxisting utilities, roadways, and miscellanEOUS items to pre-eonstruction conditions. All repairs, relocations, and replacements necessary are considered incidenta] to the work and will be at the Cantractor'S C05C, with no cost to the Owner. E. The unit-price bid items and lump-sum bid items for all pipe items shall constitute full compensation for furnishing, laying, jointing, and testing of pipe; dewatering; excavation and backfill; and cleanup. All pipe lines, including but not limited to sewer lines, concentrate disposal lines, water lines, force mains and gravity sewer lines, which are to be paid for per linear foot in the Bid Schedule, will be measured for payment only on a horizontal plane after installation, unless otherwise noted. F. The Contractor shall have the Engineer observe and document the installation of each under�round fitting on the praject. Tf the installation of any fitting is not confirmed and documented by Che Engineer, it shall not be paid for by the OwnEr. PART 2 PAY iTEM DESCR�.PTIONS 2.01 B1D The descriptions provided in the following Paragraphs are Co be used by the Bidder in preparing the Bid Schedule(s). They generally indicate how the rraajor workscope items and their respective costs are to be separated into the line items listed in the Bid Schedule(s). These descriptions are not fully representative nor all inclusive of the work required completing the project in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is the Bidder's responsibility to include all required costs within the most approp.riate line item(s). 03720-037-01 01200� MEASUREMENT AND PAYMI:NT 1 ' �1 II �1 � , ' ' , ' � 1 1 ' 1 ' , , , ' PART A--BASE S1D ltem 1. Mobilization/Demobilization-1"his item shall include and cover the costs for performance of construction, preparatory, and overhead operations, including but not limited to movement of personnel and equipment to and from the site, sanitary facilities, project administration and management, insurance, bonds, Owner and Engineer indemnification, temporary utilities, permits related t� construction, and all other similar activities and facilities necessaiy for executing this project. This item shall not exceed $% of the bid amount. The Contractor will be paid 40% of this item upon completion of mobilization and 10°/a upon de►nobilization; the remainder will be prorated equally over the construction period. Item 2. Purnish and Install Thickener Scum Collection E ui ment—Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish, deliver to site, unload, and maintain proper storage prior to installation of four new scum collection equipment in the thickeners, demolish items, install pipin� and fittings, valves, and related ec�uipment for a complete operational scum collection as specifi�d in the Contract Documents and as shown in the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall also install the scum collection equipment in each of the four thickeners, piping and fittings; perform testin�; provide warranty; and complete all related work for a complete operational scum collection as specif7ed and shown in the Contract Drawings. During the Work, no interruption plant operation is allowed. Bypassing and pumping, as required to complete the work, shall be included in this item. .At any given time durin� construction, two �ut of the four thickeners shall remain in operation. The Contractor shall be responsible far any permit violation related to the Work. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and up�n Engineer verification. Item 3. Furnish and Install Scum Cho er Pum Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish, deliver to site, unload, and maintain proper storage prior to installation of a chopper pump, piping and fittings, valves, and related equipment for a complete operational scum collection as specified in the Contract Documents and as shown in the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall also install the new submersible scum chopper pump, piping and fittings, valves, and related equipment for a complete operational pump station; perform testing and provide warranty as specif7ed in the Contract Documents and as shown in the Contract Drawings. During the Work, no interruption of the plant process is allowed. Bypassing and pumpin�, as required to complete the work, shall be included in this item. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permit violation related to the Work. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification_ Item 4. Furnish Install and T'estin of Pi in and Fittin s—The Contractor shall furnish all labor, rnaterials, equipment, and services for constructing and placing into operation the b-inch SCH 80 PVC scum collection, 6" SCH 80 PVC discharge lines and 1.5" SCH 80 PVC plant water distribution pipe and fittings (including spray nozzles at thickeners and primary clarifiers) as shown on the Contract Drawings in accordance with the Contract Documents, including but not limited to all piping, DIP and PVC fittings, valves including air release valves and cleanout 03720.037-01 012D0.5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT on force mains as required, pipe and .fitting restraint, f`urnishin� and installing carrier piping in jack and bores where applicable, end plugs, tracing wire, flushing of all lines, connections, excavation, backf711, compaction, sodding/seeding, dirt drive restoration, testing, and all assaciated appurtenances. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-su.m basis in accordance wiCh a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon .�ngineer verif7cation. The Contractor shall be paid 90% upon installation and restoration, and ] 0% upon passing the pressure test. Item 5. Scum Wet Well Modifcations and Chemical Coatin —This item shall include but not be lirnited to all costs for converting the existing scum wet well into the new scurn pump station, including installing discharge piping, fittings, valves, grating, access hatches, install grout to create positive drain to the chopper pump and chemical resistant coating on the inside wall of the wet well. Payment for this item shall be an a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon .Engineer verification. Item 6. Electrical & instrumentation_connection for Scum Chopper Pum�---- Under this item, Che Contractor shall include but not be limited ta all costs For delivery, unloadin�, maintaining proper storage of, installing and warranty for all electrical components, panels, wiring, controls and instrumentation. During the Work, no i.nterruption of the pJant process is allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permit violatiun related to the Work. Payment for this i.tem shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's appraved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer veri�caCion. Item 7. �wner's 10% Contin e�ncv—The Contractar shall furnish all labor, materials, equiprnent, and services to perform unforeseen work not included in the other bid items that may be rec]uested and approved by the Engineer. The scope af work and cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by t,he Engineer prior to commencement of the work. The Contractor shall be paid based on the percent completion of approved work. I�►DZ�]��L�1�[f1►1 D3720-037-01 01200-6 MEASi]REMEN'1' AND PAYMENT SECTION 01290 SCHEDULE OF VAI..LICS PA R'T 1 GENER.A I_ 1.O 1 SCOPE OF WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section III, General Conditions. i��Tc�.Y�J :3 u• 1 M� yJ� The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. To the Engineer, a proposed Schedule of Values allocated to the various porCions of the Work, in accordance wiih Section 01000, Project .RequirGments, and Section �1200, Measur�ment and Payment. I:� C 0 E. Upon request of the Engineer, supporting data which will substantiate the values' correcCn�ss. The accepted Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. An update and resubmittal of the Schedule of Values when Change Orders affect the listing or when the actual performance of the Work involves necessary changes of substance to values previously listed and approved. Schedule of Values. l. Submit typed schedule on EJCDC 1910-8-E forms. T}ae Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. 2. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 10 days after the date o� Qwner-Contractor Agreement. 3. Format — Use the schedule of prices in the Bid Proposal. Shaw the cost breakdown for each lump-sum item. The lump-sum breakdown shall, at a minirnum, use the Table of Contents of this rnanual outline. Identify each line item with the number and title of the major Specification 5ection. Identify site mobilization and demobilization, bonds and insurance, 03720-D37-01 O1 �90-1 SCHEDULI=. �F VALUES Record Drawings, photographs, and operations and maintenance manuals, etc. 4. �'or unit cost allowances, identify quantities taken from the Cont.ract Docurnents multiplied by the unit cost ta achieve the total for Che itein. 5. Include within each line item a direct proportional amount of the Contractor's overh�ad and profit. G. l�evise the schedule to list approved Change Orders with each Application for Payment. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALJ'I'Y ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 'VVARRANTIES (NOT USED) A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditipns, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DE.I�NERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 �or storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALiFiCAT:CONS (N�T USED) 1.10 CASH ALLOWANCES A. Costs Included in Allowances — The cost of the product to the Contractor or subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts and applicable taxes. B. Costs Not Included in the Allowance, But Tncluded in the Contract Price — Product handling at the site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage; protection of products from elements and from damage and labor for installation and �nishing. C. Contractar Responsibilities: l. Execute purchase agreement with designated supplier. 03720-037-D1 01290-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 2 3 Arrange for and process shop drawings, product data, and samples. Arrange for delivery. Promptly inspect products upon delivery for completeness, damage, and defects. Submit claims for transportation damage. D. Differences between allowance amounts and actual costs will be adjusted by Change Urder before final payment. E. Cash Allowances Schedule - None PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) ID��I�T�7�.9X��[�]►1 03720.037-01 01290-3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES SECTiON 01300 CONTRACT ADMINIS'IRATION PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section sets forth some af the general project requirernents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with revised progress schedul�s with each Application for PaymenC rn addition to the number required by the Owner. B. The Contractor sha11 furnish the Engineer with required photographs to accompany each Application for Payment. C. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with five copies of Che Application for Payment. D. At Contract closeout, the Contractor shall transmit Record Documents and sarnples with cover letter to the Engineer listing the following: l.. Date. 2. Proj�ct title and number. 3. Cantractor's name, address, and telephone number. �. Number and title of each Record Dacument. 5. Signature af Contractor or authorized representative. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES /:� Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 03720-037-01 CON'fRAC'1' AUMINISTRATION 01300-1 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' � � A. The Contractor shall adlaere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protectin� the items specifed in this Section. � 1.09 QUAX,]FiCATIONS (NQT USED) ] .10 FORMAT A. The Contractor shall prepare sehedules as a time scale logic diagram and bar chart unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Each major and minor portion o�F work or operation shall be clearly identi .fied and tied by logical sequence to the shap drawing schedule and schedule of values. All schedules shall be prepared and submitted on l l-inch-by-l7-inch paper. l .l 1 SCNE.DULE CONTENTJ A. Th� Contractor shall show the complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of elcla element of construcCion and provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule. Schedules shall also show accumulated percentage of completion of each item and total percentage of work compl�ted as ol�the f7rst day of each rnonih. 1.12 REViSiONS TO SCHE.DULES A. The C�ntractor shall indicate the progress of each activity to the date of submittal and the projected completion date of each activity. Revised schedules shall identify activities modified since pr�vious submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. The Co.ntractor shall also provide a narrative report to define problem areas, antrcipated delays, and impact on schedule_ The Contractor shaJl also report corrective action taken or propos�d and its effect, including the effect of schedule changes on other contractors. 1.13 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Owner and Engineer will organize and conduct progress meeting at least once a month to discuss the progress of the Work. The Contractor and any subcontractors the Contractor deems necessary shall attend these meetings. At the Engineer's discretion, the frequency of Che meetings may be inereased if the progress of the Work is nat satisfactory or if coordination problems should arise. 03720-037-01 CON'fRACT Al]MINISTAATION 01300-2 � ' 1 � � � � ' � � � ' , ' � � � 1 1.14 RECO.RD DOCUMENTS This article details the Contractor's minimum requirements for rnaintenance and recording of record documents as specifed in the General Conditions. A. Maintenance: The Contractor shall label and tile record documents and samples in accordance with the corresponding Specification Section nurnber_ Each document shall be labeled "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. Record documents shall be maintained in a clean, dry, and legible conditi�m. Record documents shall not be used for construction purposes. 1:3 Recording: The Contractor shall record construction information: 1. Record and update daily Record information from field notes and on set of opaque drawings provided by the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2 3 Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. Record information concurrenCly (daily) with construction progress. Work shall not be concealed until required information is recorded. 4. CAD Requirements for Record Drawings: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a complete set of Record Drawings in the latest version of AutoCAD format upon completion of the Work. Na additional compensation will be allowed for the Contractor to provide the Record Drawings. The ConCractor shall use the AutoCAD drawings furnished by the EnginEer for this purpose. Record Drawings must be submitted in the AutoCAD format of the contract drawings. No other CAD software or format will be accepted. It is Contractor's sole respansibility to ensure tl�at the Record Drawings conform to the following CAD requirements: a. Drawings shall be submitCed ta the Engineer on CD. Each CU shall be clearly labeled with the appropriate project number, client name, date, and file names included on each CD. If files are compressed, a description of the compression software must be included along with a copy of the appropriate uncompressing soflware. b. All changes to drawings must be done in accardance with the appropriate scale of the drawing revised and shall be delineated by placing a"cloud" around the areas revised and adding a revision triangle indicating the appropriate revision number. 03720-037-01 � 013D0-3 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION c. Fach drawing must have the .revision block completed to indicate the revision number, date, and initials of the person �•evising the drawing. The description of the revision must say "Record Drawing." This procedure must be followed for every drawing even when no changes are inade to the drawing. d_ All revisions to drawrngs must be put on separate ]ayers with the layer names prefixed Record followed by the appropriate existing layer name. The colors and line types of the appropriate existing layers shall be adhered to when creating new .layers. e. The Contractor shall supply on� full set of Record Drawings on reproducible black line prints and five fu11 sets of opaque copies. 5. Record Drawings: The Construction Drawings shall be marked to reflect the following: a. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of undergraund utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. b. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construcCion, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. c. Field changes of dimension and detail. d. Changes made by modifications. e. Details not on original Construclion Drawings. PART 2 P:RODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTTON [e��jtef�►l�e7:��1 A. 'fhe Contractor shall employ a competent photographer to take construction record photographs during the Work. 3.02 REQUI.RED PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide phatographs of at least 36 views of the Project site taken before any construction and 24 views before each scheduled Application for Payment. 0372D-037-01 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION 01300-4 B. Provide up to 36 additional photographs of views randomly selected by the Qwner's and the Cantractor's representative taken before any construction and before each scheduled Application for Payment. Provide one print, 4-inch-x-5- inch, color, double-weight paper, smooth �lossy finish of each photograph and a CD of all pictures. C. In addition ta other photos, a narrated video, digital format, recording of at least I hour shall be taken before construction and at the time of Substantial Completian. D. In addition to the photos accornpanyin�, the Application for Payment, the Contractor shall provide photo�raphs to be taken for unusual conditions during construction. The photographs shall show pertinent physical features of construction. One 4-inch-x-5-inch prints and a CD of all pictures shall be submitted. E All prints shall be captioned on the face of the print with the Project name and number, date, and pertinent information describing the view. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 CnNTRACT ADMINISTAAT70N 01300.5 SECTION 0] 3 I Q CONSTRUCTION COO.RD.INATinN PARTI GENERAL 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Cantractor shall coordinate Work with that of other consCruction projects as needed. B. Before starting Work and from time to time as the Work progresses, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall examine the work and materials installed by others as it applies to its own work and shall notify the Engineer immediately in writing if any conditions exist which will prevent satisfactory results in the installation of the system. Should the Contractor or subcontractor starC work without such notification, it si�al) be construed as an acceptance of all claims or questions as to the suitability of the work of others to receive its Work. The Contractor shall remove and/or replace, at its own expense, all work under this Contract which may have to be removed cm account of such defects or o�nissions. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Secti�n O 1000, Project .Requirements. Section 01300, Contract Adminiscration. Section O1770, Project Close-out. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. The Contractor shall ensure that all drawing, product data, and samples comply with Contract Documents and field dimensions and clearances. B. The Contractor shall submit requests for interpretation of Contract Documents in a timely fashion to ensure there are no disruptions with the Work as scheduled. Obtain instructions through the Engineer to resolve all queries. C. Process requests far substitutions and Chan�e Orders through the Engineer. D. Deliver close-out submittals to the Engineer. 03720-037-01 01310-] CONSTRUCTION COORDINA'1'iUN 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Contractor shall submit a preliminaly .Pro�ress Schedule, in accordance with S�etion Q] 320, to the En�ineer. After review the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the Progress Schedule to comply with .requested revisions. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUAL.T"J'Y ASSURANCE (NOT USED) I.Q7 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary CondiCians, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELNERY, HAN:pLING, AND STORAGE A. The Contractar shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 CONSTRUCTION MOB:I.:L17A,TION The Contractor shall do the following: A. Cooperate with the Owner in allocating mobilization areas on site for field offices and sheds, access, traffic, and parkrng facilities. During construction, the Contractor shall coordinaCe the use of the site and facilities through the �ngineer. B. Comply with the Engineer's procedures for intra-project communications: submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordinatian drawings, recommendations, and resolution of ambiguities/conflicts. C. Comply with the Engineer's instructions for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. D. Coordinate field Engineering and layout work under instructions of the Engineer. E. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of Contract Documents to ensure the efficient and orderly sequence of installation of cansCruction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. 03720.037-0] 01310-2 CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION F. Coordinate the sec]uence of Work to accommodate the Owner occupancy as specified in the Contract Dacuments. G. In addition to Progress Meetings specified in Section 01300, hold pre-construction conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to ensure coordination of Work. The Engineer shall be informed of such aneetings and shall be allowed to �tttend. H. Coordinate the Work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing equipment, connecting equipment, and placing such equipment in service. I. Coordinate the use ofproject space and the sequence ofinstalling civil, architectural, mechanical, structural, instrumentation, systems, and electrical work. Follow practicable routings for pipes, ducts, and conduits, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building_ iJse space efficiently to maximize accessibility for othei• instalJations, maintenance, and repairs. :I_ K. Coordinate Work at existing facilities to minimize disruption of the Owner's operations. Assemble and coordinate close-out submittals specified in Section 01770, Project Closeout. ] ..l 1 C�ORDiNATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall provide information required by the Engineer for pre�aring coordination drawings. B. The Contractor shall review drawings before submitting them to the Engineer. 1.12 CLOSE-OUT PROC�DURES The Contractor shall do the following: n : Notify the Owner when Work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. Comply with the Owner's instructions to correct items of Work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion. C. Notify the Qwner when Work has reached Final Completion. D. Comply with the Owner's instructions for completing items of Work found incomplete in the Engineer's final inspection. E. Comply with Section 01770, Project Closeout. 03720-037-01 01310.3 CONSTRUCTtON COc7Rb1NATION PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL - All vehicles on the property or easement must be operative. All personnel on the property or the easernent are to be informed of line voltage and necessary changes. [e�13r��y1111��1�t.� A. The Contractor shall coordinate the activities of all utility companies with equipment in the construction area with the ContracCor's and Subcontractor's Work. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCH:I.NG A No cutting and patching of new Work will be accepted. All Work must be new and continuous in its final form. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 01310-4 CONSTRCJC'1'lON CUORDINA7-ION � �I ' r � ' � 1 ' sECT�oN o»�o SUSMITTAL,S AND ACCEF'TANCE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall submit documentation that describes the Work to be performed under the Contract as required in this Section. This dpcumentation will be for the Engineer and Owner's review and use. The documentation furnished by the Contractor must enable the Engineer and Owner to verify the Contractor's performance and compliance with Contract requirements. The documentation shall cover all services and deliverables required and secured bythe Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. 7�he Contractor shall prepare documentation and submittals required by other sections , of the Contract. The format of documents and submittals required by other sections shall conform to the requirements oFthis Section. 1 ' � ��I ' �� ' 1. Section lil, General Cc�nditions 2. Section 01820, Training. 3. Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 4. All Sections and Divisions that r�quire submittal of documents. 1.03 SUSMITTALS A General---The Contractor shall submit the follawing: 1. Project documentation: For the Engineer and Owner's internal use and shall include all information that will be essential for the facility's operations, maintenance, training, and repair of equipment and facilities supplied by che Contractar. The Contractor shall submit all documentation necessary to ascertain campliance with technical/contractual provisions. 2. Shop drawings: Drawings, schedules, diagrams, warrant, and other data prepared specifically for this Contract by the Contractor or through the Contractor by way of subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributar, or other lower-tier contractor to illustrate a portion of the Work. 3. Product data: Preprinted materials such as illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, manufacturer's 03720-037-01 ' 0133a1 SlIBM1TTALS AND ACCEPTANCE descriptive literature, catalog data, and other data to illustrate a portion of the Work, but not prepared eYClusively for this Contract. 4. Samples: Physical examples ofproducts, materials, equipment, assemblies, or workmanship that are physically identical to portions ofthe Work, illustrating portions of work, or establishing standards for evaluating appearance of finished work ar both. 5. Administrative submittals: Data presented for reviews and acceptance to ensure that administrative requirements of the project are adequately met but not to ensure directly that work is in accordance with the design concept and in compliance with Contract .Documents. 5. Mockups: Sefore installing work requiring mockups, the Contractor shall build mockups for each form of construction and :Fnish required using materials indicated for the completed Work, as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. B. Coordination Build mockups in the locatipn and of the size directed by the Engineer. Notify the Engineer 7 days in advance of dates and times when mackups will be constructed. Demonstrate the proposed ran�e of aesthetic effects and workmanship. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed candition as a sCandard for judging the completed Work. Demolish and remove ►nockups when directed by the Engineer. Submittals and schedules sha.11 be checked and coordinated with the Work of all trades involved before they are submitted and shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval as evidence ofsuch checking and coordination. Drawings or schedules submitted without this stamp of approval shall be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. C. Start of Work Within 30 calendar days after the notice to proceed for the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Contract Data Requirements LisC that de.frnes all data to be submitted under this Contract. included in this list shall be the names of all U3720-037-01 SUBMITTAI.S AN.D ACCF..PTANCE U 1330-2 , ' ' � ' �� _� ' l .J I� __� � ' ' ' � � � � � proposed manufacturers furnishing specified items to the extent known. Review of� this list by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the Contractor from providing materials, equipment, systems, and structures fully in accordance with the Specifications. General Requirements The Contractor shall prepare, assemble, and submit all documents as described herein. The Contractor shal l submil certification that the documents prepared conform to the Contract requirements and will result in a camplete and operable project. The �ngineer and Owner shall review the Contractor's documents for canformance to the Contract requirements and may comment on the documents. 2. The Contractor shall approve and certify all project documents. The Contractor's failure to certify the documents or failure to provide documents that demonstrate conformance to the C�ntract requirements are grounds i-or rejection. The Contractor shall be resp�nsible far and bear all costs for proceeding with any part of the Work that fails to meet the Contract reyuirements. 3. SubmiCtal of documents for the Engineer's revier�v shal I in no way relieve the Contractor of full respansibility for providing a cornplete, safe, reliable, operating, and coordinated Work (sysCem/equipment/f`acilities) that is in compliance with these Contract documents. E. Requests for Substitution: All requests for substitution shall clearly and specifically indicate any and all differences or omissians between the products specified as basis of design and the product proposed far substitution. Data shall include but not be limited to differences as follows for both the specified and substituted products: F I . Principle of operatian. 2. Materials of�constructian or finishes. 3. Thickness or gauge of materials. 4. Weight of item. 5. Deleted features or items. 6. Added features or items. 7. Changes in other work caused by the substitution. $. ifthe substitution contains differences or omissions not specifically called to the attention of the Engineer, the Engineer reserves the right to require equal or similar features to be added to the substituted product at the Contractor's expense. Submittal Requirements and Procedures 0372(�037-01 ' 01330-3 Sl1BM1TTALS AND ACCEPTANCE Drawing Formats and Requirements a. Drawings----All Drawings and Shop Drawings shall be prepared on 22-x-34-inch paper and shall have a blank area of 3 x 4 inches in the lower right hand corner above the title block. Each Drawing shall indicate the following information in ihe title block: (1) Titl� and Drawing Number. (2) DaCe of Drawing or Revision. (3) Name of Building pr Facility. (4) Name of Contractor or subcontractor. (S) Drawing contents and locations. (6) Specification Section and Subsection Numbers. l�. Required Copies - All drawings submitted shall have a minimum of ei�ht copies distributed in the following way: (1) 2—Owner (2) 4—Jones Edmunds (3) 2—Returned. 2. Product Data a. Reyuirements—Product data shall include all catalog cuts, performance surveys, cest reports, equipment lists, materral lists, diagrams, pictures, and descriptive material. All product data shall be submitted on either S.5 x 1 l inches or folded 11 x 17 inches size paper of 20 Ib. (9.072 kg) weight. The submittal informatic�n shall shaw the standard and optional product features, as well as all performance data and specifications. The manufacturer's recommendation for special tools shall be supplied. 3. Samples----The Contractor shall furnish samples required by the Contract Documents, for review by the En�ineer. Samples shall be delivered to the Engineer as specified or directed. a. All samples shall be of suf#icient size and quantity to illustrate clearly the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. The samples shall show the full range of color, texture, and pattern. 03720-037-01 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE O l 330-4 b. The Contractor shall submit a minimum of four samples of it�rns submitted. All samples shall be marked with required submittal information, as specified above. 4. Color, Texture, and Pattern Charts 5 C7 a. The Contractor shall submit color, texture, or pattern charts of all required finishes. b. A minimum of four charts of each item shall be submitted. Submittal Information Requirements a. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "Submittal Information" shall be considered to mean the following information at a minimum: b c. (1) Contract Name. (2) Contract Number. (3) Location within Facility. (4) Date Submitted. Drawings—The Cantractor shall mark submittal information on all Drawings in the left half of the 4-x-3-inch block as described abave. Product .Data and Manufacturer's Literature The Contractor shall mark all product data and manufacCurer's literature with submittal information and note which item is being furnished. The Contractor shall mark the option and supplies Co bc furnished with the item. At least one original manufacturer pr�duct data sheet must be submitted; Che balance can be copied. Do not submit the manufacturer's general catalog: submit only items being installed or delivered. When manuals are being submitted, the Contractor shall mark submittal infortnation on both the cover and title page_ if manuals being submitted contain more than just one item, each item must be marked and only Contract name and number is to be marked on the cover and title page. Training, Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and acceptance of manufacturer's installation, aperations, lubrication, maintenance, and training manuals for all equipment installed or delivered under this Cantract. All 03720-037-01 SUBMITTALS AND ACCFP"CANCE 0133a5 G manuals shall have submittal information marked on the front cover, title page, and three places inside the manual. If the manual being submitted is for difFerent components, mark the front cover and title page only. Each component section musC be marked with the Speci.fication Section and subsection numbers. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall conform to requirements definEd in Sections 01830, Operations and MainCenance Manual, and O] 820, Trainin�. Required Submittals Architectural and Structural Submittals This Section specifies general procedural requirements for contractual submittals for the following architectural and sCructural scl�edules, product data, samples, and manu�acturer's certiticates. a. Product Data - The Contractor shall provide product data for all architectural and structural atems, options, and other data and provide suppJemental manufacturer's standard data for information uniyue to the Work and installation. The submittals shall ref7ect all items delivered or installed under chis Contract. b. c Samples — The Contractor shall provide all samples r�quired under this Specification includin� color charts and product samples. Material, et�uipment, and installation and demolition SpecifcaCions. 2. Mechanical and Electrical System Submittals This SecCion specit7es general procedural requirements for mechanical schedules, performance data, control diagrams, and other submittal data. The Contractor shall submit the following: a l:a Performance Data. Power and Riser Diagrams - Single line riser, power diagrams, and all conduit runs shall be provided for all equipment and facilities. c. Wiring Diagrams - Elementary controls diagrams and separate wiri.ng diagt-ams for mechanical and electrical unit/subsystem. Drawing for starting and shutdown of equipment including controls shall be provided, including a comprehensive description oioperation. 03720-037-01 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE 0133D-6 , ' , , � � 1 � i � li � 1 1 ' � r 1 ' 1 1:1 , d. Finished Data - Complete surface preparation and finished data foi• all mechanical and electrical unit/subsystems shall be provided, including a complete list of cleaning instructions. e. Factory Testing - Detailed description of factory testing procedures, reporting pracedures and criteria for test passing or failing shall be provided for a11 mechanical and electrical units/subsystems. "T'esCing shall comply with the General Requirements and T`echnical Requirements Sections. f. Site (Field) Testing and Acceptance - Detailed description of site testing and acceptance tests including descriptions of procedures, testing equipment, reporting procedures, and criteria for passing or failing tests shall be provided for all mechanical and electrical units/subsystems. Testing shall comply with General Requirements and Technical Requirements. g. Factory Test Report - After fabrication and testing, the Contractor shal I submit the results of tests. No shipment of any mechanical and electrical unit/subsystem shall be allowed withouC the written certification from the Contractor that the equipment conforms to the Contract requirements. h. Site Test and Acceptance Report - Site test and acceptance reports shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer. i. Operations artd Maintenance Manuals - The Contractor shall furnish manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment specified under this Contract. Each manual shall include the following at a minimum: (1) Description of equipment. (2) Record shop drawing. (3) Uperation and maintenance instructions. (4) Part lists. (S) Equipment ratings. (6) Valve list. (7) Lubrication instructions. Compliance with this Section does nat relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. Submittal Review D3720.037-0 l ' 01330-7 SUSMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE 1.04 1�17.7 The Engineer's review of the Contractor's documenCs shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for meeting all of the requirements of the Contract nor ofthe responsibility for correcting the documents furnrshed. �"he Cont.ractor shall have no claim for additional cost or extension in time because of deJays due to revisions ofthe documents that may be necessary for ensuring coanpliance with the Contract. 2. The Engineer will review a submittal or re-suhmittal once, after which the cost of review shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of �ngineering shall be equal to the Engineer's full cost. ' � ' � L_ � � 3. No partial submittals will be revrewed. A submittal or re-subrnittal not complete will be returned to the Contractor for completing and re-submittal. � 4. Documents submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer will be returned bearing a project-specific stamp bearing the dated si�nature of the reviewer and one of four boxes checked: a. NO EXCEPTiONS N�TED--This indicates that the submittal appears to be in compliance with the requ.irements ofthe perfarmance specifications and that the Vl/ork may proc�ed. b. MAKE CORRECTIQNS NOTED--This indicates that the reviewer has added a minor correction to the submission and that the Work (modifred in accordance with the correcCion comment) may proceed. The Contractor shall accept the responsibility of the modified document and resulting Work with no additional compensation. c. AMEND AND RESUBMIT—This indicates that the submittal will require Contractor modifications based on the reviewer's comments that accompanred the returned submittal. The Contractor will be cautioned that work may not proceed under this review status. d. REJECTED - This indicates that the submitta] is not in conformance with the requirements afthe performance Speci.fications arad cannot be modified to gain cornpliance. A new submittal will be reyuired in the instance of a"reject" status and the Contractor wil] be cautioned that work may not proceed under this condition. WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 03720-037-0] SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE 01330-8 ' 1 , l .06 QiJALITY ASSURANCE (NUT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES 1 A_ Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section O1780, WarranCies and Bonds. il.08 DELiVERY, STO.RAGE, AND HANDLING ' �-1 ' ' A. The Cont.racCor shall adhere ta the requirements specified in Section O] 650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIF.ICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) Pt1RT 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Before submitting documents for the �ngineer's review, the Contractor shall review the � documentation for confo��rnance to the Contract rcquirements. Submittals shall be complete and comprise a logical division ofthe Contract Wark. 1 � ' , ' � ' ' B. All documentation submitted by the Contractor to th� Engineer shall be accompanied by a letter oftransmittal and shall be submitted in a sequence that allows the Engineer to have all of the information necessary for checking and accepting a particular document at the time of submittal. C. Each document shall be identified by a document number, Contract number, ConCract name, location, Specifcation Section, subsection numbr:rs, and submittal date. Where a manual/drawing is revised to reflect a change in design or a change for any other reason, each such revision shall be shown by a revision number, date, and sabject in a revision block. Indication ofofficial approval by the Contractor's Project Manager shall also be included. To permit rapid location of the revision, additional notation shall be made in the manual opposite the line or area where the change was made and identifr�d by the corresponding revision number. 3.02 DOCUMENTATION CONTROL AND SUBMITTAL SEQUENCING A. 7�he Contract Data Requirements List shall be updated and resubmitted to the Engineer monthly, throughout the duration of the Contract. This list shall identify the Contractor's submittal number, proposed and actual submittal date, Contract Specification Section Number, Paragraph, ltem of the Work, and type of document. 03720.037-D 1 , 01330.9 SUBMITTALS ANb ACCEPTANCE B. The Contractor shall work with the En�ineer to provide a regulated flow of submittals that allows the E.ngineer to review the submittals in the detined time frame without undue delays. Monthly the Con.tractor shall provide the Engineer a schedule of the approximate quantities and delivery dates for all submittals due fqr the next l 20 days. 3.03 FTNAL RECORI7 DRAWTNGS �Revise accnrrlin� ta owner reguirement�j A. The Contractor shall submit the Final Record Drawing Package to the Engineer for revrew 60 days before Final Completion. The Contractor shall be provided wrth CADD files, AutoCAD Versian 2008. Final Record Drawings shall be printed on 22 x 34 inch sheets and on CDs, AutoCAD Version 2008. 3.04 REQUiREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL A. Additional doc�Xments, drawin�s, interface data, and other pertinent project submittal data are listed in specific sections of this Cantract. 3.05 RECORD PRINTS A. The Contractar shall submit one set of all record prints before final completion. The record print or project records shall include submittals, catalog cuts, drawings, calculations, test reports, manufacturer's data, maintenance manuals, installation instructions, and operating manuals. All "record prints" shall be delivered to the Engineer i.n three-ring binders with dividers and shall be placed in order by Specification Section. END OF SECTiON 03720-U37-Ol SUBMITTALS ANI7 ACCEPTANC� 01330-] 0 1 1 1 , ' ' �� ' 1 1 , ' � SECTION 01350 �,NVIRONMENTAL PROTECTI�N I'RQCEDURES PA.RT I GCNERAL ] .O1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment and performing all work required for the prevention af environmental polluNan in conformance with applicable laws and regulations during and as the result of construction operations under this Contract. In this 5ection environmental pollulion is defned as the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare, unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life, affect ather species of importance to man, or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic and/or recreatianal purposes. B. The control of environmental pollution requires considering air, water, and land and involves managing noise and solid waste as well as other pollutants. C. 'I'he Contractor shall schedule and conduct all work in a manner that will minimize the erosion of sails in the area of Che Work. The Contractor shall provide erosion-control measures such as diversion channels, sedimentation or filtration systems, berms, staked hay bales, seeding, mulching or other special surface treatments that are required to prevent silting and muddying of streams, rivers, impoundments, lakes, etc. All erosion-control measures shall be in place in an area before any construction activity in that area. Specific requirements for erosion and sedimentation controls are specified in Section 02370. D. This Section is intended to ensure that construction is achieved with a minimum of disCurbance to the existing ecological balance between a water resource and its surroundings. These are general guidelines. It is the Cnntractor's responsibility to determine the speci�c construction techniques to me�t these guidelines. ' E. All phases of sedimentation and erosion control shall comply with and be subjec[ ta the laws of the State of Florida and the Project Environmental .Resource Permit. The ContracCor shall prepare a sedimentation and erosion-control drawing ' meeting the requirements of the law and furnish two copies of the approved Drawing to the Engineer. , 1.02 RELATED WORK ' � Section 01 100, Summary of Work. 0372Q037-01 01350-1 FNVIRONMENTALPROTECTiON PROCEDURES ' B. Section 02230, Site Preparation. C. Section 02370, Erosion and Sedimentataon Controls. I .U3 SUSMITTALS (N07� USED) l .04 WORK SEQUENCE �. Before beginning the Work, the Contractor shall meet with the Engincer Co establish agreed-upon compliance with these provisions and administration of the environrnental pollution control pragram. B. The Contractor shall remove temporary environmental control featur-es when approved by the En�ineer and incorporate permanent control features into the project at the earliest practicable time. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specificatiott Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part pf this Section. Where this Section daffiers fram these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. B. The Contractor shall camply with all applicable T'ederal, State, and local laws and regulations concerning environmental pollution control and abatement. 1.06 QLIALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified rn Section 01650 for storing and protecting the iterns specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICA'TI.ONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUT.ION 03720.037-01 D1350-2 ENVIRQNMEN'fAI.. PROTECTION PROCEDURES �J �� ' —� �J 1 ' �J L. 1 � L� ' 1 ' 1 1 � , ' 3.O1 ER�SrON CONTROL A. The Contractor shall pmvide positive means oi' er�sion control such as shallc�w ditches ar�and construction to carry off surface water. Erosion-control measures, such as siltation basins, hay check dams, mulching, jute netting, and other equivalent techniyues shall be used as appropriate. Surface water shall be prevented from flowing into excavated areas. Ditches shall be used around the construction area to carry away water resulting from dewatering excavated areas. At Che completion of the Work, ditches shall be backtilled and the ground surf`ace restored to its original condition. 3.02 PROTECTION O�' STREAMS AND SURFACE WATERS A. Care shall be taken to prevent or reduce to a minimum any damagt to any stream or surface water from pollution by debris, sediment, or other material �r frorn the manipulation of equipment and/or materials in or near such streams. Water that has been used for washing or processing or that contains oils or sediments that will reduce the quality of the water in the stream shall not be directly returned to the stream. Such waters shall be diverted through a sc:ttling basin or flter before bein� directed into streams or surface waters. B. The Contractor shall not discharge water from dewatering operations directly into any live or intermittent stream, channel, wetlands, surface water, or any storm sewer. Water from dewatering operations shall be treated by filtration, settling basins, or other approved method to reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water to allowable levels. C. All preventative measures shall be taken to avoid spillage of petraleum products and other pollutants. In the event of any spillage, prompt remedial action shall be taken in accardance with a contingency action plan approved by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection and the US EPA_ The Contractor shall submit two copies of approved contingency plans to the Engineer. D. Water being flushed from structures or pipelines after disinfection with Clz shall be treated with a dechlorination solution appraved by the Engineer before discharge. 03720-D37-D1 D13S0-3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROT'ECT]ON P.AOCEDUTtES ' 3.03 PROTECTION OF LAND ,RESOURCES A. After completion of construction, the Contractor shall restore land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work to a condition that will appear to be natural and not detract from the appearance of the project. All canstruction activities shall be confined to areas show.n on the Drawings. F3. Outside of areas requirin� earthwork for the construction of the new facilities, the Contractor shalJ not deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs nor remove or cut them without prior approval. No ropes, cabl�s, or guys shall be fastened to or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the .kngineer. Where such special emergency use is permitted, the Contractor shall tirst wrap the trunk with a sufficient thickness of burlap or rags over which softwood cleats shall be tied before any rope, cable, or wire is placed. "I�he Contractor shall in any event be responsible for any damag� resulting :from such use. C. "I�he Contractor shall protect trees that may possibly be defaced, bruised, injured, or otherwise damaged by the construction equipmenC, dumping, or other operations by placing boards, planks, or poles around them. Monume.nCs and markers shall be protected similarly. D. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original candition. The Owner will decide the method of restoration to be used and whether damaged trees shall be treated and healed or removed and disposed of. All scars made on trees by eyuipment, construction operations, or by the removal of limbs larger than 1 inch in diameter shall be co�ted as soon as possible with an approved tree waund dressing. All trimming or prunin� shall be performed in an approved manner by experienced workmen with saws or prunirag shears. Tree trimming with axes will not be permitted. 2. Climbing ropes shall be used where necessary far safety. Trees that are to remain, either within or outside established clearing limits, that are subsequently damaged by the Contractor and, in the opinion of the Owner, are beyond saving shall be immediately removed and replaced. E. The Contractor's storage and other construction buildings required temporarily in the performance of the work shall be located in cleared portions of the job site or areas to be cleared as shown on the Drawings and approved by the Engineer and shall not be within wetlands or floodplains. Preserving the landscape shall be 0372D-p37-01 01350-4 ENVIRQNMENTAL PRO"fECT10N P1ZpCEDUitES ' ' � ' ' ' � � ' � ' ' � ' ' 1 � , required in the selection of all sites and in the construction of buildings. Drawings showing storage facilities shall be submitted for the �ngineer's approval. F. If the Contractor proposes to construct temporary roads or embankments and excavations for plant and/or work areas, the Contractor shall submit the fallowing for approval at least 10 days before the scheduled start oF such temporary work: � 2 3 A layout of all temporary roads, excavaCitms, ernbankments, and drainage to be constructed within the work area. Details of temporary road construction. Drawings and cross sections of proposed embankments and their foundations, including a description of proposed materials. 4. Landscaping drawings showing the proposed restoration of the area. The proposed remaval of any trees and shrubs outside the limits of the existing clearing area must be indicated. Locations of guard posts or barriers required to control vehicular traffic and protect trees and shrubs to be maintained undamaged must also be indicated. The drawings shall provide for the obliteration of canstruction sca�•s as such and shall pravide for a natural appearing final condition of the area. Modification of the Contractor's approved drawings shall be made only with the written approval of the Engineer. No unauthorized road construction, excavation, or embankment construction including disposal areas will be permitted. G. The Contractor shall remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary strucCures, stockpiles of excess waste materials, ar any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. lt is anticipated that excavation, filling, and plowin� of� roadways will be required to restore the area to near natural conditions which will permit the growth af vegetation the roadway areas. The disturbed areas shall be prepared and seeded as approved by the Engineer or Uwner. H. Al1 debris and excess material wi1) be disposed of outside wetland or tloodplain areas in an environmentally sound manner. 3.04 PROTECTiON OF AIR QUALITY A. : Burning—Burning will not be permitted at the project site for the disposal �f refuse and debris. Dust Control—The Contractor shall maintain all excavations, embankment, stockpiles, access roads, plant sites, waste areas, borraw areas, and all other work 03720-037-0] 01350.5 ENVTRUNMENTAL YROTECTION PROCEDURFS � areas within or outside the project boundaries free from dust which could cause the standards for air pollution to be exceeded and which would cause a hazard or nuisance to others. C. An approved method of sCabilization consisting of sprinkling or othe.r similar methods will be permitted to control dust. �'he use of petroleum praduces is p.rohibited. The use of chlorides may be permitted wiCh approval from the En�ineer•. . D. To be approved, sprinklin� must be repeated at such intervals as to keep all parts of the disturbed area at least damp at al] times, and the Contractar s}aall have sufficient competent equipment on the job to accomplish this. Dust control shall be performed as the Work proceeds and whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs, as determined by the Owner. 3.05 NOISE CON"I'ROL A. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize noises caused by the construction operations. Equipment shall be equipped with silencers or mufflers designed to operate with the leasC possible noise in compliance with l�ed�ral and State regulations. 3.06 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTiON-CONTROL FACILITIES DURING CONS"CRUCTION �. Durin� the life of this Contract, the Contractor shall maintain all facilities constructed for pollution control as long as the operations creating the particular pollutant are being carried out or unCi1 the material concerned has become stabilized to the extent that pollution is no longer being created. EN:D OF SECTiON 03720-037-01 01350-6 ENVIIZONMEN"CAL PROT�C7'lON PROC�DURES sECTroN oi3ss SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELATED WORK A. This Section specifies general work requirements related to the products and execution services included elsewhere in the Contract Documents: 1. Section 01350, Enviranmental Protection Pracedures. 2. Section Ol 600, Materials and Equipment. 3. Section 1] 00�, General Equipment Requirements. 4. Section ] 5105, Wall Pipes, Seep Rings, and Penetrations. 1.03 SUSM11"TALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALiTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. B. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents, all equipment supplied under these Specificatians shall be warranted by the Contractor and the equipment manufacturers for 1 year. The warranty period shall begin on the date of �wner acceptance. C. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced in the machine(s) and the unit(s) restored to service at no expense to the Owner. 0372D-037-01 01355-1 SPECIAL PROVISipNS f�li: 1' [�1; D. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor's warranty or �uarantee period. No exception to this provision shall be allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining equipment warranties in accordance with Section 01780 frorn each of the respective suppliers or manufacturers for all the equipment specified under Divisions 1 1, 13, 14, 15, and 16. E. If the manufacturer is unwilling ta provide a 1-year warranty beginning at the time of Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer a 2-year warranty starting at the time of equipment delivery to the job site. This 2-year warranty shall not relieve the Contractor of the I-year warranty starting af the time of Owner acceptance of the equipment. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING � � � � � � � A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirernents specified in Sectio❑ 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. � QUALIFiCAT1UNS (NOT USED) INSTALLATION OF EQUI.PMENT A. The Contractor shall take special care to ensure proper alignment of all equipment with particular reference to the pumps and electric drives. The units shall be carefully aligned an their ;toundations by qualified mil]wrights after the units' sale plates have bc:en shimmed to true ali�nment at the anchor bolts. The anchor balts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened against the shims. Afier the Engineer has approved the foundatipn alignments, the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be securely bolted in place. The Contractor shall further check the align►nent of the equipment after it is secured to the foundations and, after all alignments are conforrned, shal] finally grout the sole plates in place. The Contractor shall be responsible for the exact alignment of eyuipment with associated piping and under no circumstances will "pipe springing" be allowed. B. The Contractor shall furnish all wedbes, shims, filling pieces, keys, packing, grout, or other materials necessary to properly align, level, and secure apparatus in place. All parts intended td be plumb or level must be proven to be exactly so. The Contractor shall perform all �rinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after erection. 1.11 SLEEVES AND OPENiNGS A. The Contractor shall prov.ide al] openings, channels, chases, etc, in new construction and furnish and install anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in conerete, as required to complete the Work under this Contract. The Contractar 03720-037-01 O] 355-2 SPECIAL PRQVISiONS , � � � � � C� � � � � � � � � � shall perfann all cutting, coring, and rough and finish patching required in existing construction for the work of all trades. B. Subcontractors shall furnish all sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, etc, reyuired For the execution of their work. Before the work of the Contractor begins, the subcontractors shall be responsible for furnishing the Contractor with the above items and with templates, drawings, or written information covering chases, openings, etc, which they require and to follow up the work of the Contractor as it progresses, makin� sure that their drawings and written instructions arc: carried out. If the subcantractors fail to do this, they shall be responsible for the cost of any corrective measures that may be required to provide necessary openings, ete. If the Contractor fails to carry out the directions given him, coverirtg details and locations of openings, ete, he shall be responsible for any cutting and re�nishing required to make the necessary corrections. In no case shall beams, lintels, or other structural members be cut without the approval of the Engineer. I.12 GREASE, OIL, AND FU�L A. The Contractor shall furnish all grease, oil, and fiael required for testing eyuip.ment with the respective equipment. The Uwner shall be furnished with a year's supply of required lubricants including grease and oil of the type recommended by the manufacturer with each item of equipment supplied under Divisions I 1, 13, 15, and 16. 1. l 3 TOOLS A. The Contractor shall furnish any special tools (including grease guns or other lubricating devices) which may be necessary for the adjustment, operatian, and maintenance of any eyuipment with the respective equipment. B. TbO�S shall be furnished in heavy steel tool boxes complete with lock and duplicate keys. 1.:14 POWER SUPPLY f1. Unless otherwise specified, all motors 1/2 Hp and larger shall be designed for a power supply of 460 volts, three-phase, 60 Hz, and all motors l/3 Hp and smaller shall be designed for a power supply of 120 Volts, single phase, 60 Hz. 1.15 POWE.R FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS Is� All single- and multi-speed three-phase inductian motors 5 Hp and larger shall be furnished with factory-provided power factor correction capacitors. 03720-037-01 013553 SPECIAL PROV1SIpNS � B. Capacitors shall be sized by the manufacturers so that over voltage due to self excitation will be prevEnted and transient torques limited to normal values. Thc full-load power factor shall be corrected to not less than 0.95 where such carrection will not violate the provisions ofNEC Article 460. C. Capacitor enclosures shall be compatible with those specified �or their .respective motors, i.e. dust-tight for indoor instalJation in non-hazardous areas and weatherproof for outdoor installations. D. Capacitors shall be dry or oil insulated with integral fuse protection and discharge resistor. The insulating medium shall be non-flarnmable and meet U.S. Envirvnrne.ratal Protection Agency Standards. L. Capacitors shall be installed under T)ivision 16. 1.16 ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain coordination among all sectioras (windows, window walls, louvers, doors, and frames, etc) requiring PVF, PVC, or anodic coatings. All coatings shall match to the satisfaction of the Engineer with regard to color and texture. items rejecCed by the Engineer shall promptly be removed from the job site. 1.17 F'IPE M.ARKING A. Pipe marking is included in Division 9 under Painting and Coating, but it shall be the Contract�r's responsibility, as required by the Engineer, to help identify pipe contents, direction of flow, and all else required :For proper marking of prpc:. l .l 8 VAT,,V:E .I.DENTIFICATION A. The Contractor shall prepare a valve schedule for all valves required for the Work showing a number, the location, type, function, and normal operating posit.ion for each valve. The schedule shall be submitted to th� Engineer for approval not less than 120 days before start-up. The Contractor shall coordinate valve identificatron with Section 1 S 110, Manual, Check, and Process Valves. B. The Contractor shall furnish tags for all valves reyuired for the Work. Valve tags shall be 2-inch diameter, 19-gauge, brass or plastic, with brass hooks suitable for attaching the tag to the valve operator. Tags shall be stamped or etched with the valve number and t�e information on the valve schedule coded in a system provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall submit two samples of the type of 03720-037-01 01355-4 SPECIAI., PROVISIONS � � r � � � �� C_� �� 1 � C. tag proposed and the manulacturer's standard color chart and letter styles to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall install valve tags ��n all valves required for the Work. 1.19 NOiSE LIMITATIONS A. All equipment to be furnished under this Contract, unless specified otherwise in the Technical Specificatians, shall be designed ta ensure that the sound pressure level does not exceed 85 decibels over a frequency range of 37.8 to 9600 cycles per second at a distance of 3 t3 from any portion of the equipment, under any ]oad condition, when tested using standard equipment and methods. Noise levels shall include the noise from the mator. Mufflers or external baffles shall not be acceptable for reducing noise. Data on noise levels shall be included with the shop drawing submittal. 1.20 SPARE PARTS A. Where spare parts are specified in the Specification Sections, the Contractor shall furnish all spare parts recommended by the manufacturer or system supplier for ]. year of service. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish all spare parts itemized in each Section. B. The Contractor shall collect and stor� all spare parts in an area Co be designated by the Engineer and shall furnish the Engineer with an inventory listing all spare parts, the equipment they are associated with, the name and address of the supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivery cost. C. Spare parts shall be packed in cartons properly labeled with indelible markings with complete descriptive information, including manufacturer, part number, part name, and equipment for which the part is to be used and shall be properly treated f'or l year of storage. I .21 HURRICANE P.R.EPAREDNESS PLAN A. Within 30 calendar days of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a Hurricane Preparedness Plan to the Engineer and the Owner for approval. The Plan shall describe in detail the necessary measures that the Contractor will perfornn, at na additional costs to the Owner, in case of a hurricane warning. The Contractor shall revise the Plan as required by the Engineer and Owner. 03720-037-01 01355-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ' I .22 WEATHER PROTECTION A. In the event of inclement weather, the Contractor shall protect the Work and materials from damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any portion of the Work or materials has been dama�ed by reason of fai]ure on the part ofthe C�ntractor to protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced with new materials and Work to the satislaction of the Engineer. 1.23 PROVISIONS FOR CONTROL OF EROSION A. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions during construction to minimize the run-off of polluting substances such as silt, clay, fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, or other polluting materials harmful to humans, fish, or other life, into the supplies and surface waters ofthe State. Cont.rol measures must be ad�quate to ensure that turbrdity in the receiving water will not be increased more than l0 nephelometric Curb.idity units (NTU), or as otherwise required by the State or other controlling body, in water used for public water supply or fish unless limits have been established for the particular water. In surface water used For other purposes, the turbidity rnust not exceed 25 NTU unless oCherwise permitted. Special precautions shall be taken in the use of construction equipment to prevent operations that promote erosion. I.24 PROVISIONS FOR THE CONT:ROL OF DUST AND LITTER A. The Contractor shall take suffcient precautions during construction to minimize the amount of dust created. Wetting down the Site may be required or as dir�eted by the Engineer to prevent dust as a result of vehicular traffic. Control of blowing litCer caused by any regrading by the Contractor s.hall be the responsibiliCy of the Contractor. 1.25 ON-SITE STORAGE A. The Contractor should note that there may be special starage reyuirements and possible charges for noncompliance of on-site storage requirements for materials and equipment as specified in Section 01600. 1.26 ELECTRiCAL �'OWER AND TEST]NG EQUi.PMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish electric power and all equipment and tools required for testing equipment. The cost of this electric power, equipment, and tools shall be included in the prices quoted in the Bid Form. 03720-U37-Ol 01355-6 Sl'EC1AT, PROVISIONS 1 1 r i � .f u � r � r= � � r �. � � 1.27 PRQTECTION AGAINST EC,ECTROLYSIS A. Where dissimilar metals are used in conjunction with each other, the Contractor shall provide suitable insulati�n between adjoining surfaces to eliminate direct contacC and any resulting electrolysi5. The insulating material shall be biCUminous impregnated felt, heavy bituminous coatings, nonmetallic separators or washers, or ot.her approved materials. l.28 DAMAGE DUE TO HIGH WATE.R A. The Contractor will be responsible for all damage done to his work by heavy rains or floods and he shall take all reasonable precautions ta provide against damages by building such temporary dikes, channels, or shoring to carry off stormwater as the nature of the work may require. 1.29 EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS AND ACCIDENT REFORTS I:1 I:� C� �mergency phone numbers (fire, medical, police) shall be posted at lhe Contractor's phone and the phone's location be made known to all. Accidents shall be reported immediately to the �ngineer by messen�er or phone. The Contractor shall dacument all accidents and shall submit ta the Engineer a fully detailed written report about the accident after each accident. 1.30 ITEMS SPECIFI.ED ON DRAWINGS A. Items of material, equipment, machinery, and the like may be specified on the Drawings and not in the Specifications. The Contractor shall provide such items in accordance with the Specification on the Drawings. 1.31 D1SlNFECTION A. The Contractor shall clean, disinfect, and bacter.iologically test and clear, in accordance with Chapters 62-550, 62-555, and 62-560 of the Florida Administrative Code (FAC), all water supply facilities affected by this project which shall come into contact with raw water, water being treated, or treated water before placing the facility in operation. This shall apply to new facilities installed as well as to existin� facilities that are to be modrfied. B. The Contractor shall employ a disinfection method approved by the Engineer and � Owner and shall fully satisfy the �wner that adequate disinfection has been achieved before placirag a facility on-line. � D3720-U37-01 01355-7 SPEC]AL PROVISIONS � C. � I.. � The cost of all disinfection work shall be included .in the prices quoted in the Proposal. The Owner shall pay for all bacteriological clearance tests. � 1.32 SALVAGE A. Any existing equipment or material, including but not limited to valves, pipes, fittings, couplings, etc., which is removed or replaced as a result of construction under this p�•oject may be designated as salvage by the Engineer ar Owner and, if so, shall be excavaCed, ifnecessary, and shall be cleaned and stored on or adjacent to the Site in a protected place specified by the �ngineer or loaded onto trucks pravided by the Owner. Any equipment or material not worthy of salvaging, as directed by the Owner, shall be disposed of by the Contractor at a suitable locatian at the Contractor's expense. 1.33 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT A. When a particular product or products are specified or called for, it is intended and shall be understood that the praposal tendered by the Cantractor include those products in his bid. Should the Contractor desire to substitute a prpduct or products equal to those specified, the Contractor shall furnish information as described in Che Standard General Conditions. The alternate product or products submitted by the Contractor shall meet the requirements of the Specifications and shall, in all respects, be equal to the product or products speci.fred by name in the Specifications. B. All apparatus, mechanisms, equipment, machinery, and manufactured articles for incorporation into the Work shall be the new and unused standard products of recognized reputable mattufacturers. 1.34 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICE TECHNICIAN A. Bid prices of eyuipment furnished under Divisians 11, 13, I5, and lb shall include the cost of a competent field service technician of the manufacturers of all equipment to supervise the installation, adjustment, and testing of the equipment and to instruct the Owner's operating personnel on operation and maintenance. The approved manufacturer's operation and maintenance data as specified in Section 01830 shall be delivered to the Engineer before instructing the Owner's personnel. This supervisian may be divided into two or more periods as required by the installation pragram or as directed by the E�ngineer. B. After the equiprnent has been installed and the equipment is presumably r�ady for operation, but before it is operated by others, the manufacturers' field se.rvice technician shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points where applicable: 03720-037-01 01355-8 SPECIAL PROV1510N5 C� 1 1 � LJ � LJ � � � � � � � 2. 3. 4. S. G. 7. S. Saundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged paris). Completeness in all details, as specifiled and required. Correctness of� setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various parts. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants. Calibration and adjustment of all related instrumentation and controls. Energize equipment. De�ciency correction. Demonstration of compliance with application performance specification. C. The operation, testing, and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the cquipment has been left in prop�r condition for satisfactory operation under Che conditions specified. D. Upon completion of this operation, testing, and adjustment, the manufacturers' field service technician shall submit to the Engineer, in triplicate, a complete, signed report of the results af the inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are sptcified, and suggestions Far precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. E. Each equipment manufacturer shall provide instruction to the Owner's operating personnel. Training shall not be performed until the reyuirements of Paragraphs B, C, and D above have been fully satisfied and any specifred performance testing completed_ Training shall be provided far the number of days specified in each Equipment Section of these Specifications. Training shall be provided on an $- haur-per-day basis. Partial days (less than 8 full warking hours) shall not be credited toward the specified durations. Training shall not be concurrent with on- going testing, debugging, or installation acCivities but shall be a separate activity devoted exclusively to the instruction of the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the manufacturers' equipment. '1"raining shall be performed by qualified representatives of each equipment manufacturer speci�cally skilled in providing instruction to operation personnel. Training shall provide an overview of operations and maintenance requirements and shall include but not be limited to the following: 03720-037-01 01355-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS � 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. l7escription of unit and component parts. Operating capabrliti�s and performance criteria. Operating procedures. Maintenance procedures Servicing and lubrication schedules. Troubleshooting. 7. Electrical instrumentation and control requirements and interface as a minimum. The operating and maintenance data to be provided in accordance witla Section O].830 shall be used as a basis for training. F. A certificate from the manufacturer statin� that the installation of tl�e equipment is satisfactory; that the unit has been satisfactc�rily tested and is ready for operation; and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication, and care of the unit shall be submitted before start-up and acceptance by the Uwner. "The certi'ficaCe shall indicate date and time the instruction was given and names of the operaCing personnel in attendance. This certificatian shall be subrnitted on Che certification sheet included at the end of Section ].1000, General Equipment Requirements. G. See the detailed Specifications for additional requirements for furnishing the services af the manufacturers' .field service technician. H. For equipment furnished under Divisions other than 11, 13, 15, and 16, the Contractor, unless otherwise specifed, shall furnish the services of accredited f7eld service technicians of the manufacturer only when some evident malfunetion or over-heating makes such services necessary in the opinion of the Engineer ��e��a�:�:y��.ee�:�u��r.�u��.r��.eu��r.� A. Operating and maintenance data covering all equipment furnished shall be delivered directly to the Engineer, for approval, within 60 days before the facility's start-up. No payment shall be made for eyuipment installed or stored on- site until the Engineer has approved the adequacy and corripleteness of the operating and maintenance data. Data shall be prepared and submitted in full conformance with Section 01830. Final approved copies of operating atad maintenance data shall have been delivered to the Engineer on the Owner's behalf 2 weeks before scheduling the instruction period with the Owner. 03720-037-0] 01355-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS � L� � � �� jL. f _� � 1.36 RESPONSIBILITY OF C�NTRACTO.R � 1.37 � � � �� . The Contractor shall be responsible far the entire Work determined by the Urawings, Specifications, and Contract from the date of the starting of the Work until it is accepted as evidence of approval of thc Completion Certificat� by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for removals, renewals, and replacements due to action of the elements and all other causes except as otherwise provided in the Specifications. The Cantractor shall keep the Contract under his own control and it shall be his responsibiliCy to se� that the Work is properly supervised and cattied on faithfully and efficiently. The ContracCor shall supervise the work personally or shall have a competent English-speaking superintendent or representative, who shall be on the site of the project at all working hours and who shall be empowered with full authority by the Contractar to direct the performance of the Work and make arrangement for all necessary materials, equipment, and labor without delay. B. Renewals or repairs required because of defective materials or workmanship or due to the action of the elements or other natural causes, including fire and flood, before the acceptance as determined by the Completion Certificate, shall be done in accordance with the Contract and Specifications at the expense of the Contractor. CONSTRUCTION CONDITiONS AND SUSSURFACE INVESTIGATiON A. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the specific requirements of the governmental unit(s) or agency(ies) having jurisdiction aver the Work. Wherever there is a difference in the requirements of a,jurisdictional body and these Speci�cations, the more stringent shall apply. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for having determined to his satisfactian, before submitting his bid, the nature and location of the Wark, the conformation of the ground, the character and quality of the substrata, the types and quantity of materials to be encountered, the nature of the groundwater conditions, the character of equipment and facilities needed befare and during the execution of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the Wark under this Contract. The prices established for the work to be done will re�lect all costs pertaining to the Work. Any claims for extras based on substrata, graundwater table, and other such conditions will not be allowed. 1.38 SUSPENSION OF WORK DUE TO WEATHER A. During inclement weather, all work which might be dama�ed or rendered inferior by such weather conditions shall be suspended. The orders and decisions of the Engineer as to suspensions shall be final and binding. The ability to issue such an 03720-037-01 01355-1 I SPECIAL PROVISIONS � order shall not be interpreted as a requirement to do so. During suspensiora of the work ti-om any cause, the Work shall be suitably covered and protected so as to preserve it from injury by the weather or otherwise, and if the Engineer shall so direct, the rubbish and surplus materials shall be removed. 1.39 PERMITS A. Upon notice of award, the Conta-acto.r shall immediatr:ly apply for all appl.icable permits not previously obtained by the Owner to do the Work froan the appropriate governmental agency o.r agencies. No work sha11 begin until all applicable permits have been obtained and copies delivered to the Engineer. The Contractor shall bea►• all casts for obtaining all permits. 1.40 PiJMPTNG � � � � � � A. The Cpntractor with his own equipment shall do all pumping necessary ta prevent � flotation of any part of the structures during construction operations. B. For the duration of the Contract and with his own equipment, the Contractor shall ptunp out water and wastewater which may seep or leak into the excavations or structures. Galleries and other operating areas shall be kept dry at all times. The Engineer will determine the extent of pumping required in the tanks, channels, and other non-operating areas. ].4l OWNER OCCUPANCY AND OPERATION OF CUMPLETED FACILITIES A. lt is assumed that portions of the Work will be completed before the entire work is completed. Upon completion of construction in each individual facility, including testing, if the Owner, at its sole discretian, des.ires to accept the individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certif7cate of completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The Owner will assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date and the 1-year �uaranty period shall begin on that date. The Owner has the option of not accepting any individual completed facility, but accepting the entire work as a whole when it is completed and tested. ] .42 CLAiMS FOR PROPERTY DAMAGE A. Upon notification by the Owner or Engineer, the Contractor shall investigate each claim for property damage and shall file, within 10 days of such noti�cation, a statement with the Uwner or Engineer setting forth all facts and details relative to the c.laim. 03720-037-01 01355-12 SPNC'IAI. P.ROVISIONS � � � 1.43 DAiLY REPORTS � � � � � � � C� � � LJ � L1 � u F1 : The Contractor shall submit daily reports of construction activities, including non- work days. "I'he report shall include the %Ilowing: 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. Manpc�wer, number of workers by craft. Equipment an the project. Major deliveries. Activities work with reference to the CPM schedule activity numbers. New problerns. Other pertinent information. A similar report shall be submitted for/by each subcontractor. C. The reports shall be submitted to the Engineer's Field O.f.fice within 2 days of the respective report date. Each report shall be signed by the Contractor's Superintendent or Project Manager. 1.44 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS �. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to locate, excavate, and prepare for conneciions to the terminus of the existing systems all as shown on the Urawings or where directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work and for the actual connection of the existing mains shall be included in the bid for the Project and shall not result in any additional cost to the Owner. 1.45 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Because of the nature of this Project, the ContracCor should expect other construction to occur in the vicinity of this Project during thc Contract. In such instances the Contractor will be required to cooperate fully to eliminate or minimize the creation of conflicts. Adjustments from time to time may be required in the Contractor's work location and/or schedule provided a reasonable notice is given by the Owner or Engineer. B. The Contractar shall afford other contractors and the Owner reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with such other work. The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with the Owner and other contractors to store his apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in such orderly fashion at the site of the Work so that it will not unduly interfere with the progress af the Work or the work of any other contractors. U372Q037-01 D1355-13 5i'ECIAL PROVISIONS � C. if the execution or resu]C of any part of the Work depends on any work of the Owner or of any separatc contractor, the Contractor shall, before proceeding with the Work, inspect and promptly report tp the Owner in writing any apparent discrepancies or de�ects in such work of the Owner or of any separate contractor that render it unsuitable for the proper execution or result of any part of the Work. D. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report any deficiencies shall constitute an acceptance of the Owne�•'s or separate contractor's work as tit and proper to receive the Work, except as to defects which may develop in the Owner's or separate contractor's work after completion of the Work and which the Contractor could not have discovered by his i.nspect.ion before the Work was completed. E. if the Contractor damages the work or property of the Owner ar of any separate contractor on the Project or other work on the Site, or delays or interferes with the Owner's work on o.ngoing operations or facilities or adjacent facilities or the separate contractor's work, the Contractor shall be liable for damage caused, and, in the case of anotl�er contractor, the Contract�r shall attempt to settle the clarm with the other contractor before the other contractor institutcs litigati�m or other proceedings against the ConCractor. F. if a separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage, delay, ar interference caused or alleged tp have been caused by the Contraclor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend the Owner in such proceedin�s at the Contractor's expense. If any judgrnent or award is entered against the Owner, the Contractor shall satisfy the same and shall reimburse the Owner for all damages, expenses, attorneys' fEes, and other costs which the Owner incurs as a result of the jud�ment or award G. If a separate contractor causes damage to the Work or to the property of the Contractor or causes delay or interference with the Contractor's performance o:f the Work, the Contractor shall present directly to the separat� contractor any claims it may have as a result of such damage, delay, or interference (with an information copy to the Owner) and shall attempC to settle its claim against the separate contractor before instituting litigation or other proceedings against the separate contractor. H. In no event shall the Contractor seek to recover from the Owner or the Engineer, and the Contractor he.reby represents to the Owner and the Engineer that he will nat seek to recover from them, or �ither of them, any costs, expenses, (including, but not limited to, attarneys' fees) or losses of profit incurred by the Co.ntractor as a result of any damage to the Work or property aFthe Contractor or any delay or interference caused or allegedly caused by any separate contractor. 03720-037-01 01355-14 SPECIA,L VROVI510NS r r �� I�i � � � �� lJ �-i I. The En�ineer shall determine and adjust any difference or conflict which may arise becween the Contractor and other contractors who may be performing work on behalf of the Owner or between the Contractor and workrnen of the Owner in regard to their work, if the work of the Contractar is delayed because of any acts of omissions of any other contractor of the Owner, the Contractor shall on that account have no claim against the Owner other than for an extensian of time. f �:� � 1►/��.IZei�l:7i7�1�M �l� A. `fhe Contractor shall guarantee all work for 1 year from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. If, within the guarantee period, repairs or changes are reyuired in connection with guaranteed work, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are rendered necessary as the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall do the following promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner and without expense to thc Owner: Place in satisfactory condition in every way all such guaranteed work and correct all defects in the guaranteed work. 2. Make good all damage to the building or site, or equipment or piping, or � their contents, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the Cerms of the contract. �� il � � ' � � � � 3. Make good any work or material or the equipment and contents of the uuilding, structure, or site disturbed in fu1f711ing any such guarantee. C. If the Contractor, after notice, fails to proceed to comply with the terms of this guarantee within ].0 days, the �wner may have the defects corrected and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred provided. However, that in case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the Owner, dr:lay would cause loss or damage, repairs may be started without notice being given to the Contractar and the Contractor shall pay the cost of such repairs. D. All special guarantees or warranties applicable to specific parts of the Work as may be stipulated in the Contract Specifications or other papers forming a part of this Contract shall be subject to the tettns of this Paragraph during the first year of life of each such �uarantee. The Contractor shall assemble all special guarantees and manufacturers' warranties, along with a summary list of the special �uarantees and warranties, and deliver these to the Engineer be}'ore the Work is accepted. 0372D-037-01 01355-1 S SPECIAL PRQVISIONS � 1.47 1..48 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT A. Whenever batchi.ng or mixin� plant equipment is required to be c�perated automatically under the Contract and a breakdown or malfirnction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by othcr rtaethods for 48 hours after the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operation will produce results otherwise meeting the SpecificaCions. EQUIPMENT DATA FORMS A. The Contractor shall obtain, prepare, and submit a complete, detailed listing of equipment and motor data for all electrical items furnished under this Contract. This listing shall be submitted with the preGminary draft of Operations and Maintenance Data Manuals on Equipment .Data sheets and the Equipment Manufacturer'S Certifcate of Installation, Testing, and Instruction and the Manuf'acturer's Certificate of Compliance forms, which are included at the end of Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements. I.49 RIGHTS 1N AND USE QF MATERIAZ�S FOUND ON TI�iE WORK A. With the approval of the Engineer, the Contractor may use on the project such stane, gravel, sand, or other material determined suitable by the Engineer as may be found in the excavation and will be paid both for the excavation of such materials at the corresponding Contract unit price and for the pay item :For which the excavated material is used. The Contractor shall replace at his own expense, with other acceptable material, all of that portion of the excavation materials sa removed and used which were needed for use in the embankments, backfills, approaches, or qtherwise. No charge for the materials used will be made against ihe Contractor. 1.50 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the Work. No , materials will be furnished by the Owner. 1.51 MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATiON SCHEDU.C�ES A. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 01830 for requirements relative to the submission of operating and maintenance data far the mechanical equipment. ,For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall provide a list including the equipment name, address, and telephone number of the rnanufacturer's representative and service company so that service and/or spare parts can be readily obtained. o3�zaos�-o� U1355-16 SI'ECIA[,. PIZOV15iON5 �� I, � I .52 INSTAi�LAT10N LISTS 11 = All manufacturcrs or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment or products under Division 11, 13, 14, 15, and 16 shall submit an installation list Co the Engineer along with the required Shop Drawi.n�s. The installation list shall include all installation where identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for at least 1 year. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) EN.D OF SECTION 0372D-037-01 01355-17 SPECIAL PR�V1510NS � � � � � � � � � r � � � � � � � � � S.�;CTI�N 01400 QUALITY REQUiRF'MENTS I�s�.��t��1►1�1.7�� I.OI SCOPE OF WORK A. General 1. Th.is Section defines minimum requirements for the Quality Assurance (QA) Program to be provided by the Contractor. The deliverable documents are defined, along with the method of execution of the QA Program. 2. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services d� not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with th� Contract Document requirements. 3. Specified tests, inspections, and related actians do not limit the Contractor's Quality Control (QC) procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Defnitions l. Quality Assurance services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies wiCh Contract requirements. 2. Quality Control services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that campleted construction comply with requirements. C. Payment Separate payment will not be made for providing and maintaining an effective Quality Assurance and Quality Control Program, and all costs associatcd with such a program shall be included in the applicable unit prices, lump-sum prices, or allowances contained in the Contract Price Sreakdown. f� 1 y. � t 7� 11:r �� d L� ].� C� A 03720-037-01 Section O1000, Project Requirements. 01400-1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS B. Section 0:1300, Contract Administration. C. Section 02305, Earthwork for Utilities. 1.03 SU.SMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE � � � � A. Where refer�nce is made to a particular standard, the revision in effect at the time of � Bid opening shall apply ea�cepC where a specific date is established. B. For products or �vorkmanship specified by association, trades, or other cansensus standards, the Contractor shall comply with requirements of th� standard, except when more rigid rec�uirements are specified or are required by applicable code. C�I � ' Tf specified reference standards conflict with Contract .Documents, the Contractor shall request clari�cation from the Engineer before proceeding. � 1.05 R.EFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE � A. The Contractor shall insCall all rnaterials and equipmen.t in a neat and :�rst-class � workman-like manner. B. The Contractor shall replace all existing paving, stabilized earth, curbs, driveways, sidewalks, fences, srgns, and other improvements with the same Cype of material that was removed during constructiott ar as directed by the Engineer without increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time. C. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal and replacement of any items which, in the Engineer's opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat or workman-like appearance, provided such an orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The rernoval and replacement shall be dorae when directed in writing by the Engineer at the Contractor's own expense and without additional expense to the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTIES � � C� � L� A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditio.ns, Supplementary � Conditions, and Specification Section 017$0, Warranties and Bonds. 1.0$ DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 03720-037-01 01400-2 QUA,LITY REQUIREMENTS � !_� � A. 7�he Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 far storing and protecting the items specif7ed in this Section. 1.09 QU�ILIFI.CATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TOLERANCES A. B. C. Monitor tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permiC tolerances to accumulate. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. lf manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. f�f��I�lI1�I.Y_\u1�11�f.9 � I:� � T�he Contractor shall furnish field samples at the site as required by individual Specifications Sections for review. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Wark. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to bc; removed, the Contractor shall clear the area after the field sample had been accepted by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control and shall establish and maintain an effective QC systern in compliance with the Contract Documents. The QC system shall consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product which complies with the Contract requirements. Thc: system shall cover all Work and shall be keyed to the proposed design and construction sequence. The project QC Officer will be held respansible for the quality ofwork pn the job and is subject to removal hy the Engineer for non-compliance with quality requirements specified in the Contract. The project QC Officer in this context shall mean the individual with the responsibility for the overall management ofthe project quality_ 3.02 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 03720.037-p1 01400.3 QllAL1TY REQLTIREMENTS I�1 1:3 Cfl General: Not later than 30 calendar days after receipt of Noticc to Proceed, the Contractor shall furnish for review by the Engineer the QC Plan proposed to implement the requirements ofthe Contract. The Plan shall identify personnel, procedtYres, contro.l, instructions, test, records, and forms co be used. The Engineer will consider an interim plan for the first 30 calendar days of operation. Content of the QC Plan: The QC Plan shall include, at a minimum, the foll.awing ta cover all construction operatians, both on-site and off-site, including work by subcontractors, fabricators, suppliers, and purchasing agents: A descripCion of the quality control organization, including a chart showing lines ofauthority for all aspects ofthe Work specified. "fhe staffshall include a QuaGty Control Officer who shall report to the Project Manager ar executive. 2. The name, qualifications (in resume for.mat), duties, respansibiHCies, and authorities of each person assi�ned a QC function. 3. A copy of the letter to the Quality Control Officer signed by an authorized official of the firm which descriUes the responsibilities and delegates sufficient at�thorities to adequately perform the functions of the Quality Control Officer, including authority to stop work which is not in compliance with the Contract. 4. Pracedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing submittals, including lhose of subcontractors, off-site fabricators, suppliers, and purchasing agents_ 5. Procedures for tracking construction defrciencies from identifrcation through acceptable corrective action. These procedures will verify that rdentified deficiencies have been corrected. 6. Repo,rting procedures, including proposed reporting formats. Acceptance of Plan: Acceptance ofthe Contractor's plan is required before the start of Work. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the Work. The Engineer reserves the right to require the Contractor to make changes in its QC 03720-037-01 O1400-4 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 0 Plan and operations, including removing personnel as necessary to obtain the quality specifi ed. Notification of Changes: After acceptance ofthe QC Plan, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the Engineer. 3.03 SUBMiTTALS A. Submittals shall be made as specified in Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. The QC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. k�IL�1Df.��.y I:� 1:3 Testing Services: 1. All tests to determine compliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by an independent commercial testing firm acceptable to the Owner. 'The testing firm's laboratory shall be sCaffed with experienced technicians, properly equipped, and fully qualified to perfor.m the tests in accordance with the specified standards. 2. Testing services provided by the Owner are for the sole benefrt ofthe Own�r; however, test results shall be available to the Contractor. Testing necessaryto satisfythe Contractor's internal Quality Control Procedures shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 3. When necessary, the Contractor shall interrupt its Work for Owner sampling and testing. The Contractor shall have no Claim for increase in Contract Price or Contract Time due to such interruption. The Contractor shall cooperate in these testing activities as needed. 4. Testing, including sampGng, will be performed by the testing tirm's laboratory personnel in the general manner indicated in the Specifications. Transmittal of Test Reports: Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractor for the Engineer's review shall be submitted as specified for Shop Drawings. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: 03720-037-01 0140D-5 QUALITY REQUIItEMENTS The manufacturer's tield services will be specified in the respective Equipment Secti�ns. 2. An experienced, competent, and authorized representative of the manufacturer ofeach item ofequip�nent fiorwhich tield services are indicated shall visit the Site of the Wprk and inspect, check, adjust if�necessary, and approve the equipment installation. In each case the manufacturer's representative shall be present when the equipment is placed in operation. The manufacturer's representative shall revisit the Site as often as necessary until any and all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation are satisfactory in the opinion of the Engineer. 3. Cach manufacturer's representative shall :furnish to the Owner, through the Engineer, a written report certifying tl�at the equipment has been properly installed and lubricaCed, is in accurate alignment, is free �ro.m any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, has been operated under full load conditions, and has operated saCisfactorily. 3.05 COMPLETION 1NSPECT]ON A. Firaal CompleCion Punch List: Near the completion ofall Work the QC Officer shall inspect the Work and develop a"punch list" of items which do not conform to the approved Drawings and Specifications. Such a lisi ofdefrciencies shall be included in th� QC dacumentation and shal l include the estimated date by wl�ich the def ciencies will be corrected. The QC Officer or staf`fshall make a second inspection to ascertain that all defic.iencies have been corrected. Once this is accomplished, the Contractor shall notifythe En�ineerthat the Facility is ready forthe Engineer's final inspection. B. Final Inspection and Acceptance: The Contractor's Quality Control Officer and the Engineer will be in attendance at this inspection. Additional Engineer personnel may also be in attendance. The final acceptance inspection will be formally scheduled by the Engineer when all punch list deficiencies have been corrected. Notice will be given to the Engineer at least 14 days before the final inspection and must include the Contractor's assurance that all punch list items will be complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the final inspection. Failure of the Contractor to have all Contract Work acceptably coroplete for this inspection will be cause �or noncertification of �nal payment by the Engineer_ 3.06 NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPL.I.ANCE A. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any detected noncompliance with the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall take immediate corrective action after receipt of such notice. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of notification. Ifthe Contractor fails or re Fuses to 03720-037-0] 01400-6 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS comply pramptly, the Engineer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to such stop arders shall be made the subject ofclaim for exCension oftime or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor. 3.07 REPAIR AND PROTECTiON A. On completion of testing, inspection, sampling, and similar services, the CanCractor shall repair damaged construction and restore substrates and fnishes. B. The Contractor shall protect all construction exposed by or for Quality Control service activities. C The repair and protection are the Contractor's responsibilities, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for Quality Control services. END O� SECTIQN 0372a037-01 01400-7 QUALITY REQUIItEMENTS SECTION 0 ] 450 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATO.RY SERVICES PA.RT] GENERAL i � � ] �Y K � ] � � [ � ] ��. �L �] .� CI A. The Owner will pay for the costs of all passing laboralory tests reyuired to determine soil density, concrete compressive strength, and bacteriological clearance of water main. The cost of all testing shall be included in the Bid items as stated in the Bid Form. No allowances are provided for testing. Costs will be determined from direct invoices from the testing laboratory to the Contractor. Failed tests will be back-charged to the Contractor at the time of final payment. All required soil, concrete, and bacteriological water testing shall be coordinated with and scheduled by the Contractor. 0 fi] The Contractor shall cooperate with the labaratory to facilitate the execution of required services. 7'he Owner shall approve the selection ofthe testing laboratory. 3. Fmployment of a testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contracto.r of the obligation to perform work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Conditions of the Contract: Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, or approvals of`public autharities. B. Respective Sections: Certification of products. C. Each Section listed: Laboratory tests required and standards for testing. D. Testing Laboratory inspection, sampling, and testing are required for but are not limited to the following: 1. Section 02230, Site Preparation. 2. Sections 02305, Earthwork. 3. Section 15055, Piping Systems�eneral. 03720-037-01 0145a1 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.�3 SUBMITTALS A. B. C. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Submit to the Engineer for review a]ist and schedule of all tests to bc conducted. Describe t�st procedures along with duration of tests. D. After each inspection and test, the .Laboratory shall promptly submit two copies of the laboratory report to the Engineer, one copy ta Che Cantractor, and one copy to the Owner. E. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Date issued. Project title and number. Name offield testing technician or inspector. Date and time of sampling or insp�ctian. Tdentification of product and SpecificaCions Section. �.,ocation in the Project. Type of inspection or test. Date of test. Results of test. Conformance with Contract Documents. F. When requested by th� Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NO�T' USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The follow.ing documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Sdciety for 7�esting and Materials (ASTM) ]. ASTM E329—Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing. 2. ASTM D374�Standard Practice for Minimum Reyuirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in En�ineering Design and Canstruction. 03720-037-01 01450-2 TESTING AND T�STING LABOItATORY SERVICES 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Laboratory is not authorized to do any of the fc>Ilc�wing: l. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the work. 3. Perform any duties of the Engineer of Record or the Engineer. B. T�he Contractor shall be responsible for the following: ;�J 03720-037-01 l 2 Cooperating with laboratory personnel, providing access to work and to manufacturer's operations. SECUring and delivering to the laboratory adequate quantities o:F representational samples of materials proposed to be used and which reyuire testin�. 3. Froviding to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and other materials mixes which require control by the testing laboratory. 4. Furnishin� incidental labor and facilities: 5 a. To provide access to work to be tested. b. To obtain and handle samples at the project site or at th� source of the product to be tested. c. Ta facilitate inspections and tests. d. To store and cure test samples. N�tifying the Engineer and laboratary sufficiently in advance of operations ta allow for the laboratory to assign personnel and schedule tests. 6. Employing and paying for the services of the same or a separate, equally qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additianal inspections, sarnpling, and testing required for the Equipment Supplier or Contractdr's (as applicable) convenience. Materials and equipment used in the perfarmance of Work under this Contract are subject to inspection and testing at the point of manufacture or fabrication. Standard requirements for quality and workmanship are indicated in the Contract Documents. The Engineer may require the equipment supplier or Contractor (as applicable) to provide statements or certificates from the manufacturers and 01450.3 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATOI2Y SERVICES fabricators that the materials and equipment pravided by them are manufactured or fabricated in full accordance with the standard specifications for quality and workmanship indicated in the Contract Uocwncnts. All costs of this testin� and providing statements and certifcates shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and no extra charge to the Owner shall be allowed on account of such testing and certification. D, if the test and any subseyuent retest results i.ndicate that the materials or equipment fail to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, the equipment supplier or Contractor (as applicable) shall pay for the laboratary costs directly to tlae testing .frrm and these will not be reimbursable to the equipment supplier or Contractor (as applicable). J .07 WARRANTfES ' � Ci � � � � A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary � Conditions, and Speeification Section 01780, Warranties and .Bonds. l.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING �� A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specifed in this Section. ' 1.09 QUAL:IFICATIONS A B C Comply with requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM D374U. Laboratory: Licensed to operate in Florida. Laboratory Staif: Maintain a full-time Professional Engineer registered in Florida on staff to review the services performed under th.is project. � � � D. Testing Equiprne,nt: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy � traceable t� either Nation Bureau of Standards (NBS) or accepted values of natural physical corastants. E �'. Ci� Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with the Engineer and ConCractor in performing services. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specifed standards. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. U3720-037-01 01450� TESTING ANfa TES'fING LABORATOAY SERVICES � � i I � , L::� i 1'romptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or Products. Perfonn additional inspections and tests required by Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OP SECTION 03720-q37-01 01450-5 TESTiNG ANb T�,STING LABORATOAY SERVICES 1 � , ' � ' 1 � i r � � ' � � � � r , SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIF.',S AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERA�, 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK (N07' USED) ]..02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDAR.DS (NUT U5ED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) L.07 VJARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General CondiCions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Sonds. I.Q8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLiNG A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATTONS (NOT USED) 1.10 RESPONSIBILTTY A. This Section speci.fies the minimum requirements for temporary facilities, utilities, and controls required to provide an adequate and safe work site at every stage during construction of the .Project. The ConCractor is solely responsible for the requirements set forth in this Section. 1.11 ONS�TE TEMPORARY A. Except as otherwise indicated, the Contractor may, at his option, furnish stand- alone utility plants to provide needed services in lieu of connected services from available public utilities, provided such stand-alone plant facilities comply with all governing regulations. Sefore availability of temporary utility services, the 0372(��37-01 01500-1 TEMPORARY FACiLIT1ES AND CUNTROI.S Contractor will provide trucked-in/trucked-out containerized or unitized services for start-up ofconstruction operations at th�: site. f�i►•=K�3��K9 A. Except as otherwise indicated, the costs of providing and using temporary utility services are included in the contract sum. I�It��lull�7.7\.a•�0►•�f11pY�1�[.9 A. "rhe Cypes of utility services required for temporary use at the project site include the following (other specific services may be required for speci.frc construction methads of operatians): r 2 3 4 S 6 Electrical Power Service. Water Service (potable for certain uses). Sanitary. Storm Sewer or Op�n Drainage/Run-off Control. Gas (fuel) Service. Telephone Service. l .l4 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Contractor shall make the necessary applications and arrangements and pay all fees and charges for electrical ener�y for power and light necessary for proper completion of the Work and during its entire progress up to time of final acceptance by the Owner. The Contracto.r shall provide and pay f'or all temporary switches, connections, and meters. 1.1 s TEMPORARY WATER A. The Concractor shall make all necessary application and arrangements and pay all fees and charges for water necessary for the proper completion o� the Project up to the tirne of final acceptance. The Contractor shall prov.ide and pay for any temporary piping and connections. 1.16 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACTLiT1ES A. The Contractor shall provide adequate sanitary facilities for the use of those employed on the Work. Such facilities sh.all be made available when the first ernployees arrive on Che site of the Wark, shall be properly secluded from public obser-vation, and shall be constructed and maintained during the progress of the Work in suitable numbers and at such points and in such manner as may be required or approved. D3720-037-01 01500-2 TEMPORARY PACILITIES AND CONTROLS ' � ' ' 1 ' � � ' 1.17 CLEANLTIVESS OF �'ACILITIES A. The Contractor shall maintain the sanitary facilities in a satisfactory and sanitary condition at all times and shall enforce their use. He shall ri�orously prohibit the commiCting of nuisances an the site of the Work, on the lands of the Owner, or on adjacent property. 1.18 TERMiNATiON AND REMOVAL f1. At the time the need for a temporary utility service has ended or has been replaced by use of permanent services, or not later than the time of final completion, the Contractor shall promptly remove the installation unless requested by the Engineer Co retain it for a longer period. Any work which may have been delayed or affected by the installation and use of the temporary utility, including repairs to construction and grades and restoration and cleaning of exposed surfaces, shall be completed at this time. The Contractar shall replace any work damaged beyond acceptable resCoration. f � L•� ► [ � ] (.9 � [K �] ► Y I :Z� ] 1 I A. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection against objectionahle noise levels caused by the operation of construction eyuipment. ' 1.20 DUST CONTROL � , � 1 � 1 ►1 A. The Cantractor shall provide for adequate protection against raising obj�ctionable dust clouds caused by moving construction equipment, high winds, or any other cause. f � ►•I � �. �/ r 1 � 1: Z f I � ] � � Y .i � ] 11 A. The Contractor shall provide for satisfactory disposal of surplus water and shall submit a plan to the Engineer for review before initiating and implementing the plan. Prior approval shall be obtained frorn the proper authorities for the use of public or private lands or facilities for such disposal. 1.22 POLLUTION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide for adequate protection against polluting any public or private lands, lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, creeks, and other such areas by the disposal of surplus material in the form of solids, liquids, gases, or from any other cause. U3720-037-01 01500.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS � ] .23 ADVERSE .1MPACT A. The Contractor shall evaluate and assess the iinpact of any adverse effECts on the natural environment which may result from construction operations and shall operate to minimize pollution of air, ground, or surface waters vegetation, and afford the neighboring community the maximum protection during and up to completion ofthe construction project. ).24 STREAMS, LAKES, AND �THER .BODIE�S OF WATER A. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, calciuin chloride, or other harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or oth�rwise prevent pollution of siltation o� streams, lakes, and reservoirs and to avoid interference with the movements ofmigratory �sh. 1.25 CHEMIC�LS A. 1111 chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, wl�ether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polyrner, reactant, or of other classificatian, must show approval of either EP.A or US.DA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal �f residues shall be in strict conformance with instructions. I � ►.t� � I :i � b9 [ � ) ► [ K � ] ►� � Y.' Z�1 �J A. The Contractor shall not expose hy construction operations a larger area of erosive land at any one time than the minimum necessary far cfficient construction operations, and the duration of exposure of the uncompleted construction to the elements shall be as short as practicable. Erosion-control features shall be constructed concurrently with other work and at the earliest practicable time. 127 STOR�GE FACILITIES A. All products, materials, and eyuipment shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Products subject to damage by the elements shall be stored in weathertight enclosures. Temperature and humidity shall be maintained within the ranges required by the manufacturer's instructions. Fabricated products shall be stored above the ground on blocking or skids. i'roducts which are subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious caatings with adequate vent.ilation to avoid condensation. Loose granular materials shall be stored in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to 03720-�37-01 01500-4 TEMPOAAAY .FACI.LITIES AND CONTROLS , � ._I � � prevent mixing with foreign matter. Any products which will come in contact with water shall be stored off the ground to prevent contamination. 1.28 iNSP�CTION A. Storage shall be arranged in such a manner to provide easy access for inspection. , Aeriodic inspect.ions shall be made of all stored products to ensure that they are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage or deterioratio.n. I _. J 1 I' � ] .29 TEMPORARY PROTECTiON A. After installation, the Contractor shall provide substantial caverings as necessary to installed products to protect them from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Coverings shall be removed when no lon�er needed. 1.30 ADJACENT TO WORK A. The Contractor shall preserve from damage all praperty along the line of the ' Work or which is in the vicinity of or in any way affected by the Work, the remova) or destruction of which is not called for by the Plans. Wherever such ' property is damaged due to the activities of the Contractor, it shall be immediately restored to its original condition by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. � , , , , 1 1 ' 1.31 REMEDY BY �WNER A. 7n case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property or make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, after 4� hours' notice to the Contractor, proceed to repair, rebuild, ar otherwise restore such property as may be deemed necessary and the cost of such repairs, rebuilding, or restoration will be deducted fram any monies due ar which may become due to the Contractor under this Contract. i�e�►.��.Z��x��[�].��I:Z�7► �r7:�u►�s1�1 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting property in the areas in the vicinity of the Project and for protecting his equipment, supplies, materials, and work against any damage resulting fram the elements, such as flooding, rainstorm, wind damage, or other such damage, and shall be responsible for damage resulting from the same. The Contractor shall provide adequate drainage facilities, tie-downs, or other protection throughout the contract period for the protection of his, the Owner's, and other properties from such damage. 03720-037-01 0150(l-5 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ' 1.33 T}tf1FF1.0 REGULATION A. Signs, marking barricades, and procedures shall conform to the requirements af Che Florida Department of Transportation Manual on Traffic Cantrols and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, and Utility Operations. 1.34 SiGNAGE A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate barricades around open excavations. 1.35 REMOVAL OF SIGNAGE A. On completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all debris, excess materials, barricades, and temporary work, leaving walkways and roads clear of obstructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT IJSED) PA.RT 3 EXECU�fiON (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 D1500-6 T�.MP�RARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01600 MATCRiALS AND EQUIPMENT PAR�I' 1 GENEFLAL 1.Q 1 SCOPE OF WORK This Section includes the minimum requirements for the furnished materials and equipment for this project. The more stringent requirements in the Technical Specification sections shall take precedence over these requirements for any conflicts. A. Materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new and shall not have been in service at any other installation unless otherwise approved. They shall conform to applicable specifications approved in writing by the Engineer. B. Manufactured and fabricated products shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. Like parts ofduplicate units shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so as to be interchangeable. C. Quantities of items that are identical shall be by the same manufacturer, regardless of the Design Package breakdown. D. Equipment sizes, capacities, and dimensions shawn ar specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. E. Materials and equipment shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they are designed or specified. F G Where materials ar equipment are specifically shown or specified to be reused in the Work, special care shall be used in removing, handling, storing, and reinstal.ling to ensure their proper function in the completed Work. Material and equipment incorporated into the Work: 1. Shall conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Shall comply with size, make, type, and quality specifed or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. 3. Manufactured and fabricated products: a. Rotating machinery shall be designed and fabricated to provide satisfactary operation without excessive wear and without excessive 03720-037-D] 0160a1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPIv1L•T�T 1.02 RELATE.D WORK A C. D E. F. ' ' maintenance during its operating life..Rotating parts shal] be statically and dynamically balanced and shall operate without excessive ' vibration. Section i.Ti, General Conditions. Section 01000, Project Requirements. Section 0174U, �ina.l Cleaning. Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. Section O1$30, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. Section 15105, Wall Prpes, Seep Rings, and Penetrations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) I .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT US�D) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) ] .07 WARRAN'.T'TES ' ' � ' �1 ' , A. Warranties shall be in accprdance wiCh General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section Ol7$U, Warranties and Bonds. , 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requiremcnts specified in Section 01650 for storing and pratecting the items speci�ed in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Only new materials and equipment shall be incorporated in the Work. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to the inspection and acceptance of the Engineer. No material shall be delivered to the sit� that does not meet the Contract Specifications. B. The Contractor shall submit data and samples sufficiently early to permit consideration and acceptance before materials are necessary for incorporating in the work. Any delay of acceptance resulting fro►aa the Contractor's failure to submit samples or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of claim against the Owner. 03720-037-01 01600-2 MAT[:RTALS ANT) T'QUiPMENT 1 1 � ' ' � C. The materials and equipment used in the Work shall correspond to the approved sarnples or other data. D. if requested, the Conlractor shall be required to submif to the Engineer ample evidence that each and every part of the materials, machinery, and equipment ta be furnished is of a reliable make and of a type that has been in successfu] operation within the continental United States. No equipment will be considered unless the manufacturer has designed and manufactured equipmeni of a comparable type and size for at least 3 years. The Engineer or Owner will not allow any experimental or untried type of macerial or machinery to be installed. � E_ The equipment specified shall be carefully designed and installed to ensure that it adequately performs all required functions with.in the specified degree of precision. Each unit shall operate with each of the other parts of the equipment to provide a � completely integrated system that shall operate to the satisfaction ofthe Engineer and Owner. 1 � � � � , ' �� ' � F. All equipment, machinery, parts, and assemblies of equipment, machinery, or pa��ts entering into the Work shall be tested as specified. Unless waived in writing by the Engineer, all field and operating tests shall be made in the presence of the Engincer or the Engineer's authorized representative. When such a waiver is issued, the Contractar or manufacturer shall furnish sworn statem�nts in duplicate of the tests conducted and the results of the tests to the Engineer. G. The Contxactor shall submit copies ofwelding proceclures far all welding. Welders and welding operators shall be selected in accordance with th�. qualification reyuirements of the AWS Code. Welders and welding operators for stainless steel shall pass qualifrc�tion tcsts using stainless steel filler metal and procedures developed for stainless steel. Procedures, welder, and operator quali.fications shall be certified by an independent tesCing laboratory retained and paid by the Contractar. H. The Contractor shall not start fabrication of the Work until the Contractor receives written acceptance of the proof of welding procedures from the Engineer for each type of weld. 'i'he Contractor shall submit copies of mill certifrcate for each type ofrolled steel and as required in the Specifications. The Contractor shall not start fabrication of the work until the Cantractor receives written acceptance ofall mill certificates from the Engineer. l.l l MANUFACTURER.'S 1NSTRUCTIONS FOR 1NSTALLATION o3�zn-o3�-ni o� 6oa3 , MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1.12 A. , � The equipment rnstallation details shall suit the existing and furnished equipment and are subject to acceptance by the Engin�er. � B. Any changes or revisions made necessary by the type and dimensions of the eyuipment furnished shal I be made at the expense ofthe Contractor who shall fiirnish detailed drawings showing such chan�es or revision for the acceptance of the Engineer. C. The installation ofall work shall comply with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The Contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions ta parties involved in the installation, including six copies to the Engineer for distribution. One complete sct of instructiuras 5ha11 bc mainlainecl al lhe job si�e during installation and unt.il the Project is complete. D. All products and equipment shall be handled, installed, connected, cleaned, conditioned, and adjusted in accordance with the manuf`acturer's instructi�ns and specified requirements. Should job conditions �r specif.ied reyuirements conflict with the manufacturer's instructions, such contlicts shall be call�d to the Engineer's attention for resolution and revised instructions. E. The Contractor shall perform work according to the manufacturer's instructions and nat omit any preparatory step or rnstallation procedure unless the instructions are specifically modified or the step or procedure exempted by the Contract Uocuments. iNSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. The cost of the Work shal] include the cost of competent rnanufacturers' representatives of all eqtupment to supervise the installation, adjustmr:m, and testing of the equipment and to instruct the Owner's operating personnel on ope.ration and maintenance. B. A certificate from the manufacturer staCing that the installation of the equipment rs satisfactory, that the ttnit has been satisfactorilytested, is ready for operation, and that the operating personnel l�ave been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication, and care of the unit shall be submitted before Substantial Completion. The Manufacturer's Certificate ofCornpliance and Equipment Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation Testing and instruction are included in Section ] 1000, General Equipment Requirexnents. C. The Contractor shall furnish the service of competent manufacturers' representatives for Contractor- or Owner-furnished equipment when evident ►nalfunction ar over- heating makes such services necessary or as determined by the Engineer. All such equipment shall be installed by skilled m�chanics and in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. 03720-037-01 O1600-4 MATERLALS AND EQUIPM�TIT 1 1 � 1 � 1 ' D. Special car� shall be taken ta ensure proper alignment of all equipment with particular reference to mechanical equipment such as pumps and electric drives. These units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified millwrights - after their sole or base plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened against the shims. After the manufacturer has approved the foundation alignmenCs, the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be securely bolted in place. The alignment of equipment shall be further checked after securing to the foundatians. A,fter all alignments are con�rmed, the sole or base plates shall b�. frnally grouted in place. T�he Co.ntractar shall be responsible for the exact alignment of equipment with associated piping, and under no circumstances, will "pipe springing" be allowed. Special installation requirements in the Technical Specifications shall take precedence over the requirements of this Section. , E. The Contractor shall furnish all wedges, shims, filling picces, keys, packing, grout, c�r other materials necessary to properly align, level, and secure an apparatus in place. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven exactly so. Any grinding ' necessary to bring parts to praper alignment after erection shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. � � � 1 � 1 , � 1 F. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary materials and construct suitable concrete foundations or pads for all equipment installed by the Contractor, even though such foundations or pads may not be indicated on the Drawings. The tops of foundations shall be at such elevations as will permit grouting. G. in setting pumps, motors, and other items of equipment customarily grnuted, the Contractor shall make an allowance of at least l inch (2.54 cm) for grout under the equipment bases. Shims used to level and adjust the bases shall be steel. Shims may be left emb�dded in the grout, in which case they shall be installed neatly and so as ca be as inconspicuous as possible in the completed work. Unless otherwise permitted, all grout shal] be a suitable nan-shrinking �rout. Grout shall be mixed and placed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. Where practicable, the grout shall be placed through th� grout holes in the base and worked outward and under the edges of the base and across the rough top of the concrete foundation to a peripheral form so constructed as to prvvide a suitable chamber araund the top edge of the finished foundatian. 2. Where such procedure is impracticable, the method af placing grout shall be as permitted. After the grout has hardened sufficiently, all forms, hoppers, and excess grout shall be removed, and all exposed grout surfaces shall be patched in an apprav�d manner and, if necessary, as required by the Engineer, 03720-037-0 l 01600.5 1 MATERIALS AND EQUiPMENT given burlap-rubbed finish, and painted with at least two coats of an acceptable paint. 1.13 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Manufacturers of equipment and machinery shall furnish two sets of any special tools (including grease guns or ather lubricating devices) required for normal adjustmenC, operations and maintenance, and disassembly, together with instructions for their use. The Contractor shall preserve and deliver ta the Owner these tools and instructions in good order before completing the Contract. Tools shall be high-grade, smooth, for�ed, alloy tool steel. Grease �uns shall be lever-type. ' ' ' ' � S. Special tools are considered to be those tools which because oftheir limited use are ' not normally available, but which are necessary for the particular equipment. C. Special tools shall be delivered at the saine tame as the equipment to which they pertain. The Contractor shall properly sCore and safeguard such special Cools u.ntil completion of the work, at which time they shall be delivered tc� the Owne.r. 1.14 LUBRICATION SYS"l"CM. A. "T"he minimuria design criteria for lubricating moving parts of the equrpment shall include 1 week of continuous operation during which no lubricants shall be added to the system. B. The system shal I be designed to receive lubricants whether in operation or shut down and shall nat leak ar waste lubricants under either condition. The manufacturer's recommendations of grade and quality and a supply of the lubricants so recommended in quantities sufficient to conduct start-up and testing operations shall be furnished with the equipment. l..l 5 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS A. Wh�n used in the Contract Documents, "Factory/Fabticating Sllop Performance, Evaluation, Certification, and/or Acceptance Tests and Test Reports" shall be considered to mean the carresponding manufacturer's, fabricator's, and/or other builder's official test and tests reports. Included in these Cest reports shall be appropriate substantiating documentation/data ascertaining the correct and complete manufacture, fabrication, and "shop performance" (to the greatest extent normally practicable) ofthe particular material, equipment, system, and/or facilities proposed for eventual delivery. These are subdivided into three significant tests and test report types: 1) Certifcation Tests and Test Reports, 2) Factory Tests and Test Reports, and 3) 5hop Performance/Evaluation Tests and Test Reports. Minimal requireinents are described below. 03720-037-01 01600-6 MAT�RTALS AND F.QUIPMETIT , ' ' � L� � � � ' : C� Certi�cation Tests and Test Reports 1. Standard specifications, code references, etc. for minirnum quality and w�rkmanship levels ar� indicated in the Contract Documents and Construction Documents. Statements, certiticates, and other substantiating r�porting data, called "Certitication "1"est Reports" in this Section, of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment id�ntical to that proposed for use shall be compiled by the Contractar. 2. At a minimum all Certification Test Reports shall contain an official analysis of sufficient material compositian or show evidence of ineeting or exceeding the specified material standard(s) referenced, e.g., ASTM, ASME, or other designations. All reports shall also indicate from whom the material was/will be purchased. 3. The Contractor shall pay all casts of certification tests and test reports. Factory T�ests and Test Reports � l. Additional tests and reports performed on material or equipment by the manufacturer or fabricator to ascertain quality or workmanship arc referred to here as "Factory Tests and Test Reports." ' C� � � 1 � �� 1 2. Before the delivery of any Factory Test Report, the ConCractor shall first submit for review and approval a detailed description ofthe proposed testing, including reporting pracedure and criteria. Such descriptions shall also be delivered tA the En�ineer for review as part of the first submission of the tcchnical submittal. 3. Materials and eyuipment used in the performance of the Work under this Cantract are subject to inspection and tesCing at th�. point of manufacture or fabrication. lf Work to be accomplished away from the construction site is to be inspected on behalf of the Owner during its fabrication or manufacture, the Contractor shall give prior notice to the Engineer of the place and time where such fabrication or manufacture is to be done. Such notice shall be in writing and delivered to the Engineer noC less than 30 days before the Work is to be done so that the necessary arrangements for the particular factory inspection tests can be made. 4. Upon completion ofthe factory inspection tests and immediately following manufacture or fabricatian, the Contractor shall compile a cornplete Factoiy `fest Report fallowing the approved format above. All such reports shall be n��n_n��-ni 01600-7 MATERIALS AND EQUi.PMFNT ' I�J E. delivered to thE Engineer for review as part of the technical submittal corresponding to such tested material or equipment. Shc�p Performance/Evaluation Tests and Tests Reports Material and equipment used in the perforrnance of the Work ofthis Cantract are also subject to evaluation and testing after the complete full-scale assembly into major equipment and/or systems. Shop Performance/Evaluation Tests, i.e., tests af simulated startup, steady-state, variable loading, and other normal operating conditions, for such assembled equipment/systems shall be accomplish�d in strict accordance with the standard testing practices speci�ed or otherwise accepted by the Engineer. 2. Before the delivery af any Shap Performance/Evaluation Test Report, the Contractor shall submit for review a detailed description of the proposed performance/evaluation tests, including anticipated reporting procedures, data reduction, and criteria used. Where appropriate, such descriptions shall also be delivered to the Engineer for review as part of a first or subsequent submissic�n ofthe technical submittal. 3. Should such performance/evaluation tests be acco.mp]ished away from the construction site, the Contractor shall give prior notice to the Engineer ofthe places and times where such tests will be accomplished. Such prior noCice shall be in writing and delivered not less than 30 days before such events so that necessary arrangements for the particular tests can be made. 4. The requirements above pertaining to Factory Tests and Test Reparts shall be incorporated for shop Perfor.mance/Evaluation Tests and Test Reports_ iJnless factory tests are coincident with shop performance tests and vice versa for the same material or equiprnent, a minimurn of 15 days shall be scheduled between such rnultiple equ,iprnent CesCs where extended travel is required. Cost of Performance Shop Tests The Contractor shall conduct shop performance full-scale tests at its expense on all equipment as specifred. Each piece of eyuipment shall be tested completely assembled and the shop tests performed by the equipment rr�anufacturer until successful tests are achieved. 2, if the performance tests are conducted outside the continental United States, the Contractor shall pay all transportatian expenses incurred by the Owner's representatives in witnessing the tests at no additional cost to the Owner_ 03720-037-q1 01600-8 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ' ' ' � , , � � l .l 6 F.IF.i..D TESTING A. Field-testing shall be conducted when called for in the Technical Specification Sections and on all completed systems in general. The Contractor shall provide services of a factory-authorized service representative to perform, approve, and certify the .field testing specified in this Section. Field testing shall �enerally consist of performing the pre-startup and startup tests as specified in the Division 11 Specifications and the final mechanical performance test specified in Section l 1000. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to perform factary testing on equipment items before the Engineer approves their use for this project. The Contractor shall refer tn the Division 11 Specifications regarding equipment shop testing requirements. B. After completing the installation, the Cantractor shall test the system in the presence of the Engineer and under actual operatin� conditions. "I'ests shall be performed accarding to the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The Contractor shall include with its bid the services ofthe equipment manufacCurer's ' field service technician for a period necessary to complete the Work to the satisfaction af the Engineer and the Owner. � � � � � , ' ' � D. This service shall be for the purposes of checkout, initial start-up, certification, and instruction of facilities personnel. E. A written report covering the technician's findings and installatian approval shall be submitted to the Engineer covering all inspections and outlining in detail any deficiencies noted. 1.17 ACCEPTANCE OF 1NSTALLATION I:1 The Engineer may accept an equipment system installation as ready for Substantial Campletion when: The Engineer has accepted all factory tests and all oCher component testing. 2. The Engineer has accepted all performance shop tests. 3. All components of the system are installed and tested, including without limitation hydrostatic tests, leak tests, continuity tests, insulation resistance tests, phase rotation tests, bump tests, stroke testing, calibration, adjustment for proper operation, and all other component tests as appropriate. 4. Field start-up activities have been completed and approved by the Engineer. 03720-037-01 01600.9 ' MATEItIALS AND EQUIPMENT 5 b The appropriate certificates have been submitted. All equipment has met the performance requirements. 7. Th� Engineer has accepted integratc:d system tests and adjustments performed by the Contractor to demonstrate that the system as a whole functions reliably and meets the performance requirements, in manual and automatic modes, without failure, fault, or defect of any connponent or ofthe system as a whole. S. The Engineer has accepted integrated facilities tests performed by the Contractor to demonstrate that the entire Construction funetions together reliably as an integrated :Facility and meets the performance requirements, in manual and automatic modes, without failure, fault, or defect of any comppnent. 9. ]0. r1. I 2. The Engineer has accepted facilities performance tests which demonstrate that the design criteria and performance criteria are met. The Engineer has accepted the O&M Manuals. AlJ required Owner personnel have been trained. Al] other Contract requirements for Substantial Completion hav� been satisfied. 1..18 GREASE, OIL, AND FUEL A. All grease, oil, and fuel required for start-up and testing of equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. B. The Cantractor shall be responsible for changing the oil in all drives and intermediate drives of each mechanical equipment from after initial break-in of the equipment, which shall be no greater than 30 days. 1.19 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. All items ofelectrical equipment that are fiirnished with process, heating, ventilating, or other eyuipment shall conform to the requirements specified under the appropriate electrical sections ofthe Specitications. Enclosures for electrical equipment, such as switches and starters, shall conform to the requirements specified under the appropriate electrical sections of the Specifications. 03720-037-01 01600-]0 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ' 1 ' 1.20 EQUIPMENT DRIVE GUARDS [�I � A. Screens, guards, or cages shall be pravided for all exposed rotating or moving parts in accordance with accepted practices of applicable governmental agencies. Unless specified otherwise in the technical sections, guards shall be constructed of galvanized sheet steel or galvanized woven wires or expanded metal set in a frame of galvanized steel members. Guards shall be secured in position by steel braces or straps, which will permit easy removal for servicing the equipment. I1.21 PROTECTiON AGAiNST ELECTROLYSIS � A. Where dissimilar metals are used in conjunction with each other, suitable insulation shall be provided between adjoining surfaces so as to eliminate direct conCact and any resultant electrolysis. The insulation shall be bituminous-impregnated felt, heavy - , bituminous coatings, nonmetallic separators ar washers, or other acceptable materials. � I .22 CONCRETE 1NSERTS A. Concrete inserts for hangers shall be designed to support safely, in the concrete that is � used, the maximum load that can be imposed by the hangers used in the inserts. lnserts for han�ers shall be of a type which will permit adjustment of the hangers , both horizontally (in one plane) and vertically and locking of the hanger head or nut. A11 inserts shall be galvanized. �� r � ' r f�►.X�.911��/�I.7 A. Unlcss othcrwise indicated on the Drawings or specified, openings for the passage of pipes through floors and walls shall be formed of sleeves of standard-weight, galvanized-steel pipe. Each sleeve shall be of ample diameter to pass the pipe and its insulation, if any, and to permit such expansion as may occur. Sleeves shall be of sufficient length to be flush at the walls and the bottom ofthe slabs and to praject 2 inches above the finished floor surface. Threaded nipples shall not be used as sleeves. B. Sleeves in exterior walls below ground or in walls to have liquids on one or both sides shall have a 2-inch annular fin of 1/4-inch plate welded with a continuous weld completely araund the sleeve at about mid-length. Sleeves shall be galvanized after the fins are attached. C� All sleeves shall b� set accurately before the conerete is placed ar shall be built-in accurately as Che masonry is being built. 0372p-o37-nl o16Dal 1 MATERTALS ANb EQL]1PMEI+IT � l .24 SERVICES O.F MANUFACTURE.R'S .REPRESENTATIVE A. 7�he Contractor shall arrange for a qualified service representative from each company manufacturin� or supplying certain equipment as listed in this Section (or in the respective Technical Specification sections) to perform the duties described in this Section. S. After the listed equipment has been installed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, c�perate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include but not be limited to the following points as applicable: C�1 1. Soundness (without cracked, abraded, or otherwise damaged parts). 2. Completeness in all details, as specified. 3. C�rrectness of setting, ali�nment, and relative arrangement ofvarious parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants. The operation, t�sting, and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory aperation under the conditions specifred_ D. On completion of his or her work, ihe manufacturer's or supplier's r°epresentative shall submit in Criplicate to the Engineer a complete, signed report of the result of the inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. 'I`he report shall include dctailed descriptions ofthe points inspected, tests and adjustment made, quantitative results obtained if such are speci�ed, and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufiacturer's warranty null and void. E. A�'ter the Engineer has reviewed the reports from the manufacturer's representatives, the Contractor shall make arrangements to have the manufacturer's representatives present when the field acceptance tests are made. F. The Contractor, at a minimum, shall arrange for the service of qualified service representatives from the companies manufacturing or supplying the following equipment and as required in the Technical Specifcations: 1. Scum Collection Equipment (Thickeners) 2. Scum Pumpin� Equipment (Scum Wetwell) 3. Instrumentation and Control Systems 03720-037-0] 01600-12 MA7`ERTALS AND EQUIPMENT , ' ' PART 2 PRODUC"fS (NQT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NQT USED) , END OF SECTION � � r � � r � � � � � � �� 03720-037-0] 0160a13 MATFRIAT.� ANI� F.QiITPMFNT � ' � r r � , ' � � r ' � , � � ' ' ' , SECTION 01650 DELiVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WOR.K A. This Scction specifies the general requirements for the delivery, handling, stora�e, and protection af all items required in the construction of the Work. Specific requirements, if any, are specified with the related item. 1.p2 RELATED WOR.K (NQT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) l .04 WURK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) I.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTiES (NOT USED) A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section O1780, Warranties and Bonds. ] .08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in this Section for storing and protecting the items. B. The Contractor shall do the following: ]. Materials and equipment shall be loaded and unloaded by methods affording adequate protection against damage. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent injury to the material or eyuipmenC during transportation and handling_ Suitable power equipment shall be used and the material or equipment shall be under control at all times. Under no condition shall the material or equipment be dropped, bumped, or dragged. When a crane is used, a suitable hook or lift sling shall be used. 7�he crane shall be so placed that all lifting is done in a vertical plane. Materials or equipment skid loaded, palletized, or handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against material or equipment already unloaded. 03720-037-01 �165f�1 nFl]VF.RY, ST(7RA(iE AND HANDLING 2. Material and equipment shall be delivered to the job site by means that will adequately support it and not subject it to undue stresses. Material and equiprnent damaged or injured in the process of transportation unloadin� or handling shall be rejected and immediately rcmoved from the site. 3. The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery of all materials, including those furnished by the Owner. The Contractor shal) be responsible for the proper transport, handling, and storing of all materials, and maCerials sha11 be protected to ensure their expected performance. Delivery schedules shall be coordinated by the Contractor, in advance, so that the Work will be done in a timely manner. 4. The Contractor shall coordinate deliverres of products with construction schedules to avoid canflict with work and conditions at the site. The Contractor shall also do the folJpwing: � 6 bl 8 a. Deliver products Sn undamaged condition, in the manufacturer's original containers or packa�ing, with identifying labels intact and legible. b. Immediately on d�livery, inspecC shipments to ensurc compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents and approved submittals and to ensure that the products are properly protected and undamaged. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personne] to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage ta products or packaging. All materials and equipmenC shall be stored on-site in complete compliance with the rnanufacturer's recommendations. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather-tight enclosures. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by the manufacturer's instructions. 9. Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids to prevent sailing or staining. Cover products that are subject to dete,rioration with impervious sheet coverings, and pravide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 03720-037-01 01650-2 b�1,NE,RY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING ' , ' 1 , 1 ] 0. All materials and equipment ta be incorporated in the Work shall be handled and stored by the Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner that will prevent warping, twistin�, bending, breakin�, chipping, rusting, and any injury, theft, or damage of any kind to the material or equipment. 1 I. All materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer, have become so damaged as to be unfit for the use intended or specified shall be promptly removed from the site of the Work, and the Contractor shall receive no compensation for the damaged material or its rernoval. l2. The Contractor shall arrange stora�e in a manner to provide easy access ' for inspection and make periodic inspections of stored products to ensure that products are maintained under specified conditions, free from damage or deterioration. ' 1 ' ' r � � 13. �'he Contractor shall provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect insta]led products from traffic dama�e and subsequent construction operations and shall remove these coverings when they are no longer needed. 14. Should the Contractor fail to take proper action on storage and handling of equipment supplied under this Contract, withrn 7 days after written notice to do so has been given, the Owner retains the right to correct all deflciencies noted in the previously transmitted written natice and deduct the cost associated with these corrections from the Contractar's Contract. These costs may include expenditures for labor, equipment use, administrative, clerical, engineering, and any other costs associated with making the nec�ssa�y corrections. 15. Schedule delivery to reduce lang-term onsite storage before installation and/or operation. Under no circumstances shall equrpment be delivered to the site more than 1 month before installatian without written authorization from the Engineer. ' 16. Coordinate delivery with installation to ensure minirtaum holding time for items that are hazardous, flammable, easily damaged, or sensitive to deteriaration. ' l� �I I� 17. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed containe.rs �r other packing systems, complete with instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 03720-037-0] 01650-3 DELIVERY, STORAGF � AND HANDLING 03720-037-01 � 1 18. Unload and place all items delivered to the site in a manner which will not hamper normal construction operation nar that of subcontractors and other , contractors and will not interfere wrth the flow of necessary traffic. 19. Provide necessary equipment and p�rsonnel to unload all items delivered ' to the site. 20. The Contractor shall store and protect products in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, wrth seals and labels intact and legible. Follow storage instructions, review them with the Engineer, and keep a written record ofthis. Arrange storage to permit access for inspection. ' , 2l . Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. ' Prevent mixing with fareign matter. 22. Store cement and lime under a roof and off the ground and keep it completely dry at all times. All structural, miscellaneous, and reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground or otherwise to prevent accumulations c�f dirt or grease and in a position to prevent accumulations of standing water and to minimize rusting. Bearns shall be stored with the webs vertical. Precast concrete shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations of dirC, standing water, staining, chipping, or cracking. Nandl� and store brick, block, and similar masonry products in a rnanner to keep breaking, cracking, and spilling to a minimum. 23. Store all mechanical and electrical equipment and instruments subject to corrosive damage by the atmosphere if stored outdoors (even though covered by canvas) in a weathertight building to prevent damage. The bt�ilding may be a temporary struchire on the site ar elsewhere, but it must be satisfactory to the Ettgineer. The building shall be provided with adequate ventrlltion to prevent condensation. The Contractor shall ensure thaC temperature and humidity are maintained within the range required by the manufacturer. �a 1 �.� , � �� , � All equipment shall be stored fully lubricated with oil, grease, and other lubricants unless otherwise instructed by the manufacturer. � b. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum of ance weekly to ensure proper lubrication and to avoid metal-to-metal "welding." Upon installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall start the equipment, at least at half load, once weekly for an adeyuate period to ensure that the �quipment does not deteriorate from lack of use. 01650-4 bELIVERV, S'I'pRAGE ANIa HANDLING � L� ' � , , ' , 1 1 ' 1 r � � r � � � t � � 1 c d Lubricants shall be changed when installation is c�mplete and as frequently as required therea�er during the period between installation and acceptance. The Contractor shall put new lubricants into the equipment at the time of acceptance. Before accepting equipment that has been stored for same time, the Corttractar shall have the manufacturer inspect the equipment and certify that its condition has not been detrimentally affected by the long storage period. Such certit3cations by the manufacturer shall be deemed to mean that the equipment is judged by the manufacturer to be in a condition equal to that of equipment that has been shipped, installed, tested, and accepted in a minimum time periad. As such, the manufactarer will guarantee the equipment equally in both instances. If such a certification is not given, the equipment shall be judged to be defective. It shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.09 QUALTFiCATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (N�T USED) PART 3 EXECUTiQN (N01' USED) U3720.037-0i END �F SECTION D I 65(1-5 1)Fi]VERY, ST(IRACiF. AND HANDLING ' � 1 , 1 ' 1 1 ' ' � � ' 1 , 1 ' , 1 sECT�oN o r �Zo FIELD ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL I.O1 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractar shall do the following: A. Provide and pay for the following field engineering services required for the Project: I. Survey work required in the execution of the Project. 2. Civil, structural, or other professional engineering services specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. B. Retain the services of a registered land surveyor licensed in Florida to do the follow.ing: ]. Identify existing control points and property line corner stakes as required. 2. Verify all existing structure locations and all proposed structure corner locations, tank locations, and equipment locations within the Project site. 3. Maintain an accurate location of all buried piping 4 inches in diameter and larger. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01100, Summary of Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. S. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the name and address of the registered land surveyor or professional engineer. G �n request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit documentation to verify the accuracy of field engineering work. 0372D-037-01 oi �zai ini��.��.cnr.��:�r.cr D. 7�he Contractor shall submit a certificate signed by a registered land surveyor certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance or non-conformance with Subcontract Documents. r. At the end of the Vroject and before tinal payment, submit the certified drawings listed below with the Surveyor's title block (signed and sealed by the registered land surveyor) of the items ]isted below. These drawings shall be included with and made a part ofthe project record dqcuments. 1. Certified site survey at 1-inch =] 0-ft scale on sheets 24 inches by 36 inches, indicating the building corners, sidewalks, paved areas, and location of all above-ground structures for the project site. 2. Certif7ed drawing showing the location, lines, and grades of all lines 4 inches in diameter and larger buried and exterior to buildings and other buried facilities (e.g. valves, tanks, vaults, etc.) installed as a result of the work. Th.is shall be at the same scale as the Engineer's yard pipin� drawin� and submitted on reproducible tracing paper. 3. CerCified drawings showing elevations of all flow control points such as weirs, elevations of a]] existing and new structures, and equipment in the Creatment plant. 1.04 WORK SEQULNCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The #ollowing documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these docu.ments, the requiremcnts of this Section shall apply. A. All work will be performed in accordance with the Minimum Technical Standards � set forth by the Board of �rofessional Surveyors and Mappers. 1..06 QUALITY ASSURANCE I1 I:� Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on Drawings. Locate and protect control points before starting site work and preserve all permanent reference points during construction: 03720-037-01 U I 720-2 FIELD ENGINEERING , ' , 1 � , ' ' ' ' � ' ' � ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 2 3 4 Make na changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Engineer. Report to the Engineer when any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. Require the surveyor to correctly replace project control points which may be lost or destroyed. Establish replacements based on original survey control. 1.07 WAR.RANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and l3onds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND H.ANDLiNG A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. ] .09 QUALiFiCATIONS A. Registered land surveyor of the discipline required for the specific service on the project, currently licensed in Florida. l .l 0 SYSTEM .DESCRIPTION A. Thc Cuntractur s}aall �stablish a minimum vf [#] permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points: 1. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical date, on Record Documents. I:? 03720.037-01 Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvernents a. Stakes for grading, fill, and topsoil placement. b. Utility slopes and invert elevatians. 2. Building faundation, column locations, and floor levels. 3. Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical trades. 01720.3 FiF.i.n FNCiiNF.F.RING C. From time to time, verify layouts by the samc rnethods. D. Maintain a camplete and accurate log of all control and survey work as the work prUgresses. E. As a condition for approval of monthly progress payment requests, updaCe the project record drawings monthly based on the work performed during the month ending at the pay request. The Contractor shall coordinate this monthly with the Owner's representative on the site as part of the pay request. F. Maintain an accurate record of piprng changes, revisions, and modifications. PART 2 PRQDUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTiON (NOT USED) END OF SECTTON 03720-037-01 01720-4 FIELD ENGINEEItIN('r 1 ' 1 1 ' � , ' ' � � ' 1 � 1 , 1 ' ' SECTION 01730 CUTTING, CORING, AND PATCHING P�1.RT 1 GENER.AL. 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide all cutting, coring, fitting, and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to accomplish the following: 1. Make the Work's several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installatian oFill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conForming to requir�n�ents of Subcontract Documents. 5. Remove samples of instal led work as specified for testing. 6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installing piping and electrical conduit. f�lir.� 7�1I1:r��1�1�.�L�7.7:1 A. Section O11 �0, Summary of Work. B. Division 2, Site Construction. C. Division 3, Conerete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. B. The Contractor shall submit a written request well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration which affects the following: 1. Work of the �wner or any other Contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity af any element of the Project. 03720.037-01 01736-1 CUTTING, CORiNG, ANU PATCHiNG C 3. The intcgrity or effectivcness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements or systems. 4. The efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elemenfs. 5. Visual qualities of elements cxpos�d to view. The written request shall include the following: 1. ldentification of the Project. 2. Description of affected Work. 3. The necessity for cutting, altering, or excavating. 4. The �ffect on the work of the Owner or any other Caniractor or an the structural or weatherproof integ.rity ofthe Project. 5. Description of proposed Work: a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavatio.n. b. Trades which will execute Che Work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives ta cutting and patching. 7. Cost proposal, when applicab.le. $. Written permissron of any other Contractor whose work will be affected. D. The Contractor shall submit written notrce to the Engineer designating the date and the time the Work will be uncovered. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 0372D-037-D1 D1730-2 CUTTING, CORiNG, ANU PATCHING 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplernentary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranfies and Bonds. I.08 DELNERY, S'TORAGE, F1ND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUA.L1FiCATiONS (NOT USED) PAR1" 2 PRODUCTS f►.�II�u/r�13/� A. Concrete and grout for rough patching shall be as specified in Division 3. B. Materials for finish patching shall be equal to those of adjacent constructio.n. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTiON I_1 I:? The Contractor shall inspect existing conditions of project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering Work, the Contractor shall inspect conditions affecting installation of products or performance of the Work. C. The Cantractor shall report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Engineer in writing and shall not proceed with work until the Engineer has provided further instructions. D. All cutting and coring shall be performed in such a manner as to limit the extent of patching. E. All holes cut through concrete and masonry walls, slabs, or arches shall be core- drilled unless otherwise approved. No structural members shall be cut without approval of the Engineer, and all such cutting shall be done in a manner directed by the Engineer. No holes may be drilled in beams or other structural members withaut obtaining prior approval. All work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in this type of wark. 03720-037-01 01730.3 CUTTLNG, CORING, AND PATCHING F. If holes are cored through floor slabs, they shall be drilled from below. G. Rough patching shall be such as to bring the cut or cored areas flush with existing construction unless otherwise shown. Finish patching shall match existing surfaces as approved. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to ensure the structural value or integrity of the affected portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and metl�ods to protect other portions oF the Project from damage. C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of` the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work and maintain excavations free frona water. D. Perform coring with an approved non-impact rotary tools with diamond core drills. The size of the holes shal] be suitable for pipe, conduit, sleeves, and equipment or mechanical seals to be installed. E. Ensure that all equipment canforms to OSHA standards and specifications pertaining to plugs, noise and fume pollution, wiring, and maintenance. F. Provide protection for existing equipment, utilities, and critical areas against water or other damage cause by drilling operatian. G. Following drilling, vacuum or otherw.ise remove from the area all slurry or ta.r I,ings resulting from coring operations. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Cut and dernplish by rraethods which will prevent damage to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs. B. Excavate and backfill by methads which will prevent settlement or damage to other work. C Employ the original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for the following: l. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 03720-037-01 01730-4 Cll'1'T1NC`r, CORING, AND PATCHING � ' ' � � � � 1 ' 1 ' � � �.. ' , 1 ' � 2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces_ D. Fit and adjust products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified prvducts, functions, tolerances, and finishes. E. Cut with a concrete wall saw and diamond saw blades of proper size. F. Control slurry generated by sawing operation on both sides of wall. G. When cutting a reinforced conerete wall, cut so as nat to damage the bond between the concrete and reinforcing steel leR in structure. Make the cut so that steel neither protrudes nor is recessed from the face of the cut. I�3. Install adequate bracing of the area to be cut bef�re cutting starts. Check tl�e area during sawing operation for partial cracking and provide additional bracing as required to prevent a partial release of the cut area during sawing operations. T. Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel. J. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new prnducts to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Subcontract Documents. K L Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent �nishes: 1. For canCinuous surfaces, refinish to the nearest intersection. 2. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. M. Provide for Proper Pavement Restoration: The Contractor shall restore existing paving, including undetdrains if any are encountered and broken into, and shall replace or rebuild the paving using the same type of construction as was in the original. Tlae Contractar shall be responsible for restoring all such work, including subgrade and base courses where present. The Contractor shall obtain and bear the expense of such local or other governmental permits as may be necessary. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 01730-5 CUl"�1NG, CORiNG, AND PATCHING � ' � � � �J �l � � � 1 � 1 ' � � � � SECTION 01735 CONTROL UF WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PLANT A. The Contractor shall furnish plant and equipment, which will be efficient, appropriate, and large enaugh to secure a satisfacCory quality of work and a rate of progress that will ensure the completion of the work within the Contract Time. Yf at any time the plant appears to be inefficient, inappropriate, or insufficient for securing the quality of work required or for producin� the rate of progress stated above, the Engineer may order the Contractor to increase the eff7ciency, change the character, or increase the plant and equipment and the C�ntractor shall conform to such an order. Failure of the Engineer to give such an order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure the quality af the work and rate of progress required. 1.02 PRIVATE LAND A. Do not enter or occupy private land outside of easements, except by permission of the land owner. 1.03 PIPE LOCATIONS A. Locate pipelines substantially as indicated on the Drawings. The Engineer reserves the right to make such modi.ficatians in locations as may be found desirable to avoid interference with existing structures or for other reasons. Where fittings are noted on the Drawings, such notation is for the Cantractor's convenience and does not relieve him of laying and jointing different or additional items where required. 1.04 OPEN EXCAVATiONS A. Adequately safeguard all open excavations by providing temporary barricades, caution signs, lights, and other means to prevent accidents to persons and damage to property. Provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossin�s for accommodating travel by pedestrians and workers. Remove bridges provided for access during construction when no longer required. The length or size af excavation will be controlled by the particular surrounding conditions, but shall always be confined to the limits prescribed by the Engineer. if the excavation becomes a hazard or if it excessively restricts tra�c at any point, the Engineer may require special construction procedures, such as limiting the length of the 03720-03T-01 01735-1 CONTROL OF WORK � open trench, prohibitin� stacking excavated material in the street, and requiring that the trench be closed overnight. B. Take precautions to prevent injury to the public due lo open trenches. Provide adequate light at all lrenches, excavated mate��ial, equiprraent, or other obstacles that could be dangerous to the puUlic at night. 1.05 T.EST .PITS A. Excavate test pits, at the direction of the Engineer, to locate underground pipelines or structures in advance of the construction. Back.frl,l test pits immediately afCer their purpose has been satisfied and restore and maintain the surface in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRt1FFIC A. Unless permission to close a street is received in writing from the proper authority, place all excavated material so Chat vehicular and pedestrian traffic may bc maintained at all times. If the construction operations cause traffic hazards, repair the road surface, provide temporary ways, erect wheel guards or fences, or take other measures for safety satisfactory to the �ngineer. l3. Maintenance oftraffic shall be in accardance with C ]. Detours around construction will be subject to the approval of the Owner and the Engineer. Where detours are permitted, provide all necessary barricades and signs as required to divert the f7ow of traffic. Expedite construction operations while traffic is detou.red. The Owner wrll strictly control periods when traffic is being detour�d. C. Take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches. Night watchmen may be requrred where special hazards exist or police protection p.rovided for traffic w.hile work is in progress. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for damage or injuries whether or not police protection has been provided. 1.07 CARE AND P:ROT.FCTION OF PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preserving all public and private property and use every precaution necessary to prevent damage to this property. If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, ,neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall restore such property to a conditian sirnilar or equal to that existing before the damage was done or make good the damage in other manner acceptable to the Engineer. 03720-037-01 U1735-2 CONTROL OF WORK � 1 � ' ' 1.08 PROTECTiON AND RE.LOCATI�N OF EXISTING STRUC��URES AND UTILIT.iES A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for protecting all buildings, structures, and utilities, public or private, including poles, signs, services to buildings, utilities in the street, gas pipes, water pipes, hydrants, sewers, drains, and electric and telephone cables, whether or not they are shown on the Drawings. Carefully support and protect all such structures and utilities trom injury of any kind. lrnrnediately repair any damage resulting from the construction operations. ' B. Assistance will be given the Contractor in determining the location of existing services. The Contractor, however, shall bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of underground structures and utilities (including existing water � services, drain lines, and sewers). The Contractor shall maintain services to buildings and pay costs or charges resulting from dama�e to such services. i ' � r � � �� C. Notify all utility companies in writing at least �2 hours (excluding Saturdays, 5undays, and Legal holidays) before excavating in any public way. Also notify Sunshine State One Call of Florida, telephone I-800-638-4097 at least 72 hours bef'ore starting work. D. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, permanent relocation of a utility owned by the City is required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor, in writing, to perform the work'. Work so ordered will be paid for at the Contract unit prices, if applicable, or as extra work under the General Conditions. If relocation of a privately owned utility is required, the Engineei• will notify the Utility to perform the work as expeditiously as possible. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer and Utility. No claim for delay will be allowed due to such relocation. E. Protection and temporary removal and replac�ment of existing utilities and structures as described in this Sectian shall be part of the work under the Contract and all costs associated shall be included in the Contract Price. F. Coordinate the removal and replacement of traffc loops and signals, if required for the performance of the work, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.09 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. : In locations where public water supply is available, the Contractor may be allowed co use water for construction purposes. The cost to obtain water shall be included in the Contract Price. The express approval of City shall be obtained before water is used. Hydrants shall only be operated under the supervision of City personnel. 03720-037-01 01735-3 CON7"ROL UF WQRK f C. Waste of water by the Contractor shall be sufficient cause for withdrawit�g the use of water. 1.10 MAINTENANCE OF .FLOW A. F'rovide for the flow of sewers, drains, and water courses interrupted during the progress of the work, and imi�ediately cart away and remove all offensive matter. Discuss the entire procedure of maintainin� existing flow with the Engineer well in advance of the interruption of any flow. 1.11 COOPERATIQN WITHiN THIS CONTRACT A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall cooperate with the General Contractor and subcantractors or trades and assisl in .incorpo.rating the work of other trades where necessary or required. B. Cutting and patching and drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated in this Section or direct�d by the Engineer. I.12 CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. During the work keep the site of operations as clean and neat as passible. Dispose of all residue resulting from the construction work and at the conclusian af the work remove and haul away any surplus excavation, broken pavement, lumber, equipment, temporary structures, and any other refuse remainin� from the canstruction operations and leave the entire site of the work in a neat and orderly condition. B. �C"o prevent environmental pollution arising from the construction activities related to the performance of this Contract, comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations concerning waste material disposal, as well as the specific requirernents stated in this Sectian and in other related Sections. C. Disposing of excess excavated material in wetlands, stream corridors, and plains is strictly prohibited even if the permissian of the property owner is obtained. Any violation of this restriction by the Contractor or any person employed Uy the Contractor will be brought to the immediate attention of the responsible regulatory agencies, with a request that appropriate action be taken against the offending parties. "I'he Contractor will be required to remove the fill and restore the area impacted at no increase in the Contract Price. 1.13 SPECIAL WORK HOUR LIMITATlONS �3720-037-01 01735-4 CONTROL OF WORK � � � ' ].l4 r r � � I� ' � A. The Contractor shall limit hours of operation to between 6:00 am and 6:00 pm Monday through Friday. No work shall be performed at night, weekends, or legal holidays except in cases of emergency. The .Engineer must authorize all exceptions to this work-hour limitation in writing. CNARACTER OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SUPERiNTENDENT AND WORKERS A. The Contractor's superintendent and project manager shall conduct themselves in a professional manner. If, in the opinion of the Owner and the Engineer, the superintendent and project manager do not conduct themselves in a professional and courteous manner, the Engineer can recommend to the Owner that the superintcndent and/or the project manager be relieved of their responsibilities and rett�oved from the project. Upon written notice trom the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately remove the superintendent and/or the project manager of their responsibilities and removed frotn the: project. The work of this praject must be conducted unde:r the supervision of a full-time superintendent. B. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontracCor who in the opinion of the �ngineer does not canduct him/herself in a professional and courteous manner or is intemperate or disorderly, shall, at written request of the Engineer, be removed immediately by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and that person shall not be allowed to work on any other portion of work in this Contract without written approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such person(s) or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Engineer may recommend to the Owner that the wark be suspended until compliance with such orders has been met. Gontract time will not be stopped during this time. � PAR'f 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) I��.��j �.J r �� -� �. r EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 01735-5 � CONTROL UF WORK SECTION 01740 F1NAL CLEANrNG PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. '1"he Contractor shall execute cleaning during progress of the Work and at the complction of the Work as required by General Conditions. J .02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT US.ED) 1.05 RFFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSUTtANCE (NOT USED) I � 1 Y � �. %� � 7 :7: � ► y � 1 �.7 A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. l.08 DE.Cti1VERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the reyuirements specified in Section O] 65Q for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICA'TIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 ENVTRONMENTAL C�NCERNS A. Cleaning and disposal operatians shall comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws. PART2 PRODUCTS The Contractor shall da the following: 03720-037-�1 0174Q1 FDVAL CLE,ANiNG A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recomme.nded by the cleaning material manufacturer. PAR'f 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PERIODTC CLEANING The Contractor shall do the following: A. Execute periodic cleanin� to keep the work, the site, and adjacenC properties free from accumulations ofwaste materials, rubbish, and windblown debris. 1:3 C Provide onsite containers for the collection aF waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose uf at legal areas away from the site. 3.02 DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall da the following: A. Clean interior spaces before the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is fnished. B. Schedule operaCions so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly coated surfaces. 3.03 F1NAL CLEANING The Contractor shall do the following: A � Employ skilled workers for final cleaning. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and ather foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view. 03720-037-01 01740-2 FINAL CLEANiNG � � � � ' � , � � � � � � � ' � ' � � C. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean oCher surfaces of the grounds. U. Before final completion or Owner occupancy, inspect interior and ex[erior surfaces exposed to view and all work areas to verify that the entire Work is clean. 03720-037-01 END OF SECTION 01740-3 FINAL CLEANING FJ 1 � � � � � � � � � �_ l � � � r � 1 S�CTION 01745 MISCELLANEOUS WORK AN.D CL�.ANLJP PART] GENE.R.AL 1.01 SC�PE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and perform the miscellaneous wark not specified in other Sections but obviously necessary for the proper completion of the work as shown on the Urawin�s. B. When applicable, perform the work in accordance with other related Sections. When no applicable specification exists, perform the work in accordance wiCh the best modern practice and/or as directed by the Engineer. C. The work of Chis Sectian includes but is not limited to the following: 2 3 5 6. 7. 8. 9. r o. ll. Crossing and relacating existing utilities. Restoring driveways and sidewalks. Cleaning up. Performi.ng incidental work. Protecting and/or removin� and reinstalling/replacing signs, lampposts, and mailboxes. Restoring and replacing curbing. Protecting and bracing utility poles. Restoring easement and right-of-ways. Construction signage. Obtaining and complying with construction permits. Remvving trees. D. Submit to the Engineer a breakdown of the lump sum for miscellaneous work and cleanup, including the above items at a minimum. This breakdown shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and when so approved shall be the basis for determining progress payments and for negotiating change arders, if required. 1 _02 RELATED WORK (NOT USE.D) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WQRK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS 03720-037-01 01745-] M]SCELLANE011S WORK AND CLEANUP 1 Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the lat�st revision ofany such docume.nt in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of` this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements ofthis Section shall apply. A. FDOT Design Standards for Desi�n, Construction, Maintenance, and Utility Operations an the State Highway System 1. Index Series 600, "Traffic Control Through Work Zones." l .O6 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.0$ DELiVERY, STO.RAGE, t1ND H�NDLTNG (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALiFiCATIONS (NOT USED) 17\:��:Z�]r1�IqK9 2.01 MATERiALS A. Materials required for this S�ction shall be the same quality ofmaterials that are to be restored. Where possible, re-use existing materials that are removed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.0] CROSSTNG AND RELOCATING EXISTING UTILITIES A. Perform any extra work required in crossing culverts, watercourses including brooks and drainage ditches; storm drains; gas rnains; water mains; electric, telephone, gas and water servicES; and other utilities. This work shall include bracing, hand excavation, backfill (except crushed stone), and any other work reyuired for crossing the utiGty or obstruction not included for payment in other items in the Bid Form. Notification of Utility Companies shall b� as specifred in Section 01355, Special Provisions. B. In locations where existrng utilities cannot be crossed without interfering with the construction of the work as shown on the Drawings, remove and relocate the utility as directed by the Engineer or cooperate with the Utility Companies concerned ifthey relocate their own utility. C At pipe crossings and where designated by the Engineer, furnish and place crushed stone bedding so that the existing utiliCy or pipe is firmly supported for its entire 03720-D37-01 01745-2 MISCELLANEOiIS WORK AND CLEANUP ' , � exposed length. The bedding shall extend to the mid-diameter of the pipe crossed. Payment far crushed stane at pipe crossings will be made according to the uniY price bid in the Bid Form. � 3.02 RESTORING BITUMiNOUS CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS AND SIDEWALKS r � � l� , �� Ll ' � l� � �� A. Existing pubGc and private driveways disturbed by the construction shall be replaced. Paved drives shall be repaved to the limits and thicknesses existi.ng before construction. Gravel drives shall be replaced and regraded in kind. B. Existing public and private sidewalks disturbed by the construction shall be replaced with sidewalks of equal quality and dimension. 3.03 CLEANING UP A. Remove all construction material, excess excavation, buildings, equipment, and other debris remaining on the job as a result of construction aperations and restore the site of the work to a neat and orderly condition. 3.04 INCIDENTAL WORK f1. Perform all incidental work not otherwise specifred but obviously necessary to the proper completion of the work as shown on the .Drawings and as specified in this Section. 3.05 PROTECTION AND/OR REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATiON/R�PLACEMENT OF SiGNS, LAMPPOSTS, AND MAILBOXES A. Existing signs, lampposts, and mailboxes that may be dama�ed or removed when installing the new pipelines shall be reinstalled in a vertical position in the same location from which they were removed. Replace damaged items with items of equal or better quality than the damaged items. Provide a concrete anchor as necessary ta ensure a rigid alignment. Exercise care in reinstalling all items to prevent damage to the newly installed pipelines. 3.06 RESTORATION AND REPLACEMENT OF CURSTNG A. The Contractor shall protect conerete, bituminous, or timber curbing. If necessary, remove curbing and replace it after backfilling. Curbing which is damaged during construction shall be replaced with curbing of equal quality and dimension at the Contractar's expense. 3.07 PR.OTECTiON AND BRACING O.�' UTILITY POLES 03720.037-01 01745-3 MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP � A. Make all arrangements with the proper utility companies for bracing and protecting all utility poles that may bc damaged or endangered by the operations. Work under this item shal I include the related removal and reinstallation of guy wires or support poles whether shown on the Drawings or not. 3.08 RESTORiNG EASEMENTS AND .RIGHT-OF-WAYS A. The Cantractor s.halJ be responsible for all damage to private property due to the operations. Protect from injury all walls, fences, cultivated shrubbery, vegetables, fruit trees, pavement, underground facilities such as waCer pipe, or other utilities that may be encountered along the route. Ifrem�val and replacement are required, it shall be done in a workmanlike manner so that replacement is eyuivalenC to that which existed before construction. B. Existing lawn and sod surfaces damaged by construction shal I bc replaced. Cut and replace the lawra and sod or restore the areas with an equivalent depth and quality of loam, seed, and fertilizer as necessary to produce a stand of grass at least equal to that existin� before construction. These areas shall be maintained and reseeded, if necessary, until all work under this Contract has been cornpleted and accepted. Any additiona] work required to restore the property to the origin�l condition shall be performed. C. Existing trees, shrubs, plants, and bushes outside of easements shall be fully pratected as specified in Section 01355, Special Provisions. The work shall also include removing and replacing those trees, shrubs, and bushes as indicated on the Drawings. It shall include the careful excavation of the rooC ball, which shall be wrapped with burlap while out ofthe ground. Replant the plants after backfilling the trench, stake them in an upright position, and periodically water replanted trees, bushes, and s,hrubs. The Contractor is fully responsible for ensuring that any and all trees, bushes, and shrubs removed and replanted "take" and return to a viable state. Any replanted item that fails to "take" or that is so damaged as to be unsuitable for replanting shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner, with a tree, bush, or shrub equal to the one removed. D. As described in Section 02230, Site Preparation, trees damaged beyond repair through no fault of the Contractor shall be removed as directed by tlae Engineer. Replacement of these trees will be as directed by the Engineer and paid for by the Owner. For bidding purposes, the Contractor shall assume that removing three trees may be required. E. The Engineer will inspect all work for provisional acceptance upo.n the written request received at least 10 days before the anticipated date of inspection_ 03720-037-01 01745-4 MISCELLANEOUS WORK ANb CLEANUP � � � � � � � � , � � � r � � i �� 1 ' 1 � At the end of this period, any plant that is missing, dead, ar not in satisfactory growth, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced. All replacements shall be plants of the same kind and size. 1'hey shall be furnished and planted as specified in this Section. The cost of replacement shall be borne by the Contractor except where it can be de�nitely shown that loss resulted from vandalism or the Owner's failure to maintain plantings as instructed. 3_ At the end of the guarantee period, the Engineer will inspect the plantings upon written request submitted by the landscape contractor at least 10 days before the anticipated date. 4. Aftex all necessary corrective work has been completed and tree staking has been removed, the Ertgineer will certify in writing the final acceptance of the planting. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE A. Furnish, install, maintain, and remove warning devices and traffic and construction signs in accordance with FDOT Index Series 600 and as directed by the Engineer. 3.10 PERMITS A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining and complying with all permits or their implementation, including the Minor Impact Wetlands Permit and the NPDES Construction Dewatering Permit. 3.I l TREE REMOVAL (NOT USED) 03720-037-01 END OF SECTION 01745-5 MISCELLANEQUS WOKK AND CLEANUP SECTION 01755 EQUIPMENT TESTiNG AND STARTUP 17� 71 �tfl �I � I �1.7s\ � 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide a competent field services technician of the manufacturers of all cquipment furnished under Divisions 11, 13, 15, and 16 to supervise installation, adjustment, initial operation and testing, performance testing, final acceptance testing, and startup of the equipment. B. The Contractor shall perform specified equipment field performance tests, final acceptance tests, and startup services. 1.02 RELATED WOR.K A. Section Ol 830, Operation and Maintenance Manuals. S. Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements, for Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance form. C. Divisions 1 l, 13, 1 S, and 16, performance and acceptance testing and startup requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section Q133Q, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit name, address, and resume of proposed field services technicians at least 30 days in advance of the need for such services. B. Submit for review detailed testing procedures for shop tests, �eld performance tests, and fnal acceptance tests as specifed in the various equipment specification sections. Test procedures shall be submitted at least 30 days in advance of the proposed test dates and shall include at least the following i.nformation: 1. Name of eyuipment to be tested, including reference to specif.rcation sectian number and title. ra 3 Testing schedule of proposed dates and times for testing. Summary of power, lighting, chemical, water, sludge, gas, ete., needs and identification of who will provide them. 03720-037-0] 01755-1 EQUIPMENT TESTING ANb STARTUP 4 � An outline of speci.fic assignments of the responsibilities of the Contractor r and inanufacturers' factory representatives or tield service personnel_ 5. Detailed description of step-by-step t�sting requirements, with reference to appropriate standardized testin� procedures and laboratory analyses by established technical organizations (e.g. ASTM, WPCF Standard Methods, etc.). L� �.1 6. Samples of forms to be used to collect and record test data and to present � tabulated test results. C. Submit copies of test reports upon completion of specified shop, performance, and acceptance tests. Test reports shall incarporate the information provided in the test procedures submittals, modified to reflect the actual conducting of the tests and the following additional information: J 2 C�pies of all test data sheets and results of lab analyses. Summary comparison of specified tesi and performance requirements vs. actual test results. 3. Should actual test results fail to �neet specitied test and performance requirements, a description of actions to be taken before re-testing equipment. D. Submit copies of the manufacturer's f7eld service technicran's report summarizing the results of the initia] inspection, operation, adjustment, and pre-tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions and tabulations of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained, suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance, and the equipment supplier's Certificate of Installation in Che format specified in this Section. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. 1:1 : American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C653 - Disinfection for Water Treatment Plants. American Society for Testing attd Materials (ASTM) 0372�-�37-01 01755-2 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND START[JY C. Water Pollution Control Federation (WPCF) D. Where reference is made to onc of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.OG QUALI'1'Y ASSURANCF A. Field service technicians shall be competent and experienced in the proper installation, adjustment, operation, testing, and startup of the equipment and systems being installed. B. Manufacturers' sales and marketing personnel will not be accepted as field service technicians. 1.07 WARRAN'rIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Condifions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDI_ING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. l .09 QUALiFICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIM(NARY REQUIREMENTS A. After the equipment has been installed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation but before it is operated by others, the manufacture;r's field service technician shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points where applicable: I. Saundness (without cracks or otherwise damaged parts). 2. Completeness in all details, as specified and required. 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness ofpacking, sealing, and lubricants. B. T'he operation, testing, and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. 03720-D37-01 01755-3 EQUIPML•NT �E5TING AND STARTUI' C. iJpon completion of this work, the manufacturer's tield service technician shall submit a signed report of the results of his/her inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. 3.02 WITNESS REQUIREM�NTS A. : Shop tests or factory tests may be witnessed by the Owner and/or the Owner's representatives, as required by the various equipment specifications. Field performance and acceptance tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner, the Owner's designated personnel, and/or the Owner's representatives. 3.03 STARTUP AND ACCEPTANCE OF TI�E EQUiPMENT A. General Requirements 1:3 �1 � � � , L� ' 1. Successfully execute Che step-by-step pracedure of startup and � performance demonstration specified in this SecCion. 2. The startup and performance demonscration shall be successfully executed b�:fore Substantial Completion and acceptance by the Owner of the treatment plant and its related systems. 3. All performance tests and inspections shall be scheduled at least 5 working days in advance or as otherwise specified with the Owner and the Engineer. All performance tests and i.nspections shall be conducted during Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified. Preparation for Startup l. Upon completion of the work and all its related systems, all channels, basins, and tanks shall be flushed with reclaimed water and hydraulically checked for leaks, cracks, and deFects. 2. All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be checked to ensure that it is in good working order and properly connected. All systems sha11 be cleaned and purged as required. Al.l sumps, tanks, basins, chambers, pump wells, arad pipelines which are hydraulically checked shall be drained and returned to their original condition once the water testing is complete. 3_ All instruments and controls shall be calibrated through their full range. All ather adjustments required for proper operation of all instrumentation and control equipment shall be made. 03720-037-01 01755-4 1:QUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP , � , � , i C� L� 1 , 1 ' r � , 1 ' , ' 4. The Contractor shall perform all other tasks needed for preparing and conditioning the equipment for proper operation. 5. No testin� shall be conducted or equipment operated until the En�ineer has verified that all Specified safety equip�nent has been installed and is in good working order. 6. No testing shall be conducted or equipment operated until the Engineer has verified that all lubricants, tools, maintenance equipment, spare parts, and approved eyuipment operation and maintenance manuals have been fiarnished as specified. Equipmettt Startup The startup period shall not be�in until all new equipment have been t�sted as specifed and are ready for operation. �I"he Owner shall receive spare parts, safety equipment, toc�ls and maintenance equipment, lubricants, approved operation and maintenance data, and the specifed operation and maintenance instruction before the startup with waste water. All valves shall be tagged before this startup. 2. Demonstrate three consecuCive 24-hour days of successful operation of the facility as a prerequisite of Substantial Cornpletion and Acceptance. 3. i.f the facility fails to demonstrate satisfactory performance on the first or any subsequent attempt, the Contractor shall make all necessary alterations, adjustrnents, repairs, and replacements. When the equipment is again ready for operation, it shall be brought on line and a new test shall be started. This procedure shall be repeated as often as necessary until the equipment has aperated continuously to the satisfaction of the Owner and En�ineer for the specified duration. 4. The Owner will furnish all operating personnel (other than vendor's ar subcontractor's service personnel) needed to operate equipment during the final test period; however, these personnel will perform their duties under the Cantractor's direct supervisian. Until performance tests are complcted and units and systems are accepted by the Owner as substantially complete, the Contractor sha11 be fully responsible for the operation and maintenance of all new equipment. S. The Owner will provide all necessary chemicals and electricity. However, the Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel of the various construction trades, i.e. electricians, plumbers, etc, and field service personnel of the major equipment suppliers on an 8-hour-per-day basis at the facilities and on a 24-hour-per-day basis locally during the startup ' 03720.D37-Ol 01755-5 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND S"fARTUP period. Major equipment suppliei•s shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Instrumentation, and Control Equipment b. Treatment Units c. All Pumping EquipmenC 6. At no time during startup shall the Contractor allow the facility to be operated in a manner which subjects cquiprnent to conditions that are more severe than the maximum allowable operating conditions for which the equipment was designed. END OF SEC'I'lUN 03720-037-01 01755-6 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP SECTI�N 0177D F�ROJECT CLOSEOUT PART ] GENERAL, 1.01 SCOPE O.�' WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELATED WQRK A. Section .II..C, General Conditic�ns. B. Section O1000, Project Requirements. C. Section 01740, Final Cleaning. D. Section 01830, U&M Manuals. 1.03 S[]BMiTTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.45 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USEU) ]..07 WARRANTiES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STpRAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specit7ed in Section 0.1650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1 A9 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When the Contractor considers that the Work or designated portion of the Work is Substantially Camplete, the Contractor shall submit written notice to the Engineer with a list af items to be completed or corrected. B. If the Engineer's inspection finds that the Work is not substantially complete, the Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies. 0372D-037-DI 01770-1 PROIECT CLOSEOUT C� C The Contractor shall rerraedy deticiencies and send a second written notice of Substantial Completion. When the Engineer �nds Che Work is Substantially Complete the Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completian. l.l ] F1NAL COMPLETiON A. When the Contractor considers that the Work or designated period of the Work, is complet�, the Contractor shall submit written certification to Che Engineer indicating the followin�: 1:3 C � 1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. The Work has been inspected far compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. The Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract DocumenCs and de�iciencies listed with Certificates of Substantial Completion have been corrected. 4. The Work is cornplete and ready fpr final inspection. 5. All required shop drawings, catalog cuts, maintenance manuals, instruction rnanuals, test reports, samples, operational manuals, and all other submittals have been submitted and reviewed by the Engineer. 6. All deliverables have been delivered or placed as accepted by the Engineer. If the Engineer's inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete, the Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing listing observed defrciencies. The Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second certifiication of .Final Completion. When the Engineer finds that the Work is complete, the Engi.neer will consider closeout submittals. 1.12 RETNSPEC7'lON FEES If the status of Completion of Work requires more than one re-inspection by the Engineer due to failure of the Work to comply with the Contractor's claims on initial inspection, the Owner will deduct from the final payment to the Contractor the amount ofthe Engineer's compensation for additional re-inspection services. 1.13 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of Campliance with Requireme,nts of Governing Authorities: o3�zo-o3�-ai o� ��o-z rxoyecT cr.osEOUr ' ' ' 1 � � � ' � ' ' ' ' 1 � 1 ' i ' 1. Certificate ofOccupancy. 2. All required Certificates of Inspection. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Under provisions of Section 01830. C. Record Documents: Under pravisions of Section O] 785. D. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: In accordance with Conditions of the Cantract. E. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 1.14 STATEMENT OF ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement ret7ecting adjustments to total Contract Price, indicating the following: 1. Original total Contract 1'rice. 2. Previous change orders. 3. Changes under allowances. 4. Changes under unit prices. 5. Deductions for uncorrected Work. 6. Penalties and bonuses. 7. Deductions for liyuidated damages. S. Deductions for re-inspection fees. 9. Other adjustments ta total Contract .Price. 10. Total Contract Price as adjusted. 11. Previous payments. 12. Sum remaining due. B. The Engineer will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the total Contract Arice not previously made by change orders. 1.15 APPLICATiON FOR FINAL PAYMENT Subnnit application %r final payment in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 03720.D37-01 01770.3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT ' ' 1 ' 1 , , ' , 1 1 1 1 , 1 , ' ' ' SECTiON 01780 WA:LZRANTIES AND BONDS PART1 G�NER.AL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall do the following: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Co-execute submittals when sa specified. C. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. D. Submit submittals to the Engineer for review. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section III, General Conditions. B. Section O] 500, Materials and Equipment. � �r�x��r.� ►, i � � r:� �y The Contractor shall submit shop drawin�s in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. E. C. 03720-037-0] Assemble warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. Number of original signed copies required: two each. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in sequence of the Specifications. Provide completion information for each item as follows: 1. }?roduct or work item. 2. Firm, address, telephone, fax and E-mail number, and name ofprincipal. 3. Scope. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond, or service and maintenance contract. o»aai WARRANT1l:5 ANb BONb5 5 6 7 Duration of warranty, bond, or service and maintcnance contract. Provide informatian far Uwner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances that migbt affect the va]idity of warranty or bond. ' ' ' ' Contract�r, with address, telephone, faxes and E-mail numbers, and the name ' of responsible principal. D. Subrnittal of warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts shall be included in submittals for review and before Fina] Completion with actual dates included. E. The Contractor's obligation to correct defective or nonconfonning'Work shall run for l year (or such longer perrod may otherwise be specified in the Contract Documents) beginning from the date Substantial Completion is achieved. ] .04 WORK SEQUENCE (N07' USE.D) I.OS REFFRENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) l .O6 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.Q7 WARRA,NTIES ' ' ' ' ' ' A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplernentary , Conditions, and this Section. B. All mechanical and electrical equipment together with devices of whatever nature and all cprnponents whicl� are turnished and/or installed by the Contractor shall be guaranteed. C. The guarantee shall be against the manufacturing and/or design rnadequacies, materials, and workmanship not in conformity, improper assembly, hidden damage, failure of devices and/or components, excessive leakage, or other circumstances which would cause the equipment to fail under normal design and/or speci�c operating conditions for 1 year or such longer period as may be shown and/or specifred from and after the date of Substantial Completion. D. The Contractor shall replace and install each piece of eyuipment, device, or component whrch shall fail within the term specified above of the guarantee with reasonable promptness without increase in the Corttract Price. If the Contractor fails to provide tirnely repairs as specifed in this Section, the Owner shall issue a claim 03720-037-01 U1780-2 WARRANTIES ANl7 BONDS 1 ' , � L_� 1 ' against the Contractor's Bond. ln some instances, if approved by the Owner, the Contractor may be allowed to repair the equiprnr:nt. 1.08 D�i.TVERY, STOR,AGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.Q9 QUALIFiCATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 �XECUTION (N�T USED) END OF SECTIUN 0372(�037-01 01780-3 WARRANTIES AND BQNbS 1 � � SECTION 0 I$ I 5 MAINTENANC�: OF PLANT OPERATION AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTR[JCTiON � PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK ' A. The existing water reclamation facility will be maintained in continuous operation by the Owner at all times during the entire canstruction period. The Contractor shall schedule and conduct his work such that it will nat impede any treatment process, ' create potential hazards to operating equipment and/ar personnel, reduce the qual.ity of the plant effluent, or cause odor or other nuisanc:e. 1 1 1 ' ,--. �� 1 B. 'T'he Contractor shall schedule his operations to conform ta the requirements specified herein and shall include in his construction schedule all events which will impact operation of the existing treatment facilities. C. The Owner will continue to operate the treatment faciGties during the construction period and will be responsible for maintaining effluent quality. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner, coordinate the construction schedule with the Owner and Engineer, and provide the necessary labor, equipment, and materials to prevenC interruption to flow and treatment. "fhe Owner and En�ineer reserve the right to modify or expand the schedule during construction to meet prevailing conditions. D. The Contractor shall not make any alteratians to affect operatian af the treatment facility without giving two weeks prior written notice to Che nwner and Engineer requesting authorization to proceed. Except as noted herein, the Owner will perform all operation of existing valves ar equipment. E. Operation of valves or equipment by the Owner may be limited on specific occasions ' because of process limitations or unavailability ofpersonnel. Delays caused by such limitations shall be expected and shall not be the basis for claim of extra costs by the Contractor. ' 1 ' ' F. The work specified in this Section shall be accomplished at such times that will be convenient to the Owner. Overtime work by the Contractor to canform to these requirements shall be considered as normal procedure under this Cantract, and the Contractor shall make no claim for extra compensation as a result of this overtime work. Ce3 To maintain continuous treatment facilities aperation during construction a phased removal and construction sequence shall be required. Specific constraints are outlined 0372D-037-0] 01 RIS-I MAINT�NANCE pF PLANT OPERATION AND , SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION in this Section. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed sequence of construction to corraplete the work while maintaining plant operalion. H. The Contractor shall furnish all temporary materials and equiprnenC that may be required to complete the work of this Contract. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. B. Section 02220, Demolition and Modifications,. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section p1330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit a complete description of procedures to maintain plant operation to supplement the constructian schedule developed. The description shall include step- by-step procedures, reyuired duration, and specific procedures required to be performed by the Owner's personnel. B. Submit complete plans of temporary systems required as part of this epntract to maintain plant operations. The plans shall clearly delineaCe the intended location of these items and the Contractor's proposed method for phasing from existing to temporary to completed facilities. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.OS QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.Q6 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifrcation Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDL]NG A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.08 QUALiFiCATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 03720.Q37-01 O] S] 5-2 MAiNTENANCE OP PLANT OPERATION AND SEQUENC� OF CC7NSTRUC"I ION YART 3 �XECUTiON 3.01 GENERAL A. The following constrainls shall be applied to all equipment, treatment units, and appurtenances and utility systems on the plant site. r 2 3 4 5 Vehicular access for the Owner's personnel t� the plant site and to all operating treatment units shall be maintained at all times. Plant operating personnel shall have access to all areas that remain in operation. Potable water supply to the plant shall remain operational at all times. Sanitary facilities shall remain operational at all times. Electric power and lighting service shall be uninterrupted. 6. If underground piping or utilities not shown on the Drawings are encountered, such piping or utilities shall not be disturbed without prior approval of the Engineer. 7. Before making a change in existing piping, electrical, or control systems, the Contractor shall inform the Owner and Engineer of such change and assist in instructing operations and maintenance personnel in any new operating procedures. 8. Portions of some pipelines must remain in service while alterations are being made on other portions. Piping systems that must remain in service shall be isolated by placing blind flanges, plugs, or caps on all open ends. 9. Flaw to and through the Creatment plant shall not be interrupted. 10. Before shutting down a piece of eyuipment to allow for rebuilding or re- ' piping, the Contractor shall have an hand all materials required to reconstruct the piping systern in its new arrangement. � � � 11. A11 temporary facilities provided by the Contractor must be demonstrated to be operational to the satisfaction of the Engineer before any existing systems can be removed from use. The temporary facilities are critical to the operation of the wastewater treatment facilities. Availability ofthese facilities naust be maintained at all tirnes. The Contractor must respond to tequests from the Engineer for repair and maintenance immediately (7 days per week, 24 hours 03720-D37-Ol 018153 MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATTON AND � SEQiJENCE dF CONSTRUCTION o3�2a.o3�-0� � � per day, including holidays). Ifthe Contractor fails to immediately respond to request �for repair and maintenance, such repair and maintenance may be � performed by the Owner. All costs associated with such repair and maintenance performed by the Owner shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. � END OF SECTION 01815-4 MAINTENANCT.: OF PLANT OPERATION AND SEQL]�NC6 QF CONSTRUCTION � � � � � 1 1 � l� � 11 I , ' , ' � � � � ' � � � � � r � � � � SECTION 01820 TRAlN1NG PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE O.F WORK The Contractor shall do the following: A. Instruct and train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the eyuipment and systems supplied and/or installed under this Contract. S. Incorporate operation and maintenance data and Craining services furnished by the suppliers inta the training program such as shop drawin�s, equipment manuals, and start-up engineering and trainin� assistance. C. Ensure that system suppliers provide a qualified training instrucCor to help the Contractor train the Owner's employees in the proper operatian and maintenance of all equipment and systems. D. Prepare instructors and training materials required for complete factory, field, classroom, and hands-on training. E. Furnish training videos and manuals during the training program. F. Include in the total Contract Price the cost for training equipment; preparing training manuals; conducting classroom instructions; performin� field, factory, and hands-on training; and caordinating and incorporating training service provided by suppliers and all other activities required to provide a comprehensive training program of sufficient length, as determined by the �wner. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section ITI, General Conditions. B. Section 01000, Project Requirements. C. Section O1600, Materials and Equipment. D. Section Ol $30, Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 03720.037-01 01820-] � TRAINiNG 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. All factory training programs, if required, shall be completed before start-up of th� Owner's system and shall use equipment similar to the Owner's eyuipment. B. The field training programs shall be canducted in accordance with the approved schedule. C. individuals requiring training shall be [rained in small groups during Mondays through Fridays. The Contractor will normally provide training during the 8-hour day shift. D. The hands-on training shall be conducted vvith a maximum oi 10 students per instructor. E. The CantracCOr shall coordinate and submit a training schedule to the Engineer 30 days before the first training event. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDAkDS (NOT USED) ] .06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. i'reparation of training materials and instructions to be provided shall be performed by personnel: : C 1. Trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of eyuipment and systems installed under this Contract. 2. Familiar with the training requirements ofthe Owner. The Contractor shall furnish resumes, including three outside references, for each instructor to be used in the training program. The Engineer and Owner may review the resumes. .Based on the review of the resum�s and contacts with references, the Engineer shall approve, request additional infarmation, or reject praposed instructors for the traini.ng program. If a proposed instructor is rejected, the Contractor shall submit the resume and referene�s of another candidate within a reasonable time. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 03720-037-01 01820-2 TRATNRdG , � ' � r � � r �� , � r � � 1 1.08 DELIVERY, STQRAGE, AND HANDI.iNG �. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements speciiied in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TRAINING PLAN A. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall provide a competent and experienced person thoroughly familiar with the Work for not less than 3 days to instruct permanent operating personnel in the operation of equipment and control systems. B. At least 30 days before training, the Contractor shall su6mit to the Engineer a detailed training plan including the following: 1. Title and objectives. 2. Training schedule. 3. Prerequisite training and experience of attendees. 4 5 Recommended types of attendees (e.g., managers, engineers, operators, maintenance staffl. Course description and autline of course content. 6. Duration. 7. 8. 9. Location (e.g., training center or site). �'armat (e.g., lecture, self-study, demonstraCian, hands-on). Instruction materials and equipment requiremenis. 1.:11 FORM OF TRAINING MANUALS A. The Contractar shall prepare training packages in the form of an instruction manual for use by the Owner's personnel. At least 30 days before the trainin�, the Contractor shall submit the training packages to the Engineer for acceptance. B. Format 03720-037-01 01820-3 TFtAINING 1. Size: 8 I/2 x 1 1 inch (2]..59 x 27.94 cm). 2. Paper: 20-Ib (9.072 kg) minimum, white, tor typed pages. 3. Text: Manuf`acturer's printed data or neatly word processed including the foll�wing: a. Table of conterats. 4 5. C. Binder� 1. 2. 3. b. Pretest. c. Learning objectives. d. General operations, theory, and specific equipment information. Drawings a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with t�xt. b. Reduce larger drawings and fold to s.iae of text pages, not larger than ] 1 x 17 inch (27.94 x 43.] 8 cm). Cover: Identify each volume with the following: a. 'I'itl� of Project. b. Identity of separate structure or system as applicable. c. Ident.ity of general subject matter covered in the manual. d. Locations. Commercial quality three-past binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. Maximum post width shall be 3 inches (7.62 cm). When multiple binders are used, correlate the information into related consistent groupings. 03720-037-01 0182D-4 TRAINING ] .12 VIDEOTAPED TRA]N]NG MATERIAL The Contractor shall da the following: f1. Produce or provide video training material subject to appraval of the Owner. 1:3 ;�7 Furnish four copies of each videotape in DVD format in plastic case with title, the Owner's name, and time on a label in a clear plastic sleeve. Bear all costs associated with production and provision of the DVDs. 1.13 ]NSTRUCTiONS A. At the completion of Work, the Contractor shall provide a competent and experienced person thoroughly familiar with the Work for a period of time as directed by the Owner to instruct permanent operating personnel in the operation of equipment and control systems. B. The Contractor shall furnish four complete sets of operating instructions applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this Contract. C. An "As-Installed" diagram of all control wiring and operating instructions shall be mounted in a watertight pocket on the inside door of the control panel of each unit. D. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide engraved metal, plastic tags, or instructions an any valve, switch, control, pipe or other piece of equipment which is not self evident as to its function or mode of operation. This includes, but is not lirnited to, all exposed piping and all switches. This shall particularly apply to operations which rnust be rnanually sequenced. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END O�' SECTION U3720-037-D l 01820-5 TR AINING SECTION O1830 OPERATiONS AND MAINT�NANCE MANUALS PART ] GEN�.RAi� 1.0 I SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall do the following: A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for the Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of the Specifications. The data presented in the O&M Manuals shall be specifically related to this Contract and application. 2. Incorporate maintenance and operation data furnished by the Owner, ifany. B. Furnish all labor, equipment, materials, and all othe:r items to supply and deliver to the Engineer O&M Manuals for the Work in accordance with the requirements ofthis Section. C. Provide O&M Manuals for all equipment, including instrumentation, electrical, and process control system equipment and sof�ware for the entire �acility_ 1.02 RELAT�,D WORK � A. B_ C. Section � I 000, Project Requirements. Section 01785, Record Documents. Section 01820, Training. 1.�3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section � 1330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Manuals which, in general, shall have two levels: a facilities-wide systems level and an individual-component level. 1. The facilities-wide systems level shall do the following: a. Describe the facilities-wide systems, including diagrams. 0372Q037-O] 01830-] OPFR.ATIONS ANb MAINTENANCE MANiJALS fl1 b. Explain start-up, shutdown, normal operations, and malfunctions of the facilities-wide systems. c. Tabulate a lubrication schedule for the faci]ities-wide systems. d. Describe preventive maintenance checking procedures for the facilities-wide systems. e. Include a cross-reference to all individual component manuals. The individual-component level shall contain the following: a. Storage reyuirements. b. installation instructions. c. Alignment instructions and tolerances. d. Operating instructions. e. Troubleshooting instructions. f. Lubrication requirements_ g. Maintenance instructions. h. Parts lrst. i. Recammended spare parts list and how to �btain same. B. Format: 1. Size: 8 1/2 x 11 inch (21.59 x 27.94 cm). 2. White paper: 20-1b (9.072 kg) minimum. 3. Text: M.anu:Facturer's pri.nted data or neatly word-processed. 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced, punched binder tab, bind in with text. 03720.Q37-q 1 O 1$30-2 OPERATiONS AND MAiNTENANCE MANUALS � ' � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 5 6 C. Media b. Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages but not largcr than 11 x 17 inch (27.9�4 x 43..1$ cm). c. Place all drawings at the end of each Section and drawing shall be printed on one side only. Provide a blank page for each separate product c�r each piece of operation equipment. a. i'r�vid� a word-processed description af the product and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title, "OPER�ITION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS," listing the following: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity af general subject matter covered in the rnanual. 1. Original word-processed CD shall be delivered to the Engineer. 2. All wprd processing must be done using the latest version ofMicrosoft Word or as directed by the Engineer. 3. All drawings except control system configuration drawings must be submitted on CD using AutoCAD. D. Binders 1. Filled to not more than 75-percent capacity. 2. When multiple binders are used, arrange the data into related consistent groupings. E. The Contractor shall submit the following: l. Equipment Manuals. Five copies of the O&M Instruction Manual for each piece of equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer with delivery of the 0372Q037-01 01830.3 (IPERA'1'IUNS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAiS equipment. O&M manuals will not include the manufacturer's test results and Record speci.fications. 2. Systems O&M Manuals. Five capies ofthe systems O&M Manuals, bound and index�d and submitted to the Engineer no later than h0 days before the Facility's Phase I start-up. Systems O&M Manuals will be complete except for field results and refinements added as result of demonstrations. 3. Final O&M Manuals. Five copies ofthe Final Equipment and Systems O&M Manuals, bound and indexed and submitted to the Engineer before the Substantial Completion under this Contract. 4. The cost of these Manuals submitted shall be includ�d in the total Contract Price. Copies supplied under Item "2" will not be included under Item "3". F. Any modifrcations required after final O&M submission shall be made to the manuals by issuance of addenda in the form of change pages to the maiaual. The addenda will identiiy where the new data are to be inserted, what data are to be removed, and new index sheets as n�cessary and list of shop drawin�s and submittaJs. 1.0� WORK SEQUENCE (NOT US.ED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Florida Administrative Code, 62-555.350, "Operation and Maintenance of Public Water Systems." 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Data shall be prepared by personnel: 1. 2. 3. 4. Trained and experienced in maintaining and operating the described products. �'amiliar with reyuirements of tliis Section. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent requir�d to cornmunicate essential data. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepara required drawings. 1.07 WARRANT�ES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section Q1780, Warranties and Bonds. 03720-037-0] 01830-4 OPEIZATIONS ANb MAINTENANCE MANUALS � ' ' r � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 1.08 UELiVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adher� to the requirements specified in Sectian 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. I .Q9 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USE.D) 1.10 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME f1. Neatly word-processed table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order, to include the following: l. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address, fax number, and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. L' 03720.037-01 3. A list with each product, name, address, fax number, and telephone number of the following: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. A list of each product to be included, indexed to content of the volume. c. Identify area of responsibility of each subcontractor or installer, if more than one. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. �. Manufacturer. 4. Identify each product by product name and ather identifying symbols as set forth in the Contract Documents. Product Data 1. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to achieve the following: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. Ol 830-5 OPERATIONS AND MA.iNTENANCF MANUALS � c. ClEarly identify data applicable information. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary ta illustrate the fallowing clearly: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. 2 b. Control and flow diagrams. c. Owner Tag Numbers. Coordinate drawings with i.nformation in Record Documents to ensure correct illustration of completed rnstal lation. 3. Do not use Record Docwnents as rnaintenance drawings. D. Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular instal lation: 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. 3. Describe how the complete system as to operate. E. Copy ofpertinent information related to warranty, bond, and service Contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel with the following information: a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Instances that might affect the validity af warranties or bonds. F. Training manuals used in trainittg courses will become part of this Manual. 1.11 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Content, for architectural products, applied materials, and fnishes: 03720.037-01 01830-6 OYEI2AT10NS Aldb MAINTENANCE MANUALS � 1 r � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 1 l. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Catalog numher, size, composiCion. b. Calor and texture designations. c. information required for re-ordering special-manufactured products. 2. Instructions for care and maintenance. a. Manufacturer's recammendation for types oi cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimenta) to product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. B. Content, for moisture-protected and weather-exposed products: l. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation. 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. C. Additional requirements for maintenance data as required by other Sections of the Specifications. 1.12 MANUAL F'OR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Content, for each electrical, mechanical, instrumentation, and communication system, as appropriate: l. A table identifying each piece of equipment, each associated control or instrument, the location of the control or instrument, and the function of the control or instrument. 2. A description of the system and its component parts. 03720-037-0] 01830.7 UPEItAT10NS ANU MAINTENANCE MANUAI�S 3 a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions for the syste�n, the sub-system, and Che component parCs. b. Pe�•formance curves, en�ineering daCa, and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replaceable parts. Circuit directories af panel baards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 4. As-installed color-coded wirin� diagrams. 5. Instrument lopp diagrams showing the path that a conCrol or instrumentation signal takes from its ori�in to the action it Cakes. a. An electricaJ schematic For each item. b. A chart listing the controls/instruments in a loop identifying the equipment's abbreviated symbol, a description ofthe symbol, desi�n criteria, process flow, quantity supplied, and manufacturer's model and serial number_ 6. Operating procedures. a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 7. Maintenance procedures. a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair, and re-assembly. 03720-D37-Ol U 1830-5 OPLRATiONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS r � r � � � � � � � � � r � � � � � � I:� 03720-037-01 8. 9. 10. 11. d. Alignment, adjustment, and checking. The manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. A list of the original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. Other data as required under pertinent sections of the Specifications. Abnormal and emergency operations. a. Potential overloads. b. Procedures for equipment breakdown. c. Action to be taken in a pawer outage. d. Identity of alarms by equipment location and action to correct. e. Equipment safety features, requirements, and potential hazards. 12. T'rogramming manuals for programmable devices incJuding Gst of standard programming. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, narmal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number ofreplaceable parts. d. Model number and name plat� data for each piece of eyuipment. e. Assembly drawings. f. List of all special tools required to service equiptnent and/or systems including where the tools are stored. 2. Operating procedures. 0183a9 OPERATIONS AND MAiNTF..NANCE MANUALS 3 :� 5 6. 7. 8. 9. a. Start-up, break-in, routine, and normal operatrng insiructions. b. Regulation, contrpl, stopping, shut-down, and enaergency instructions. c. Suinmer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. e. Cantrol settings and ranges. Maintenance Procedures. a. Type and frequency of preventive maintenance act.rvities req�Yired for each piece of equipment. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair, and re-assembly. d. Alignment, adjustin�, and checking. Servicing and ]ubrication schedule. a. List of lubricants required. b. Period between lubrications. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. (This is not to be a generalized catalog of the entire product line.) Description afsequence ofoperation. The original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stoc.ked as spare parts. As-installed control diagrams. Each Contractor's coordination drawings. 03720-037-01 01830-10 OPERATIONS AND MATNTENANCE MANUALS r � � r � � � � � , � � � � � � � � � � I� ] 0. List of the original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 11. Other data as required under pertinent sections of the Specifications. 12. Charts of eyuipment, instrument, and valve tag numbers with location and function. a. Reference drawing which shows equipment, instrument, or valve location. b. Manufacturer's nnodel and serial number. c. Valve actuator type (manual, hydraulic, electric, or pneumatic). 13. Local services (process water and air, drains, HVAC, natural gas and steam). The ContracCor shall prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of the Owner's personnel. Additional Requirements for O&M Data reyuired by Sectians of Specif7cations. PART 2 PRODUC�CS 2.01 O&M MANUALS A. Binders: The manuals shall be supplied in binders that are the same as those provided in Paragraph 1.03 D. above. B. Electronic Version: Word-processed portions ofthe manuals shall also be provided on CDs. The electronic version manuals must be capable of being read, edited, and printed with Microsoft Word or Owner-approved file format at the time a� th� transmittal of dacuments. The format will be pravided to the Contractor upon request. All drawings shall be generated using personal computer and plotter with the soflware package program from AutoCAD. PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) 03720-037-0] END OF SECTION U1830-1 I OYEFtATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS � ' � Ll r � � � � DIVISYON 2 1 SITE CONSTRUCT�ON � � r � � M � 1 �I r � � � � � � � � � � r � � � �� , � SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION ANU MODIFICATIONS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 5COT'E OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and demolish, modify, remave, and dispose of work as required and or as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. S. The work includes but is not limited to demolishing, modifying, and removing existing materials, equipment, or work necessary to install the new work as shown on the Drawings and as specitied in this Section and to connect with existing work in an approved manner. C�1 1�7 Demolition, modifications, and removals which may be specifi�d under other Sections shall conform to requirements of this Section. Blasting and the use of explosives will not be permitted for any demolition work. E. Bypass pu�nping plan, as required, shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for review and approval. Bypass pumpin� work shall nqt begin until a written appraval fram the Owner or Engineer is obtained. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B: Section 01100, Summary of Work. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Sectiort 01350, Environmental Protectian Procedures. �rx��:��i��r�� The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section O]330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit to the Engineer six copies ofproposed methods and operations ofdemolition of the structures and modifications before beginning work_ Include in the schedule the coordination of shuioff, capping, and continuation ofutility service as required. B. Furnish a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure the uninterrupted progress ofthe Owner's operations. The seyuence shall be compatible with sequence of construction and shutdown coordination requirements. 03720-037-01 02220-] DEMOLiTION AND M�DTFTCATIC7NS � C. F3efore beginning demolition work, the Contractor shall complete all modificatic�ns necessary to bypass the affected structure. Actua] work shall not �egin until the Engineer has inspected and approved the modifications and auChorized beginning the demolition work in writing. D. Subtnit Erection Drawings indicating the means of shoring/bracing required under Article 3.03. The Submittal shall include compleCe layouts, location plans, and shoring/bracin� seyuence schedule coordinated with Section 01815. The Submittal shalI have the stamp of the professional engineer specif ed under .Paragraph ].03E. E. C�rtification: The professional engine�r shall be respo.nsible for the design of the temporary shoring/bracing of the existing structure and hung ut.ilities. Before construction, the professional engineer shall submit a F.E. Certif7cation Form prepared, stamped, and si�ned by the professianal engineer registered in the State of Florida verifying that hrs/her design will adequately provide support during the demolition, repair and replacement. 1..04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.�6 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplernentary Conditions, and Specification Section p17$0, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLiNG A. The Contractar shall adhere to the requirements specit7ed in Section 0165Q for ' storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATiONS (NOT USED) 1..10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) 1.13 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection 03720-037-0] 02220-2 DEMOLITION AND MODiFiCATIONS �� ' , � r � � � � � � � � � � , � � � � � ' � I. The Contractor shall conduct the d�molition and removal work to prevenC damage or injury to structures, equipment, piping, instrumentation, conduit, light fixtures, etc., and occupants of the structures and to adjacent features which might result from falling debris or other causes, and so as not to interfere with the use and free and safe passage to and from adjacent 5tructures. B. Scheduling 1. Carry out operations so as to avoid interference with operations and work in the existing facilities. C. Notification l. At least 48 hours before beginning demolition or removal, notify the Engineer in writing ofthe proposed schedule ofthe demolition or removal. The Owner shall inspect the existing equipment and identify and mark those items which are to remain the property of the Owner. No removals shal I be started withaut the permission of the Engineer. D. Conditions of Structures C� ]. The Uwner and the Engineer assume no responsibility for the actual condition ofthe structures to be demolished or modified. 2. Conditions ex.isting at the time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by the Owner insofar as practicable. However, variations within a structure may occur befare the start of demolition work. Repairs to Damage ]. The Contractor shall promptly repair damage caused to adjacent facilities by demalition aperation when directed by the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. Repairs shall be made ta a condition at least equal to that which existed before construction. F. Traffic Access 03720-037-01 1. The Contractor shall conduct demolition and modi.fication operations and remove equipment and debris to ensure minimum interference with roads onsite and to ensure minimum interference with occupied or used facilities. 7 Special attention is directed towards maintaining safe and convenient access to the existing facilities by plant personnel and plant associated vehicles. 02220.3 DEMOLITION ANb MOb1F1CAT]ONS I .14 RULES AND REGULA"CI.ONS A. The Florida Suilding Code, the City and the County shall control the deinolition, modi�cation or alteration of the existing buildings or structures. B. No bui Iding or structure or any part thereo.f shall be demolished until an application has been f]led with the Building Inspector and a permit issued. The fee for this permit shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 1.15 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL A. Salvageable material and equipment shall become the property of the Owner. The Contractor shall dismantle all such items to a size that can be readily handled and deliver them ta a designated storage area. I� ,� Al] other material and iterns of equipment shall become the ConCractor's property and must be removed from the site. Storing or selling removed items on the site will not be allowed. PART 2 h.RODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUT]ON [e�litef�l►l�:7r�� A. All mat�rials and equipment removed from existing work shall become the property of the Contractor, except for those which the Owner ,has identified and marked for his/her use. All materials and equipment marked by the Owner to remain shall be carefiilly removed so as not to be damaged and shall be cleaned and stored on or adjacent to the site in a protected place specifed by the Engineer or loaded onto trucks provided by the Owner. B. 7'he Contractor shall dispose of all dernolition materials, equipment, debris, and all other items—except thase marked by the Owner to remain�ff the site and in conformance with all existing applicable laws and regulations. C. Pollution Controls 1. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. �3720-037-01 02220-4 DEMOLiTiON AND MODIFICATIONS i r � � � � ' r r 1 � r � � 1 � , ' � a. � Ua not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionabJe conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. Clean adjacent structures, facilities, and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to conditions existing before starting the work. 3.02 STRUCTURAL REMOVALS A. The Contractor shall remove structures to the lines and grades shown unless otherwise directed by the Fngineer. B. All demolition debris shall be removed and taken from the site, unless otherwise approved by the En�ineer. C. After parts or all of slabs and like work which tie into new work or existing work are removed, the point of junction shall be neatly repaired so as to leave only finished edges and surface exposed. 3.03 DEMOLiTiON, REYLACEMENT, AND REFAIR A. Structural elements shall not be overstressed. The Contractor shall be responsible for shoring and/ar bracing as required for adequate structural s��pport as a result ofwork performed. B. Before demolishing the Contractor shall provide temporary shoring and/or bracing of the structure and hung utilities. C. The temporary shoring and/or bracing shall be used in specified locations during the phasing of sequence of construction indicated in Section 018 I S. D. The shoring and/or bracing shall remain in place until the repair mortar and/or concrete in each stage has attained design strength. 3 A4 CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall remove from the site all debris resulting from the demolition operations as it accumulates. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all materials, equipment, waste, and debris af every sort and shall leave the premises clean, neat, and orderly. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 U�220.5 DEMOLITION AND MODIFICATIONS r r r 1 � ' ' � ' 1 � � ' ' � r 1 1 � sECTroN oz23o S1TE PREPARATiON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment required and perform all site preparation, complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. B. The Contractor shall obtain all permits required for sitc preparation before proceeding with the work, including clearing and tree removal, C. The areas to be cleared, grubbed, and stripped within public rights-of-way and utility easements shall be minimized to the extent possible for the scope: of pipeline work and in consideration of the actual means and methc�ds of construction used. No unnecessary site preparation shall be performed within these areas. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Section 01350, Environmental Protection Procedures. Section 02305, Earthwork for Utilities. Section 02920, Seeding and Sodding. 1..03 SUBMITTALS A L'� The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Submit to the Engineer copies of all permits required before clearing, grubbing, and stripping work. 1.�4 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.Q5 REFERENCE STANDA.RDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES D3720-037-01 0223a1 SITE PREPARATION A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Speci�ication Section O]780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAG�, AND HAN.DLING A. 7�he Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section O] 650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TES'I'ING .REQUIREM.ENTS (NOT USED) l .11 MAINTENANCE (NOT US�D) 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) LJ:1[��:�.X�l/Y�I�]►1 3.01 CLEAR]NG A. The Contractor shall cut and remove all timber, trees, stumps, brush, shrubs, roots, grass, weeds, rubbish, and any other objectionable material resting on or protruding through the surface of th� ground. B. The Contractor sha11 preserve and protect trees and other vegetation designated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer to remain as specified below. 3.02 GRUBBING A. The Contractor shall grub and remove all stumps, roots in excess of 1-I/2-inch in diameter, matted roots, brush, timber, logs, concrete rubble, and other debris encountered to a depth of 18 inches below original grade or 18 inches beneath the bottom of foundations, whichever is deeper. B. The Contractor shall refill all grubbing holes and depressions excavated below the original ground surface with suitable materials and compact to a density conforming to the surraunding ground surface in accordance with [Sections 02300 and 02305]. 03720-D37-01 02230-2 SIT� PREPARATION 1 � ' 3.03 S'1'RIPVING �] � ' ' �J ' ' 1 ' � ' ' 1 ' [� A : The Contractor shall strip topsoil from all areas to be occupied by buildin�;s, structures, and roadways and all areas to be excavated or f lled. Topsoil shall be free fram brush, trash, large stones, and other extraneous material. Avoid rnixing topsoil with subsoil. C. The Contractor shall stockpile and protect topsoil until it is used in landscaping, loaming, and seeding operations and dispose of surplus topsoil after all work is completed. 3.04 DISPOSAL A_ The Contractor shall cut tree trunks and limbs exceeding 4 inches in diameter cut into 4-ft lengths and stockpiled on site in the area designated by the Owner. B. Dispose of material and debris from site preparation operations by hauling such materials and debris to art approved oftsite disposal area. No rubbish or debris of any kind shall be bw•ied on the site. C. Burning of cleared and grubbed materials or other fires for any r�ason will not be permitted. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Trees and other vegetation designated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer to remain shall be pratected from damage by all construction operati�ns by erecting suitable barriers, guards and enclosures, or by other appraved means. The Contractor shall conduct clearing operations in a manner to prevent falling trees from damaging trees and vegetation designated to remain and to the work being constructed. The Contractor shall provide for the safety of employees and others. : C�J The Contractor shall maintain protection until all work in the vicinity of the work being protected has been completed. The Contractor shall not operate heavy equipment or stackpile materials within the branch spread of existing trees. D. The Contractor shall immediately repair any damage to existing tree crowns, trunks, or root systems. Roots exposed and/or damaged during the work shall immediately be cut off cleanly inside the exposed or damaged area. Treat cut U3720.037-01 02230.3 SITE PREPARATIQN ' surfaces with an acceptable tree wound paint and topsoil spread over the exposed root area. E. When work is campleted the Contractor shall remove all dead and downed trees. Live trees shall be trimmed of all dead and diseased limbs and branches. All cuts shall be cleanly made at their juncture with the trunk or preceding branch without injury to the trunk or remaini.ng branches. Cuts over 1 inch in diameter shall be treated with an acceptable tree wound painf. F. The Contractor shall restrict construction activities to those areas within the limits of construction designated on the Drawings, within public .rights-of-way, and within easements provided by the Owner. Adjacent properties and improvements on these properties, public or private, which become damaged by construction operations shall be promptly restored to their original condition to the full satisfaction ofthe property owner. L "l�he Contractor shall remove trees damaged beyond saving, through no fault of the Contractor, as directEd by the Enginee.r. ENU OF SECTION 03720-037-01 02230-4 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A I: C Q SECTION 022�10 DE W A'1'ERiNG This Section covers the work necessary to complete the dewatering activities. All work in this Section sha11 be done in accordance with the requirements of the Environmental Resource Permit and Water Use Permit (as required). Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain dewatering system of suf�cient scope, size, and capacity to control groundwater flow into excavations and permit constructi�m to pi'oceed on dry, stable subgrades. l. Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations and constructed slopes, that excavation does not flood, and that damage to subgrades and permanent structures is prevented. 2. i'revent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. 3. Remove dewatering system if no longer needed. The ContracCor shall dewater so as to prevent damage to existing work. The Contractor shall repair or replace damage resulting from the dewatering activities promptly, remedy environmental damage as approved by the Engineer, and pay any and all fines levied to Contractor at no addit.ional cosC or tim� to the Owner. The Dewatering Plan shall be signed and sealed by the yualified professional engineer responsible for its preparation. E. The Contractor shall design the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining whatever investigations are necessary, before bidding, to design the dewaterin� system. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: U3720.037-01 bEWATERiNG D2240.1 A. Before construction, lhe Contractor shal] obtain a dewatering pei-miC as required. �1t a minim�un, the dewatering plan submitted with the dewatering application shall include the following: • Duration of dewaterin� for each area. • Number and size of pumps. � Method of dewatering each area. • Methods for routing/containing the discharge. + Methods of isolatrng dewatering areas. � Time dewatering structure will be in place. � Proposed discharge points. �'ive copies of the plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for record purposes only. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining if a Water Use Permit will be requi.red. ]f a Water Use Permit is �•equi�•ed. it is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the required information from the Engineer and Owner to complete th� Water Use Permit application to submit with the Dewatering Plan. lf a Water Use Permit is required, the Contractor shall submit f7ve copies of the application to the Owner/Engineer for submittal purposes only. C. The Contractor shall be responsible fc�r obtaining a Generic Pennit for the Discharge of Produced Graund Wate.r from any Non-Contaminated Site Activity as set forth in � DEP Ru1e 62-621.300(2), FAC. The Contractor shall obtain the requi.red permit fonn 62-621.300(2) and Che reyuired information frorn the Engineer and Owner to complete the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Ground Water from any Non-Contaminated Site Activity application to submit with the D�watering Plan. The Contractor shall submit five copies o�' fhe application to the Ovvner/Engineer for subrnittal purposes only. D. Provide photographs or videotape, suffici�ntly detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining properties, facilities, and other corastruction and site improvemenis that might be later misconstrued as damage caused by dewatering operations. E. Submit Record Drawings at Froject closeout identifying and lacating utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical items encou.ntered durin� dewatering. Note locations and capping depth of wells and well points. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 03720-037-01 DEWATERING 02240-2 I.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct confer�nce at the Project site to present and discuss dewatering means, methods, and monitoring program. C�l C Identify a person who shall he present at all times during the executian of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the dewatering system being installed for this Project, the referenc�d standards, environmental and perrnit requirements, the requirements of thi5 Work, and who shall direct all work performed under this section. it shal] be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the water levels before and during the dewatering work. ] .07 WAR.RANTI.ES A. Warranties shall be in accordance wilh General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND I-�f1NDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section �1G50 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1 A9 QUALIFICATI�NS A. The Contractor shall provide at least one person wha shall be present at all times during the execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the dewatering system being install�d, the referenced standards, the requirements af this Work, and who shall direct all work performed under this Section. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the water level before beginning excavatian and construction. 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENfS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 03720-037-01 DEWATERING p224�3 1.12 R�coRD D�wri•r�s �r•ro r usED� 1.13 PRE-BiD iNSPECTION AND TESTiNG A. The Contractor is advised that site soil k�orings may indicate groundwater levels below the levels which may occur in response to normal, seasonal, extreme, or prolonged rainfall. The Contractor is furlher advised that site soil borings may not necessarily represent soil coraditions to be encountered elsewhere on the job site, other than aC the specific boring locations. B. Before bidding, the Contractor shall per:Form a detailed site inspection and, if desired, obtain the Owner's permission to perform site-specif7c testing as he deems necessary to obtain all required information relative to project dewatering requirernents. C. The Contractor shall includc as part of his Bid the total cost of all surface and sabsurface dewatering as required to construct the Project in complete compliance with the Drawings and these Specifications. 1.14 PR07EC"I' CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall not interrupt utilities serving facilities occu�ied by Owner or others unless approved by the Owner and Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. B. A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is available for information only. The opinions e:�pressed in this report are those of the geotechnical engineer and represent rnterpretations of subsoil ec�nditions, tests, and results of analyses conducCed by the geotechnical engi.neer. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn f.`rom these data. 1. �� The geotechnical report is included in an Appendix section of these specifications. Make additional test borings and conduct other explorato.ry operations necessary for dewatering. C. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a professional land surveyor registered in Florida to establish exact elevations at .frxed points to monitor settlement. Clearly identify monitoring points and reference vertical datum, and benchmarks. Monitor and record existing initial elevations. 1. During dewatering, regularly resurvey benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations for comparison with original 03720-037-01 DEWATERING 02240-4 , � � elevations. Promptly notify the Engineer if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction and existing structures. 1 ' � � 1 � 1 ' � � PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEWA'1'ER1NG SYSTEM A. The dewatering system shall be adequate to drain the soils to be excavated to the extent that the piezom�tric water level in the construction area is a minimum of 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation, side slopes of excavations, or bottom of the fo�tings at all times, or as otherwise required Co obtain the specified compaction and installation conditions. Pipeline trenches must be dewatered at least 6 inches below the trench bottom. B. If layered soils are encountered, the hydrostatic head in the zone below the subgrade elevaCion shall be reJieved to prevent uplift. C. Unless otherwise noted and before any excavating belaw or within 2 feet above the groundwater level, a dewatering system shall be placed into operation to lower water l�.vels to the extent specified previously and then shall be operated cont.inuously 24 haurs a day, 7 days a week, throughout the excavation tc� mainta.in and protect all work until the work has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. Where used, well points shall be installed in an Engineer-approved manner and in suff7cient numbers ta provide the necessary removal of water as stated previously. Well points and header piping shall be installed so that traffic on public thoraughfares and site access roads will not be impeded. ' E. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the arrangement, location, and depths of the dewatering system necessary to accomplish the specifed work. The dewatering system shall stay in full operation until not less than 90% of the total , building load is applied, as will be determined by the Engineer, or until excavations and trenches have been back.filled and compacted. ' ' ' F. Cti To prevent excessive noise, exhaust from all pumps and engines shall be silenced and muffled. Wellpoint or surface water pump discharge shall be controlled to prevent erosion, undermining, and all other damage and be piped ta approved locations. 03720-037-01 ' 02240-5 DEWATERING H. With the Engineer's assistance, the Contractor is responsible for determining what appravals and permits are required to comply with any and all applicable re�ulations and permitCing requirements relating to dewatering activities. With the Engineer's assistance the Contractor shall obtain all necessary approvals and permits and comply with any and all applicable regulations and permitting requirements concerning all dewatering activities, including puaa�page and discharge. The Contactor is solely responsible ,for all costs associated with the prop�r and improper implementation of dewatering activities. The Contractor shall perform all dewatering work in strict compliance with Section 01350, Environmental Protection Procedures and the Contract Drawings. ' � L._ � , , ' J. Excavations shall be kept free from water during the placing of concrete and for � 36 hours after or until concrete forms are remaved. K. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by dewatering operations. 1. Prevent surface water and subsur�ace or groundwater from entering excavations, ponding on prepared subgrades, or flooding Che site and su.rrounding area. ' , i 2. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. � L. Install dewateri,ng systenra to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or ather adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traftic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. M. I.nstall sufficient dewatering equipment to drain water-bearing strata above and below the bottom of foundations. If excavating through layered soils, relieve any potential groundwater hydrostatic head in the zones below to prevent uplift. Open-sump pumping which leads to loss of �ines, subgrade softening, and slope instability shall not be penmitCed. N. Dispose of water removed by dewaterittg .in a manner that avoids endangering public health, property, and portions of work under construction or completed. Dispose of water in a manner that avoids flooding or accumulation on private D3720-037-01 02240-6 DEWATERING � ' 1 1 , , � property. Provide sumps, s�:dimentation tanks, and other flow-control devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.02 UBSERVATiON WELLS A. The Cantractor shall install observation wells as may be required to record accurate water levels. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all observation wells and observing and recording the elevation ofthe piezometric water levels daily. C. Wells damaged or destroyed shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Ovvner. 3.03 CLEANUP A. Upon completing dewatering elsewhere on the Project, the Contractor shall remove all cquipment and leave the project site in a neat, clean, and acceptable condition satisfactory to the Owner. Wellpoint holes and excavations shall be adequately backfilled and compacted to prevent settlement. END OF SECTION 0372U-037-01 DEWATERING ozzaa� 1 � � � L.J � � r ' ' � � ' SECTION 02305 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES (AMERICANASSOCIATTON OFSTATE HIGHWAYAND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (�9.9SHTQ) SOIL CLASS]'FI'CATIDNSYSTEM) PARTI GENERAL 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, labor, and work necessary to completely construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents. This work includes but is not limited to the following: 2 3 4. 5. 6. 7. Excavating and remaving unsatisfactory materials. Preparing trench foundations. Praviding satisfactory material for all trenches as specified and as required. Obtarning, storing, maintaining, and disposing of materials. Dewatering, shoring, and sheeting. Placing, cornpacting, testin�, final grading, and subgrade demolition. Performing all other work required by the Contract Documents. B. The Contractar is responsible for performing all work so as noC to damage existing roadways, facilities, utilities, structures, etc. and shall repair and replace such damage to eyual or better than its original undamaged conditian without cost to the Owner. C. 1'he Contractor shall examine the site before submitting a bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect Che work. � D. T'he Contractor shall coordinate all additional subsurface investigations and testing included with this work with the Engineer before performing the excavation and foundation preparation work, in general, if the Contracto.r finds � different and unsuitable/unsatisfactory soil conditions during the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner immediately. � 1..02 RELATED WORK I A. Section 01350, Environmental Protection Procedures. B. Section 02230, Site Areparation. C. Section Q2240, Dewatermg. � D3720-037-01 02305-1 � r��r:�.�cr��:�r�a ��yyu�rx��y 1.03 SUBMITTAL,,S The Contractor shall submit the following shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpretin� test results for compliance ofthe following with requirements indicated: 1. Classitication according to ASTM D3282 of each onsite and borrow soil material proposed for fill and backt711. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D1557 for each onsite and borrow sail material proposed for till and backfilL B. The Cantractor shall submit records before the start of this work. T�he Contractor shall verify that the existing conditions are correct as shown on the plans and mentioned in these Specifications. The Contractor shall n��te any discrepancies found immediately and notify the Owner and Engineer. The records shall include the fallowing: 1. Location of all existing underground utilities, structures, etc. surroundi.ng the areas to be excavated that may be impacted by the work. 2. Location of test excavations. 3. Location of inspections. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (N07' USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STAN.DARUS Reference standards and recornm�nded practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents ar� a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply: A. OSNA Excavation Safety Standards, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P B. Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws of Florida) C. American Society far Testing and Materials (ASTM) 03720.037-01 02305-2 EARTHWORK FOR UTItITIES � � � � � u � � � � , L_1 � r r 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ASTM D1556--Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Mefhod. ASTM D1557—Standard Test Methods for I.aboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,7U0 kN- m/m3)). ASTM D2937---Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by th� Drive-Cylinder Method. ASTM D2487—Standarc� Practice for Classifcation of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). ASTM .D32$2---Standard Practice far Classification of Soils and Soil- Ag�regate Mixtures far Highway Construction Purposes. ASTM D374�Standard Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspectian of Soil and Rock as Used In Engineering Design and Construction. ASTM D6938---Standard Test Method for In-F'lace Density and Water Content of Sail and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM E329—Standard Specification for tlgencies Engaged in Construction lnspection and/or Testing. D. American Wood .f'rotection Association (AW.PA) 1. AWPA Cl—All Timber Products�-�-Preservative Treatment by P,ressure Processes. 2. AWPA C3---Piles – Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. I.Ob QUALITY ASSU.RANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E329 to conduct soil materials and definition testing, as documented according to ASTM D3740. . I.. The Contractor shall do the following: 1. Ensure that excavations provide adeyuate working space and clearance for the work to be performed and for installing piping and buried utilities. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut. � 3 Ensure that foundation surfaces are clean and free of loose material of any kind when pipelines and buried utilities are placed on them. Perform excavating, trenching, and backfilling in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. 03720-037-01 02305-3 EARTHWORK FOR UTII,fT1ES � 4. Ensure that shoring and sheeting for excavations are designed by a Florida-registered Prafessional Engineer and are in accordance with the Occupational Safety and .Health Administration (OSHA) Document 2226, Safe Working Praclices—Execrvating crnd Trenchin�. 5. Before beginning any excavation or grading, ensure the accuracy of all survey data indicated on the Contract Urawings and in these Speci.fications and/or as provided. if the Contractor discovers any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions in the survey data, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner so that proper adjustments can be anticipated or ordered_ ,if the Contractor begins any excavation or grading, this shall be considered an acceptance of the survey data by the Contractor, after which time the Contractor has no claim against the Owner resulting from alleged errors, omissions, or inaccuracies ofthe survey data. 6. Ensure that tolerances for excavation are f0.10 foot to the required line and to the required grade. Tolerance for compaction of in-place material shall be f0.10 foot to the requir�d grade. 7. Ensure that all trench materials derived from the project site and imported to this site are examined, tested, and classified by an Engineer-approved soils testing laboratory. 8. Remove unsatisfactory materials and unsuitablc materials including muck, silts, peat, and other loose and very loose compressible soils from excavaCions before placing pipe foundation, bedding, and buried utilities. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary ,� Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELNERY, STORAGE, ANU HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specitied in Section 41650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALiFiCATIONS (NOT USED) 1.1Q PR07ECT CONDITIONS I1 Existing Utilities: The Contractor shall not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others unless permitted to do s� in writing by the 03720.037-0] 02305� EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES 1 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � r Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to the require�nents indicated. 0 2 3. Notify the Engineer not less than 2 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without the Engineer's written permission. Contact a utility-locator service and obtain utility 1��caCions for the Project Area before excavating. B. The Contractor shall demolish and conapleCely remove from the site ex.isting underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility campanies to shut off services if lines are active. 1.11 DE.FTNITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength �naterial used to fill an excavation. 1 2 Ini�ial Bac�ll: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. Final Bac�ll: Backfill placed over initial backfrll to fill a trench. B. Base Cnurse: The course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving. C. I3edding C�urse: The course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off=site for use as .fill or backfill. E. Drainage C.'ourse: The course supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water. F. Excavatinn: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 03720.037-01 f� Aulhorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by the Engineer. 02305-5 EARTHWORK FOR llTILITiES Authorized additional excavatian and replacement material will be paid for according to ihe Contract provisions for unit prices. 2. Bulk Excavcrtion: .Fxcavation .moa-e than ].0 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorrzed Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by the Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Engineer, shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. I. Subgrade: The surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or the top surface of a fill or backfill irnmediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. J. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services wrthin buildings. 1.12 TEST.ING REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall furnish a soil survey for satisfactory material and sar�aples af m ateri al s. B. Testing for source material, for classification, and for prequalification of material (on or off site) shall be perforrned by an independent testing agency retained by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. i C E TesCing for in-place compacted fll shall be performed by the same independent testing agency as approved by the Engineer and retained by the Contractor. The number and location of the tests shall be as specified in these Specifications and as directed by the Engineer during construction. The Contractor shall coordinat� activity with the Engineer and the testing agency to permit testing as directed in the presence of the Engineer. 03720-037-01 02305-6 EAIZTHWORK ,FQR UTiLiT1ES � 1 � � � � f � � � � � � ,� � � � � � F. G H The cost of all testing ta achieve specified requirements shall be borne by the Conir�CtOr. "f"he costs of any and all retests due to failure to achieve: specified requirements shall also be solely borne by the Contractor. All materials propased for use shall be tested as follows: Material Re uired Test Min. No. Tests Soil Classification using One per source of tnaterials to determine ASTM D3282 (including all conformance with materials specified Satisfactory tests contained therein) this Specification; additional test Soil Materials whenever there is an a arent chan e. Soil moisture-density One per source of material or apparent relationship using Modified change in material. Proctor ASTM D1 S57 1. Soil materials shall be tested during construction as follows: �J I:� 03720-037-01 Material Re uired Test Min. No. Tests Satisfactory Field Density For each layer of trench bottom suUgrade Soil Material ASTM DISS6-Sand before addition ofsoil materials, refill, in-place after Cone Method, or bedding, and backfill, and for each 400 lineal compaction ASTM D6938- feet of trench or fraction thereof, whichever is Nuclear Density greater; two tests for each drainage, manhole, Method, or or wet well structure; additional test whenever ASTM D2937-Drive there is any change in native soil, C linder Method roundwater, or soil moisture conditions. The approved testing agency shall transmit copies of required laboratory test results as follows: 1. One copy to the Owner. 2. Two copies to the Engineer. 3. Two copies to the Contractor. The laboratory test reports shall include, at a minimum, project title; project location; location of sample; source, time, and date of testing; testing agency's name, address, and telephone number; and test results. Each test report shall be signed and sealed by the Professional Engineer representing the testing agency as specified in these Specifications. The approved testing agency shall transmit copies of field testing results as follows: 02305-7 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES 1.13 1.14 1. One copy to the Owner. 2. Two copies to the Engineer. 3. Twa copies to the Contractor. The field test reports shall include, at a minimum, project fitle; project location; locatian of sample(s) tested; time of testing; date of testing; testing person's full narne; testing agency name, address, and telephone number; and test results. L. No soil material shall be used until 1) the Engineer has reviewed and approved test reports and 2) the Contractor submits certification that the soil material proposed for construction is clean and meets gradation and other parameters in these Specifications. M. At no cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall remove and replace or correct all materials and work which tests indicate da noC conform, in the opinion of the Engineer, to the requirements ofthese Specifications. N. The results of in-place density tests shall be considered satisfactory if the density in each i.nstance is equal to or greater than the specified derasity. Soil moisture content at the time of tESting shall conform to requirements of these Specifications. O. Where the tests reveal unsatis�actory compaction, the Contractor shall re- excavate, backfill, recompact, and/or rework the backfill as required to obtain the required degree of compaction over the entire depth of the excavation. P. The testing agency shall transmit to the �Engineer copies of all Ces�ing agency invorces submitted to the Contractor for payment. Tnvoices shall clearly indicate specifc services and date and time services are rendered and shall indicate if the invoiced testing cost is an initial test of the Co.ntractor's work or is a re-test required due tp the Contractor's failure to initially achieve the specified requirements. MAINTENANCE (NQT USED) RECORD DRAWiNGS (NOT USED) 03720-037-01 02305-8 �,A.RTHWORK FOR UTILITIES , , � r � � , r � � � � r � � � � � PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL MATERIAI,S A. Materials used for shoring and bracing, such as sheet pilin�, uprights, stringers, and crossbraces, shall be in good serviceable condition. Any timb�r used shall be sound and free from large or loase knots. B. Pressure-treated timber shall be used where wood sheeting or piling is specified or indicated to be cut and left in place. 2.02 T.RENCH SOIL MATERIALS A. Materials used for trench construction shall be free of clumps of clay, rock or gravel, debris, waste, frozen materials, and oCher deleterious matter as determined by the Engineer and shall be satisfactory soil materials as follows: Area Classification Soil Materials In excavations and trenches Excavated and borrow material that has been sampled, tested, and a roved as "Satisfacta Soil Material." B. Satisfactory Soil Materials 1. Soil Classification Groups Satisfactory soil materials for each trench shall be as follows: Satis aciar Soil Materiad ASTM D32$2, Snil Classi ication Grou s In-situ Foundation Bedding, Haunching, and Final Bac�ll Initial Sackfill A-1-a A-1-a A-J-a A-1-b A-1-b A-3 A-3 A-3 2. Maximum Aarticle Size Limitations for Satisfactory Soil Materials The maximum allowable particle size for satisfactory soil materials within each trench for each type of utility shall be as follows: 03720-037-01 02305-9 � EA.RTHWOKK FOR UTILITiES Maximum Allowable Particle Size Conduit In-situ Bedding, Haunching, Final Foundation and Initial Backfill Back 7ll Plastic Pipe (PVC, CPVC, HDPE, etc.) See Note 1 '/z -in 3 i�z less than 6-inch-diameter Plastic Pipe (PVC, CPVC, HDFE, etc.) See Note 1 '/4-in 3 in d-inch-diarneter and Lar er Concrete Pi e Steel Pi e Ductile Tron Pi e Fiberglass .Pipe See Note 1 3/4-in or thre� times 3 i�7 the wall thickness, whichever is less Other Canduit Materials See Note 2 See Note 2 See Note 2 (1) There is no requirement when satistactory undisturbed nalive soil material is used. llisturbed portions of the foundation and/or unsatisfactory rtative soil material shall be rcplaccd with satisfactory soil materials meeting all the rcquircments ior Bedding. (2) Thc maximum allowable particle si�e shall be in accordance with the manulacturer's written recqmmendation. 3. Additional.Requirements of Satisfactory Materials SatisfacCory soil rnaterials shall be free of debris, waste, frozen rnaterials, vegetation, or �Cher deleterious matter. Soils within 4 inches of the exterior surface of the pipe shall be free of gravel, stones, or other materials which may abrade the pipe surface. C. Unsatisfactory Materials Unsatisfactary soil materials shall mean ASTM D3282, Soil Classification Groups A-2-4, A-2-5, A-2-b, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7, and peal and aCher highly organic soils and soil materials of any classification that have a moisture content at the time of compaction beyond the range of 1 percentage point below and 3 percentage points above the optimum moisture contient of the soil material as determined by moisture-density relations test. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUCREMENTS The Contractor shall do the following: n Carefully verify by hand methods the location of` all surrounding underground utilities before performing utility excavations and trenches. 03720.037-01 02305-10 EAATHWOR� FOR UTILITIES � � � � � � � � � � � �' � � � � � � � : C�J I�7 Protect utilities to be left in place from damage. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by the Owner, except when permitted in writing by the Owner. Protect bench marks, survey points, and existing structures, roads, sidewalks, monitoring wells, paving, curbs, etc. against damage From cquipment, vel�icular or foot traff7c, settlement, lateral rnav�ment, undermining, washout, and all construction-related activities. E. Repair and replace damage to existing facilities to equal or better than their original undamaged condition without cost to the Owner and to the �pproval of the Engineer. F. Excavate and trench in ways that will prevent surface water and subsurface water from flowing into excavations and will also prevent flooding of the site and surrounding area. G. Protect excavations and trenching by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods as required to prevent cave-ins or lo�se dirt from falling into excavations and trenches. H. 17o not operate earth-moving equipment within 5 feet of walls of conerete structures for depositing or compacting backtill material. I. Compact the backfll material placed next to concrete walls with hand-operated tampers or similar equipment that will not damage the structure. J. Excavate, frll, backfill, and �rade to elevations required by the Contract Documents. K. Pile excavated materials suitable for backfill in an orderly manner a sufficient distance from excavations to prevent overloading, slides, and cave-ins. L. Do not obstruct access ways, roadways, and plant facilities. M. N 03720-037-01 Dewater excavations and trenches in accordance with Section 02240, DewaCering. Refer to the Contract Drawings for additional requirements related to earthwork and protection of existing features. 02305-11 EARTHWORK FOR IJTIC.17'1}:S 3.02 "I"R.ENCH EXCAVATION � � � A. Before excavating the trench, the Contractor shall prepare the surface, including � clearing and grubbing as spec.i�ied in 5ection 02230, Site Preparation. B. The Contractor shall be required ta fully comply with all applicable OSHA Excavation Safety Standards and to abide by them as covered by thc rnost current version of the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws of Florida). C. "1`hc Contractor shall ensYrre that mechanical equipment used for trench excavation sha11 be of a type, design, and construction and shall be so operated that conduit/utility, when accurately laid to specif.red alignment, will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the conduit/utility and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance will not be permitted. D. The Contractor shall not use mechanical equipment in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culver-ts, other existing property, utilities, structures, etc. above or below ground. In all such locations, the Contractor shall use hand excavating methods. E. "1`he Contractor shall not use blasti.ng. F. The Contractor shall cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable proper installatian of services and to allow far testing and inspectian. The Contractor shall also trim and shape trench bottoms and leave them free of irregularities, lumps, and projections. Trench width shall be excavated as specified on the Contract Drawings. G. The Contractor shall construct trench walls so as to avoid side wall collapse or sloughing. Trenches shall be either braced or open construction in accordance with tlae Contract Documents. No separate payment will be made for any special procedure used in connection with the excavation. H. Where sheeting and bracing are not required, the Contractor shall construct trench walls in the bottorn of the excavation as vertical as possible to the maximutn height allowable by OSHA. Trench walls above this height shall be sloped to guard against side wall collapse or sloughing as specified on the Contract Drawings. J Where sheeting and bracing are required, the sheeting and bracing system shall meet the requirements specified in these Specifications. Excavations shall be to the design elevations shown on the Contract Drawings or as specified, unless unsatisfactory or unsuitable foundation materials are 03720-037-01 02305-12 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES �� 1 1 � '�l, �J encountered in the bottom of the excavation. Where unsatisfactory or unsuitable foundation materials are encountered, this material shall be undercut and removed as indicated on the Contract Drawings and replaced with satisfactory soil material meeting all the requirements for Bedding. The lift thicknesses and compaction requirements for the replacement soil shall also meet the requireinenCs for Sedding. K. The Contractor shall be careful not to overexcavate except where necessary to � remove unsatisfactory or unsuitable materials, irregularities, lumps, rock, and projections. Unnecessary overexcavation shall be replaced as specified in these Specifications at the Contractor's sole expense. l.._� r r � � � � � � � L� � L. The Contractor shall accurately grade bedding soil materials at the boCtoms of the trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of conduit/utility at every point alang its entire length except where it is necessary ta excavate the bedding for conduit/utility bells (e.g., pipe bells), etc. or far prpper sealing of conduit/utility joints. Abrupt changes in grade of the trench bottom shall be avoided. M. The Contractor shall dig bell holes and depressions after the bedding has been graded to ensure that the conduit/utility rests an the prepared bedding for as much of its full length as practicable. Bell holes and depressions shail be only of such length, depth, and width as required to make the joint. N. The Contractor shall do the following: 0 0 1 �� 3 Pile all excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the work or erode the stormwater management facilities or water courses. Avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, and plant fac.ilities. Leave hydrants, valve pit covers, valve boxes, or other utility controls unobstructed and accessible. 4. Keep gutters, drainage inlets, natural water courses, and miscellaneous drainage structures clear or mak� other satisfactory provisions for Cheir proper operation. The Contractor shall keep all satisfactary materials that are suitable for use/reuse in the trench construction separated from unsatisfactory materials. Except where otherwise authorized, indicated, or specified, the Contractor shall replace, at the Contractor's own expense, all materials excavated below the 03720-037-01 02305-13 EARTHWORK FOR U7'ILITIES � L� bottom of concrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and foundations with concrete or flowable fill, as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shal) adhere to these Additional Excavation Requirements for P�p�ng: Excavate trenches so that the piping can be laid to thc lines, grades, and elevations indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. For piping designated to be laid ta a minimum cover requirement, grade trenches to avoid hi�h and low points to the extent practical_ Record Drawings of such pipes shall present top-of-pipe and grade elevations at all hi�h and low points along each pipe segment, at the end points of eacli pipe segments, and at intervals not to exceed 100 feet along each pipe segment. If in the opinion of the Engineer, additional air release and/or vacuum relief valves are required, the Contractor shall install the additional items as directed by the Engineer. 3. Except at locations specifically indicated otherwise on ihe Cantract Drawings, the required minimum cover over the top of the pipe from finished grade for various pipe diameters shall be as follows: Pi e Diameter 48 inch or ]ess G6 inch 72 inch 96 inch � Minimum Cover 3 feet 4 feet 4.5 feet 5 feet Continue dewatering operations along each pipe segrnent until the required minimum cover is provided. During the dewatering operations, the groundwater level in the trench shall re►nain at all times a minimum of 1 foot below bottom oftrench excavations. R. �C'he Contractor shall adhere to these AddiCional Excavation Reyuirements for Electrical Utilities: l. Avoid abrupt changes in grade of the trench bottom. 2. The required minimurn cover over Che top of electrical conduits from tinished grade shall be as follows: Electrical Electrical Conduits Conduits (Lines ]ess (:Lines 5 kV than 5 kV and u Minimum Cover 2 feet 3 feet 03720-037-01 02305-14 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES � � r � � � �� 1 � � � � _� � �J 3. The required minimum clearance from the bottom of mat foundations and/or footings shall be Z feet. Provide additional caver where necessary to satisfy the minimum clearance requirement. 4. Provide additional cover depth if necessary to avoid interference of other cables, ducts, piping, structures, and other utilities. S. The Contractor shall adhere to this Additional Excavatian Itequirement for Appurtenances: 1. Fnsure that excavations far valves and similar appurtenances shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 inches in the clear between the outer surfaces and the embankment or timber used to hold and protect the walls. 3.03 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall do the following: 1. Barricade and post excavations with warning signs for the safety of persons. Provide warning li�hts durin� hours of darkness. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities immediately adjacent to excavations against damage, including ]oading, settlement, lateral mavement, undermining, and washaut. B. Conduct topsoil removal operations to ensure the safety of persons and to prevent damage to existing structures and utilities, construction in progress, trees and vegetation to remain standing, and other property. ft�IL�.y:l � � � 1►[i1:�►1 �7:�:7:��11►[�'1 A. Where sheeting and bracing are required to support the side walls of the excavation, the Contractor shall retain a Professional Engineer, registered in Florida, to design sheeting and bracing. The design shall establish requirements for sheeting and bracing and shall comply with all applicable codes; authorities having jurisdiction; and federal, state, and local regulations. B. The sole responsibility for the design, methods of installaCion, and adequacy of sheeting and bracing shall be and shall remain that of the Contractor and the Contractor's Professional Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all necessary sheeting and bracing or ather procedures as required to ensure safe working conditions and to protect the excavations. 03720-037-01 02305-15 EARTHWaRK FOR UTIL1TiES � 3.05 C. Sheeting and bracing shall consist of braced steel sheet piling, trench box, braced wood lagging, and soldier beams or other approved methods. D. The Cotttractor shall immediately fill and compact voids fprmed outside the sheeting. Where soil cannot be properly compacted to fill the void, the Contractor shall use Class B concrete as backfill at no additional cost to the Owner. E. The Contractor shall install sheeting outside the required clearances and dimensions. Sheeting shall be plumb, securely braced, and tied in position. Sh�eting shall be adequate to withstand al] pressure to which it may be subjected. The Contractor shall correct any movement or bulging at no expense to the Owner so as to provide the necessary clearances and dimensions. F C� The Contractor shall maintain sheetin� and bracing in excavations and trenches for the entire time excavations will be open. Thc Contractor shall not brace sheeCing against pipe being laid. Sheeting shall be braeed so that no cancentrated lpad of hc�rizcmtal thrust is transmitted to the pipe. H. Sheeting shall not be withdrawn if driven below the spring line of any pipe. The Contractor shall cut qff tops as indicated �n the Contract Drawings and leave bottoms permanently in place. DEWATERING, WAT.�R REMOVAL, AND DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Water slaall not be permitted to accumulate in excavations. The Contractor shall p.rovide dewatering systems to convey water away from excavatrons so that softening of foundations bottoms, footing undercutting, and soil changes detrimental to subgrade stabiHty and foundation will not occur. Dewatering systems and methods oi disposal shall be as specifed in Section 02240, Dewatering, and as approved by the Engineer before being installed by the Contractor. Groundwater levels shal] be maintained a minimum of 1 foot below bottom of trenches or excavations_ B. Dewatering systems and equipment shall be in place as required to eliminate water during the excavation period until the work is completed. The Contractor shall provide ample means and equipment with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering any excavation. This includes the use of sand or gravel as required to maintain adequate flow during Che pipe laying or installation of other items of work within the excavation. 03720-037-01 02305-16 �.AR'fI�WORK 1�UR U'I'l1,1T1ES 1 � ' C� � � � ' � � � �� C. The Contractor shall dispose of` water pumped or drained in a suitable manner without dainage to adjacent property, to other work under construction, or to roads. Water shall not be discharged onto surface impravements without adequate protection of the surface at the point of discharge. All gutter, drains, culverts, sewers, and inlets shall be kept clean and open for surface drainage. Water shall not be directed across or over pavements except through approved pipes or properly constructed troughs. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Owner of any property involved before constructing water courses or installing discharge pipe or hose for removal of water and provide for disposal of the water without ponding or creating a public nuisance. D. All pumps used for dewatering shall have noise-reduction features and shall be able to run continuously with minimal attendance. If required by the Owner o.r Engineer, the pumps shall be enclosed on all sides with a plywood enclosure with padded material suitable for outdoor conditions on the inside of the enclosure to further reduce pump engine noise to an acceptable level. All applicable ordinances and codes for noise abatement shall be followed. The Cantractor shall maintain pumps at all times, as necessary. When pumps are no longer required, the Contractor shall re►nove the purnps, wcllpoints, pipes, and other apparatus fram the area. E. It is essential that the discharge of the trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural drainage channels, drains, or storm sewers. F. '1'renches shall be constructed on the upstream side of the traffic way across roadways, driveways, or other traffic ways adjacent to drainage ditches or waCer to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. The Contractor shall construct and maintain bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. After backfilling is completed, the Contractor shall immediately remove all material deposited i.n roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench and restore the ori�inal section, grades, and contours of ditches or water caurses. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary. G. Where trenches are constructed in ditches or other water courses, backfill shall be protected from surface erosion. Where the grade of the ditch exceeds 1%, the Contractor shall install ditch checks. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings, ditch checks shall be concrete or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Ditch checks shall extend not less than 2 feet below the original ditch or water course bottom for the full bottom width and at least 18 inches into the side slopes and shall be at least 12 inches thick. 03720-037-0] 02305-17 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES � 3.06 BACKFILLING AND COMPACI"1(aN A. The Contractor shall not backfill trenches until required tests are performed. B. '1"renches improperly backf711ed shall be reopened to the depth requi.red for proper compaction, then refr]led and compacted as specified, or the condition shall be otherwise corrected as directed. C�J 0 E The Contractor shall perform the following steps to ensure compaction at the bottom of�the trench or excavation before bedding: l. Remove disturbed native soil material and/ar any soils not meeting the requirement of satisfactory sail material as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Compact the bottom of the Crench excavation (undisturbed native subsurface soil) to no less than 95% ofthe Modified Proctar maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D.1557, before placement of foundation, bedding, piping, and Uack�ll. To backfill b�low and around pipe to the spring line of the pipe, the Contractor shall do Che following: l. Construct foundafion and bedding as indicated on the Contract Drawings before placement of pipe. 2. install each pipe at proper grade, alignment, and final position. 3. Deposit satisfactory soil material uniformly and simultaneously on each side ofpipe in completed course laycrs to prevent lateral displacement. 4. Compact under pipe haunches and on each side of pipe to the pipe spring line as shown on the Contract Drawings to hold the pipe in the proper position during subsequent pipe backfilling and compaction operations. 5. Construct haunching as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Ta trench backfill above pipe spring line to finished grade, the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Deposit satisfactory soil material around and above pipe in uniform layers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 0392p-037-01 02305-18 EARTHWORk FOR UT1LiTiES � r � i 1 � � � ' � � � � � 1 � � � � 2. Backfill and compact trenches from th� sprin� line of the pipe to the top of the trench in completed course layers as shdwn on the Contract Drawin�s. 3. Use material previously defined in these Specifications as satisfactory soil �naterial. 4. Compact by hand or mechanical tampers. 3.07 TJISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of waste materials, including excavated material classifed as unsatisfactory soil material, trash, and debris from the property at no additional cost to the Owner. 03720-037-01 END O�' SECTION 02305-19 EARTHWORK FOR llTILITIES � ' � � , � � ' , � , r , � ' ' � � � SECTiON 02315 CONTROLL�D DF.,NSiTY FiLL PART1 GEN�RAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and place the controlled-density fill (CDF) as shown on the .Drawings and specified in this Section. I .02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUSMiTTA1�S A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: 1. Name and address of the CDF supplier with a list ��f three successful installations not less than 3 years old. 2. C�ist of materials and the design mix proposed far each application on the project. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirernents of this Section shall apply_ A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C33—Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM Cl5�Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C618—Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzalan for Use in Concrete. 03720-037-01 02315-1 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The supplier shall be regularly engaged in the production and placement of controlled density fill (C.DF). The .material shall have been successfully applied on at least three CDF projects that have been performed satisfactorily for at least 3 years. ] .07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in S�ction 01 Fi50 far storing and prdtecting the items specitied in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1..10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) l.l l MAINTENANCE (NQT US.E.D) I .12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENER.Ai� (NOT USED) ►.�1➢•��/:r11�:7/_\IG9 A. B. C. D, E. F. 03720-037-01 Controlled-Density Fill shall be very flowable (non-excavacable) type. Cement shall be domestic Portland cement conforming to ASTM C I 50. Find aggre�ate shall be washed natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. Fly ash shall canform to ASTM C61 S, Class F. Water shall be potable, clean, and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, oils or orgattic matter. Admixtures may be used with the Engineer's approval. 02315-2 CONTROLLEU DENSITY FILL r r � � � 1 ' , � r � , ' � � 1 � 1 1 2.03 QiJALI7'Y A. Design mix shall result in a very flowable material with a minimum aUowable compressive strength of 60 psi at 28 days. B. Controlled-Density Fill is to be batched at a ready-mix plant with a slump between 10 inches and 12 inches. It should be very flowable and reyuire no vibration. C. Controlled-Density Fill shall be homogeneous and cnnsistent. Material that does nat comply with the minimum speci�ed requirements should be removed and replaced. D. Submit certified design mixes and historic data frc�m previous projects to substantiate that the mix design will provide the required strength. PART 3 EXECUTi4N 3.01 GEN ERAL A. Controlled-Density Fill shall be protected from freezing unCil the material has hardened. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Meth�ds of placing Controlled-Density Fill shall minimize segregation of materials. K�IX��f.��1►L�'i A. All work performed under this Section may be subject to testing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer and provide convenient access to all parts of the work for checking for compliance with the Contract Documents. 03720-037-01 END OF SECTION 02315-3 C�NTRQLLED DENSITY FILL SECTiON 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PARTI GENERAL 1.0] SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall take every reasonable precaution throughout construction to prevent the erosion of soil and the sedimentation of streams, bays, storm systems, or other water impoundments, ground surfaces, or ather pruperty as required by iederal, state, and local regulations. B. The Contractor shall pravide protective covering for disturbed areas upan suspension or completion of land-disturbing activities. Aermartent vegetation shall be established at the earliest practicable time. Temporary and permanent erosion-control measures shall be coordinated to ensure econamical, effective, and continuous erosion and siltation control throughout the construction and post-construction period. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02920, Seeding and Sodding. f�fx�.�11:3�1��r:\I[.9 A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 017$0, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 0372U-037-0] 02370-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTRUL 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NO'f US1�.D) ] .10 TESTING REQUIR.EML,NTS (NOT USED) 1.1 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.:12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT [1SED) l .l3 REGULATORY R.EQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall prevent damage to properties outside the construction limits from siltation due to construction ofthe project and ass�ime all responsibilitres to the affected property owners for correction of damages which may occur. F.rosion- contral measures sha11 be performed conforming to the requirements of and in accordance with plans approved by applicable state and local agencies and as specifiEd by the erosion-control portion shown on the Drawings and as reyuired by these Specifications. The Contractor sha11 not allow mud and debris to accumulate in the streets pr enter drainage ditches, canals, or wat�rways. Should the Contractor pump water fron� excavations during construction, appropriate siltation preventativc measures shall be taken before the pumped water is discharged into any drainage ditch, canal, or waterway. ]..14 PRACTICES The Contractc�r shall adhere to the following: A. B. C. Avoid dumping sail or sediment into any stream bed, pond, ditch, or watercourse. Maintain an undisturbed vegetative bufFer where possible between a natural watercourse and trenching and grading operations_ Avoid equipment crossings of sCreams, creeks, and ditches where practicable. 1.15 EROSiON AND SEDIMENT-CONTROL DEVICES AND FFATURES A. The Contractor shal) construct all devices (silt fences, retention areas, etc.) for sediment control at the locations required to protect federal, state, and local water bodies and wat�r courses and drainage systems before beginning to excavate the site. All devices shall be properly maintained in place until a stracture or paving makes the device unnecessary or until directed to permanently remove the device. 03720-037-0] D2370-2 EROSION AND SEbiMENTA7IQN CONTROL i i � � ' ' � ' , ' � � , 1 � � ' ' ' B. The Contractor shall use mulch to temporarily stabilize areas subject to excessive erosion and to protect seed beds af�er planting where required. C. Filter fabric, hay bales, ar other approved methods shall be placed and secured over the grates of each existing inlet, grating, or storm pipe opening near the area of excavation to prevent silt and debris from entering the storm systems. D. The Contractor shall use silt fences, hay bales, and floating turbidity barriers as shown on the plans or as directed by the Qwner or Owner's Representativ� to restrict movement of sedirnent from the site. E. The Contractor shall establish vegetative cover on all unpaved areas disturbed by the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Openanesh biodegradable mulching cloth. B. Fertilizer shall be ] 0-10-10 grade or equivalent. C. Lime shall be Dolomitic Agricultural Ground limestone, in accordance with FDOT Section 982. � E. F Grass shall be in accordance with Section �2920, Seeding and Sodding. Silt fence shall consist of non-biodegradable filter fabric (Trevira, Mirafi, etc.), in accordance with FDO'T Section 985, wired to galvanized wire mesh fencing and supported by wood or metal pasts. Floating or staked turbidity barriers as specified in FDOT 5ection 985 and FDOT Standard lndex 103. G. Erosion Stone: FDOT Section 530 H. 03720-037-01 1. Sand-Cement Riprap 2. Concrete Slock 3. Rubble 20 to 300 pounds each Filter Fabric for placing under Riprap shall meet the requirements ofFDOT Section 985. 02370-3 EROSION AND SEDIMF,NTATION CONTROL I. Baled hay or straw in accordanc� with FDOT Section 104. PART 3 EXECUTiON 3 A ] CLEAR]NG A. The Contractor shall schedule and perform clearing and grubbing so that subseqirent grading pperation and erosion-control practices can follow immediately after. Excavation, barrow, and embankment operations will be conducted as a continuous operation. All construction areas not otherwise protected shall be planted with permanent vegetative cover within 30 working days after completing active canstruction. r��x��r_�:�i�r�uc� A_ The angle for graded slopes and f Ils shall be no greater than the angle that can be retai.ned by vegetative cover or other adequate erosion-contrc�l devices or structures. All disturbed ar-eas outside of embankment left exposed will, within 30 working days of completion a:Fany phase of grading, be planted or otherwise provided with eithcr temporary or permanent ground cover, devices, or structures sufFcient to restrain erosion. 3.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Whenever ]and-disturbing activity is underCaken on a tract, a�round cover suf�icient to restrain erosion must be planted or otherwise provided within 30 warking days on that portion ofthe tract upon which further active construction is to be undertaken. B. If any earthwork is to be suspended for any reason for longer than 30 calendar days, the areas invplved sl�all be seeded with vegetative cover or otherwise protected against excessive erosion during the suspension period. Suspension ofwork in any area pf operation does not relieve the ConCractor of the responsibility ta conCrol erosion i.n that area. 3.04 VEGETATIVE COVER A. Preparation of Seedbed. Areas to be seeded sha11 be scarified a depth of4 inches until a firm, well-pulverized, unifor.m seedbed is prepared. Fertilizer shall be applied during the scarification process in accordance with the following rates: I. Fertilizer - 10 to 15 pounds per 1,00p square feet. D3720-037-01 (12370-4 EROS10N AND SEDiT��NTATION CUNTROL , ' , ' � , � , ' : C� Seeding. Disturbed areas along embankments shall be permanently seeded with mix specified in Section 02920, Seeding and Sodding. The Contractor shall mulch all areas immediately after seeding. Mulch shall be applied and anchored as specified previously in this Section. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary and permanent erosion-control measures in functioning order. Temporary structures shall be maintai.ned until such time as vegetation is firmly established and grassed areas shall be maintained until completion ofthe project. Areas which fail to show a suitable stand of grass or which are damaged by erosior� shal I be immediately repaired. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for re-establishing erosion-control devices, which may become dama�ed, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the project. B. The Contractor shall r�:move all silt, sediment, and debris buildup regularly to maintain functioning storm systems and erosion-cantrol devices. � 3.06 R.EMOVAL OF SEDTMENT CONTROL DEVICES � A. Near completion of the proj�.et, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion-contral devices in seeded areas shall be left rn place until ' the grass is established. The Contractor shall seed areas around devices and mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. ' , � , u , 1 : q3720.037-0 l 'rhe Contractor shall clean up all areas at the completion of the project. END OF SECTION 0237a5 EROSION AND S�DIM�N7'ATION CONTROL SECTION 02531 CONNECTIONS TO AND WORK UN '.C�HE EXISTING SYSTEM PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment required and maintain flow in existing sewers and drains, handle existing sewer and drain flow, construct and maintain all temporary connections and bypasses, and construcC the permanent connections to the new system as shown o.n the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. B. 1�he Contractor shall .furnish all labar, materials, and equipment required to plug existing drains, complete all work on existing manho]es (including all wprk and materials required to reshape existing manhole inverts with brick or concrete and connecting new drain pipes to existing manholes ar drain pipcs), and complete all additional work required. C. Should damage of any kind accur to the existing drain, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and as part of the work under this Item, make repairs to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. Notify the Engineer imrnediately of any discrepancies in elevations of existing pipes and structures between those shown on the Drawings and those established during construction so the Engineer can make the necessary modifications. 1.02 RELATED WOItK A. Section 01740, Final Cleaning B. Section 02305, Earthwork for Utilities ]..03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS RE�'ERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTiES 03720-037-01 02531-1 CONNECTIpNS TQ AND WQRK QN TFIE EXISTING 5Y5TEM A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementlry Conditions, and Speciflcation Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements spccifed in Section 01bS0 far storing and protecting the items speci�ed in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1 _10 TEST]NG REQUI:REMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTiON 3.01 HANDLING WASTEWATER FLOWS A. 'S'he Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to maintain existin� flows, including temporary bypasses and all pumping of wastewater and drainage that may be required to prevent backing up of sewers and drains and shall immediately cart away and ren�ove all offensive matter at the Contractor's own expense. B. �'urnish all labor, equiprnent, and rnaterials necessary to maintain existing drain, sewer, and sewer service connection flows, including temporary bypasses and all purnping of wastewater and draina�e that may be requircd to prevent backing up of systems. C 0 E. 03720-037-01 The use of overflow, bypass, pump, or any other means of conveying draina�e to any brook or other watercourse is not allowed without p�rmission of the Engineer. Submit to the Engineer and the Owner, for approval, a detailed written plan of procedures for flow maintenance 10 days in advance of flow interruption. The Contractor shall make provisions to maintain water and sewer service connections during construction. Any damaged service connection shall be replaced from the rnain pipeline to a minimum of 3 feet beyond the point of damage. 02531-2 CONN�C'I`TONS'I'O ANb WURK QN THE �?C15'T).NG SY57'EM ' , ' , , ' , ' , 1 , ' 1 , , ' 1 1 , 3.02 PLUGGrNG AND ABANDONING FACILITIES A. ln areas where pipes are removed from the existing sewer manholes, drain manholes, or catch basins, the point of connection shall be repaired with hrick, mortar, and non-shrink grout to the satisfaction of' the Engine�r. Where direct connections to existing pipes are aband�ned, th� connection must be sealed. This shall be done by removing lateral connections from the existing pip� and repairin� the pipe section with flexible transition couplings and SDR 35 PVC sewer pipe. The repair shall extend a minimum of 18 inches beyond each side of the opening. 03720-p37-Ol END OF S�.CTION 02531-3 CONNECTIpNS TO AND WORK ON T1jE EXISTING SYSTEM ' � ' 1 1 1 , ' ' 1 , ' , 1 1 ' ' � ' SECTION 02920 SEEDING AND SODDING PARTI GENERAL I � 1 I �Yf I � ] � � [ � ] �h�L � ] N C� A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, labar, and work to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents. No time extensions shall be given to the Contractor for not establishing a grass or sod cover during the "proper" planting season. B. This work includes but is not limited to the following items specified in this Section: 1 2. Placing sod to provide grass as finished ground cover at all unpaved disturbed areas of the site, including the entire areas of the ponds shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Placing seed to provide grass as finished �round cover in areas (not designated to be sodded) that were disturbed by the work. Provide seed and topsoil for all areas not designated to be sodded that have been disturbed or are indicated on the Contract Drawings to be seeded. I � 1 i ►. � :7 � w.� 1 � �� , �L �] : � � A. The General and Supplementary Conditions ofthese �pecifications ar� made a part of this Sectio.n as if incorporated in this Section. 1.03 SUBMTTTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shap drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. 1..04 WQRK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The followin� documents are a part of this Section_ Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. 03720-037-01 0292a 1 SEEDING AND SODUING A. Florida Department ofTransportallon (FDOT) Standard 5pecifications for Road and Bridge Construction, ] 986: l. FDOT Section 162 Prepared Soil Layer 2. FDOT Section 570 Performance Turf 3. � DOT Sectian 981 Turf Materials 4. FDOT Section 982 Fertilizer 5. FUOT Section 983 Water for Grassing 1 _O6 QUALI'l"Y ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WA.RRANTIES A. Warraraties s11a11 be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. ] .08 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HA1VDLiNG n I.� C� 0 The Contractor shall adhere ta the requirements speci�ed in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. Deliver, store, pratect, and handle praducCS Co the site to prevent damage from wetness and weather conditions. Deliver grass seed mixture in sea.led containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not acceptable. Deliver fertilizer in waterproofbags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of the manufacturer. 1.09 QUALIFiCATiONS (NOT US�D) I .10 TESTING .RFQUiREMENTS (N�T USED) I�f�u/s�1►��lva\►[tl�! A. Maintenance shall be as indicated u.nder Part 3, Execution, of this Specification Section. 1.12 RECORD DRAWTNGS (NOT USED) 1.13 DEFiNITiONS 03720-037-0] 0292�-2 SEEDTNG AN]] SODpING � ' � , � � ' ' , � ' ' � � i ' ' � � A. Weeds: Weeds include but are not limited to Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Paison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragqwort, Johnson Grass, Poison ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Sindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 1.14 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herUicide compasition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL (NOT USED) 2.02 MATERIALS A. Topsoil 1. Tap soil shall be supplied and installed in accordance with FDOT Standard Section 162. B. Fertilizer 1. Fertilizer shall be a complete, commercial-grade mixture of 12-8-8 analysis. 2. Fertilizer shall conform to applicable state laws fpr the material used. 3. Commercial-grade mixture shall conform to FDOT Standards, Section 982. C. Mulch 1. Mulch shall conform to FDOT Standards, Section 981. 2. M.ulch shall be dry grain straw or hay, free of noxious weeds. 3. Mulch shall be thoroughly cured and dried befare use. �. �'orest litter, pine needles, or Spanish Moss will not be acceptable. D. Seed 03720-037-01 o2sza3 SEEDING AND SODDING I. All grass seed shal I be the product of a reputable supplier and shall conform to the requirements of the State Department oi�Agriculture and Consumer Services and all applicable state ]aws. 2. 3. E. Sod 1. 2. 3. F. Water Grass seed shall conform to FDOT Standards Section 981, with a min.imum &0% purity and 80% germination with no noxious weeds. Seed shall be Argentine Sahia applied at a minimum rate of 10 pounds per 1,00� square feet. A thick stand oFgrass shall be provided. Sod shall conform to FDOT Standards Section 981. A thick stand of grass shall be provided at all locations. Sod shall be Argentine Bahia. Sod planted on private properties shall match the existing sod when practical. The water used to produce grass may be obtained from any approved source, in accordance with FDOT Section 983. The water shal] be free of excess and harmful chemicals, acids, alkalies, and all substances which may be harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffrc. Salt or brackish water shal I not be used. The Contractor shall make arrangements to secure and pay for water. The Contractor shall make all provisions necessary to water until a thick stand of�grass is established. I�_\ :� r c��►: � Xfl � y �[�] ► I 3.01 SURFAC� PREPARATiON A. The entire area to be seeded, as shown an the Drawings or required in this Section, shall be covered with a 6-inch layer ofrnuck or suitable topsoil, carefully spread and disked lightly into the existing soil and finished to the grades indicated. 3.02 FERTILIZING A. Fertilizer shall be applied uniformly on the surface of the ground at a minimum rate as specifred in Section 570 of FDOT Specifrcations. it shall be mixed into the soil with a disk harrow, where practicable, or by hand-raking in areas of limited accessibility. Mixing shall be continued until the fertilizer is uniformly incorporated into the top 3 inches of soil. U3720-U37-Ol 02920-4 SEEbING ANb SODL7ING 3.�3 MULCHING A. After spreading and mixing the fertilizer, the Contractor shall apply approximately2 inches, loose thickness, of�the mulch material uniformly over the grassing area and cut into the soil to produce a loose mulch thickness of 3 to 4 inches, in accordance with Section 570 of FDOT Specifications. Care shall be exercised ta prevent the mulch from being cut too deeply into the soil. fc�IL��I��]1►Cef A. Seed which has become wet or moldy shall not be used. Soon after the mulch material has been cut inCo the soil and while the soil is still loose and moist, the s�ed shall be scattered uniformly over the grassing area. Application shall be in conformance with FDOT Standards, Section 570. 3.05 SODDING A. Application shall be in accordance with FDOT Standards, Section 575. f c� 1 T+� �. �/ � 1� 1 �I � I�]� � �.Z �] 1 I A. The Contractor shall apply herbicides as required and as recommended by the Couraty Agricultural Agent. Herbicides shall only be applied as needed. 3.07 C�MPACTION A. Immediately after the seeding is complete, the entire grassed or mulched area shall be compacted with a light roller. Rolling shall be continued until the area is firmly but not tightly packed. 3.08 EQUI.PMEN'.f � A. All eyuipment used in the operation of grassing shall be adequate to produce the required results. Equipment for placing mulch material into the soil shall be suitable for cutting the specified materials uniformly into the soil and to the required 1 controlled depth. Rollers shall have corrugated or notched surfaces and shall be at least 12 inches in diameter. Smooth surface rollers will not be permitted. �l � � 3.09 G.RUUND COVER DATA A. Planting dates, types of seeds, seed mixtures, and rates of application shall be as set forth in this Section. No changes may be made in the ground cover type without the approval of the Engineer. � 03720-D37-Ol 0292a5 SEEDING AND SODDING 3.10 GR�UND CUVER ESTABLISHMENT n L General Requirements The Contractor shall provide ground cover (sod and seed) establishment of the spccified permanent vegetation before final acceptance of the project with no dead areas of ground cover. Groundcover (sod and seed) establishment shall consist of necessary pr�s�rving and protecting to keep the grass�d areas in a satisfactory condiCion. The Contractor shall water the grassed areas as long and as often as necessary to promote maximum practicable growth. At any Cime the Engineer .may require replanting an area or portion of an area which, for any cause, shows unsatisfactory growth. Except as otherwise specified or permitted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare areas to be replanted in accordanc;e with the requirements ofthe Specifications as ifsuch replanting were the initial planting. However, the type of fer•tilizer and the applicable rate of fertilizer to be furnished and applied by the Contractor as part of plant establishment accasioned by a-eplanting shall be determined by soil tests or otlierwise established. G�•owth and Coverage The Contractor shall be i'esponsible far p.roviding satisfactory �rowth and coverage as de.fined below. Growth and coverage shall be considered acceptable when all areas sl�ow a satisfactory visible growth with no bare spols larger than 1 square foot. Bare spots shall be scattered and the total bare areas should not comprise more than ]/100 of any given area. [e�f��►�y.1_�1►rr�]�Y�7�7Le77`.Y►�► /_�i�li��1►�I_r�►I��l A. The Contractor is responsible for all sod and grass maintenance until the date off7nal completion of the project. Sod and grass maintenance includes cutting, watering , fertilizing, re-seeding, and re-sodding as required to maintain the required coverage pf healthy, vibrant grass and sod cover. END OF SECTION 03720.037-0] 02920-6 SEEDTNG AND SODDING ' , 1 � r �l 1 �l � DIVISYON 3 ' CK�)�[�1:� � Y � �� 1 � � � � 1 � sECTioN o3�00 GROUT PART1 GENERAL I .01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and install grout complete as shawn on the Drawings and as speci�ed in this Section. I .02 RELATED WO.RK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS � I: "I"he Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: ]. Commercially manuf`actured nonshrink c�mentitious grout. The submittal shall include catalog cuts, technical data, storage requirements, product life, working time af�er mixing, temperature considerations, conformity to required ASTM standards, and Material Safety Data Sheet. 2. Cammercially manufactured nonshrink epoxy grout. The submittal shall include catalog cuts, technical data, storage reyuirements, product life, working timc: aRer mixing, temperature considerations, conformity ta required ASTM standards, and Material Safety Data Sheet. 3 .� Cement grout. The submittal shall include the type and brand of the cement, the gradation of the fine aggregate, product data on any proposed admixtures, and the propased rnix ofthe grout. Canerete grout. The submittal shall include data as required for concrete. This includes the mix design, constituent quantities per cubic yard, and the water/cement ratio. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test data as required for concrete to be used as concrete grout_ Certifications: Certify that commercially manufactured grout products and concrete grout admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days curing. 03720-037-01 03600-1 GROUT C. Qualifcations: Grout manufacturers shall submif documentation that they have at least 10 years experience in the production and use of the proposed grouts which they will supply. ] .04 WORK S�,QUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STAND.ARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. Th� following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A : Atiaerican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. t1STM C33—Standard Specificatio.n for Concrete A�gregates. 2. ASTM C150—Standard Specification for Portland CEment. 3. ASTM C531—Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficieni oFThermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer ConereCes. 4. ASTM C579---Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Martars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Coneretes. S. ASTM C827—Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early AgeS of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures. 6. ASTM C11.07—Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, �-�ydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink). 7. ASTM D695---Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Standard (CRD) 1. CRD C-621—Corps of En�ineers Specification �or Non-Shrink Grout. 1.06 QUALI.TY f1SSURANCE I:� Pre-installation Conference Well in advance of grouting, the Contractor shall hold a pre-installation meeting to review the requirements for surface preparation, mixing, placing and curing procedures fo,r each product proposed for use. Parties concerned with grouting shall be notifed of the meeting at least l0 days before its scheduled date. 03720-037-0] 03600-2 GROUT � � � � � � II � C Services of Manufacturer's Representative l. A qualified field technician of the npnshrink grout manufacturer, specifically trained in installing the products shall attend the pre- installation conference and shall be present for the initial installation oi' each type of nonshrink grout. Additional services shall also be provided, as required, to correct installation problems. Field Testing 1. All field testing and inspection services required shall be provided by the pwner. The Contractor shall assist in the sampling of materials and sha11 provide any ladders, platforms, ete, far access to the work. The methods of� testing shall comply in detail with the applicable ASTM Standards. � 1.07 WARRANTIES r , � � � l� A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Speci�cation Section 01780, Warranties and F3onds. 1.0� DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and pratecting the items specified in this Section. B. Deliver materials to the jobsite in original, unapened packages, clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, product identi�cation, batch numbers, and pcinted instructions. C. Store materials in full compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Total storage time from the date of manufacture to the date of installation s}�all be limited to 6 months or the manufacturer's recommended storage time, whichever is less. D. Material which becomes damp or otherwise unacceptable shall be immediately � removed from the site and replaced with acceptable material at no additional expense to the Owner. �� LJ � E. F Nonshrink-cement-based grouts shall be delivered as preblended, prepackaged mixes requiring only the addition of water. Nonshrink epoxy grouts shall be delivered as premeasured, prepackaged, three- component systems requiring only blending as directed by the manufacturer. 03720-037-01 0360�-3 GROUT � 1.09 QUALiFiCAT.I.ONS A. The grout manu.facturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the product.ion and use of the type of grout proposed �or the work. l .10 TESTING R�QUTREMENTS (NOT USED) l.l l WEATF3ER CONSTRAiNTS (NOT USED) 1.12 DEFINITIONS A. Nonshrink Grout: A commercially manufactured product that does not shrink in either the plastic or hardened state, is dimensionally stable in the .hardened state, and bonds to a clean base plate. I Y: � :i � � :Z � ] rl � If� Kq 2.01 GENE.RA,L A. '.C'he use of a manufacturer's name and product or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality desired. B. Like materials shall be the products of one manufacturer or supplier in order to pravide standardization of appearance. 2.02 MATEW.�ILS A. Nonshrink Cementitiaus Grout 1. Nonshrink cementitious grouts shall meet or exceed the requirements o:F ASTM C 1 107, Grades B or C and CRD C-621. Grouts shall be Portland- cement based, contain a pre-proportioned blend of selected aggregates and shrinkage compensating agents, and shall require only the addition of water. Nonshrink cementitious grouts shall not contain expansive cement or metallic particles. The grouts shall exhibit no shrinkage when tested in conformity with ASTM C827. a. General purpose nonshrink cementitious grout shall conform to the standards stated above and shall be SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.; Set Grout by Master Builders, Inc.; Gilco ConsCruct.ion Grout by Gifford Hill & Co.; Euco NS by The Euclid Chemical Co.; NBEC Grout by U. S. Grout Corp. or equal. 03720-D37-01 03600-4 GRqU'I" �i �� 1 , b. Flowable (Precision) nonshrink cementitiaus grout shall conform to the standards stated above and shall be Masterflow 928 by Master Builders, Inc.; Hi Flow Grout by the Euclid Chemical Co.; � SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.; Supreme Grout by Giffi�rd Hill & Co.; Five Star Grout by U. S. Grout Corp. or equal. � ' � � � L_ � r � � � � � r � : C. � E Nonshrink Epoxy Grout Nonshrink epoxy based grout shall be a pre-proportioned, three- camponent, 100% solids system consisting of epaxy resin, hardener, and blended aggregate. It shall have a compressive strength of 14,000 psi in 7 days when tested in conformity with ASTM D695 and have a maximum thermal expansion of 30 x 10 6 when tested in conformity with ASTM C531. The grout shall be Ceilcote 648 CP by Mastcr Builders inc.; Five Star Epoxy Grout by U.S. Grout Corp.; Sikadur 42 Grout Pak by Sika Corp.; High Strength Epoxy Grout by the Euclid Chemical Co. or equal. Cement Grout 1. Cement grouts shall be a mixture of one part Portland cement conformi.ng to ASTM C150, Types I, Il, or lI] and 1 to 2 parts sand conforming to ASTM C33 with sufficient water to place the grout. The water content shall be sufficient to impart workability to the grout but nat to the degree that it will allow the grout to flow. Concrete Grout Concrete grout shall canform to the requirements of Section 03300 except as specified in this Section. It shall be praportioned with cement, coarse and f.rne aggregates, water, water reducer, and an air-entraining agent to produce a rnix having an average strength of 2900 psi at 28 days, or 2500 psi nominal strength. Coarse aggregate size shall be 3/8-inch maximum. Slump should not exceed 5 inches and should be as low as practical yet sti11 retain sufticient workability. 2. Synthetic reinforcing fibers as specified in Section 03200 shall be added to the concrete grout mix at the rate of 1.5 lb of fbers per cubic yard of grout. Fibers shall be added from the manufacturer's premeasured bags and according to the manufacturer's recommendations in a manner which will ensure complete dispersion of the fiber bundles as single monofilaments within the concrete grout_ Water 03720-037-01 0360a5 GROUT � Pc�table water, free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. PART 3 EXECUTION f e � I l � � :7 � 17t\ .7�� [ � ] � I � � r � L. A. Grout shall be placed over cured concrete which has attained its full design � strength unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. R. Concrete surfaces to receive grout shall be clean and sound; free of ice, frost, dirt, grease, oil, curing compounds, laitance and paints, and free of all loose rnaterial or foreign matter which may affect the bond or performance of the grout. C. Roughen concrete surfaces by chipping, sandblasting, or othc:r mechanical means to ensure bond of� the grout to the concrete. Remove loose or broken concrete. irregular voids or proj�eting coarse aggregate need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and #irmly embedded into the parent concrete. Air compressors used to clean surfaces in contact with grout shall be the oilless type or equipped with an oil trap in the air line to prevent oil from being blown onto the surface. �� ' D. Remove a11 loose rust, oil, or other deleterious substances from metal embedments or bottom of baseplates befare installing the grout. � E. Concrete surfaces shall be washed clean and then kept moist for at least 24 hours before the placing of cementitious or cement grout. Saturation may be achieved by cov�ring the concreCe vvith saturated burlap bags, use of a soaker hose, flooding the surface, or othe.r method acceptable to the Engineer. Upon compleCion of the 24-hour period, visible water shall be removed from tlae surface before grouting. An adhesive bonding agent should only be used in lieu of surface saturation when approved by the Engineer for each speci�c location of grout installation. F. Epoxy-based grouts do not require the saturation of the concrete substrate. Surfaces in contact with epoxy grout shall be completely dry before grouting. �_.� l� � G. Construct grout fprms or other leak-proof containment as required. Forms shall be lined or coated with release agents recommended by the grout manufacturer. Forms shall be of adequate strength, securely anchared in place, and shored to resist the forces imposed by the grout and its placement. � 03720-037-0 l 03600-6 GROUT � � r � � � I:I l. Forms for epoxy grout sha11 be designed to allow the formation of a hydraulic head and shall have chamf.er strips built into forms. Level and align the structural or equiprnent bearing plates in accordance with the structural requirements and the recommendations of the equipment manufacCurer. � I. Equipment shall be supported during alignrnent and installation of grout by shims, wedges, blocks, or other approved means. The shims, wedges, and blocking devices shall be prevented from bonding to the grout by appropriate bond ' breaking coatings and removed after grouting unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. � 3.02 1NSTALLATION—GENERAL �� I L � � � LJ � � � �� A. The Contractor shall mix, apply, and cure products in strict compliance with fhe manufacturer's recommendallons and this Section. B. Hav� sufficient manpower and equipment available for rapid and continuous mixing and placing. Keep all necessary tools and materials ready and close at hand. C. Maintain temperatures of the foundation plate, supporting conerete, and grout between 40 and 90°F during grouting and for at least 24 hours after or as recammended by the grout manufacturer, whichever is longer. Take precautions to minimize differential heating or cooling of baseplates and grouC during the curing period. D. Take special precautions for hot weather or c�ld weather grouting as recommended by the manufacturer when ambient temperatures and/or the temperature of the materials in contact with the grout are outside of the 60 and 90°F range. E. Install grout in a manner which will preserve the isolation between the elements on either side of the joint where grout is placed in the vicinity of an expansion or contraction joint. F. Reflect a11 existing underlying expansion, contraction, and construction joints through the grout. 3.03 iNSTALLATiON----CEMENT GROUTS AND NON5HRINK CEMENT.T'('IOUS GROUTS I� Mix in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not add cement, sand, pea gravel, or admixtures without prior approval by the Engineer. 03720-037-01 03600-7 GROUT � B. Avoid mixing by hand. Mixing in a mortar mixer (with moving blades) is recommended. Pre-wet the rnixer and einpty excess watr:r. Add preineasur�d amount of water for mixin�, followed by the grout. Begin with the minimum amount of water recommended by the manufacturer and then add the minimum additional water reyuired to obtain workability. Do not exceed the manufacturer's maYimum recommended water content. C. Placements greater than 3 in deep shall include the addition of clean, washed pea gravel to the grout mix when approved by the manufacturer. Comply with the manu�acturer's reconame.ndations for the size and amount of aggregate to be added. D. Place grout into the designated areas in a manner which will avoid segregation or entrapment of air. Do not vibrate grout to release air or to consolidate the material. Placemcnt should proceed in a manner which will ensure the filling of all spaces and provide full contact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes as necessary. E. Place grotrt rapidly and continuously to avoid �old jqinYs. Do nat pl�tce cem�nt grouCs in layers. Do not add additional water to the mix (rete.mper) after initial stiffening. F. Just before the grout reaches its final set, cut back the grout to the substrate at a 45° angle from the lower edge of bearing plate unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Finish ihis surface wiCh a wo�d �loat (brush) finish. G. Begin curing immediately after form removal, cutback, and finishing. Keep grout maist and within its recornmended placement temperature range for at least 24 hours after placement or longer if recommended by the manufacturer. Saturate the grout surface by use of wet burlap, soaker hoses, ponding, or other approved means. Provide sunshades as necessary. If drying winds inhibit the ability of a given curing method to keep grout moist, erect wind breaks until wind is no longer a problem or curing is finished. 3.04 1NSTALLATION NONSHRINK EPDXY GROUTS A. Mix in accordance with the procedures recomrnended by the manufacturer. Do not vary the ratio of components or add solvent to change the consistency of the grout mix. Do not overmix. Mix full batches only to maintain proper proportions of resin, hardener, and aggregate. : Monitor ambient weather conditions and contact the grout manufacturer for special placement procedures to be used for temperatures below f 0 or above 90°�'. 03720-037-01 03600-8 CrROU7' � � r � 1 ' � � � � C. Place �rout into the designated areas in a manner which will avoid irapping air. Placement methods shall ensure the filling of all spaces and provide full contact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes as necessary. D. Minimize "shoulder" length (extension of �rout horizontally beyond base plate). In no case shall the shoulder length of the grout be greater than the grout thickness. E. Finish grout by puddling to cover all aggregate and provide a smooth frnish. Break bubbles and sm�oth the top surface of the grout in conformity with the manufacturer's recommendations. F. Epoxy grouCs are self curing and do not require the application of water. Maintain the formed grout r�ithrn its recommended placement ternperature range for at least 24 hours after placing, or longer if recammended by the manu.facturer. 3.05 INSTALLATION—CONCRETE GROUT A. Screed underlying concrete to the grade shown on the Drawings. Provide the surface with a broomed finish, aligned to drain. Protect and keep the surface clean until placement of concrete grout. � B. Remove the debris and clean the surface by sweeping and vacuuming of all dirt and other foreign materials. Wash the tank slab using a strang jet of water. Flushing of debris into tank drain lines will noc be permitted. � , � �� C. Saturate the concrete surface for at least 24 hours befare placin� the concrete grout. Saturation may be maintained by ponding, by the use or soaker hoses, or by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. Remove excess water just before placing the concrete grout. Place a cement slurry immediately ahead of the concrete grout so that the slurry is maist when the grout is placed. Work the slurry over the surface with a braam until it is coated with approximately 1/16- to 1/8- inch-thick cement paste. D. Place concrete grout to final grade using the scraper mechanism as a guide for surface elevation and to ensure that high and low spots are eliminated. Unless specifically approved by the equipment manufacturer, mechanical scraper mechanisms shall not be used as a finishing machine or screed. L F. Provide grout contraction joints as indicated on the Drawings. Finish and cure the concrete grout as specifed for cast-in-place concrete. 03720-037-01 03600-9 � �ROU'r 3.06 SCHEDULE A. The following list indicates where the particular types of grout are to be us�d: 0372D-037-01 1. General purpose nonshrink cementitious grout: Use at all locations where nonshrink grout is called for on the plans except for base plates greater than 3 feet wide by 3 feet long and, except for the setting of anchor rods, anchor bolts or reinforcing steel in concrete. 2. Flowable nonshrink cementitious grout: Use under all base plates greater in area than 3 feet by 3 feet. Use at all locations indicatEd to receive flowable nonshrink grout by the Drawings. "The Contractor, at his/her opti�n and convenience, may also substitute flowable nonshrink grout for general purpose nonshrink cemenCitious grout. 3. Nonshrink epoxy grout: Use for the setting of anchor rods, anchor bolts, and reinforcing steel in concrete and for all locations specifically indicated to receive epoxy grout. 4. Cement grout: Cement grout may be used for grouting of incidenfal base plates for structural and miscellaneous steel such as post base plates for platforms, base plates for beams, etc. It shall not be used when nonshrink graut is specifically ealled for on the Drawings or for grouting of primary structural steel members such as columns and girders. 5. Concrete grout: Use for overlaying the base conerete under scraper mechanisms of clarifiers to allow more control in placing the surface grade. �:ND OI� SECTIUN 0360D-] 0 GROUT � � � r � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ' SECTIqN 03930 MODIFICAT]ONS AND REPAIR "1"O CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL ] .O1 SCOPE Oi= WORK A. The ConTractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and cut, remove, repair, ar otherwise modify parts of existing concreCe structures or appurtenances as s}aown on thE Urawings and as specified in this Sect.ion. Work under this Section shall also include bonding new conerete to existing concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Section 02220, Demolition and Modifications. Section �360�, Grout. Section 05500, Metal Fabrications. f�Ix�.q�1:3uI��r�169 I� 1:3 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01330, a Schedule of Demolition and the detailed methods of demplition to be used at each location. C. Submit the manufacturer's technical literature on all product brands proposed for use to the Engineer for review. The submittal shall include the manufacturer's installation and/or application instructions. D. When substitutions for acceptable brands of materials specifred in this Section are proposed, submit brochures and technical data of the proposed substitutions to the Engineer for approval before delivery to the project. l .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specifrcation Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The followirtg documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this 5ection shall apply. 03720-037-01 03930.1 MUDIFICATIONS ANb REPAiR TQ CONCRETE A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ASTM C881—Standard Specification for Epoxy Resin Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. ASTM C882—Standard Test Method for Bond Strength oF Epoxy Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Sla.nt Sheer. ASTM D570—Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. ASTM D63$—Standard Test Method for "I�ensile Properties of Plastics. ASTM D695—Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. ASTM D732—Standard Test Method for Shear Stren�th of Plastics by Punch Tool. ASTM U790—Standard Test M�thods far Flexura] Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. ASTM G3—Standard Practice for Conventions Applicable to Electrochemical Measurements in Corrosion Testing. 1.06 QUALITY ASSiJRANCE A. No existing structure or concrete shall be shifted, cut, removed, or otherwise altered until the Engineer so authorizes. � B. When removing materials or parCians of existing structures and when .making openings in �xistin� structures, all precautions shall be taken and all necessary barriers, shoring and bracing, and oCher protective devices shall be erected to preve.nt damage to the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, protect personnel, control dust, and prevent damage to the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. Unless otherwis� perrnitted, shown, or specified, line drilling will be required in cutting existing concrete. 1.07 WARRANTIES � A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary , Conditions, and Specifiicat.ion Section Ol 780, Warranties and Bonds. S. Manufacturer Qualifications: The manufacturer of the specified products shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the manufacture of such praducts and shall have an ongoing program of training, certifying, and technically supporting the Contractor's personnel. C�l osnaos�-oi Contractor Qualifications: The Contractor shall complete a program of instruction in the application of the approved manufacturer's material specified in this 03930-2 MODIFICATIpNS AND REPAiR Tp CONCRETE � , Sectiqn and pravide certification from the manufacturer attestin� to their training and status as an approved applicator. D. Furnish a notarized certificate stati.ng that the materials meet the requirements of this Section and hav� the manufacturer's current printed literature on a specified product. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the r�quirtments specifred in Section O] 650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. S. Deliver the speci.fied products in ariginal, unopened containers with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification, and batch numb�rs. C. Store and condition the specified product as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.1 � TESTING .REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.l 1 WEATHER CONSTR.A]NTS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.O1 MATE.RIA.LS A. General 1. Materials shall comply with this Section and any state or local regulations. B. Epoxy Bonding Agent 1. General a. The epoxy bonding agent shall be a two-component, solvent-free, asbestos-free moisture-insensitive epoxy-resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened cancrete complying with the requirements of ASTM C$$l, Type il and the additianal requirements specified in this Section. 2. Material � Properties of the cured material: 03720-037-01 03930.3 MODIFICATI�NS AND REPAIA TO CONCAETF 3 (►) �2) Compressive Strength (ASTM D695): 8500 psi minimum at 2$ days. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 4000 psi minimum aC ]4 days. (3) Flexural Stren�th (ASTM D790 Modulus of Rupture): �,30U psi minimum at 14 days. (4) Shear Strength (ASTM D732): 5000 psi minimum at l4 days. (S) Water Absorption (ASTM D570 2-hour boil): 1.0% maximum at 14 days. (6) Bond Strength (AS�I'M C$82) Hardened to Plastic: 1500 psi minimum at 1�4 days moist cure. (7) Effective Shrinka�e: Passes Test. (S) Color: Gray. Approved manufacturers include Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ Sikadur 32, Hi Mod; Master Builder's, Cleveland, OH Concresive Liquid (.LP.L) or equal. C. Epoxy Paste l. General a. Epoxy Paste shall be a two-component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy-resin material used to bond dissimilar materials to concrete such as setting railing posts, dowels, anchor bolts, and all threads inta hardened concrete and sl�all comply with the requirements of ASTM C881, Type I, Grade 3 and the additional requirements specified in this Section. It may also be used to patch existing surfaces where the glue line is 1/8 inch or less. 2. Material �s� Properties of the cured material: 03720-037-01 03930� MODIFICATIUNS AND R.�;PATR TO CONCRETE (1) Compressive Properties (ASTM D695): 10,000 psi minimum at 28 days. (2) Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 3,000 psi minimum at 14 days. Elongation at .Break 0.3% minimum. (3) Flexural Strength (AST,M U790 Modulus of Rupture): 3,700 psi minimum at 14 days. (4) (5) (6) Shear Strength (ASTM D732): 2,$UO psi minimum at 14 days. Water Absorption (ASTM D570): 1.0% maximum at 7 days. Bond Strength (ASTM C882): 2,�0� psi at 14 days moist cure. (7) Cc�lor: Cancrete grey. 3. Approved manufacturers include: a. Overhead applications: Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ Sikadur Hi mod LV 31; Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH Coneresive 1438 or equal. b. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, N.J. Sikadur I-Ii mod LV 32; Master Suilders, Inc., Cleveland, OH Concresive 1438 or eyual. D. Non-Shrink Precision Cement Grout, Non-Shrink Cement Grout, Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout and Polymer Modified martar are included in Section 03600. E. Adhesive-capsule-type anchor system shall be equal to the HVA adhesive Anchoring System by Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, OK. T}ae capsule shall consist of a sealed glass capsule containing premeasured amounts of a palyester or vinylester resin, quartz sand aggregate, and a hardener contained in a separate vial in the capsule. F. Acrylic Latex Bonding Agent G. Crack Repair Epoxy Adhesive 1. General 03720-037-0] 03930-5 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAi.R TO CONCRETE a b Crack Repair Epoxy Adhesive shall be a two-component, solvent- free, moisture-insensitive epoxy-resin material suitable for crack grouting by injection or gravity feed. It shall be formulated for the specific size of opening or crack being injected. All concrete surfaces containing potable water or water to be treated for potable use that are repaired by the epoxy adhesive injection system shall be coated with an acceptable epoxy coating approved by the FDA for use in contact with potable water. 2. Material a. Properties of the cured material ��) ��) (3) (4) (5) (6) Compressive Properties (ASTM D695): 10,OOD psi minimum at 28 days. Tensile StrengCh (ASTM D638): 5,300 psi minimum at 14 days. Elongation at Break 2 to 5%. Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 Modulus of Rupture): ] 2,000 psi minimum at 14 days (gravity); 4,600 psi minimum at 14 days (injection) Shear StrengCh (ASTM D732): 3,700 psi minimum at 14 days. Water Absorption (ASTM D570 2-hour boil): ].5% maximum at 7 days. Bond Strength (ASTM C882): 2,40Q psi at 2 days dry; 2,QQQ psi at 14 days dry plus l2 days moist. (7) Ef..fective Shrinkage: Passes Test. 3. Approved manufacturers include: a. For standard applications: Sika Carporation, Lyndhurst, NJ Sikadur Hi Mod; Master Builders Inc., Cleveland, OH Concresive 1380 or eyual. b. For very thin applications: Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ Sikadur Hi Mod LV; Master Builders Inc., Cleveland, OH Concresive 1468 or eyual. 03720-037-Oi 03930-6 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIR TO CONCRE7'E H. Polymer-Modified Aortland Cement Mortar (Vertical and Overhead Surfaces) 1. The polymer-madified Portland cement mortar shall be a two-component, polymer-modified, Portland cement fast-setting, non-sag mpnar with a migrating corrosion inhibitor. 2. Component A shall be a liyuid polymer emulsion of an acrylic copolymer base and additives. It shall have a particle size of less than 0.1 micron. 3. Component A shall ct�ntain an organic, migrating corrosion inhibitor, which has been independently proven to reduce corrosion in concrete via ASTM G3 (half-cell potential tests). The corrosion inhibitor shall not be calcium nitrate and shall have a minimum of l years of independent field testing to dacument performance on actual construction projects. 4. Component B shall be a blend of selected Portland cements, specially graded aggregates, admixtures for controlling setting time, water reducers for workability, and accelerators. 5. 6. The ratio of C�mpvnent A: Component B shall be 1:5:2 by weight. The polymer-modified Portland cement mortar shall be placeablc from 1/8-inch to 1-1/2 inches depth per lift. 7. Aggregate to extend the polymer-modified Portland cement mortar shall � be a minus '/�- or 3/$-inch clean, well-graded, saturated surface dry material having low absorption and high density in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements. I. 8. Approved manufacturers include Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ — Sikatop l23 plus. Polymer-Modified .Portland Cement Mortar (Harizontal Surfaces) l. The polymer-modified Portland cement mortar shall be a two-component, polymer-modified, Portland cement fast-setting, non-sag mortar with a migrating corrosion inhibitor. �a 3 Component A shall be a liquid polymer emulsion of an acrylic copolymer base and additives. It shall have a particle size of less than 0.1 micron. Component A shall contain an organic, migrating corrosion inhibitor, which has been independently proven to reduce corrosion in concrete via 03720-037-01 03930.7 MODIFICAT10N5 AND AE,PAIA TO CONCR�,TE ASTM G3 (hal.f-cell potential tests). The corrosion inhibitor shall not be calcium nitrate and shall have a minimum of seven tcsts. The corrosion inhibitor shall not be calcium nitratE �nd shall have a minixnuTn of l y�ars of independent fi7eld testing to document perf`ormance on actual construction projects. 4. Component B shal] be a blend of selected Portland cements, specially graded aggregates, admixturc:s for controlling setting time, waCer reducers for workability, and accelerators. 5. C� '1`he ratio of Component A: Component :B shall be 1:7:2 by weight. The polymer-modified Portland cement mortar shall be placeable from 1/8-inch to 1-inch depth per ]ift. � � � � � 1 � 7. Aggregate to extend the polymer-modified Portland cement mortar shall � be a minus '/z- or 3/S-incl� clean, well-graded, saturated surface dry material having low absorption and high density in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements. � S. Approved manutacturers include Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ — Sikatop 122 plus. � I 7\.� r c��: � x� 1 � y �[�] ► I 3.01 GEN�RA:L A. In all cases where conerete is repaired in the vicinity of an expansion joint or contraction joint the repairs shall be made to preserve the isolation between components on either side of the joint. B. When drilling holes for dowels/bolts at new or existing conerete, drilling shall stop if rebar is encountered. As approved by the Engineer, the holc location shall be relocated to avoid rebar. Rebar shall not be cut without prior approval by the Engineer. Where possible, rebar locations shall be identi .fied be�ore drilling using "rebar locators" so that drilled hole locations may be adjusted to avoid rebar interference. 3.02 CONCRETE REMOVAL A. Concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer shall be done by line drilling at limits followed by chipping or jack hammering as appropriate in areas where concreCe is to be taken out. Remove conerete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing 03720-037-01 03930-8 MOI]Tfi1CAT10N5 AND R.�PAIii TO CdNCRETE ' r � reinforcing to be left in place and existing in-place equipment is not damaged. Sawcutting at limits ofcancrete to be removed shall only be don� if indicaCed on the Drawings or after obtaining written approval from the Engineer. � �L B. Where existing reinforcing is expased due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, a coating or surface treatment ot` epoxy paste shall be applied to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. C. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete � will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, the edge of concrete removal shall be a 1-inch-deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete. � 1 r � � D. Concrete specified to be left in place which is dama�ed shall be repaired hy approved means to the satisfaction of the Engineer. E. The En�ineer may from time to time direct the Contractor to make additional repairs to existing concrete. These repairs shall be made as specified or by such other methods as may be appropriate. 3.03 CONNECTION SURFACE PREPARATION A. Connectian surfaces shall be prepared as specified below for concrete areas requiring patching, repairs, or modifications as shown on the Drawings, specified in this Section, or as directed by the Engineer. � B. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond-inhibiting materials from the surface by dry mechanical means, i.e. sandhlasting, grinding, etc, as approved by the Engineer. Be sure the areas are not less than 1/2 inch deep. � Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concr�te, subject to the Engineer's final , ' ' ' �� inspection. C. If reinforcing steel is exposed, it must be mechanically cleaned to remove all contaminants, rust, etc, as approved by the Engineer. If half of the diameter of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out behind the steel. The distance chipped behind the steel shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch. Reinfarcing to be saved shall not be damaged during the demolition operation. D. Reinforcing from existing demolished concrete which is shown to be incorporated in new concrete shall be cleaned by mechanical means to remove all loose material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. It shall be cut, bent, or lapped to new reinforcing as shown on the Drawings and provided with 1-inch minimum cover all around. U3720-037-01 03930-9 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIR TO CONCRETE � E. The following are specific concrete surface preparation "methods" to be used where called for on the Drawi.ngs, specifred in this Scction, c�r as directed by the Engineer. Method .�1: �1.fter the existin�; concrete surface at connection has been roughened and cleaned, thoroughly moisten the existing surface with water. P,nish on a 1/16-inch layer of cement and water mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately after applying the cement paste, place new concrete or grout mixture as detailed on the Drawings. 2. Method B: After the concrete surface has been rou�hened and cleaned, apply an epoxy bonding agent at connection surface. The field preparation and application of the epoxy bonding agent shall comply sCricCly with the manufactur�r's recommendations. Place new concrete or grout mixture to limits shown on the Drawings within time constraints recommended by the rnanufacturer to ensure bond. 3. Method C: Drill a hole 1/4 inch larger than the diameter of the dowel. 'The hole shall be blown clear of loose particles and dust _just before installing epoxy. The drilled hole shall first be filled with [epoxy paste], then dowels/bolts shall be buttered with paste and inserted by tapping. ilnless otherwise shown on the Drawings, defonned bars shall be drilled and set to a depth of ]0 Uar diameters and smooth bars shall be drilled and set to a depth of 15 bar diameters. If not noted on the .Drawings, the .Engineer will provide details regarding thE size and spacing of dowels. 4. Method D: Combination of Methods B and C. 5. Method E: The capsule ancho.r system shall be set in existing concrete by drilling holes to the reyuired depth to develop the full tensile and shear strengths of the anchor material being used. The anchor bolts system shall be installed according to Che manufacturer's recommendation in holes sized as required. The anchor stud bolt, rebar, or other embedment item shall be tipped with a double 45° chamfered point, securely fastened into the chuck of all rotary percussion hammer drill and drilled into the capsule-fill�d hole. The anchor may be installed in horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions. 3.04 GROUTiNG A Groutirtg shall be as specified in Section 03600. 03720.037-01 03930-] 0 MOIaIF]CA'('IQNS ANb RET�AiR TO CONCRETE ft�ll.��,7:[�:�.� �17\ 1.7 A. Cracks on horizor►tal surfaces shall be repaired by gravity feeding crack sealant into cracks according to the manufacturer's recommendations. If cracks are less than 1/16-inch in Chickness they shall be pressure injected. B. Cracks on vertical surfaces shall be repaired by pressure injecting crack sealant through valves sealed to surface with crack repair epoxy adhesive according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 CONCFtETE SiJRFACE REPAiR AND/OR EXPOSED REINFORCING REPAIR A. All loose, unsound (delaminated), and deteriarated concr�te shall be removed by mechanical means. B. Saw cut the perimeter of unsound (delaminated) concrete tc� form a rectangle with straight edges to a depth of 3/4-inch or to the top of the reinforcing, whichever is shallawer. Do not cut reinforcing unless otherwise noted. C. Chip concrete substrate to obtain a surface profile with new fractured-aggregate surface. D. The depth of repair shall be not less than the performance criteria of the specif7c product used. E. Where reinforcing steel with active corrosion is encountered, the procedure shall be as follows: l. Remove all contaminants and rust from exposed reinforcing steel. 2. When half of the diameter of the rebar is exposed, chip out behind the reinforcing steel, 1-inch minimum. F 3. The distance chipped behind the rebar shall be equal to or exceed the minimum placement depth of the material to be used, or as indicated on the Drawings. 4. Sars shown to remain in place which are found to have lost mare than 15% class sectional area due to corrosion or which are damaged by the concrete removal process such that their cross-sectional area has been reduced by more than 15% shall be replaced with new bars. Cracks encountered in the substrate in the area of the patch area shal l be treated as approved by the Engineer. 03720.037-01 0393a11 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAiR TO CONCRETE G I:I Substrate may be dry or damp but free of standing wat�r. Remove dust, laitance, and any foreign particles. I. Spray apply mixed epoxy resin adhesive on ihe prepared area tc� r�ceive the Portland cement mortar or concrete in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recpmmendations. J. While the adhesive coat is stil] wet (before it is tack-free to the touch) apply polymer-modified cement. The edges shall be vertical and straight. K. For applications greater than l inch in depth, apply polymer-modified cement in lifts. Score the top lifts of each lift to produce a roughened surface before applying the next lift. Allow the lift to reach final set before proceeding with the next lift. Adhesive coat shall be applied between each lift. 3.07 INSPECTrON I:l At the carnpletian of all repairs, the Contractor, Engineer, and Installers of the material used on the repairs shall inspect the work. EIV:D OF SECTION 03720-037-01 03930-12 MpbIF1CATIONS AND TtEPA1R TO CONCRETE ' ' ' ' ' i � 1 1 ' �� i.� �l 1 i � 1 1 1 DIVISIDN 5 IuI�II1I:�I(.� PARTI GENERAL f � 1 ) �Y K �l � D [ � ] �h�L �] :� :� n 1:3 S.ECTION 05500 METAL FABitiCATIONS This Section includes the following: ]. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ll. 12. Metal ladders. Ladder safety cages. Metal bollards. Loose bearing and leveling plates. Shelf and relieving angles. Miscellaneaus framing and supports. Prefabricated steel building columns. Steel channels for overhead door openings. S[dir nosings. Loose steel lintels. Gratings. Access hatches. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: ]. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, and wed�e-type inserts indicated ta be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. i � � y. � : � a � _ wz � � a � .� � � c� � �. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete, for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, wedge-type inserts, and other items indicated to be cast into concrete. 1.03 SUBMI?TALS The Cvntractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Non-slip aggregates and non-slip-aggregate surface finishes. 2. Prefabricated building columns. 3. Metal nasings and treads. 4. Paint products. 03720-037-01 0550U-1 METAL FABRICATIONS 5. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for rnetal fabrications. l. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of inetal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Provide ternplates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualifed prafessional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Samples for Verification: �'or each type and finish of extruded nosing. U E Mill Certificates: Signed by the manufacturers of stainless-steel sheet certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. Welding certificates. F. Qualification Data: Florida Profess.iona.l E.ng.ineeri.ng Registration certificate. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such iterns to the Project site in time for installation. B. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to the Project site in time for installation. f�ll.�:7��1�1:7�1�[y�f.�ll:\►1�7:�:7�7.y Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specificatian Section shall be the latest revision. of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 03720-037-01 05500-2 MF"I'AL FABRICATiQNS ' ' 1 lJ ' 1 � �� 1 �I 1 1 ' ' 1 1 ' � 1. ANSI A 14.3—Ladders — Fixed — Safety Requir�ments. 2. ANSi/NAAMM MBG 531—Gratings. B. American Society for Testin� and Materials (ASTM) ]. z. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 1$. 19. 20. 21. D3720-037-01 ASTM A27—Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application. ASTM A36�--Standard Specification far Carbon Structural Steel. ASTM A47—Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable iron Castings. ASTM A48—Standard Specification for Gray lron Castings. ASTM A53—Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. ASTM A123—Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvani�ed) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. ASTM A153—Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. AS'1"M A27�Standard Specification Far Stainless SCee) �3ars and Shapes. ASTM A307----Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. ASTM A325—Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 1.20/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. ASTM A489—Standard Specification for Carbon Steel LiRing Eyes. ASTM A500—Standard Specification for Co1d=Formed Wc;lded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. ASTM A563—Standard Specificatian far Carbons and Alloy Steel NuCs. AST.M A653---Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM A66b�----Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic 5tainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. ASTM A7$�Standard Practice for Repair of Damages and Uncaated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. ASTM A78f�Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled Carbon, Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy, and Alloy Steel Floor Plates. ASTM B108--Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings. ASTM B209--Standard Specifcation for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Sheet and Plate. ASTM B221-�--Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. ASTM B633----Standard Specificatian far Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. OSSD0.3 METAL FABRICAT10N5 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. ASTM C] ]07—Standard Speci�ication tor Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cfement Grout (Nonshrink). ASTM D1187--Standard SpecificaCion for Asphalt-Sase Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal. ASTM E488—Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. ASTM F43Cr-�--Standard Specification for �-Iardened Steel Washers. AS7�M �568M—Standard Specifrcation for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners. ASTM F593—Standard Speci .ficaCion for Stainless Steel Bolts, H�Y Cap Screws, and Studs. AST.M F594—Standard Specifrcatiqn for Stainless Steel Nuts. ASTM F738M—Standard Specilicat.ion £or Style ]. Stainless Steel Metric Bolts, Screws, and Studs. ASTM F836M--Standard Specification for Style I Stainless Steel Metric Nuts. ASTM F879—Standard Specitication for Stainless Steel Socket Button and Flat Countersunk Head Cap Screws. ASTM F1554—Standard Specificatio,n for Anchar B��lts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. C. American Society oFMechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. ASME Bl 8.6.3—Machine Screws and Machine Screw Nuts. 2. ASME B18.6.7M—Metric Machine Screws. 3. ASME B18.2.1—Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Inch. 4. ASME B 1$.2.3.8M--Metric Hex Lag Screws. 5. AS.M:E Bl $.6.1--Wood Screws (inch Series). 6_ ASME B18.22.1—Plain Washers. '1. ASME B 18.22M—Metric Plain Washers. 8. ASME B18.21.1----Lock Washers (inch Series). 9. ASME B18.21.2M—Lock Washers (Metric Series). D. American Welding Society (AWS) I. AWS D1.1—Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. AWS D1.2—Structural Welding Code—Aluminum_ 3. AWS D1.3---Structural Welding Cade — Sheet Steel. 4. AWS D1.6—Structural Welding Code— Stainless Steel. E. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 1. EPA Ivlethod 24—Surface Coatings. p3720-D37-01 0550�-4 META�, �ABRICATiQNS F. Federal Regulations (FR) l. 40 CFR 59—National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Consumer and Cornmercial Products. G. Society for Protection Coatings (SS�'C) 1. SSPC-PA1—Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel. 2. SS.PC-SP6--Cammercial Slast Cleaning. 3. SSPGSPIO—Near-White 81ast Cleaning. 4. SSPC-Paint 2�Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, lnorganic, artd "�'ype il, Organic). 5. SSPC-Paint 29----Zinc Dust Sacrificial Primer, Performance-Based. 5. SSPGZone IA--Interior, Normally Dry. 7. SSPC-Zone 1S—Exterior, Normally Dry. 1.U6 QUALiTY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS Dl.l, Structural Welding Code—Steel. 2. AWS D1.2, Structural Welding Code—Aluminum. 3. AWS D1.3, Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel. 4. AWS D1.6, Structural Welding Code----Stainless Steel. 1.07 WARRANTT�S (NOT USED) A. Warranties shall be in accardance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specitication Section �1780, Warranties and Bonds. ] .08 DE.�.IVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance of Ladders: The Contractor shall provide ladders capable of withstanding the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANST A 14.3. 03720-037-01 O550a5 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting from the followin� maximum change (range) in ambienC and surface tc:rnperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineey-ing calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1 1 ' 1 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120° F, ambient; ] 80° F, material surfaces. ' f �i� �:i�al Xq r�f]�17 � Il [�]�G9 �1. Field Measurements: The Contractor shall verify actual locations of walls and other constructian contiguous with nnetal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where f7eld measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricatin� metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond ta established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site. PART 2 PRODI]CTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS � In other Part 2 Articles where titles below introduce lists, the following r�yuirernents apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to cornpliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to products specified. 2. Products: Subject ta cornpliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. , 3. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work ' include but are not Nmited to manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products ' by one of the manufacturers specified. 03720-037-01 05500-6 METAL FABRICATIONS ' � 2.02 M�TALS, G�NERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smaoth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the complet�d Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.03 FERRQUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shap�s, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. 1. Unless noted otherwise, steel that is not stainless steel shall be galvanized with a G90 coating conforming to ASTM A123/A1.23M. B. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A666, Type 316I.. C. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276, Type 3161�. D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, cold-formed steel tubing. E. Steel Pipe: �1STM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. 2.04 ALUMINUM ALI,OY PRODUCTS A S C Aluminum Sheet Plates: Conforming to ASTM B2Q9 Aluminum Extrusions: Conforming to ASTM B221 Aluminum Castings: Conforming to ASTM B 1 Q$ 2.05 FASTENERS A. General: For all exterior applications and where fastening aluminum, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners. Provide hot-dipped galvanized fasten�rs in all other applications in accordance with ASTM A153 unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. High-Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A325 with heavy hex nuts ASTM A563 and hardened carban-steel washers ASTM F436. C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A553 (ASTM A563M); and, where indicated, flat washers. 03720-037-01 05500.7 METAL FABRICATIONS D. Stainless-St�el I3olts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, nuts, and flat washers; ASTM FS93 for bo1Cs and ASTM F594 for nuts, Alloy G.roup A4. L� r-. Stainless Steel Socket Button and Flat Countersunk Ilead Cap Screws: ASTM F$79. Anchor Bolts: ASTM }" ] 554, Grade 36. G. Eyebolts: ASTM A489. H. Machine Screws: ASME B l. 8.6.3 (ASME B 18.6.71V1). I. J. K. L. Lag Bolts: ASME B] 8.2.1 (ASME B] 8.2.3.8M). Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B1$.6.1. Plain Washc:rs: Round, ASME B 18.22.1 (ASM�; S 18.22M). Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B] 8.21.1 (ASME B 1$.21.ZM). M. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors capable of sustaining without failure a load eyual to four times the load imposed, as determined by testing according to ASTM F488, conducted by a qual.ified independent testing agency. 1. 'Threaded ar wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A4�M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip �alvanized in accordance wrth ASTM A153/A153M. N. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with ability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit rnasonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E�388 conducted by a qualified independent testin� agency. n 2 Material for Anchors in Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zine- plated to comply with ASTM .B633, Class Fe/Zn 5. Material for Anchors in Exterior Locations: Allay Group (A4) stainless- steel bolts complying with ASTM F593 (ASTM F738M) and nuts complying with ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). D3720-037-a1 OSSDD-8 METAL FABRICAT101V5 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERiALS A. Welding Rods and Bare E.lectrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. T3. Shop Primers: Provide primers that camply with Division 9. C. Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. l. Use primer with a VOC content of 3.5 lb/gal or less when calculated acc�rding to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). 2. Available Products: a. Benjarnin Mvore & Co.; Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer CM1 S/19. b. Carboline Company; Carbozinc b21. c. d. e. f. ICI Devoe Coatings; Catha-Coat 313. International Caatings Limited; Interzinc 3l5 Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Z.inc-Rich Primer 97- 670. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac Zi.nc Primer. g. Tnemec Company, Inc.; Tneme-Zinc 90-97. D. Bituminous Aaint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1 187 E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. F. G. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory-packaged, ferrous-aggregate grout complying with ASTM C1 ].07, specifically recornmended by the manufacturer for heavy- duty loading applicatians. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with AST'M C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by the manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. D3720.037-01 05500-9 M�TAL FABRICATIONS 2.Q7 FABRICA7'iON, GENFRA.L A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble iCems in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble unSts only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. I3. Cut, drill, and puncl� metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius ofapproximately ]/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Reraaove sharp or rough areas an exposed surfaces. C� I �] Form bent-metal corners to the s.mallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces, and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously Co comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that rninimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2 3 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, �nish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour o1' welded surface matches that of adjacent s�irface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat- head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. C�f I:I Fabricate seams and other connections Chat will be exposed to weather so as to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal �abrications as indicated to receive fnish hardware, screws, and similar items. 03720.037-U1 055pD-10 METAL PABRICATIONS I. Provide for anchorage of the type indicated and coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. l. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/S by 1-1/2 inches with a n�inimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. f►.�1�:�►il�r�ww:��7�7�1:7.9 A. General: I 2 3 Comply with ANSI A14.3 unless otherwise indicated. Space side-rails l8 inches apart unless otherwise indicated. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded pr bolted brackets made from the same metal as the ladder. S. Steel Ladders: l. 2. 3. Side-rails: Continu�as, 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars, with eased edges. Rungs: 3/4-inch-diameter steel bars. Fit rungs in centerline of side-rails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 4. Provide non-slip surfaces on top of each rung, either by coating rung with aluminum-oxide granules set in epoxy-resin adhesive or by using a type o.f manufactured rung filled with aluminum-oxide grout. 5. Provide non-slip surfaces on top of each rung by coating with abrasive material metallically bonded to the rung by a proprietary process. b. Available 1'roducts: 7. a. IKG Industries, a Harsco company; .Mebac. b. W. S. Molnar Company; S1ipNOT. Prime exterior ladders and interior ladders, where indicated, including brackets and fasteners, with zinc-rich primer. 03720-037-01 05500-1 ] METAL FABRICATIONS 2.09 LADDER SAFETY CAGES A. General: l. Fabricate ladder safety cages Co comply with ANSI A14.3. Assemble by welding or witFa stainl�ss-steel fasteners. 2. P.rovide primary hoops at tops and bottoms of cages and spaced not more than 20 feet o.c. Frovide secondary intermediate hoops spaced not more than 48 inches o.c. between primary hoops. 3. Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction by welding or with stainless-steel fasteners, unless otherwise indicated_ B. Steel Ladder Safety Cages: 1. Primary f Ioops: 1/4-by-4-inch flat bar hoops. 2. Secondary Intermediate Hoops: 1/4-by-2-inch flat har haops. 3. Vertical Bars: 3/16-by-1-1/2-inch flat bars secured to each hoop. 4. Where indicated, prime exterior ladder cages and interior ladder cages, including fasteners, with zinc-rich primer. 2.10 METAL .BOLLARDS n : Steel Pipe Bollards: Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. Fill bollards with concrete. 1. Where bollards are indicated to receive push-button controls for door operators, provide necessary cutouts for push-button controls and hole for wire. �abricate bollards with 3/8-inch-thick steel base plates for Uolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates at all four corners for 3/�4-inch anchor bolts. ]. Where bollards are to be anclaored to sloping conerete slabs, angle baseplates for plumb alignment ofbollards. C. Pabricate s.leeves for bollard anchorage from steel pip� or tubing with 1/4-.inch- thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. Make sleeves not less than $ inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of ballard. D3720-037-U1 OSSDO-12 ME"1'AL FABRiCATIONS D. Fabricate internal sleeves for removable bollards trom Schedulc 40 steel pipe or l/4-inch wall-thickness steel tubing with an OD approxiia�ately ]/16 inch less than I.Ta of bollards. Match drill sleeve and bollard for 3/4-inch sfeel machine bolt. 2. r r LoosE sTE�x. L�N�r��Ls A. Fabricate l�ose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at Iocations indicaCed. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span but not less than 8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize laose steel lintels Iocated in exterior walls. 2.12 GRATiNGS Design floor gratings to withstand a live load of 25U pounds per square foot for the span indicated, with a maximum detlectinn of L,/240. A. Gray Cast Iron-Gratings: Conforming to ASTM A4$/A48M. B. Metal Plank Gratings: Non-slip type, aluminum conforming to ASTM B209, 60(1 T6, and steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, G9� galvanized. C. Metal Bar Gratings: Conforming to ANSI/NAAMM M[3G 53 I. 2.l 3 PATTERNED FLOOR ALATES Design floor plates to withstand a live load of 250 pounds per square foot for the span indicated, with a maximum deflection of L/240. A. Steel Floor Plates: Conforming to ASTM A786/A786M, minimum 14 gauges, and with G90 galvanized coating. S. Aluminum Floor Plate: Conforming to ASTM B209, 6061 '1"6. f►• �[!•� f I y X.Y.y 0/r C N: l x.9 A. Access hatches shall have single- or double-leaf doors as indicated in the design drawing. The door shall bel/4-inch aluminum diamond pattern plate with welded stiffeners able to withstand a live load of 300 pounds per square foot with a maxirnum deflection of L/240. The hatch shall have a'/4-inch aluminum channel 03720-037-01 05500-13 METAL FABRICATTONS frame with pErimeter anchor flange or strap anchors for concr�tc cmbedment. Nardware shall be of stainless steel throughout. Provide rcmovable lock handle. Hatch shall be watertight and have a 1-1/2-inch drainage coupling to the channel frame. 2.15 M.ISCEL.LANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS A. Loose Pearing and Leveling Plates: Flat, free from warps or twists, and of the requi.red thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and fo.r grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication. B. Shelf and Relieving Angles: 1. Fabricate from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to conerete framing. Provide slotted holes to receive 3/�l-inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 i.nches frorn ends and not more than 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support shelf%.relieving angles from back-up masonry and conerete. Align expansion joints in angles with indacated control and expansion joints in cavity wall exterior wythe. 3 4 Galvanize shelf angles. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles Co cast-in-place concrete or naasonry. C. Miscellaneous Framing arad Supports: 1 2 Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated that are not a part of structural steel framework as required to complete the Work. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive other adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items_ 3. Cxalvanize miscellaneous framing and supports in all locatians. D. Steel Channels for Overhead Door Openings 1. FabricaCe steel door frame channels from structural shapes of size and to dimensions indicated, fully welded together. 03720-037-01 05500-14 METAL FABRICATIONS E. F 2. Galvanize frames and anchors in all locations. Cast-Metal Nosings: 1. Fabricate units of material, sizes, and contigurations indicated. If nof indicated, provide cast-iron units with an integral abrasive finish. Furnish in lengths as required to accurately fit each opening or conditions. 2 3 a. Cast units with an integral abrasive grit consisting of silicon carbide. Frovide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with the manufacturer. Apply black asphaltic caating to cancealed bottoms, sides, and edges of cast-iron units set into concrete. Corner Guards: Stainless steel, Thickness: Minimum I/IG inch. 2.16 FINISH.ES, GENERAL A I.� Comply with NAAMM's Metal Finishes Manual ,for Architecturcrl and Metal Products far recommendations for applying and designating finishes. �'inish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.17 STEEL AND TRON FI.NiSHES A. Galvanizing: Not-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A123/A123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Prirning: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditians of installed metal fabrications: l7 Exteriors (SSPC Zone lB) and Items indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 03720-037-01 05500-I S MFTAL FABRICATIONS 2. Interiors (SSPC "Lone ]A): SSPC-SP 10 "Near White Mctal Blast Cleaning." C. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of inetal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embeddEd in conerete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherw.ise indreated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, Paint Application Specification No. 1: ShoP, Field and Maintenance Painting of Sleel, :for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2.18 STAINLESS STEEL FINI.SHES A. Remove toal and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. B. Dul] Satin Finish: No. G. C. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. PAR'� 3 EXECUTTON 3.01 1NSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: .Perform cutting, drillin�, and �ttin� required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately rn location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from estabtished lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to farm hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but can.not be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do nc�t weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units chat have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed freld connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: l. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion attd develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2 3 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. 03720.D37-01 05500-16 METAL FABRICATiUNS , ' �J � � i � � 3.02 1 � � r � � ' � Ll � ' 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surrace. D. Fastening to In-P1ace Construction: Provide ancharage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place canstruction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temparary bracing ar anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come inCo contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a I�eavy coat of bituminous paint. 1NSTALLING METAL BOLLAR.DS A. Anchor bollards to existing construction with anchor bolts. Provide four 3/4-inch bolts at each bollard, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Embed anchor bolts at least 4 inches in concrete. B. Anchor bollards in concrete in formed ar core-drilled holes not less than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of bollard. Fill annular space around bollard solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout mixed and placed to comply with the grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward bollard. C. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes 3 inches above the bottom of the excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until the concrete has cured. D. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in formed or core-drilled holes not less than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of sleeve. Fill annular space around internal sleeves solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout; mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward internal sleeve. E. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in place with cancrete f�otings. Center and align sleeves in holes 3 inches above the bottom of the excavation. F�lace concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace sleeves in position until concrete has cured. 03720-037-01 OSSDO-17 METAL FABRICATiON$ F. Place removable bollards over internal sleeves and secure with 3/4-inch machine holts and nuts. After tightening nuts, driJl holes in bolts for inserting }�adlocks. The Owner will furnish padlocks. G. Fil] bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to s:hed water. 1. l�o not fill removable bollards with concr�te. 3.03 ]NSTt1LLlNG BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. The Contractor shall clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing maCerials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean the bottom surface of bearing plates. S. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wed�es or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if they are protruding cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with graut. 1. Use non-shrink, meCallic �rout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use non-shrink, nonmetallic grout in eYppsed locations, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure thaC no voids remain. 3_04 ADJUSTiNG AND CT�EANING The Contractor shall do the following: A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connectians, and abraded areas. Aaint uneoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of freld welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in ]7ivision 9. G Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolt�d connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with A.STM A'780. U3720-D37-01 END OF SECTION 05500-18 METAL FABRICATIQNS , 1 �1 1 1 1 1 1 � 1 1 , ' ' � � f� ' 1 DIVISION 9 FINISHES SECTION 09900 PAlNT1NG AND COATING PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section includes materials for and application of painting and coatin� systems for the followin� surfaces: 1. Submerged metal. 2. Exposed metal. 3. Buried metal. 4. Ccmcrete 5. PVC G. Metal in contact with concrete. B. It daes not include coating steel water tanks and reservoirs. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SU13MiTTAL5 A. The Contractor shall shop drawings in accordance with Section O1330, Submittals and Acceptance. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: 1. Percent solids by volume. 2. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-.film thickness per coat forprime, intermediate, and finish coats. 3. Recommended surface preparation. 4. Recornmended thinners. 5. Statement verifying that the specified prirne coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the specified intermediate and finish coats. 6. Application instructions including recommended equipment and temperature limitations. 03720.037-01 09900-1 PpINTING AND COATING 7. Curing requireTnents and instructions. C. Submit color swaCches. D. Submit cert.ificate identifying the type and �radation of abrasives used for surface preparation. E. Submit material safety data sheets for each coatin�. 1.04 WORK S.�;QUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STAN:DARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANC.E (NOT USED) f� l y� h�/\ .7 :7:\ ► � 11 I X.9 A. Warranties shall be in accordance with Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Sonds. 1.08 DELNERY, STORAGE, AN.D Ht1NDL1NG (NOT USED) 1.09 QU�.LIFICATIONS (NOT USEU) 1.1 Q T�,STI7VG REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) l.l 1 MOCK-UP (NOT USED) 1..12 PROJECT REQUT.REM.ENTS (NOT USED) PA.RT 2 MATERIALS 2.O1 PAINTING AND COAT1NG SYSTEMS The following i.ndex lists the various painting and coating systems by service and generic type: PA1NT COATINGS SYSTEM INL)EX N°• � Title .r Submer ed Metal Coating Systems 2. Submerged Metal, Raw Water (Nonpotable), Raw Sewage, or Chemical Waste immersion Exposed or Submerged Metal Coatin S stems NOT USED Exposed Metal Coating Systems Generic Caating 03720-037-01 09900-2 PAiNTING AND COATING PAINT COA'I'INGS SYSTEM 1NDEX No. Title 15. Exposed Metal, Atmospheric Weathering Environment 18. Exposed M�tal, Organic Zinc Arimer for Shop Coating and Field Touch-Up Buried Metal Coating S stems 21. Buried Metal 24. Buried Metal 25. I Buried Metal Piping and Tubing Concrete and Mason Coatin Systems 31. Ex osed Concrete and Mason , Corrosive Environment PVC, CPVC, and FRP Coating Systems 41. PVC for Ultraviolet Exposure and Color Coding Coatin Systems for Nonferrous Metals 5]. Aluminum .lnsulation from Concrete and Carbon Steel Alaster, Wood, Masonry, and Drywall Coatin Systems NO'T' USED Coating S stem for Fusian E oxy-Coated Steel Surfaces NOT USED Exterior Architectural Coatin s and Finishes NOT USED interior Architectural Coatings and Finishes NOT USED High-Tem erature Coatin s NOT USED Generic Coating Alkyd/Acrylic] Organic zinc E ox Corrosion-resisCing rease Coal-tar, wax, and polyethylene tape wrap or extruded polyethylene E Bituminous These systems are specified in detail in the following Paragraphs. For each coating, the reyuired surface preparation, prime coat, intermediate coat (ifrequired), topcoat, and coating thicknesses are described. Mil thicknesses shown are minimum dry-film thicknesses. A. Submerged Metal Coating Systems 1. System No. 2--Submerged Metal, .Raw Water (Nonpotable) Raw Sewage, or Chemical Waste Immersion: a. Type: Polyamide-cured epoxy prime, intermediate, and finish coats. Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU Modifred Aromatic Polyeruthane at 8.0--10.Q m ils per coat and with a minimum 71 % sbv. 03720-037-D1 09900-3 PAINTING AND COATiNG : b. Service Conditions: For use with metal pipes or structures (such as tanks, clarifier mechanisms, scum troughs, slide gates) immersed in raw water (nonpotablc), raw sewage, or alkaline wastes or acidic wastes having a pH range of 5 to 11. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 to remove contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSPC SV-10, Near White Metal Blast Cleanin�. d. Prime Coat: Ameron 400, 7 mils; Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, 7 mils; Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU Madified Aromatic Polyurethane at 8.0-10.0 mils per coat at 6.0-8.0 mils; International Interline 785HS, 5 mils; Carboline 890, S mils; PPG PITT-GUARTa� Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 Series, 5 mils; or equal. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 6�6 858-600 Series/BS8VX6�0 at S.�lO.0 mils DFT. e. Intermediate/Finish Coats: One coat of Ameron 400, 8 mils; Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, 8 mils; "T'nemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU Moditied Aromatic Polyurethane at 8.0-10.0 mils per coat; two coats of International Tnterline 785HS, 5 mils per coat; two coats of Carboline 890LT, 5 mils per coat; two coats ofPPG PITT-GUARDcx� Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 Series, 5 iaails dry-fihn thickness per coat; 5herwin Williams Macropoxy 646 B58-600 Series/B58VX600 at 5.0-10.0 mils DFT; or equal. f. Total systern thickness of prime, intermediate, and finish coats shall , be 15 mils minimum. Expased Metal Coatiang Systems 1. System No. 15—Exposed MeCal, Atmospheric Weathering :Environment: a. b. Type: Gloss alkyd enamel having a minimum volume solids content of 46% with alkyd primer. Service Conditians: For use on exterior metal and piping subject to sunlight and weathering. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 to remove contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. r , ' , 1 1 03720-037-OI 0990D-4 PAiN7'ING AND COATING � [-J �-] �� LJ , ' ' � ' , ' 1 ' � � ' ' C 2 d. Prime Coat: Carbolin� Shop Primer No. 1; ICI Devoe 4140; Amcron 5105; International lnterlac 260HS; Sherwin-Williams Kem-Bond HS BSONZ Series at 2.0�.0 mils UFT; PPG SPEEUHiDE�� int/Ext Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer 6-208 Series; or eyual, applied to minimum dry-film thickness of2 mils. Tnemec Series 10 primer at 2.�3.5 mils nFT W�tr s��io sv�. e. Finish Coat: Two coats ofCarboline Carbocoat 139; two coats ofICI Devoe 4348; two coats of "I'nemec Series 2N; two coats of Ameron 5401 HS; two coats of International Interlac 820; two coats of Sher-win-Williams industrial Enamel B54Z Series at 2.�3.0 mils DFT/coat; two coats of PPG MetalMax lnt/F,xC Gloss Alkyd 7-914 Series, or equal. Apply to a minimum dry-frlm thickness of 1.5-3.5 mils L7�'T/coat. System No. 18—Exposed Metal Organic Zinc Primer for Shop Coating and Field Touch-Up: a [:� Type: Organic zinc primer having � minimum zinc content of 14 pounds per gallon. - Service Conditions: For use as a shop-applied primcr ar field touch- up primer over inorganic zinc prime coatings on exposed metal. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 to remove contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSPC-SP-] 0, Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. d. Coating: Coating shall be of the two- or thr�e-campanent converted epoxy, epoxy phenolic, or urethane type. Products: Tnemec 90-97; Internatianal Interzinc 308; Ameron 68I-�S; ICI Devoe 313; Carboline 859; Sherwin-Williams Zinc-Clad 1T1 NS BG9A 1 QQB69D 11 /I369D 11 at 3.0-5.0 mils DFT; PPG DurethaneTM MCZ 97-679; or equal. Applied to a minimum dry-film thickness of 3 mi]s. Organic zinc primer shall be manufactured by the prime coat manufacturer. Buried Metal Coating Systems System No. 21—Buried Metal: a. "I'ype: High solids Cycloaliphatic Amine epoxy or phenalic epoxy having minimum volume solids of 80% (ASTM D2697). � 03720-037-0] 09900-5 YAIN77NG ANb CUA1'ING b. Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as valves, t7anges, bolts, nuts, structural steel, and fittings. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPGSPI to remove contaminants from the surface. Abras.ive blast per SSPC-SP-] 0, Near White .Metal Blast Cleaning. d. Coating System: Apply three or more coats of Ameron 400; Tnemec l 04 HS (6.0-5.0 mils per coat); iCl Dev�e Bar-Rust 233.H; Carboline $90LT; Sherwin-Williams Tank Clad HS B62-80 SeriesB60V80 Series at 5.�8.0 mils/coat or equal; 30 mils total. Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer's recammendation. 2. System No. 2�--Suried Metal: a. Type: Corrosion-resisting grease. b. Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as bolts, bolt threads, tie rods, and nuts. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 to remove contaminants from the surface. Power Tool Clean per SSPC-SP3 as a mitaimum. Abrasive blasting per SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning is preferred. d. Coating: NO-OX-XD GG-2 as manufactured by Sanchem, Tnc. Apply to a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch. 3. System No. 25-6uried Metal Piping and Tubing: a. Type: Cold-applied coal-tar tape or hot-applied coal-tar tape. h. Service Conditions: Buried ferrous and nonferrous piping and tubing. c. Coat with one of th.e following systems: (1) Wrap with cold-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWA C209. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 35 mils. Apply tape with manufacturer's prime coat. Tape shall be Tapecoat CT, Protecto-Wrap 200, or equal. ��) Wrap with hot-applied coal-tar tape confonning to AWWA C203, Section 4.6. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 50 D372Q-037-01 09900-6 PATNTING AND COA't'ING , � ' ' ' ' ' , , 1 � , ' , ' ' , ' 1 r� e f mils. Apply tape with manufacturer's recommended prime coat. Tape shal I be "I"apecoat 20, Protecto-Wrap l 10, or equal. Use chloride-free primers with the above coatings �vhen applyin� to stainless steel piping or tubing. Coat field joints of buried piping that has a shop-applied coating with primer and tape conforming to AWWA C209. llse Type 1 tape of 35- mil thickness. Products: Protection Engineering Co. Protectowrap 24O GT, Tapecoat C'r10/40W, Polyken 930-35, or equal. Perform electrical inspection af shop and field coating in accordance with Section 5 of AWWA C209. g. Install buried pipes with wrapped coatings by extending the wrapping to the first joint after entering a buildin�, penetrating a slab, ar ( inches above finished grade. Wrap joints spirally with a minimum overlap of 50% of the tape width. D. Concrete and Masonry Coating Systems l. System No. 31—Exposed Concrete and Masonry, Con-osive Environment (For Immersion Service): 03720-037-01 a. b c. Type: Hydrophobic Aromatic .Polyurethane having a minimum volume solids of 70%. Service Conditions: Concrete and masonry immersed in water or exposed to corrosive atmospheres, such as hydrogen sult7de gas, chlorine gas, or chlorinated effluent sprays in wastewater treatment plants. Surface Preparatian: In accordance with Part 3.04. Clean to an ICRI CSP S standard, d. Prime Caat: Epoxy modified cementitious filler compound or epaxy masonry filler having a minimum solids volume of 100%. Apply one coat to fill voids, pores, and cracks. Products: Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad applied to l/4-inch, or equal. e. Intermediate Coat: One coat of Tnernec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU for immersion service (6-8 mils per coat); or eyual. 09900-7 PAfNTING ANb COATING f. Frnish Coat: �ne coat of Tnemec Series 44fi Perma-Shield MCU for immersion service (us� G.�$.� mils per coat); or equal. E. PVC Coating System 1. Syste�r� No. 41—PVC for iJltraviolet Exposure and Color Coding: a. Type: Epoxy primer with rninimum volume solids of 54% and a pigmented polyurethane enamel having a minirnum volume solids of 66%. F b. Service Conditions: Color coding of PVC exposed ta sunlight. c_ Surface Preparation: Clean the surface per SSPC SR1, Solvent Cleaning. Then, lightly abrade the surface with medium-grain sand�aper. d. Prime Coat: One coat ol Tnemec Series [N69 �poxoline]; Tnternational 7510; Ameron 385; ICI Devae Devran 224 HS; Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 646 B58 Series/BSSV600 at 5.0-8.0 mils DFT; Carboline 888 or 8�Q; PPG PITT-GUARI]� Direct-to- Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 9%-1.45 Ser.ies; or equal. Apply to a minimurn dry-.film thickness of 4 mils. e. Finish Coat: One coat of "fnemec Series 1075; International Interthane 990HS; Ameron �50 �-IS; ICI Devoe Devran 379; Carboline 134 HG; Sherwin-Williams .Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65- 300 Series/B60V30 at 3.0�.0 mils DFT; PPG PITTHANE� Ultra- Gloss Urethane Ename195-812 Series; or equal. Applyto a minrrnum dry-film thickness of 3 mils Coating Systems for Nonferrous Metals 1. System No. 51—Aluminutn 7nsulation from Concrete and Carbon Steel: � � c. Type: Bituminous paint having a minimum volume soHds of 6$% coal-tar pitch based. Servic� Conditions: Coat areas of aluminum grating, stairs, structural members or aluminum fabrications, in contact with concrete or carbon steel with this system. Surface Preparation: Solvent or steam clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1; do not use alkali cleaning. Then dust blasC. U3720-037-01 09900-8 PATNT]NG AND COATING d. Prime Coat: Apply synthetic resin or epoxy primer to metal surface before finish coats. Products: International Intervinux VTA528/529, or equal. No primer required for Carboline or Tnemec. e. Finish Coat: Carboline Super Service Black; Tnemec 46-465; International Intertuf 100; or eyual. Apply two coats to a �-ninimum dry-film thickness df 8.0-12.0 mils/coat. G. Exterior Architectural Coatings and Finishes (NOT USED) H. Abrasives for Surface Preparation l. Abrasives used for preparation of ferrous (excluding stainless steel) surfaces shall be one of the following: a. 16- to 30- or 16- to 40-mesh silica sand or mineral �rit. b. 20- to 40-mesh garnet. c. Crushed iron slag, 10�% retained on No. 80 mesh. d. SAE Grade G-40 or G-50 iron or steel grit. 2. Abrasives used for preparation of copper and aluminum surfaces shall be one of the following: a. Crushed slag, 80 to 100 mesh. b. Very fine silica sand, 80 to 100 mesh. 3. 4. Abrasives used far preparation of concrete and masonry surfaces shall be 16- to 30- or 16- to 40-mesh silica sand. In the above gradations, ] 00% ot the material shall pass through the f7rst stated sieve size and 100% shall be retained on the second stated si�ve size. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.O1 WEATH�R CONDITIONS A. Do not painC in the rain, wind, snow, mist, or fog or rvhen steel or metal surface temperatures are less than S°F above the dew point. B. Do not apply paint when the relative humidity is above 85%. C� Do not paint when temperature of inetal to be painted is above ] 20°�. 0372D-037-01 0990Q9 PAiNTING AND COA'I'ING � ' , Do not apply alkyd, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic parnts ifair or surface temperature is below 40°F or expected to be below 40°F within 24 hours. , E. Do not apply epoxy, acrylic latea:, and polyurethane paints on an exterior or interior surface if air or sur.face temperature is below 60°F or expected to drop below GO°F in 24 hours. 3.02 SURi=ACE PRE:PARATION PROC.EDURES A. Remove oil and grease from metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Use clean cloths and cleaning solvents and wipe dry with clean cloths. Do not leave a film or greasy residue on the cleaned surfaces before abrasive blasting. Powerwashing with a biodegradable degreaser is also acceptable. B. Remove weld spatter and weld slag �irom metal surfaces and grind smoothly rough welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs in accordance with SSPC SP-2 and SSPC SP-3. Grind 0.020 inch (minirnum) ofFthe weld caps on pipe weld seams. Grind outside sharp corners, such as the outside edges offlanges, to a minimum radius of l/4 inch. C. Do not abrasiv� blast or prepare more surface area in one day than can be coated in one day; prepare surfaces and apply coatings the same day. Remove sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter_ Prime all areas before rust bloom for-ms and within the same day. D. Do not abrasive blast PVC, CPVC, or F.RT' piping or equipment. Do not abrasive blast epoYy- or enarnel-coaCed pipe that has already been factory coated, except to r�pair scratched or damaged coatings. E. For carbon steel, do not touch the surface between Che time of abrasive blasting and the time the coating is applied. Apply coltings within 2 hours of blasting or before any rust bloom forms. F Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC specifications as follows: 03720-037-0] 09900-] 0 PAINTING AND COATING ' �1 ' ' '�J 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 , ' ' ' , ' ' Solvent Cleaning SP-1 Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2 Power Tool Cleaning SP-3 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-5 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-6 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SV-7 Pickling SP-8 Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SF'-11 Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other SP-12 Hard Materials by High- and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water Jetting Before Recoating Surface Preparation of Concrete SA-13 G. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning," "wire brushing," or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in tk�ese Specifcations or in the paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structure Painting Council), surface preparation specifications listed above. H. Dust blastirzg is def7ned as cleaning the surface through the use of very fine abrasives, such as siliceous or mineral abrasives, 80 to 100 mesh_ Apply a fine etch to the metal surface to clean the surface of any contamination or oxide and to provide a surface profile for the coating. I. Brush-nfjblasting of concrete and masonry surfaces is defined as apaning subsurface holes and voids and etching the surface for a caating to bond. J. For carbon steel surfaces, after abrasive blast cleaning, the height of the surface profile shall be 2-3 mils. Verify the surface profile by measuring with an impresser tape acceptable to the Owner's Representative. Perform a minimum of one test per l00 square feet of surface area. Testin� shall be witnessed by the Owner's Representative. The impresser tape used in the test shall be permanently marked with the date, time, and lacations where the test was made. Test results shall be promptly presented ta the Qwner's Representative. K. Do not apply any part of a coating system before the Owner's .Representative has reviewed the surface preparation. Ifcoating has been applied without this review, if directed by the Owner's Representative, remove the applied coating by abrasive blasting and reapply the coat in accordance with this Specification. ' 03720.037-01 O9'1D�-11 PATNTTNG AND COATiNG 3.03 ABRAS[VE .BI...AST CLEANING A. Use dry abrasive Ulast cleaning for metal surfaces. Do not use abrasives in autoinatic equipment that have become contaminated. When shop or field blast cleaning with handheld nozzles, do not recycle or reuse blast particles. S. After abrasive blast cleaning and before coating is applied, dry-clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming tc7 remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within an 8-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaccs. Reclean any blast-cleaned surface not coated within the $-hour period before applying primer or touch-up coating. ' ' ' � ' ' C_ Keep the area ofthe work in a clean condition and do not permit Ulasting particles to ' accumulate and constitute a nuisance or hazard. D. During abrasive blast cJeaning, prevent damage to adjacent coatings. Schedule blast cleaning and coating so that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or n�wly coated surfaces. 3.04 PREPARATiON QF CONCRETE AND MASONRY SURFACES TO BE COATED , ' A. Surface preparat.ion of concrete and masonry surfaces shall be in accordance with , SSPC SP-l3/NACE G and the following. B. Do not apply coating until ca.ncreCe has cured at least 3p days at 75°F and a minimum 50%. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with Section 03350, Concrete Finishes. Do not use curing compound on surfaces that are to be coated. C. Concrete and masonry surfaces on which coatings are to be applied shall be af even color, �ray or gray-white. The surface shall have no pits, pockets, holes, or sharp changes of surface elevation. Scrubbing with a stif�f-bristle fiber brush shall produce no dusting or dislodging of cement or sand. Sprinkling water on the surface shall produce no water beads or standing droplets. Concrete and masonry shall be free of laitance and slick surfaces. D. Detergent clean the concrete or masonry surface with trisodium phosphate in accordance with ASTM D425$. Then sandblast surfaces (brush-offblast). Floor slabs may be acid etched as specified in ASTM D4260 in lieu of sandblasting. �fter sandblasting, wash surfaces with water to remove dust and salts in accordance with ASTM D4258 or D4261. The grain of the cancrete surface to touch shall not be rougher than that of�No. 10 mesh sand. Use International Concrete Repair J.nstitute (ICRI) standards for concrete and masonry surface preparation. 03720.037-01 D9900-12 PAINTING AND COATING , 1 � ' 1 � LJ , ' ' ' , ' � ' ' ' �1 E. Befi�re coating concrete, plaster, and masonry with System No. 33 determine the presence of capillary moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263, except as modified below. Tape a 4-foot-by-4-foot sheet ofpolyethylene plastic to the concrete surface to be coated. Allow the plastic sheet to remain in place at least 24 hours. After the specified time has elapsed, remove the plastic sheet and visually examine both the underside of the plastic sheet and the conerete surface beneath it. There shall be no indication of moisture on either surface. If moisture is indicated, allow additional curing time for the conerete and then retest. Provide one test sheet for every 300 syuare feet of concrete surface to be coated. For walls, provide one test sheet for each 10 feet (or fraction therea� of vertical rise in all elevations starting within 12 inches of the floor or base slab. F. Acceptance criteria for concrete surfaces shall be in accordance w.ith SSPC SP-13, Tahle 1, "Severe 5ervice." G. Do not apply coatings to conerete when the concrete is outgassing. Apply coatings only when th� concrete surface temperature is stablc:, not rising_ Apply conc;rete coatings when the temperature is falling to reduce the potential of outgassing. fc�1��.Z�Z��1�1�1.7�l.�Y�].��Y�1►i(.�:/:\�/1►[ef.y:[�7�»I11�I�1�.�I�ID[�I�7:11r.� A. After applying primer to surfaces, allow coating to cure for a minimum of 2 hours before handling to minimize damage. B. When loading for shipment to the project site, use spacers and other protective devices to separaCe items to prevent damaging the shop-primed surfaces during transit and unloading. �f wood spacers are used, remove wood splinters and particles from the shop-primed surfaces after separation. Use padded chains or ribbon binders to secure the loaded items and minimize dama�e to the shop-primed surfaces. C. Cover shop-primed items 100% with protective coverings or tarpaulins to prevent deposition of road salts, fuel residue, and other contaminants in transit. D. Handle shop-primed items with care during unloading, installation, and erection operations to minimize damage. Do not place or store shop-primed items on the ground or on top of other work unless the ground or work is covered with a protective covering nr tarpaulin. Place shop-primed itetns above the ground upon platfarms, skids, or other supports. ' 0372D-037-01 �9990a�3 PAINTING AND COATING 3.06 FIELD TOUCH-UP OF SHOP-AP.I'L].E.D PRTMF COATS A. Rei�ove oil and grease surface contaminants on metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Use clean rags wetted with a degreasing solution, rinse with clean water, and wipe dry. B. Remove dust, dirt, salts, moisture, chalking primers, or other surface contaminants that will affect the adhesion or durability ofthe coating systern. Use a high-pressure water blaster or scrub surfaces with a broom or brush wetted with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate, detergent, and water..Before applying intermediate or �nish c�ats t� inorganic zinc primers, remove any soluble zinc salts that have formed by scrubbing with a stiff bristle brush. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water. C. Remove loose or peeling primer and other surface contaminants not easily removed by the previous cleaning methods in accordance with SSPC SP-7. Take care that the remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. The remaining primers shall be t7rmly bonded to the steel surfaces w.ith blast-cleaned edges feathered. D. Remove rust, scaling, or primer damaged by welding or during ship�nent, sCorage, and erection in accordance with SSPC SP-1 0. Take care that the remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Areas smaller than l square inch may be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-1 1. The remaining primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with cleaned edges feathered. E. Use repair procedures on damaged primer that protect adjacent primer. Blast cleaning may require the use of lower air pressure, smaller nozzles and abrasive particle sizes, short blast nozzle distance from surface, shielding, and/or masking. F. After abrasive blast cleaning of damaged and defective areas, remove dust, blast particles, and other debris by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming; then apply the specified touch-up coating. G. Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a f eld touch- up of organic zinc primer as specified in System No. 18 to cover scratches or abraded areas. H. Other surfaces that are shop primed shall receive a field touch-up ofthe same primer used rn the original prime coat. � k�lY��\1►��1►[i�.`Yb��luf.7 A All nnaterials of a speci tied painting system, including primer, intermediate, and finish coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, � � D3720-D37-Dl 09900-14 PAINTiNG AND COA'I'ING � ' ' CJ � �. J 1 1 ' � � , � ' ' � 1 � � IC� and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for ihe particular coating system. Deliver paints to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers. 3.08 PA1NT STORAGE AND MIXING A. Store and mix materials only in areas designated for that purpose by the Owner's Representative. The area shall be well ventilated, with precautionary measures taken to prevent fire hazards. Post "No Smoking" signs. Storage and mixing areas shall be clean and free of rags, waste, and scrapings. Tightly close containers af�er each use. Store paint at an ambient temperature from 50°F to ] 00°F. S. Prepare multiple-component coatings using all of�the contenis of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manulacturer. Uo not use partial batches. Do not use multiple-companent coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. Pravide small quantity kits For touch-up painting and for painting other small areas. Mix only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer. ;Do not intermix additianal components for reasons of colc�r or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating. 3.09 PROCEDURES FOR THE AP.P.LICATION OF COAT]NGS A. Conform to the requirements of SSPC PA-1. Follow the rec:ommendations of the coating manufacturer, including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions. B. Stir, strain, and keep coating materials at a unifarm consistency durin� application. Power mix components. For multiple component materials, premix each component before combining. Apply each coating evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poor warkmanship. Use a different shade or tint on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. �'inished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. C. Do not use thinners unless recommended by the coating manufacturer. ]fChinning is allowed, da not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Stir coating materials at all times when adding thinner. Do not fload the coating material surface with thinner before mixing. Do not reduce coating materials more than is absalutely necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics and to obtain the specified dry-film thicknesses. u Remove dust, blast particles, and other debris from blast cleaned surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming. Allow ventilator fans to clean airborne dust to provide � 03720-037-01 0990a15 PAINTING AND COATING E. good visibility in working area before applying coating. Remove dust from coated surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming before applying succeeding coats. Apply coating systems to the specified minimum dry-film thicknesses as determined in accordance with SSPC PA-2. F. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. BeforE applying coating, re- clean surfaces that have surface colored or become moist by blast cleaning. G. Apply a brush coat of.pr.imer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces before applying the prirner and �nish coat. �pply the brush coat before and in conjurtction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat. H. Before applying subsequent coats, allow the primer and intermediate coats to dry for the minimum curing time recommended by th� manufacturer. In no case shall the time between coats exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. Each coat shall cover the surface ofthe preceding coat completely and there shal I be a visually perceptible difference in applied shade or tint af colors. J. Applied coating systems shal I be cured at 75°F or higher for 48 hours. if temperature is lower Chan 75°F, curing time shall be in accordance with printed recommendations of the manufacturer, unless atherwise alJowed by the Owner's ReprESentative. K. Assernbled par-ts shall be disassembled sufficiently before painting or coating to ensure complete coverage by the required coating. 3.10 SURFACES NOT TO BE COATED A. Do not paint the surfaces listed below unless otherwise noted in the drawi.ngs or in ather Specification sections. Protect the following surfaces during the painting of adjacent areas: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. '7. 8. L'a Concrete walkways. Mortar-coated pipe and fittings. Stainless steel. Metal letters. Glass. Roofing. Fencing. Copper tubing, red brass piping, and PVC piping except where such piping occurs in rooms where the walls are painted, or required for color codin�. Electrical fixtures except for factory coatings. 03720-037-01 09900-16 PAINTING AND COATTNG � 1 � ' � ' 1 ' � � i 1 1 ' 1 � ' � ' 10. Nameplates. 1 ] . Grease fittings. 12. E3rass and copper, submerged. 13. Buried pipe, unless specifically required in the piping specifications. 14. Fiberglass items, unless specifically required in the FRP specifications. 15. Aluminum handrail, stairs, and grating. 16. Insulated pipe. 3. ] 1 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO SE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, ar ptherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Prc�vide drap cl��ths tp prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect working parts of inechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask openings in motors t� prevent paint and other materials from entering Che motors. 3.12 SURFACES TO BE COATED A. 'The exact coating to be applied in any location is not designated by the descriptive phrases .in the coating system titles such as "corrosive environment," "buried metal," or "submerged metal." Coat surfaces with the specific coatin� systems as described below: D3720-037-01 l. 2. 3. 4. Coat mechanical equipment, such as pumps as described below. The color of the finish coat shall selected by the Owner during submittal review. Coat conerete surfaces where shown in the drawings. Coat aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete as specified in System No. 51. Coating Schedule_ 0990a17 PAIN'fING AND CC�ATING Coating Surface or Ztem System No. Pumps 2 Riser Pipe in Wetwell 2 Exposed Pipe, Fittings, and Valves 15 Buried Pipe, Fittings, and Valves 21 or 25 Junction Box 31 PVC Drain Pipe 41 3.13 DRY-FILM THICKNESS TESTING A. Measure coating thickness speei�ed for carbon steel surfaces with a magnetic-type d.ry-frlm thickness gauge in accordance with SSPC P�1-2. Provide certi .fication that the gauge has been calibrated by a certi,fred laboratory within the past 6 months. Provide dry-film thickness gauge as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. B. Test the finish coat of inetal surfaces (�xcept zine primer and galvanizing) for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low-voltage, wet- sponge type. Provide measuring equipment. Provide certi�ication that the �auge has been calibrated by a certified laboratory within the past 6 months. Provide detector as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor or K-D Bird Dog. C. Measure coating thickness specified for concrete or masonry surfaces in accordance with ASTM D41.3$. Test the finish coat of concrete and masonry surfaces in accordance with NACE RP-O l 8$-90 or ASTM U4787. Patch coatings at the points of thickness measurerraent or holiday detection. D. Check each coat for the correct dry-f ]m thickness. .Do nat measure within 8 hours ' aiter application of the coatin�. E. For metal surfaces, make :five separate spot measurements (average ofthree readings) spaced evenly over each pump to be measured. Make three readings for each spot measurement of either the substrate or the paint. Move the probe or detector a distance of 1 to 3 inches for each new gauge reading. Discard any unusually high or low reading that cannot be repeated consistently. "I'ake the average (mean) of the three readings as the spot measurement. The average of �ve spot measurements for each pump shall not be less than the specified thickness. No single spot measurement an any purrap shall be less than 80% nor more than 120% of the specified thickness. One of three readings which are averaged to produce each spot measurement may underrun by a greater amount as defined by SSPC PA-2. , 1 � � � 03720-037-01 09900-1 S PAINTING AND COATiNG ' F. For concrete surfaces, make five separate spot measurements spaced evenly over each 100 square feet of area (or fraction thereo� to be measured. �The average of f7ve spot measurements for each such I 00-square-foot area shall not be less than the spccified thickness. No single spot measurement in any 100-square-f`oot area shal) be less than 80% nor rnare than 120% of the specified thickness. G. Perform tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative. 3.14 REPAIR O�' YNIPROPERLY COATED SUR.FACES A. If the item has an improper finish calor or insufficient film thickness, clean and topcoat the surface with the s�ecified paint material to obtain the specified color and covera�e. Sandblast or power-sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, feathering the edges. Then prime and finish the coat in accordance with the SpecificaCions. The work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, �r other imperfections. 3.15 CLEANING I_� I:� CM During the work, remove discarded materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at the end of each day's work. Thoroughly clean brushes and other application equipment at the end of each period of use and when changing to another paint or color. Upon cotnpletion of painting work, rernave masking tape, tarps, and other protective materials, using care not to damage finished sur.faces. END OF SECTION 03720-037-D] 09400-19 PAiNTING AND COATING � � , � r ' � � � ' ' ' 1 ' ' � ' � � SECTION 09980 CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATTNGS FOR CUNCR�'I"�. 17\.� �tef �1�I �! c7:\ 11 1.01 DESCRIPTION This Section includes materials and installation of a scum-resistant coating for concrete in the scum wet well area. The coating systems specified in this Section are based on products by Green Monster Liner Coatings and Raven Liner Systems, and the Specification is intended to show the quality of the products and the level of preparation and application detail that will be required of other manufacturers in order to be considered equal coatin� systems. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS The Specification Sections listed below are an integral part of this Equipment Specification, and the ConCractor shall be responsible for providing these sections to the equipment suppliers. A. Section 01340 — Project Submittals and Acceptance B. Section 01400 -- Quality .Reyuirements C. Section 01600 — Materials and Equipment D. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals E. Section 01740 — Warranties and Bonds 1.Q3 SUSMiTTALS A. Submit all submittals in accordance with Section Q134p, Project Submittals and Acceptance. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: 1. Percent solids by volume of coating compound. 2. Number of coats required to give the specified dry thickness. 3 4 5 03720-037-01 Minimum recornmended dry thickness per coat far prime, intermediate, and finish coats. Recommended surface preparation. Recommended surface tensile strength of the concrete surface. uii�:i�a� CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR C�NCRETE � %I Recommended procedures for storage of the materials, including temperature limitations. Application instructions including recommended equipment and application atmospheric limitations such as temperature a,nd humidity. 8. Application detailed drawings showing the recommended systems for the treatment of bridging concrete expansion _joints, control joints, and structural cracks for vertical and horizontal surfa�es. Also at a minimum include detailed drawings showin� recommended treatment systems for bridging ar sealing the following: a. Concrete corners. b. c. d. e. f. Equipment and piping supports with anchors that penetrate into the concrete surfaces. Tank bottoms to concrete support pads and foundations. Pipe penetrations through walis. Sumps and trenches. Recessed areas for grating support. 9. Curing requirements and instructions. C. Submit color selection chart for select.ion by the Owner. D. Submit documentatian showing that the applicator has been certif.red or approved by the coating manufacturer to apply t�ae coating syste.ms. Submit a l.ist of projects with references that have been constructed in Florida and that have used the specified coating products to demonstrate the applicator's experience. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CHEM.T.CAL-RESISTANT COATING SYSTEM A. The chemical-resistant caating system for scurn wetwell cor�crete areas shall be either Green Monster Liner System or Raven Lining System. 2.02 COATING REQUIREMENTS: 03720-037-01 09980_z CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FQR CQNCRETE ' �i ' ' � r � �I � ' ' � ' � , CJ �� ' A. All materials used within the caating system shall be highly resistant to scum and hydrogen sulfide in the wastewater environment. B. Waterblasting equipment shall be no less than 4000 psi and sandblasting equipment shall deliver enough pressure to remove all deteriorated concrete in the structure providing a substrate free of loose material. C. GML 30/60 (calcium aluminate blend cementitious mortar) or similar product from Raven Lining System shall be used to structurally rebuild substrates also prvviding an esthetically smoath brush finished surface. 1�7 GML 30, GML 60, Primer and Green Monster Liner Specifications GML 30 AND GML 60 TYPICAL PROPERTIES COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, PSC FREEZE THAW RESISTANCE SHEAR SOND STRENGTH, PSI FLEXURAL S"i'RENG"1'H, l'SI ASTM C928 6,50D ASTM C666 l % LOSS ASTM C882 1,650 ASTM C348 1,180 PRIMER FOR GML 30/60 TYPICAL PROPERTIES (1:1 SY VOL.): TENSILE STRENGTH, PSI ELONGATTON, % COMPRESSIVE STRENCiTH, PSl SHRINKAGE BOND STRENGTH, psi HARDNESS, SHORE D COLOR VXSCOSITY, cps, neat FINAL CURE @ 72° F ASTM D638 ASTM D63$ ASTM D695 ASTM D4541 ASTM D22�40 4,500 6 3,800 None a,zoo 71 Amber 25 20 min GREEN MONSTER LINER TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERT�ES : TENSILE STRENGTH, PSI ELONGATION, % I 00% MODULUS TEAR STRENGTH, PLI HARDNESS, SHORE A HARDNESS, SHORE D FLEXIBILITY, 1 /8" MANDREL FLASH PO1NT, °F TABER ABRASION, MG LOSS CS 17 WHEELS o��zo-o3�-0� 09980-3 � ASTM D412 ASTM D412 ASTM D412 ASTM D624 ASTM D22�0 ASTM D2240 ASTM D1737 PENSKY-MARTIN ASTM D4060 1KG, ] 000 REVS 4,500 460 1,460 570 98 52 PASS �200 17.0 CHEMiCAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE E. A-SIDE HOSE TEMPERATURE °F B-S1DE HUSE TEMPERATURE °F BLOCK TEMPERATURE °F Raven 405 Liner Specifications RAVEN 405 TYPICAY, PROPERTIES (1:1 BY VOL.I: I 4�- I b0 140-160 160 TENSILE STR.ENGTH, PS1 ASTM D63$ 7,60U TENSILE ULTIMATE ELONGATION, % ASTM D638 ].5 COMPRESSiVE STR.ENGTH, PSI ASTM D695 18,000 FLEXURAL STRENGTH ASTM D790 13,000 HAR_DNESS, SHORE D ASTM D2240 88 TABER ASRASTON, MG .I�OSS AS1"M D4060 �112 CS 17 WHEEELS 1KG, 1000 REVS A1�NESION CONCRETE ASTM D4541 SUBSTRATE FA1 LURE 2.03 ABRASTVES FOR SURI�ACE PREPARATION OF CONCRETE A. Abrasives used for preparatian of concrete surfaces shall be selected by the coating manufacturer and shall be l6- to 40-mesh angular aggregate or diamond grind. PART 3 EXECUTION f t� 1 I tf I� 7:r � 1► [�"l.` l Y.� 1� 1► i I A. Materials including primer, intermediate, reinforcement, and finish coats shall be produced by the sam� manuf.acturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. S. Deliver coatings to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers and store � materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NQT TO BE COATED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and ot.her surfaces not intended to be coated. Provide drop cloths to prevent coating materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect working parts of inechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and coating pracess. Mask openings in motors to prevent coating and other materials from entering the motors. o3�zao3�-o� 09980-4 CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRET� 1 ' � �.� � ' , ' � ' � � � � � � 1 , � i 1 , � � 3_03 WEATHER CONDITIUNS ►a� 1:3 c Do not coat in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fo� or when surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point. Do not apply coatings when the relative humidrty is abave 85% or the temperature is above 90°F. Do not coat when temperature af concrete to be painted is above 120°F. D. Do not apply coatings if air or surface temperature is below 6U°F nr expected ta drop below 60°� in 24 hours. 3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surface preparation of concrete shall be in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. 3.U5 ABRASiVE BLAST CLEANING A. Abrasive blast cleaning of conerete, as required, shall be in accordance with coating manufacturer's i.nstructions. 3.�6 PRE-APPLICATION PREPARATION A. Pre-application preparation of concrete, as required, shall be in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. 3.07 COATING APPLICATION A. Coatin�-application shall be in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. 3.08 SURFACE PREPARATION OBSERVAT[ON, COATINGS OBSERVATION, AND DRY-FILM THICKNESS TESTING Gl 03720-037-01 Surface preparation observation, coating observatian and dry-film thickness testing shall be in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 09980-5 CNEMiCAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FQR CQNCItETE � ' �J �� 1 �� 1 1 DIVISION 11 � EQUIPMENT ' 1 � � �� 1 1 �l 1 1 � ' 1 � ' � ' � � � � i � 1 ' � 1 ' SECTIUN 1 ] 000 GFNERAL EQUIPMENT REQUiR.E.MFNTS PART1 GENERAL I.Q1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies general work requirements regarding the products and execution services that are specified in the Division I 1 Sections incorporated in the Contract Documents. The requirements specified shall apply to all of the Division I 1 SectionS, unless noted otherwise. 1.02 RELAT�D WORK A. Other Speci.fications Sections in the Cantract Documenis contain work that is related to the �eneral work requirements specified in thrs Section. This related work includes but is nat limited to the following Sections: 2. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. Section ]II, General Conditions. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling. Section 01750, Plant Star[-Up and initial Operation. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Division 11, Equipment. Division 13, Instrumentation. Section 15125, Piping Appurtenances. Division 16, Electrical. 1.03 SUBMITTAI�S The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Subrnittals and Acceptance: A. The submittal contents for equipment, instrumentation, controls, and appurtenances specified in the Division l l Sections shall contain the general informatian listed below. Additional submittal requirements are contained in the Divisian l 1 Sections. 03720.037-01 1. A list and description of all deviations from the Cantract Documents. 2. A list of equipment and components on each drawing with each product identified by legend reference. Include product name, manufacturer, and model number. l lppp_� GENFRAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMFN"f5 3 4 E Completely dimensioned plan, elevations and cross-sections of system equipment and sub-assemblies. Shop and erection drawings showing details, anchor bolt locations, and field connections. IVlanufacturer's equiprxient installation instructions. 6. Descriptive literature, technical bulletins, and catalog data sheets for all equipment and purchased sub-components: 7. InsCallation, operation, maintenance and start-up procedures. 8. Total equipment weight (while operating). 9. Drive mechanism torque rating and bearing life rating. I 0. Motor data and catalog information. 11. Submit complete electrical drawings, schematics, and interconnecting wiri.ng diagrams and schedules for the eyuipment control system, instru.mentation, a��d control panel(s) showing numbered wiring ternrainals in the control panel conforming to NEMA ICS-1-1 Q I.:l.dentify field device terminals, wire number, wire sizes, control and power wir� types, and inCer:Faced elements. 12. Control panel construction and panel layout drawings. 13. Complete technical lrterature for all factory-applied paint systems. Clearly i.ndicate the components to be coated and the corresponding paint system. 14. Manufacturers' descriptive literature, product specifications, and published details. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reyuirements of Regulatory Agencies: The Contractor shall comply with construction requirements of State, County, and other local political subdivision specifications as may exceed the reyuirements of the codes, standards, and approving bodies referenced in this Section. U3720-037-01 ] 1000-2 GE]�TERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS � � ' ' ' � �I 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' , , , I� NFPA Standards: 7'he Contractor shall comply with requirements of the National Fire Yrotection Association (NFPA) Standards referenced in the various Specifications Sections and as directly appropriaCe to the work and workmanship. 2. Electrical Requirements: The Contractor shall comply with requirements for bath the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .Listings, Labels, and flpprovals and the National Electrical Manufacturers' Associations (NEMA) Stamps or Seals as applicable to electrical equipment or apparatus forming parts of the Mechanical Equipment. B. Certificates and Permits: Upon completion of work and before tinal payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer formal certificafion of final inspections from authorities having jurisdiction over the wark in this project and secure required permits, if any, from such authorities. �ldditionally, the Contractor shall prepare any detailed diagrams and drawings that are requir•ed by those authorities having jurisdiction over the work of Chis project at no additianal cost to the Owner. C. Source Quality Control: Products used throughout these Specifications and as indicated on the Drawings shall be fr�m companies having established reputations in the manufacture of the particular materials, equipment, or apparatus specified. Such products may be of their own make or products of others for which they assume full responsibility when used in frnished products which are not manufactured completely by them and with replacement parts available. D. Products: "['he equipment specifie;d in Division 11 was based on the latest models that were available from the specified equipment �nanufacturers at the time the Cantract Documents were developed. If any equipment models specified in the Division l 1 Sections have been discontinued or will be discontinued within l year after the bid date, the Contractor shall furnish and install the latest and most recent equipment model at na additional cost to the Owner. E. For each category of materials and equipment (Products) specifred in the Division 11 Sections, the Contractor shall pr�vide Products of the same manufacturer and type. F. Equipment Selection: The Contractor may fumish equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings provided such proposed equipment is approved by the Engineer in writing. Upan receiving the Engineer's approval to provide such equipment, the Contractor shall furnish the connecting mechanical and electrical services including but not limited to circuit breakers, conduit, increased control panel enclosure size, motors, bases, and any other electrical equipment needed to accommodate the higher electrical characteristics at no additional cost to the Owner. 03720-037-01 I 1000-3 GENF.RAL EQl]1PMENT REQUIREMENTS ' G. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified in Division 11, the Contractor shall furnish and install equipment that meets or exceeds the specifred design and commissic�ning requirements (no exceptions) as determined by the Engineer. H. All the equipment specifed in the Contr-act Documents shall be standard units of proven ability as manufactured by a competent organization that is fully experienced, reputable and yual.if.ied in the manufacture of the equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with ihe best practice and rnethods and shall operate satisfactorily when installed. 1.07 WARRANTiES i � C1 , ' , A. Warrantic;s shall be i.n accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary � Conditions, and Spec.itication Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. I.Q$ DE.L,IVERY, STORAGE, AND HAN:DL].NG � A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specitied in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the iCems specified in this Section. , 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. The manufacturer of each piece of equipment described i.n the Division 11 Sections shall meet the following requirements, unless noted otherwise: Have a record of operation, manufacturing and servicing the items specifed in the Division 1 1 Sections for a minimum of 10 years before the Bid Date. 2. Have a minimum of five installations of equipment similar ta that specified in this Section at municipal wastewater treatment facilities in Florida before the bid date. 3. Have been in business for at least the 10 consecutive years before the Bid Date. B. 1f the equipment manufacturer that the Cantractor proposes to furnish and install the equipment described in the Division I1 specifications does not meet these quali�cations and is not specified in the Contract Documents, the Engineer reserves the right to reject the equiprnent from this manufacturer for use on this project. Any costs incurred by the Cantractor as a result of providing equipment from a manufacturer fhat does not meet the qualifications described in this Section shall not be incurred by the Qwner. 03720-037-01 11000-4 GENERAL EQUTVMEN'1' Rr.QIIIREMENTS C. The Contractor shall furnish docurnentation that the manufacturer meets these qualifications as part of Che submittals speci.fied in Section 01330. 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE A. Spare Parts 1. The Contractar shall furnish the spare parts specified in the Division 11 Sections. The Contractor shall also submit a list of recommended spare parts, special tools, and lubricants for each eyuipment item. The list shall include contact information for local sources for supply of all parts and professional service. 1.12 SYSTEM DESCRTPTION (NOT USED) 1.13 OPERATTON AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Canditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintettance Manuals. l.l4 PATENTS AND LTCENSES (NOT USED) PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORS A. All motors identified in Division 11 shall be furnished and installed under Division 11 and in accordance with Division 16. 2.02 CONTROLS A. General 1. All control panels specified irt the Division 11 Sections shall be furnished and installed under Division 11 and in accordance with Uivisions 13 and 16. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install controls designed to operate on 120-volt, single-phase, 60 Hertz electric service unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall furnish and install 120-volt step-down voltage transformers as specified in Division 16 in each control panel as reyuired. 03720-037-01 I 1000.5 GF,N�.RAI,,. �,QUIPMENT REQUiREMENTS 3_ The Contractor shall furnish and install elapsed time mcters in each confrol panel for each piece of motor-driven equipment being controlled by chat control panel. All elapsed-time meters shall be furnished and installed in accordance with Division 16. �l 1 L� 4. All control panels shall be furnished with a main circuit breaker to , enable/disable electric service to the panelboard. 5. All control panels that will annunciate a local and/or remote alarm shall be furnished with an ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE reset pushbutton switch (momentary contact) wired to each alarm contact. 6. All indicating lamps in eada co.ntrol panel shall bc furnished in accordance with the color-coded sch�me: a. ON indicati.��g lamps: Green b. �FF indicating lamps: Rcd c. Alarm indicating lamps: Amber d. POWER ON indicating lamp: White 7. Provide a heater inside of each control panel enclosure to prevent condensation. Heater size shall be in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. � ' � ' ' � 8. The face of each control panel shall be installed so it is facittg north whenever possible, or provided with a sunshield when not possib]e. , � I I e�� I L� 7:� �.y �, �I � C�: I� I.y A. Float switches shall be of the suspended type w.ith polypropylene or PVC body. Units shall have an integral electricll cable with two #19 AWG stranded canductors. Switches shal] be pilot duty, normally open or normally closed, as required for application. Switches shall be suitable for use wiCh intr.insically safe circuits. Each switch shall be supported from an AISJ Type 316 stainless stee] cable support bracket with individual stainless steel Kellems grip strain relief supports. Each switch shall be provided with sufficient cable length to extend from the float switch to the final termination point at the pump control panel with an additional ] 8 inches of looped cable. The float switch cables shall be bundled to an �ISI Type 316 stainless steel cable with heavy-duty nylon strap wire ties. The upper end of the stainless steel cable shall be attached to the cable support bracket and the lower end attached to a 5-pound (minimum) cable weight. The cable weight shall be firmly attached to the cable and shall be constructed of noncorrosive metal and/or materials. Float switches and cables shall be intrinsically safe when used in classified locatians. 03720-037-01 11000-G GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1 1 � ' 1 , , , ' ' ' �, U 1 , ' , � � 2.04 2.05 FQUIPMENT ANCHORING SYS�1'EMS A. All anchoring systems including, but not limited to, expansion anchors, adhesive anchors, anchor bolts, cinch anchors, and screws that are required ta install the eyuipment and appurtenances specified in the Division 1 1 Specifications shall be A1Si Type 316 stainless steel unless noted otherwise. The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment anchoring systems in accordance with Sections 03930 and 055�0. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. The Contractor shall provide engraved laminated phenolic nameplates with white legend and black field that provides the following informatian for each piece of equipment described in the Divisian I I Specifications. Equipment Description (i.e. Mechanical Bar Screen, RAS Pui�p No. l, etc). 2. Equipment Identification Label No. B. Letter height on each nameplate shall not be less than 3/4-inch. Nameplates shall be factory drilled far fasteners. Secure nameplates to equipment or nearby wall using AISI Type 3�4 stainless steel fasteners. The locations of each nameplate shall be coordinated with the Owner and approved by the Owner before their installation. C. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval for the nameplate information for each equipment item described in the Division 11 Specif cations before ordering these nameplates from the manufacturer. 2.06 PRESSURE GAUGE ASSEMBLIES - PUMPING UNITS A. General: The Contractor shall provide a pressure gauge assembly as specified in Section 15125 an the suction and discharge piping of the pumping units specified in the Division l 1. Sections. The intent of the Drawings is not to show the locations of every pumping unit pressure gauge. Rather, the Contractor shall mount eaeh pressure gauge as close to the pump suctian and discharge connections as possible, but so as not to impede the operation and maintenance of the pressure gauge assembly, pumping unit, and valves installed on the pumpin� unit suction and discharge piping. Coordinate the location of all pressure gauge assemblies with the Owner before installation. 03720-037-01 1100Q7 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1 PART 3 EXECUTION ��j��.��r_��w_��cn.i A. General: The Contractor shall install the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's insCructions and recornmendations and approved submittals at the locations shown on the Drawings. If the equipment locatio.ns shown on the Drawings are in conflict with the manufacturer's recommendations or wrll interfere with the installation or operation af any oiher item indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall relocate this equipment and provide the necessary appurtenances to install the equipm�nt in accordance with the manu'Facturer's recommendations at no additional cost to the Owner. The Cantractor shall not instal.) any equipment at locations not in accordance with the Contract Documents or approved submittals. B. The Contractor shall install equipment, slabs, walls level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. The Contractor shall apply an anti-seize compound to threaded fasteners of equipment components that require removal, replacement, or adjustment as part of any maintenance or inspection procedure. D. The Contractor shall furnish and install the required oil and grease for initial 1 operation in accordance with the manufacturer's recomm�ndations. E. Provide means of oil lubrication for bearings and other metallic parts in sliding contact. Use alemite industrial type fittings except where otherwise specified. The Contractor shall also perform the follawing work: 1. Locate lubrication points on equipment readily accessible without the necessity of removing covers, plates, housrngs or guards, or without creating safety hazards at installed eyuipment elevations. ' ' ' 2. The Contractor shall exhaust pressure-lubricated units to the atmosphere , to prevent excessive greasing. 3. The Contractor shall extend grease �ttings to locations that are readily accessible to the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of these grease fittings with the Owner before their installation_ F. The Contractor shall furnish and apply touch-up paint to any eyuipment's factory painting finish that is chipped or damaged during installation. All factory-finish touch-up paint shall be rnutually compatible with the factory finish on the equipment and shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the equipment to be touched up in the field. 03720-037-01 11000-8 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMGNTS ' 1 , 1 1 ' , ' ' ' � LI ' 1 �J ' , i �I 1 ' � 1 ' G. lf equipment mounting heights are not shown on the .Drawings, the Contractor shall install that piece of equipment t� provide th� maximum amount of headroom (defined as the distance from ihe bottom of the structure to the top of finished tloor or grade), as possible. in such an instance, the Contractor shall obtain th� Engineer's approval For this mounting location before installing that piece of equipment in the feld. H.. The Contractor shall furnish and install all mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of the equipment components. The Contractor shall connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installatians. 3.02 FIELI7 TESTING A. General: The Contractor shall provide services of a factory-authorized service representative to perform, approve, and certify the field testing specified in this Section. �ield testing shall generally consist of performing the pre-startup and startup tests as specified in the Division 1] Speci�cations and the final mechanical performance test specified in this S�etion. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor ta perform factory testing o.n equipment rtems bcfore the Engineer approves their use f�r this project. The Contractor shall refer to the Division 1 1 Specifications regarding equipment shop testing requirements. I:� The Contractor shall adhere to the following requirements regarding Che freld testing to be provided for this project: The service representative shall be ernplayed by the manufacturer of the equipment specified at the time field testing is being performed. The service representative shall be authorized by the factory to perform the field testing specified in Division 11. Upon request by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a letter from a company officer of the equipment manufacturer stating that the service representative perfarming the field testing is authorized by the manufacturer. 2. Before scheduling each field test with the equipment manufacturer, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and Engineer to obtain a list af dates that both parties would be available to attend the testing. The Contractor shall notify the Owner and �ngineer of the field testing dates no less than 14 calendar days before the date of the field test. 3. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform a second pre- startup and/or startup test, in accordance with the pracedures specified in the Division 1 1 Sections, at na additional cost to the Owner if the original pre-startup and/or startup test did not pass because of any work that was 03720-037-01 I 1040-9 GENERAL Ei(�UIPMENT REQlJ1REMENTS 1 ;� deemed by the Engineer to be non-compliant with the Contract Documents and/or manufacturer's r�.commendations. 4. The Contractor shall only perform startup testing after the Contractor has reached Substantial Completion for the project as defined in the Agreement and General Conditions. 5. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and remove any temporary piping, valves, appurCenances, and equipment necessary to perform the pre-startup and startup testing to the Engineer's satis�action. ' , , , , 6. All field testing shall be performed Monday through Friday at the project ' site, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. 7. The duration that the manufacturer's representative is required to be onsite to perforrn Che pre-startup and startup training is specified in the Divisic�n ] 1 Sections. Operating Costs Costs for Pre-startup and Startup Testing: The Contractor shal) include in the Contract Price the following operating costs for satisfactorily cornpleting the .Initial Mechanical Performance Tests on �quipment being tested: a. 17 c. Lubricating grease. Lubricating ails. Such ot.her materials or utilities not specifically identifred in Chis Section, but required to conduct the pre-startup and startup testing. d. Portable diesel power �eneration sets and diesel fuel as needed for ]ighting, portable tools, and furnishing electrical to any temporary pumping units used to transfer [potable water][reclaimed water] to each treatment or storage structure for startup tesCing. 2. Costs for Final Mechanical Ferformance Tests: The Owner will pay for the operating costs for the Final Mechanical Performancc Test, except for the Contractor's personnel needed to perform and supervise this testing as specified in this Section. D. The intent of the field testing for each equipment item specified in the Division 11 Sectians is provided in this Section. If the individual equipment field testin� procedures specified in the Division 11 are not sufficient to obtain a Manufacturer's Certi.fication or to demonstrate corrapliance with the Contract 03720-037-01 11000-] 0 GENERAL EQlI1PMEN7" REQUIREMENTS ' ' 1 1 ' ' �l , � � 1 ' 1 � , , LJ ' Documents, the Contractor shall perform these additional field test procedures at no additional cost to the Owner. Pre-startup Testing: Upon the Contractor's co►npletion of the installation and adjustment of the eyuipment; the Contractor, with his own forces and with the manufacturer's representative(s), shall demonstrate to the Engineer's satisfaction that the equipment has been furnished and installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufac:turer's recommendations. a. The Contractor shall repair any equipment items that do not pass the pre-startup test, as identified by the Engineer and/or manufacturer's representative, to the satisfiaction af the Engineer before performing the startup testing for that equipment. 2. Startup Testing: Upon successful completion of the pre-startup testing, fhe Contractor shall demonstrate that the mechanical performance and cantrols of each eyuipment item, when operated in accordance wiih the design intent indicated by the Contract Documents, are satisfactory t�� the Owner and Engineer. a. Startup testing shall be performed with each equipment item and associated treatment structure simulated under similar operating conditions as the final mechanical performance testing specified in this Section. For equipment that will operate while being submerged as shown on the .Drawings, the Contractor shall fll the respective treatment structure to its maximum water surface with reclaimed water far wastewater systems or potable water for water systems and perform startup testing while that equipment is submerged. The Contractor shall not use wastewater to fill any treatment structures for startup testing. b. A#�er the startup testing procedures specified in the Division l l Sections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall operate that equipment for one successful continuous 72-hour period without assistance from the Owner as a condition of startup testing. ]f the equipment needs to be taken out of service for repair during this 72-haur period because it not operating in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, this operating period shall cease. A new operating period will not begin until the eyuipment has been operating in accordance with the Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations for at least 72 consecutive hours. The Contractor shall fumish any additional supervision or provisions necessary to verify that each equipment item was successfully operated during this 72-hour operating period. 03720-037-01 I]000.1 I GE•NEAAL EQUIPMENT REQllIREMENTS ' c. Upon completion of the startup test, the Contractar shall dewater each treatment and storage structure in accordance with local and Staie regulations and in a manner that is satisfactory to the Owner and Engineer. 3. Final Mechanical Performance Testing: The Contractor shall perform frnal mechanical performance testing of the equipment specifi�d in the Division 11 Sections once the following conditions have been satisfied: a. b. c The Contractor has successfully completed the pre-starcup and startup testing requirements specified in the Division I 1 Sections. The Contractor has performed the training services specitied in this Section. The Contractor has procured all of the required permits for each building and treatment structure within the project site. d. The Engineer has received and approved all of the manufacturer's certifications of compliance, warranties, and operation and maintenance manuals for all required items as specified in the Contract Documents. The intent of the final rnechanical performance test is for the entirc facility to be operated by the Owner for a continuous 30-day period while the facility is receiving and treating raw sewage or raw water. Durin� this 30- day testing period the Contractor shall furnish personnel who shall be on- site as needed and available at all times 24 hours pe.r day during the final mechanical performance test. Personn�l shall be competent i.n the troubleshooting and repair of the equipment and related electrical and mechanical systems specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor's electricians and mechanical technicians shall be on-site as needed (minimum S hours/week) and available 24 hours per day to assist with this testing. If the .final mechanical performance testing needs to be stopped and suspended due to equipment not operating in accardance with the design intent of the Contract Documents as determined by the Engineer, the following conditions shall apply: e. f.. The Contractor shall repair and troubleshoot these items immediately at no additional cost to the Owner. The 30-day period for the final mechanical perfo.rmance testing will start over (i.e. b.e reset to zero hours). 03720.037-01 11000-12 G�NERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS � 1 � � ' � � 1 ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' � � ' g. Upon restarting the final mechanical performance testing, the Contractor shall furnish the appropriate personnel defined above on-site as needed and available (minimum 8 hours/week) for 24 hours per day during the 30-day period at no additional cosl Co thc Uwner even though the total duration of the t7nal mechanical performance testing (including restarts), may exceed 30 days. The final mechanical performance test shall end when the Engineer determines that all of the equipment and related systems are operating in accordance with the design intent of the Contract Documents and all deficiencies that hinder the normal day-to-day operation of [he facility have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer shall natify the Contractor in writing when the final mechanical performance testing has been successfully completed. 3.03 TRAINING SERVICE.S A. Upon completion of the pre-startup and scartup testing and before the final mechanical performance testing, the manufacturer of the equipment specified in the Divisions 1 1, 13, and 15 Sections shall provide an auth�rizc:d representative to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment. The representative shall provide additional onsite startup and trc�ubleshootin� services during this training upon request by the Engineer or Owner while performing these training services. The duration of the training services for each equipment item are specified in the Division 11 Sections 3.04 MANUFACTUR�R'S CERTIFICATIONS OF COMPLIANCE A. Upon succESSfuI completion of the pre-startup testing, startup testing, and training services specified in this Section, the Cantractor shall obtain the equipment manufacturer's certification that the equipment specified in the respective Division 1] Sections has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractar shall furnish the Engineer with Manufacturer's Certificates of Compliance and Equipment Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation Testing and Instruction far each specified equipment item before performing the final mechanical performance testing specified in this Section. 03720-037-01 1 I OOal3 GENERAL EQUIPMENT R�QUiREMENTS 1 C�]�,�/�1�17 MANUFACTURFR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE EQP"f SERIAL NO: EQPT TAG NO: EQPT/SYSTEM: PRUJECT NO: SPEC. SECTION: i hereby cert.ify that the above-referenced equipment/system has been: (Check Applicable) Installed in accordance with ManufacCurer's recommendations. Inspected, checked, and adjusted. Serviced with proper initial lubricants. Electrical and mechanical connection rneet quality and safety standards. All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. System has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds speci�ied perf`ormance requirements (when complete system of one manufacturer). Comments: 1, the undersigned Manufacturer's Representative, hereby certify that I am (i) a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, (ii) empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate his equipment, and (iii) authorize the make recommendations required to assure that the equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational, except as may be otherwise indicated herein. i further certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate. Date: Manufacturer: 20 By ManufacCurer's Authorized Representative: 03720-037-01 (Authorized Signature I lODU-14 GLNERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS EQUiPMENT MANUFACTURER'S CERTiFICATE OF INSTALLATION TESTING AND iNSTRUCTION OWNER PRO) ECT CK�]r��.7:��r�L�a 7ones Edmunds No. Er � EQUIFMENT SPECIFICATION SECTTON .' ,�; , tl,b, m''�� , EQUiPMENT DESCRIPTION I , �uthorized repr�Sentative of (Print Name) hereby CE.RTI.FY that (Print Mat�ufacturer's Name) ��; „ ,.. . (Print eyuipm'�t name,�nd �nodel with serial Na.) Installed for the subject p'"' E s have been<.�nstalled in a�satisfactory manner, has have be�n satisfactorily tested, is/ ` rea �'� `�'III�,Pperation, arl;� that Owner assigned operating personnel havc been suitahly instru� .�,the ope ��ion, lubricati�, and care of the units on Date: �; 'YY��3"� �'iLm•U.{.,., . . .,, �, ',;'t�y�d4'�d�A��,�';;�E''i � u �'�i'.��" , �� a�'' �';ia, � ;' a: �, CER'�;]�!��'�D BY: � �'�' „e,'�;; (Signature 1�7ar��A 's Representative) �TT OF MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCT.iON i/We the undersign ^``' horized representatives af the and/or Plant Operati " Personnel have received classraom and hands on instruction on the operation, lubrication, and maintenance of the subject equipment and arn are prepared to assume normal operational responsibility for the equipment: Ir7_�1�A DATE: 1�7:r��i END OF SECTION 03720.037—01 1 1000.15 GENERAL �.QUIPM�NT REQlJIitEMENTS SECTION 11225 SCUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT PART] GLNERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish al1 labor, materials, and incidentals required to provide the thickener scum equipment specified in this Section and shown on the Drawings. Each thickener scum collection equipment shall be the center-column- supported assemblies. The scum collection equipment shall be designed for installatian in a circular concrete basin as shown an the Drawings. 1. Number of Thickeners: 4 2. Inside Diameter of Thickeners: 18 feet l .02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. i. J. K. L. M Section Iii, General Conditions Section 01100, Project Requirement Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance Section 01600, Materials and Equipment Section 01650, Delivery, Starage, and Handling Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds Section Ol 830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals Section 05500, Metal Fabrications � Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Section I 1000, General Equipment Requirements. Division 15, Mechanical Piping and Valves. Section 15060, Pipe Hangers and Supports. Division 16, Electrical, except as otherwise specif7ed in this Section. � 1.03 SUBMYTTALS ' �J ' ' /:� 1:3 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. The scum collection equiptnent manufacturer shall fumish the followin� design and description information to establish compliance with these Specifications: 1. Certified shop and erection drawings showing all important details of construction, elevations, dimensions, weld requirements, field bolting 03720-037-01 11225-I ' SCLTM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT details, anchor bolt locations, and process items to be furnished and instaJled in the thickener basins. 2. Certificate of design stamped by a Registered Pro�essional Engrneer stating that all scum collection equipment to be provided for this project meets or exceeds all design requirea�ents ofthese Speci:Fications. 3. Descriptive literature, bulletins, and/or catalogs of the equipment. 4. The total weight of the equipment, including the weight of the single largest item or component. 5. A complete bill ofmaterials for all equipment. f�. A list of the manufacturer's recommended spare parts. 7. D�scription of surface preparation and shop prime pa.int. C. If it is impossible to conform to certain details of the Specifications or Drawings, describc campletely all non-conforrning aspects for approval by the Engineer. D. Furnish complete operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment specified in this Section in accordance with the General Conditions and Division 1 after submittal has been approved and at least 30 days before start-up. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.Q5 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Speci.fication Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid tirne. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements nf this Section shall appJy. A. American Ir�n and Stee] Institute (AISI) I . AISI 304—Stainl�ss Steel. 2. AiSJ 3 I 6—Stainless Ball Bearings — Corrosion Resistant Bearings. 3. AISI 4142---Heat Treated Steel 5pecifcations B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. Specifications far Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 03720-037-01 1]225-2 SCLTM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT i� 1 �� ' � � 1 � ' � I� � � L_1 � � r ' C C American Society for ".T'esting and Materials (ASTM) l. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. $. 9. 10 ASTM A36—Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. ASTM A48—Standard Specifcation for Gray Iron Castings. ASTM A123—Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on lron and Steel Products. f1STM A148—Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes. ASTM A27C�Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Slaapes. ASTM A283---Standard Specification for Low and intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. ASTM A304--Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel .Bars Subject to End-Quench Hardenability Reyuirements. ASTM A325—Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, L20/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. ASTM A53C�Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. AS"T�M A153/A153M—Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. American Gear Manufacturers' Association (AGMA) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 D3720-037-01 AGMA 90$-S$9—Geometry Factors for Determining the Pitting Resistance and Bending Strength of Spur, Helical, and Herringbone Gear Teeth. AGMA 1012-GOS—Gear Nomenclature, Defnitions of Terms with Symbols. AGMA 2001-C95—Fundamental Rating Factors and Calculation Methods for Involute Spur and Helical Gear Teeth. AGMA 2004-B89--Gear Materials and Heat Treatment Manual. AGMA 6001-E08—Design and Selection of Components for Enclosed Gear Drives. AGMA 6010-E----Standard for Spur, Helical, Herringbone and Sevel Enclosed Drives. AGMA 6017-E8Cr-Rating and Application of Sin�le and Multiple Reduction Double-Enveloping-Worm and Helical-Worm Speed Reducers. AGMA 6019-E�earmotors Using Spur, Helical, Herringbone, Straight Bevel or Spiral Bevel Gears. AGMA 6034-B92—Practice for Enclosed Cylindrical Wormgear Speed Reducers and Gearmotors. AGMA 6035-A02—Design, Rating and Application of Industrial Globoidal Wormgearing. AGMA 9005-E02—Industrial Gear Lubrication 11225-3 SCUM COLLECTiON EQi]iPMENT E. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. ANSI/AWS D1.1---Structural Welding Code-Steel. F. Anti-friction Searing Manufacturers' Association (AFBMA) c H C� 1. Bearing Life Specifications. National .Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 1. Motor Design Standards and Standards for Control Enclosures. 2. NEMA MG 1--Motors and Generators. 3. NEMA MG 1-12.58.]—Unambiguous Standardized Method for Testing Ef�ciency Labeling defining Minimum Efficiencics for Motors which are Labeled "Energy Efficient". Occupation Safety and Health Act (OSFIA) l. OSHA Section 15—Walking-Working Surfaces (Slips, Trips and Falls). International Organization for Standardization (1S0) 1. ISO 9001-2000 Quality Management Systems—Requirem�:nts. J. Hydraulic Institute (HT) K. Factory Mutual (FM) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall provide quality assurance measures for the items specified in this Section in aceordance with Section l l 000, General Equipment Requirements. B. The manufacturer shall furnish an engineer experienced in the erection, alignment, and operation of the equipment furnished under this Section for a minimurn of 1 day to inspect, test and certify the installation of each thickener skimmer system. Each day shall consist of a full $-hdur working day on the project site; travel time shall be additional Co these requirements. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be ira accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 03720-037-0] 11225�3 SCUM COLLECTION TQUIPMENT � � � � � ' � r � , � � ' , ' � ' ' � 1.08 D�LNERY, STOR.AG�., AND I-IANDLiNG A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section O] 650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, far storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 Qt.1ALIFICATiONS A. The Contractor shall provide quality assurance measures for the it�ms specified in this Section in accordance with Section 1] OOU, General Equipment .Requirements. B. The scum removal equipment is intended to be standard equipment of proven ability as manufactured by a single manufacturer thal is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the equipment to be furnished. The equipment manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years of successful experience and 10 installations in the design, construction, and operation of the equipment specified. C. The manufacturer of the equipment specified in this Section shall meet the qualificatians specified in Section I 1000. 1.10 TES�1`1NG REQUiREMEN7`S (NOT USED) ].] 1 MAINTENANCE A. Spare Parts : C� 03720-037-01 1. Spare parts, as recommended and provided by the manufacCurer, shall be properly bound and labeled for easy identification without opening the packaging and suitably protected for long-term starage in a humid environm�nt. All spare part shall be packed in containers that are clearly and indelibly identified as to their contents. Al) items shall be suitably packed and protected for long periods of storage. Provide a list of all spare and replacernent parts with individual prices and locations where they are available. Prices shall remain in effect for not less than 1 year after start-up and final acceptance. 11225-5 SCUM COLLF,CTiON EQlJiPMENT 1.12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The scum collection equipment shall be designed to function and operate as specif ed in this Section: 1. One surface skimmer will transfer surface scum and floatables to � scum trough that wilJ be cantilevered from the thickener basin wall. Scum collected in this trough will perip.herally flow toward the basin wall and discharge inta the scum trough and which will be piped to discharge thc scum into the influent channel as shown in the Contract Drawings The influent channel will ultimately transfer scum to the two pri.mary clarifers which will epllect the scum and transfer it to the scum pumping station wet well For trarasfer to the anaerobic digesters. 1.13 OPERATiON & MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operation & Maint�nance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.14 PATENTS AND LICENSES (NOT USED) 1.15 SPECIAL CONSIDERATiONS A. The design and con�guration of the scum collection eyuipment shown on the Drawings is based on the Envirex claril�ier scum collection mechanism from Sierr�ens Industry, Inc. If an alternate system is to be bid by the Contractor, the Contractor shall make all changes needed at no cost to the Owner. All additional costs resulting frorra alternate system, including but not limited to structural, mechanical, and or electrical changes or revisions to the drawings, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. PART2 �RODUCTS 2.0 ] GENERAL A. T�is Section calls attention to cerCai.n features, but does not purport to cover all � details of construction af the units. B. All field connections shall be bolted-connectians sized and arranged to resist all static, live, and erection loads. Field-weld connections include the connection assembly and scum trough exit pipe flange. 03720-037-0] ] 1225-6 SCUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT � ' I� � � , r ' � r ' r r ' ' � � � , ' , � 1 C. All structural steel used in the fabrication of the skimmer system shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A276, SCainless Steel 316L. 5election and fabrication of structural steel members shall be in accordance with the AISC Specifications for the Design fabrication and �rection of Structural Steel for Buildings. All welding shall conform to the latest standards of AWS. All structural steel shall have a minimum thickness of'/4-in, except as otherwise noted. 2.02 PER�ORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUiREMENTS A. All of the eqnipment specified in this Section is intended to b� standard eyuipment for use with slud�e thickening process. The equipment shall he of the column-supported type and shall be equipped to do the following: I. Collect floating scum from the liquid surface and discharge it to an outlet scum trough. B. General Design Requirements 1. Number of Thickeners: Four 2. �f'hickencr Basin a. lnside Diameter: 18 feet b. Sidewater Depth: 11.5 feet c. Minimum Freeboard: 1 foot 6 inches 3. lnlet Pipe Flow Deflectors C. Acceptable Manufacturers 1 2 2.03 �QUIPMENT Fnvirex Scum Collection Mechanism frc�m Siernens Industry, Inc. Approved equal A. General 03720-037-01 l. The scum collection equipment shall include but not be limited to the following components that shall be furnished by a single manufacturer and installed in each thickener basin as shown an the Drawings: 2 a. Inlet Pipe Flow Deflectors b. Surface Scum Skimming Equipment Unless noted otherwise, all structural members shall have a minimum thickness of '/4-inch and shall be stainless steel 316L. All structural steel 11225-7 SCUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT I:� shall conform to ASTM A276 .requirements and steel plate will conform to ASTM A240 requirements. 3. All anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and fasteners required for installing the skimming equipment and appurtenances shall be AISi Type 31 b sfainless steel unless noted otherwise. Surface Scum Skimming Equipment 1. General: Each thiekener basin shall be provided with the follc�wing equipment to collect and remove surface scum and other floatables from each thickener basin: a. Skimmer Arr�as b. Scum Trough c. �lushing Assembly at each thickener as wcll as each of the two p.rimary clarifiers, as shown in the Contract Drawings 2. Skimmer Arms: Each thickener shall be furnished with one rotating full- radius skimmer arm assembly to collect and discharge scum and debris into the scum trough speci�ed in this Section. The skirnmer arm shall be supported by a structural steel truss or fabricated tube/channel assembly connected to the torque tube complete with a counter weight arm opposite. The skimmer arm connection shall be furnished with tie rods properly located to allow adjustment of the skimmer arm. Tie rods shall be sized by the thickener equipment rnanufacturer to resist any horizontal forces incurred durrng operation. All carbon steel members of the skimmer arm assemblies and tie rods shall be 316 stainless steel. The scum de£lector blade including the skimmer assembly shall extend from the torque tube outward to the scum baifle on the ef�luent launder. A replacable UHMW wear block shall be pravided on the outer edge of the hinged blade. Neoprene wiper blade sha11 be fastened with stainless-steel fasteners with stainless-steel back-up bars. Hinged closure plate, spring loaded to maintain closure, with Type 316 stainless stee) springs will be included. The hinged blade shall be adjustable so that the quantity of liyuid discharged with the scum can be varied and shall be so designed that the blade can move in a vertical plane so that the bottom edge of the blade is always in contact with the scum trough even if the trough is not horizontal. Manufacturer shall provide counterweight arm opposite the scum collector assembly to balance the thickener and skimmer mechanism cornplete with the counterweights. 03720-037-0] 11225-5 SCUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT ' , � 3. Scum Trough: Furnish each thickener with one scum trough and a shelf supported as shown on the Drawings. � The scum trough and beach shall be fabricated from I/4-inch-thick (minimum) stainless steel plate and supported from the tank wall and effluent channel by structural steel braces as shown on the Drawings. The � trough shall bc at least 2 ft 6 in wide and have a minimum lenglh of 4 ft 0 inches along the tank scum baffle, including the adjustable approach ramp. The scum trough shal) have a 6-inch-diameter standard pipe flange ' connection, located as shown on the Drawings for the scum discharge pipe. The inclined approach ramp leading to the discharge section of the trough shall be shaped to contain the scum as it is moved up the incline to � the trough by the hinged blade. The ramp shall be constructed to provide a 4-inch adjustment in elevation. Adjustrn�nts shall be by adjustable Typc 316 stainless-steel bolts using nuts and elongated slots on the approach � ramp. Gaskets of a suitable material shall be provided to prevent leakage between the discharge ramp and the discharge section of the trough. , ' ' � � The scum trough and supports shall be designed for dead loads plus a 200- pound point load at the inner baffle with no more than 1/2-inch deflection. The scum trough shall contain an approach ramp af radial design. The approach ramp shall have a variable slope that will enable the full length of the skimmer wiper to make simultaneous and continuous contact with the entire ramp along a radial line at each revolution of the skimmer arm. The trough shall be 8 inches wide with a uniformly sloped bottom tp allow scum to peripherally discharge toward the basin wall. The trough shall be true and free of warpage. Furnish a scum piping stub in the scum trough where shown on the Drawings for connection to the scum drain piping as shown on the Drawings. The scum troughs and supports shall be 316L stainless steel. Flushing Assembly (Contractor to provide and install): Each scam trough ' shall be furnished with one flush valve assernbly for automatic flushing of the scum trough and scurn pipe. Flushing water will be automatically activated as the scum collector approaches the scum trough. The flush ' valve assembly shall be adjustable to allow 0 to 20 gallans of reclaimed water to enter the scum trough as the skimmer assembly passes over the scum box. 1�he flushing water pipe shall be 1.5-inch-diameter SCH80 , PVC. The skimmer manufacturer shall show sug�ested location of the flushing valve to ensure that the water supply pipe will not interfere with operation of the equipment. The flush valume adjustment mechanism shall ' be located abave the water level at an easily accessible location along the thickener walkway and shall include at least three flow settings. 1 03720-037-01 I 1225-9 SCUM C�LLECTION EQllIPMENT ' C. Scum Saffles The equipment manufacturer shall furnish 12-in deep scum baffles as shown on the Drawings for installation by the Contractor. Scum baffled shall be 24-in deep for 8-ft in front and 3-ft behi.nd the center line of scum trough. All scum baffles shall be fabricated from FRP and shall be designed and fabricated with pravisions for a 2-inch vertical adjustment range. All baffle mounting holes sha.11 be factory cut, anchored, supported, and sealed as shown on the Drawings. The scum baf..�]es shall be supported with brackets as shown on the Drawings. Holes for the support brackets shall be field locaCed and dr.illed to the existing effluent trough. "I'he scum baffle system shal.l provide lap plates and splice plates to secure ends of all scum baffle plates as shown on th� Drawings. 2. Thickness: 1 /4-inch nominal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLA".C`ION A. Th� Contractar shall install the equ.ipment specified in this Section in accc�rdance with Section :I ] 000. � B. The Contractor shall install the equipment at the locatioras shown on the Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and the approved shop drawittgs. i.nstallation shall include furnishin� the required oil and gr�ase for initial operation. The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Submit a certificate from the manufacturer stating that the installed equrpm�nt has been examined and found to be in complete accordance with the manufacturer's requirements; that the equipment is ready for operation; and that the operating personnel have been suitably instn.icted in the operation, lubrication, and care of the equipment as described in Section 11000, General Equipment Requireme.nts. 3.02 PAINTING AND SURFACE PREPARATION A , � '' 1 � The Contractor shall paint all of the items speci�ed in this Section in accordance with Section 09900. ' 3.03 FIELD TESTING A General: The equipment manufacturer shall provide a service representative properly trained in inspection and operation of the mechanism to approve the 03720-037-01 11225-10 SCllM COT_LECTION HQUIPMENT � l_ � � � r � ' � � ' , ll i ' � �J ' ' 1 ' u I:� C. installation, and instruct the owner's personnel on maintenance and operation. This service shall be in the form of one trip to th� site and one 8-hour day of service per thickener. If additional service is required due to the mechanisms not being fully operational at the time of service requested uy the contractor, the additional service days will be at the Contractor's expense. The service representative shall be certified and employed by the manufacturer of the equipment specified in this Sectiqn. All field testing shall be performed in accordance with Sectian 11000. Pre-Startup ?esting: The factory authorized service representative shall perform the pre-startup testing specified below and in accordance with Section 11000: Visually inspect each scum assembly and certify that the equipment have been furnished in accordance with the specifcations in this Section. 2. Verify that all ofthe equipment specified in this Section has been installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manu#acturer's recommendations. Startup Testing: The factory-authorized servic� repi•esentative shall perform the startup testin� specified below in accordance with Section .I :I 000. With the thickener basin completely dewatered, the Contractor shall perform testing for each mechanism to verify the structural integrity of the mechanism's structural steel design. The testing shall be carried out under the supervision of the equipment manufacturer's representative and as approved by the Engineer before the mechanisms are accepted and placed into operation. a. The tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer. All power, water, equipment and appurtenances reyuired for testing shall be furnished by the Contractor. b. [f the rnechanisms fail to meet the manufacturer's requirements, the necessary changes shall be made and the mechanisms retested. If the mechanisms remain unable to meet the test requirements to the satisfaction af the Engineer, they shall be reinoved and replaced with satisfactory mechanisms at no expense to the Owner. 3.04 TRAINING SERVICES A. The factory-authorized service representative shall be onsite to perform training services in accordance with Section 11000 and in conjunction with the equipment certifcation. 0372D-037-01 11225-11 SCUM COLLECTION Ef2U1PMF..NT , 3.p5 MANUFAC�TURER'S CERTIFICATiON OF CUMPLIANCE I:1 The Contractor shall furnish a Manufacturer's Certification of Compliance for the equipment specified in this Section in accordance with Section ]] 000. ENU OF SECTION 03720.037-01 11225-12 SCUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT , ' � � � SECTION 11340 SUBMERSISLE CENTRI.�'UGAL CHOPI'ER PUMPS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and incidentals required to ' provide the submersible centrifugal recirculating chopper pumping uniis and appurtenances specified in this Section and shawn on the Drawings. The pumping unit shall be specifically designed to chop/macerate, condition, and pump scum and � debris skimmed from each primary clarifier and thickener. Each pumping unit shall also stir scum well by recirculating pumped scum flows into the scum well via a recirculating nozzle assembly. The pump manufacturer shall also provide a , appropriat�ly sized manual jib crane with a minimum l2' arm for pulling the pump out of the pump station. ' 1.02 R�.LATED WORK � , 1 1 � 1 � 1 lJl A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Section III, General Conditions. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Sectinn 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling. Sectiort 09900, Painting and Coating. Section 11 U00, General Equipment Requirements. Section ] 5125, Piping Appurtenances. Division 16, Electrical, except as otherwise specified in this Section. 1.03 SUSMiTTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. The Contractor shall submit performance data curves showing head, pumping capacity, brake horsepower demand, and pump efficiency over the entire operating range of the pump, from shutaff to maximum pumping capacity, to the Engineer for approval. The equipment manufacturer shall indicate separately the head, pumping capacity, brake horsepower demand, overall efficiency, net positive suction head required, recirculating nozzle diameter, and minimum submergence required at the design points below: 1. Primary Rated Capacity (100% discharge from scum well) 03720-D39-01 11340-I 1 SUHMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS B. The Contractor shall submit a signed letter fi�om an authorized representative of the pump manufacturer certifying that each pumpin� unit will not clog or bind on the solids typically found in the application specified in this Sectian. 1.04 WORK S�QUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Speci�cation Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements oi' Chis Section shall apply. A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) : CM 0 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. fi. AISI 304—Stainless Steel. AISI 316--Stainless Ball Bear.ings — Corrosion Resistanc� Bearings. AiSi 410—Stainless Steel. AISI 416—Stainless Steel plus Related Metals AISI 4140—Alloy Steel Plate A1Si 4142—HeaC Treated Steel Speci�cations. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A 14$—Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes. 2. ASTM A536--Standard Specification tor Ductile Iron Castin�s. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. ANSi/AWS Dl .l—Structural Welding Code-Stcel. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) 1. Bearing Li�'e Specifications E. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) ]. Motor Design Standards and Standards for Control Enclosures 2. NEMA MG 1 Motors and Generators. 3. NEMA MG 1-12.SS.l—Unambiguous Standardized Method for Testing Efficiency Labeling defining Minimum Efficiencies for Motars which are Labeled "Energy EfficienY'. F. The Society f`or Protective Coatings (SSPC) 03720-037-01 ] ] 340-2 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS , C� 1 � 1.06 ' ' �I 1 � � SSPC-SPS-63—White Metal Blast Cleaning. QUALITY �SSURt1NCE A. The Contractor shall provide quality assurance measures for the �quipment specified in this Section in accordance with Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements. B. The pumps shall be shipped to the jobsite complete with the motor, local wiring, control, equipment base, and anchpr bolts and other appurtenances as specified pre-installed. Scum Pump Control Panel and spare parts shall be shipped loose and ready for installation at the location shown on the Drawings. C. Modificatians to the manufacturer's standard design may be reyuired to meet these Specifications. .F.quipment not complying with the mechanical, electrical, and material integrity established by these Specifications shall be identified by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review. D. All of the equipment, accessories, and controls specified in this SecCian shall be furnished by a single manufacturer and shall be standard units of proven ability as manufactured by a competent organization that is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the eyuipment to be furnished. ' 1.07 WARRANTIES �� J , ' ' ' � 1.os 1.09 A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specifed in Section O1650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. QUALiFICATIONS A. The manufacturer(s) of the equipment specified in this Section shall meet the qualifications specified in Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements. Additionally, the pump manufacturer shall meet the following qualifications that supersede the requirements specified in Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements: 03720.037-01 1 1340.3 SLTBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL ' CHOPPER PUMPS The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 installations in Florida that are similar to the pumping equipment specified in this Section. The Engineer shall reserve the right to determine if previous installations by the manufacturer are similar to the pumping equipment specified in this Section. 2. The Contractor shall submit a list of no fewer than 25 reference installations of chopper pumps in identical service applications to those specified in this Section. At least five of the reference installations provided shall be of the exact model pump specified in this Section. References shall be pumps that have been in continuous service for at least 3 years frorra the Bid Date. 1.10 T�STING RL,QUiR�MENTS (NOT USED) l.11 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall furnish the following spare parts for each scum pump in clearly identified containers, labeled 'for easy identification witihout opening the packaging and suitably protected for long-term storage in a hu�nid environment. 1. 2. 3. �. One irnpeller (trimmed) One cutter bar with internal cutter Five cutter bar shims (0.005 inches each) if used with pump One lower mechanical seal 1.12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The pumping equipment specified in this Section shall be designed to pump scum and debris skimmed from the primary clarifier and thickener water surface and discharged into a scum well as shown on the Drawings. The scum pump shall be designed to enable at a programmed time interval or when the scum well liquid elevation rises above a programmed level. The pumped flow shall be fully adjustable from full flow directed out the pump discharge pipe to full recirculation into the scum well for complete mixing and conditioning of the scum. The pump assembly shall be capable of diverting any portion of the specified design flow into recirculation while simultaneously pumping the remaining flow to the aerobic digesters (i.e. ] 00% discharge from recirculation nozzle). The pump manufacture.r shall also provide an apprapriately sized manual jib crane with a minimum 12' arm for pulling the pump out of the pump station. 03720-037-01 11340-4 SUBMERSLBLL•. CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS 1:13 OPERt�T1UNS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 0183�, Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.14 YATENTS AND LICENSES (NOT USED) 17_� ir►•»:i�]�11I�[.� 2.01 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUI.R.F,M�NTS A. Equipment Identification Labels l. Scum Pump No. 1: SP-1 B. Service Conditions C D I. Liquid Pumped: Secondary scum a. Solids Content: Plastics, grease, hair balls, hard solids, and stringy materials b. Design Specific Gravity: 1.00 2. Design Pumping Temperature: 90° F(Ambient) 3. Minimum Available Suction Head: Approximately Z.0 feet (assuming pump impeller centerline EL 57.5) General Design Requirements 1. z. 3. 4. 5. 6. Number of Scum Pumps: One Primary Rated Capacity: 200 gpm at 23.0 feet total head Minimurn Pump Efficiency at Primary Rated Capacity: 36% Pump Speed: 1,750 rpm (maximum) Rated Motor Harse Aower: 5 HP (maximum) Mator Electrical Service: 3-Phase, 60 Hz, 460 volt Acceptable Manufacturers 1 2 3 Vaughn Company, Inc.: Model S4KR-p$6 Landia.: Model DG-I 65 Approved Equal 03720-037-01 11340-5 SUBMERSTBL� CENTRIFUGAL CHOPP�R PIJMPS 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Ge.neral: The scum pumping equipment and accessories specifed in this Section shall be designed and constructed to operate in the sewn well confi�uration shpwn on the Drawings wh.ile subme�•ged in secondary scum. : :�' o3�zao3�-o� 7 1 � r I. The pumpin� equipment specified in this Section shall in general consist ' ofthe following components: a_ Pump Casing b. Impeller c. Cutter Bar Plate d. Upper Cutter e. Shaft and Shaft Seal f. Recirculation Nozzle Assembly g. Pump Cabl�s and Cable Entry System h. Motor i. Pump Discharge Base Elbow j. Guide Bracket and .Rail System k. Accessories Fump Casi.ng i. The pump casing shall be of semi-concentric design, with the first half of the circumference being cylindrical beginning after the pump outlet and the remaining circumference spiraling outward to the 150-]b flanged centerline discharge. The back pull-out adapter plate shall allow removal of pum.p components from the casing and allow external adjustment of impeller-to-cutter bar clearance. Casing and adapter plate shall be ductile cast iron, with smooth water passages and free of blowholes and imper'Fections. Impeller 1. 'C'he irnpeller shall be the semi-open type with pump out vanes to reduce seal area pressure. Chopprng/maceration of materials shall be accomplished by the action of the cupped and sharpened leading edges of the impeller blades moving across the cutter bar at the intake openings, with a set clearance between the impeller and cutter bar of 0.005-in to 0.020-in. The impeller shall be ASTM A] 48 cast allay sleel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 and dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be keyed to the shafC with a hardened bolt and washer and shall have no axial adjustments or set screws required. 1 ] 340-6 5t16MERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS �I u ' , 2. "i'he impeller shall be secured to the shaft using a special cutter nut [or deflector nut], desi�ned to cut stringy materials and prevent binding. The cutter nut shall be cast steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 or ' AISI Type 410 stainless steel hardened to a minimum 400 Brinell hardness. The deflector nut shall be hardened 410 stainless steel. � ' 1 1 ' ' , 1 1 I�7 E. F Cutter Sar Plate The cutter bar plate shall be single cast component recessed into ihe puanp bawl and shall contain at least two shear bars extending diametrically across the intake opening to within 0.010 to 0.015-inch of the rotating cutter nut tooth or deflector nut to prevent intake opening blockage and wrapping of debris at the shaft area. Chopper pumps using individually mounCed shear bars shall not be acceptable. Cutter bar shall be TI plate steel ASTM A148 alloy steel case heat-treated to a minimum Rockwell C 60 hardness. Upper Cutter The upper cutter shall be threaded into the back pull-out adapter plate above the impeller, designed to cut against the pump-out vanes and the impeller hub, reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area. The upper cutter shall be cast steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 hardness. Pumps for this project shall have an upper cutter working with the pump-out vanes on the impeller to eliminate debris from packing into the mechanical seal area. Alternately, the area behind the irnpeller shall be protected from fouling by the cutting and expulsion action of serrated and sharpened teeth in the rear impeller shroud sweeping across spiral grooves in the backplate. Shaft and Shaft Seal ' 1. Shaft: The pump stub shaft and impeller shall be supported by ball bearings. Pump shafting shall be AISI 4140 heat-treated steel or AISI Type 416 stainless steel, with a minimum diameter of 1.5 inches to ' minimize deflection during solids chopping. The pump shaft shall be directly coupled to the motor shaft with a bolt and keyway. ' ' ' 2. Shaft Seal: Each scum pump shall be furnished with a shaft seal consisting of two independent, tandem-mounted, mechanical-face-type seals to isolate and protect the air-filled motor from moisture. The inner and outer seal shall be separated by an oil-filled chamber that shall trap moisture and provide suffcient time for a planned pump shutdown without damaging the pump motor. All drains and inspectian plugs shall be provided with a 03720-037-01 1134a7 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL , CHDI'PF.R PUMAS positive anti-leak seal and shall be accessible from the outside. Additionally, each pump shall also be supplied with a third mechanical seal [if applicable] and lower thrust bearing running in an oil-filled bearing housing. To minimiz� shaft deflection during chopping, the overhang from the lower thrust bearing to the lower mechan.ical seal shall not exceed 1.2 inches. 3. Shaft Seal Moisture Sensor: The mechanical seal housing shall be equipped with a moisture-sensing probe installed between the two seals to sense the presence of moisture within the seal chamber. G. Recirculation Nozzle Assembly 1. The scum pump shall be fitted with a recirculation nozzle asserrably to permit recirculation of the [scum well] contents before discharge. The recirculation nozzle shall be adjustable minirnum 1 SU° horizontally and 45° vertically. A valve assembly shall be connected to the pump discharge elbow to adjust pump flow either to the nozzle or the pump discharge flange. The valve shall be ASTM A536 ductile iron, with 3 I b SS valve disk and 150-1b flanged recirculation and discharge flange. The operaCing levers shall be located a sufficient hei�ht above the pwnp dischar�e piping so as not Co interfere with operation of the diverter valve and nozzle assemb.ly. L:I 03720-037-0] Pump Cables and Cable Entry System 1. Pump Cables: Each pump shall be furnished with separate power and control cables. All cables shall be water-resistant 600-V, 90° C, UL Listed and CSA approved. Each pura-�p shall be provided witl� a sufficient cord length to extend from the pump motor terminals when the pump is in position on the pump discharge base and extend to the cable terminal lugs, with an additional 10 feet of looped cable to be suspended withrn the scum well. Electrical cable splicing or connection to a terminal junctio.n box within the wet well shall not be accepted. Electrical cables shall be supported from an AISI Type 316 stainless steel cable support with individual stainless steel Kellurra strain relief supports. The manufacturer shall reinforce the oil monitor hose to the pump and eliminate potential of kinking the hose. During installation, the Contraetor shall bundle the oil hose and rnotor power cables with wire ties and run up to the top of the wet well. 2. Cable Entry System: The cable entry system shall be designed to provide a positive, leak-free seal to prevent liquid from entering the rnotor housing. The design shall incorporate provisions to prevent moisture from wicking through the cable assemblies, even iithe cable jacket has been punctured. 11340-8 Sl1RM�RSTBLF CENTRiFUGAL CHQVI'ER I'iJMPS , 1 , � ' , ' , ' ' , , ' 1 ' 1 ' , 1 I. Motor 03720-037-01 � The cable entry system into thc lead connection chamber shall be encapsulated for positive moisture sealing. A Buna-Nitrile cable grommet shall be furnished in addition to the epoxy-sealed leads. The motors shall meet the fallowin�: a. b: d. e. f. g- h. J• k. Motor .Duty Maximum Horsepower V olta�e Phase Hertz Nominal Motor Speed Motor enclosure NEMA .Design Letter Insulation Class Service Factor Bearing Life Across the Line 5 460 3 (Three) 60 Hz 1,750 rpm Submersibl� H 1.15 100,000 hr (AFBMA B�o) 2. All m�tors shall have NEMA Premium Ffficiency in accordance wiCh NEMA MG 1-12.58.1 and guaranteed minimum full load efficiency labeled on motor shall be equal to or exceed the values in NEMA MG-] Table 12-12. 3. Each motor shall be provided with two motor winding thermostats. Thermostats shall be connected in series and embedded in adjoining phases as required by Underwriters Laboratories for motors of 1 HP or larger. Thermostats sha11 be automatic reset, normally closed contact rated at 3 amperes at 115 VAC. 4. The stator, rotor, and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible- type housing. 5. Each pump motor shall be design�d to withstand up to 6 separate pump starts per hour. r; u 7 The pump and motor shall be specifrcally designed so that they may be continuously operated partially submerged in the liquid being pumped without requiring an external caoling system. All pumps shall be explosion-proof type, with appropriate connections and attachments to minimize sparking and chance for ignition of gases. All 11340.9 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAI_ CHOPPER PUMPS J K. L. materials used in the wetwell shall b� made for use in a sewage environm�nt. Automatic Oil-Level Mpnitor 1. Furnish an oil-level monitoring system to detect a low-oil level condition in the pump and automatically disable the pump motor via a 110-volt oil- level switch and shall be installed in an easily accessible location abave t.he deck plate. The system shall be furnished with a PVC .reservoir, 25 feet of` tubing, and a LOW OIL switch wired into a relay in the control panel by pump manufacturer to STOP the pump and ALARM the condition. The Contractor shall secure the oil tubes to handrail and grating to prevent trip hazard. Pump Discharge Base Elbow 1. Each pump shall be furnished with a discharge base elbow, with a puraap dischar�e to the sealing flange adapter, designed to mount directly on the wet well floor as shown on the Drawings. The elbow design shall be such that the pump-to-discharge connection is made to the discharge base elbow without the need for any nuts, bolts, or gaskets. The base elbow shall also anchor and align the double 2-inch stainless steel guide rail. A sealing flange/rail guide bracket shall be mounted on each pump discharge. This bracket shall have a machined mating Flange which matches the base elbow discharge connection. The pump discharge cannection shall be sealed by a simple linear downward motion and the weight of the pur�ap supported by the base elbow. Guide Bracket and Rail System l. Guide Rails: The Contractor shall furnish and install two AISI Type 316 stainless steel pipe guide rails to raise and lower each scum pump from the scum well. The guide rails shall be fabricated from Schedule 40 2-inch pipe and shal,l be compatible with the guide brackets and pump discharge connection. 2. Upper Guide Bracket: �'urnish and install an AISI Type 316 stainless-steel upper guide bracket to align and support the guide rails. This bracket shall be provided for each pump and shall bolt directly to the grating support frarne. 3. Intermediate Guide Bracket: Furnish and install an AISI Type 316 intermediate guide rail support bracket for each scum pump. The guide 03720-037-01 ] 1340-] 0 SUBM�,RSIBL� C�NTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS , � � ' ' � � 1 ' � � � � � bracket shall be furnished at S-foot intervals (maximum) inside tlie scum well. M. Accessories Deck Plate: The Contractor shall install a deck plate on top of the scum well opening cast for the recirculating nozzle and diverter valve stems. The deck plate shall be furnished by the manufacturer and shall be fabricated to allow operation of the no�zle and diverter valves via reach rods and handles at the tap of the scum well as shown on the Drawings. The reach rods and handles shall be furnished and installed so as not to interfere with the discharge piping arrangement shown on the Drawings. The deck plate shall be stainless steel ar fabricated from l Ol S steel an�l shall be hot-dipped galvanized before being shipped to the project site. 2. Discharge Pressure Gauge: The Contractor shall furnish and install a pressure gauge on the scum pump discharge piping in accordance with Section 15125. Each pressure gauge shall be mounted at an easily accessible location at the top of the scum wel l. 3. Lifting Cable: The Contractor shall furnish and install an AISI Type 304 stainless steel lifting cable, thimbles, clamps, and fasteners. Each lifting cable shall be of sufficient length to extend from the pump to the top of the scum well. Provide an AISI Type 304 stainless steel hook at the top ot� the scum well to attach the cable when nat in use. The steel hook shall be lacated so as not to interfere with the lowering/raising of each scum pump. 4. �'loat Switch Mounting Bracket: The Contractor shall furnish and install an AiSi Type 316 stainless-steel float-mountin� bracket with strain relrefs to support and hold the pump float switches and cables. Continuous cords shall be routed frorn the float switches to a control panel or junction box without any splices in the wiring. `The bracket shall be attached ta support members at the top of the scum well using AI51 Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners. , 5. Manual Jib Crane: The pump manufacCurer shall also provide a appropriately sized manual jib crane with a rninimum 12' arm for pulling the pump out of the pump station. As the jib crane is to be installed in a � corrosiv� environment, the jib crane shall be manufactured from appropriate material and also have corrosion protection coating on it. 1 ' 0372D-037-01 1134a11 SUBMEKS[BI..F CENTRIFlJGAL � CHOPVE]Z PlJMPS 2.03 CONTROL PAN:C:L, EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, AND ALA.RMS A Control Panel The Contractor shaJl furnish and install a Scum Pump Combination Power/Control :Panel for the scum pwnp to supply electric service to and control the pump. The scum pump shall be controlled by a dedicated control panel. The control panel shall be designed and constructed to meet the following requirements: a. Furnish and install the pushbutton and selector switches, indicator lamps, disconnects, circuit breakers, NEMA-rated starters, transient-voltage surge suppressors, identifcation of devices, and other control panel incidentals and appurtenances in accordance with Sectipn 13401. b ' � � � � � � ".I'he control panel shall be designed for external supply of 480- � VAC, 60-Hz, three-phase power. c. Aanel Enclosure: The control panel shall be housed in a NEMA 4X gasketed enclosure fabricated of not less than 14-gauge AiSI Type 316 stainless steel. The enclosure shall be equipped with an auter door with 3-point latch and provision for padlocking, a dead front inner door mounted with a continuous hinge and secured with thumb screws or 1/4 turn fasteners and a removable back panel an which control camponents shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to eraclosure with collar studs. Dead front inner door and back panel shall be aluminum. Enclosure shall be equipped w.ith a stainless steel driplip. As it is an c�utdoor installation, the pump i»an��facturer sh�tll provide a suitable outdoor heat and s�in.light shield for the pump control panel t�� prv��ide pr-otection froin envira.n.n�ental co.ilditions for Chc }�ump skid. d. The panel shall be located as shown on the Contract Drawings and shall house all relays, m(7COr starters, control power transformer, fuses, and other cantrols required for a complete and operating system. All internal equipment, circuit breakers, motor starters, and control relays shall be securely fastened to the removable back panel with screws and washers. Overload relay reset buttons and breaker handles shall be mounted through the inner door. Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. 03720-Q37-Ol 11340-12 SUBM�RSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPP�A PUMPS e. The panel shall have terminal strips for all wiring connections internal and external to the enclosure. `C"erminal strips shall be labeled to identify cable terminations as shown an the panel shop drawings. All internal equipment shall be arranged for bottom entry or power cables, level float switch cables, and power feed. f. The Contractor shall provide the following operator controls and indictors for each control panel. All operators and indicators shall be mounted on the control panel exterior face. (l) HAND/OFF/AUTOMATIC selecto.r swrtch (2) PUMP ON and OFF indicating lamps (3) MOTOR OVERLOAD alarm indicating lamp (4) SEAL LEAK alarm indicating lamp (5) LOW O1L alarm indicating lamp (6) LOW LEVEL alarm indicating lamp (7) HIGH LEVE� alarm indicating lamp (8) CONTROL PANEL FOWER ON indicating lamp (9) ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE reset pushbutton switch (momentary contact) (10) PUMP RiJN TIME solid-state programmable control timer with LCD display indicator for automatic operation of each pump. The programmable timer shall be field adjustable with minimum run time increments in minutes (1 to 360 minutes), with 7-day read-time schedule) B. Equipment Controls and Alarms l. Provide the following discrete inputs and/or outputs for each control panel: a. ControlInputs 03720-037-01 1 1340.13 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAT.. CHOPPER PUMPS (�) �2) C. Alarms Discrete input signaJs received trom the float switchcs mounted in each scum well: (a) LOW Level / PUMP OFP (b) PUMP ON Level (c) N.I.GH Leve] Discrete input signals received from the pump motor protective devices: (a) MOTOR OV:ER.LOAD signal transmitted from the pump motor thermostats (b) SEA:L :LE�K signal transmitted from the shaft seal moisture sensor (c) LOW OIL si�na] transmitted trom the automatic oil level monitor switch 1. The control panel shall be furnished with the local and remote alarm annunciations for the alann conditions speciFed below. Local alarm conditions shall annunciate the corresponding indicating lamp on the contro] panel. Remote alarm epnditions shall be routed to the Plant Monitoring System unless noted otherwise. a. Local Alarm Cond.itions (1) T'rovide the necessary alarm lamps to locally annunciate the following alarm condiCions in each control panel. (a) MOTOR OVERLOAD (b) SEAL LEAK (c) LOW OIL (d) LOW LEVEL (signal transmitted from the LOW Level float switch) (e) HIGH LEVEL (signal transmitted from the HiGH LEVEL �oat switch) 03720-037-01 I 1340-14 SUBML-RSIBLE C�NTRLFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS � ' � � � � ' 1 1 i � , � 1 � � ' � � 03720-037-01 (2) Remote Alarm Conditions (a) Combine the MOTOR OVERLOAD, SEAL LEAK, and LOW OIL alarm signals to a single SCUM PUMP TROUBLE alarm condition output signal for each pump and transrnit tp the PLC. Each remote signal shall be numbered for that particular scum pump_ (b) Combine the LOW Level and HiGH Level alarm signals to a single SCiJM WELL TROUBLE alarm condition output signal for each pump and transmit to PLC_ Each remote signal shall be numbered for that particular scum well. (c) SCUM PUMP NO 1 RLTN signal to the PLC 2, Control Panel Functions and .Requirements a. ManualOperation (1) When the pump motor selector switch is in the HAND pasition, the motor shall enable (run continuously). (2) The manually operated pump motor shall automatically disable (not operate) when the following alarm canditions specified accur: (3) (a) LOW Level (b) HIGH Level (c) MOTOR OVERLOAD (d) LOW OIL (e) SEAL LEAK The pump motor shall be disabled when the respective motor selector switch is set in the O�F position. (4) Subsequent to a loss of electrical power, the motor shall automatically restart upon the return of power to the control panel. 11340-15 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS I� b. Automatic Operation (:I) When the selector switch is in the AUTO position, each scum pump shall be automatically enabled and disabled in accordance with signals received from the float swrtches (Level Control) and a prograiT�mable pump run tirner (Timer Control) as speci�ied below: (a) Level Control • Each scum pump shall automafically enable when a PUM..P ON or HIGI� Level signal is received from the resp�etive float switches. Each scum pump shall automatically disable when a LOW Level or HIGH Level signal is received from the respectiv� Float switches. (b) Tirx�er Control • Each scum pump sh111 automatically enable when a start signal is generated fi•om the programmable control timer after a programmed period of time has elapsed between pump operating cycles. After the timer sends the start signal and a PUMP ON signal has been received by the control panel, the control timer shall automatically reset the time between operating cycles to zero minuCes. + Each scum pump shall automatically disable when a LOW Level signal is received from the respective float switches. (2) Pumps shall not operate when the pwnp selector switch is set in the OFF position. (3) Subsequent to a loss of electrical power, the pumps shall automatically restart upon the return of control power. The Control panel requirements outlined in this Section are the basic requirement to be provided by the equipa�aent supplier. It is the responsibility of the 03720-037-01 11340-16 SLTBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS �J � � C� � � �� r r � � � � u E equipment supplier to provide a control panel that, at rninimum, meets these basic requirements. Main and Pump Circuit Breakers a. F. F'anel Wiring a. The control panel shall include a main circuit breaker and NEMA rated magnetic starter for each pump motor. All control panel wiring shall be intrinsically safe. b. All internal component device wiring shall be normally furnished by the manufacturer. All interconnecting wiring and wiring to Cerminals for external connections shall be stranded copper, insulated for not less than 600 volts, with a moisture-resistant and flame-retardant covering rated for not less than 90° C. All wiring shall be neatly bundled, tied, and enclosed in an appropriately sized raceway. Sufficient slack shall be left in the wires that run from the deadfront panel to the back panel, so that no stress is induced in the wires when the deadfront door is opened. c. All wiring shall be grouped or cabled and firmly suppc�rted inside the panel. All wires shall be numbered in accordance with standard practice at all ends that terminate. The corresponding wire numbers shall be clearly shawn in the electrical schematic shown on the supplier's submittal drawings. G. Engraved .Sakelite nameplates shall be provided for all cotnponents, includin� those on the back ofthe deadfrant panel. The nameplates shall be attached with a 5-mil thick 3M-type adhesive. Foam tape will not be acccptable. The labels shall be uniform in size with 3/16-inch minimum letter size with black background and white letters. I:I Phase Monitor a. A phase monitor to monitor low voltage, phase reversal, phase loss, and voltage unbalance shall be mounted in the control panel ahead of the motar sCarters. An adjustable time delay shall be provided to monitor nuisance trips. The motars shall automatically restart once normal operating conditions have returned. A green pilot light on the deadfrant panel shall indicate it is operable and has power. Should the phas� monitor detect an abnormal condition 03720-037-01 I 1340.17 SUBM�RSI$LE CENTRIFUGAL � CHUPP6R YLTMVS I after the time delay, a red ambcr piloC light on the deadfront panel shall illuminate until manually reset. Control Panel Transformer a. All pump control circuitry shal I operate on standard ] 20 volt AC power_ A c�ntrol power transrormer to energize the controls shall be provided if necessary. It is the responsibility of the pump/control panel manufacturer to determine if one is necessary. J. A transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS) for the power entrance to each panel shall be prnvided below the power/control panel. Refer to Section 13401 for requirements. 1 � � ,� � � � K. A condensation strip heater shall be provided near the bottom of the control panel to prevent moisture from condensing on tlle equipment. � L. There A data plate, a laminated wiring diagram, and a bill of materials shall be perm.anently affixed to the interior side of th� exterior enclosure door a data plate, a laminated wiring diagram, and a bill of rnaterials. The nameplate information shaJl include: horsepower, voltage, phase, full-load amps, and sh�rt circuit current rating. The wiring diagram shall include: t11e control pancl man�iFacturer's name, address, and telephone number along with the date of manufacture. The wiring diagram must be updated to reflect the actual construction and shall be labeled "As-Built". A copy of this schematic diagram shall be provided to the owner at the time of start-up and shall be included in the system Operations and Maintenance Manuals. M. Schedules of manufacturer- recommended spare parts and tools shall be provided with the control panel, including, part number, inventory quantity, and ardering infor.mation. Spare parts shall be properly packaged and labeled for easy identification without opening the packaging and suitably for long- term storage under humid conditions. Spare parts and tools shall be delivered to the client before the time of start-up. N. Additional Requirements: See Specifications 13401 and 164Q1 for additional requirements for the control panel furnished under this Section and specified above. 2.04 FLOAT SWITCHES A. Float switches shall be single-pole, non-mercury-type rated 7 amperes at 24 VDC with polypropylene housing and PVC jacketed cables. Contacts shall be normally closed or normally open as required �or the application. Units shall have an 03720-037-01 1] 340-18 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRiFUGAL CHUVI�ER PUMV$ 1 �� integral electrical cable with two # 19 AWG stranded conductors. Units shall be provide with stainless steel suspension cable and plastic coated cast anchor and shall include brackets for mounting floats to cable and cable to wall ot strucfures. � � l. Manufacturer: � 2.05 PAINTING �I r � l�' rJ � � � � 1 � a. Anchor Scientific Inc. b. Approved Equal. A. Equipment shall be provided with the manufacturer's c�ating system for severe duty services. PART 3 EX.ECUTiON �r�i��r•��w��c�u A. The Contractor shall install the equipment specified in this Section in accordance with Section I] 000, General Equipment Requirements. B. Install the equipment in the locations as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recomtnendations and the approved shop drawings. Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation. The grades af oil and grease shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G Grout the surfaces under the chopper pumps and discharge elbaws as required for level mounting on the scum well concrete slab. All anchor bolts shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel and shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer. D. Adjust pump assemblies so that the motors are properly aligned, plumb, and level with the pumps and all interconnecting shafts and couplin�s. Flexible couplings shall not be approved as a way to compensate for misalignment. E. All strain from the attached piping shall be eliminated from the pumps, and any evidence of pump or motar misalignment, noisy operatian, or other signs of improper setting shall be corrected using the means speci.fied in this Section by the Cantractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Care during storage, installation, and lubrication shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 0372D-037-01 11340-19 SUBMEKS[BLE C�.NTRiFUGAL � CHONPER hl1MPS 3.02 PA1NT]NG AND SURFACE PREPARATiON A. The Contractor shall paint all of the equipment specified in this 5ection in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. 3.03 FIELD TESTiNG A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a factory-authorized service representative to perform, approve, and certify the pre-startup testing and startup testittg specif ed in this Section. The service representative shall be certified and employed by the manufacturer of Che equip.ment specified in this Section. All field testing sha.11 be provided in accordance with Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements. 1. The factory-authorized service representative shall be onsite to perfar-m the field testing services specified for one 8-hour day, excluding travel time. 2 3. '�'he factory-authorized service representative shall field test each scum � pump to verify that the pump: a. b. c. d. e. f. g� h, Has not been damaged by transportation or installation. Has been properly installed. Has no mechanical defects. Ts in proper alignment. Has been properly connected. Is fi-ee of overheating of any parts. ls free of all objectionable vibration. Is free of overloading of any parts. The pump shaft alignment to the motor shaft shall be con�rrraed by laser before the pumps are started. The Contractor shall promptly correct any defects in the equipment installation or operating controls and replace all defective items. Pre-Startup Testing a. Visually inspect each pump and certify that the pump and motor have been furnished in accordance with the specifications in this Section as to horsepower, maximum input torque (100% rated load), voltage, phase, and hertz. 03720-D37-01 11340-2p Sl]BM6RSTBLE CENTRIFUGAL CI-IOPPFR PUMPS ' � �_J ' � u � � LJ � � , � , C� 1 � � b. Visually inspect and verify that the incoming electrical service and controls to the control panel and each pirmp have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's reco�nmendations. c. Verify that the control panel has been furnished with all of the controls and alarms specified in this Section and have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. d. Verify that the pump discharge pressure gauges have been installed at locations that give accurate and representative pressure readings at the pump inlet and discharge. The Contractor shall remove, plug the gauge connections, relocate, and reinstall any pressure gauge that has not been installed at a location that does not give an accurate pressure reading at no additional cost to the Owner. e. f � fi u Verify Chat the oil-level monitoring system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recon�mendatinns. Artificially enable and disable control and alarm signals to simulate a real-time occurrence: Verify that all indicating lamps on the Control Panel are annunciated as specified in this Section_ Verify that the pump discharge elbow has been installed in accordance with the pump manufacturer's recommendations. Run the pump dry to establish correct raiation and mechanical integrity. 4. Startup Testing: '�'Ite factory-authorized service representative shall perform the startup testing specified in this Section in accordance with Section I 1000, General Equipment Requirements. a. Verify that the correspanding alarms and safety shutdawns have been installed and are aperating in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's recommendations. These features shall be checked by artificially simulating an alarm and/or safety shutdown or control condition as required. b. Fill the scum well with reclaimed water as needed to perform th� following tests with liyuid inside each scum well: 03720-037-01 11340.21 SUHMERSIBLE CENTFUFUGAL � CHOPPER YUMI>S (].) Demonstrate operation of each pump at the primary and sccondary design points specified in Chis Section. Record Che total head, capacity, and horsepower requirements of each pump. (2) Maintain full scum well level for 72 consecutive hours. Confirm and verify that a SEAL LEAK alarm condition does not occur during this period. c. Fil] the thickener, clarifier and aerobic digester tanks (with reclaimed water, if requrred) to perform the following tests with liquid: (1) Fill to the PUMP ON water surface elevation with "clean water" shown on. the Drawings; dempnslrate operation of each pump at the primary guarantee point specified in this Section, at which time data shall be recorded on the total head, capacity, and horsepower requirements of each pump. (2) Verify that the pump disables upon the occurrence of a, � LOW Level, and HI.GH Level float switch alarm condition. (3) Veri�y that the pump automatically enables upon the occurrence of a PUMP ON and HIGH Level float switch alarm condiCion. (�) Verify that the pump autornatically enables upon the receipt of a start signal generated by the programmable control timer controller in the Control Panel and the time between operating cycles resets aiter a pump cycle has begun. (S) Verify the operation of the pump station TROUSL.E alarm combining all alarm co.nditions in the station. 5. Final Mechanical ,Performance Testing: The Contractor shall perform fnal mechanical performance testing for this eyuipmerit in accordance with Section 11000, General Equipment Requirements. 3.04 TRAINING SERViCES A. An auChorized representative of the pump manufacturer shall inspect the pump installation; assist with the startup o.f each pumping station; and instruct representatives of the Owner in startup, aperation, and maintenance procedures. The Contractor shall procure the services of the pump rnanufacturer's 03720-037.A1 1 ]340-22 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PiJMPS t � � representative for a minimum of five 8-hour days on the project site, exclusive of travel time. Before startup the manufacturer's representative shall be on-site to individually inspect, adjust, and test the scum pumps and provide certifications � as specified. Subseyuent to successful pre-startup functional testing f`or each pumping station, the manufacturer's representative shall be on-site for 1 day fo help the Contractor place each station in operation and demonstrate compliance � with requirements of Che Cuntract Documents and one $-hour day excluding travel time to train representatives of the Owner in the operation; mainCenance, and repair of station pumps, control panels, and related appurtenances. � The manufacturer's services specified represent an absolute minimum acceptable level of service and are not intended to limit the responsibilities of the Contractor � to comply with all reyuirements of the Contract Documents for inspection, testing, certifrcation, start-up, trouble-shooting, and training. `rhe Contractor shall procure, at no additional cost to the Owner, all services required, including , additional or extended trips ta the job site by the manufacturer's representative, to comply with these requirements. � 3.05 M�INUFACTURE.R'S CERTIFICATION OF COMPLI�INCE � A. The Contractor shall furnish a Manufacturer's Certification of Compliance for the equipment specified i.n this Section in accordance with Section ]. ] 000, General Equipment Requirements. � END OF SECTION � � ' � � ' �J 03720-037-01 11340.23 SUBMEASIRT.F CENTRI�'UGAL � CHOPPER PUMPS � r t � � � � � a r C� � �J � � � r �� DIVISION 13 SPEC�AL CONSTRUCTION � � 1 , r � � ' � i r � � 1 � ' r 1 � SECTION 13401 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATiON .AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENEitAL 1.01 SCOPF OF WORK A. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to the modifcations of existing Supervisory Control and Data Acqu.isition System (SCADA) associated with the additian of the Scum Pump Station. The scope of work .is limited to adding the associated data points with required configurations and programming ofthe software. The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, equipment, incidentals, and services required far a complete and operational system. : C The Contractor shall acquire the services of a single, experienced 5ystem Integrator specifically trained in the type of services ta be pravided. The System Integrator shall assume responsibility for satisfactory operation ofthe process instrumentation and controls as an integrated system. Respansibility ofthe System Integrator shall include l. Familiarize with the existing facility control systems to be modified and programming the local P[.0 and HM1 software. 2. Terminate and connect proposed remote signals for proposed Scum Pump Station in the existing SLC-500 control panel. 3. Perfarm all pragramming and configuration services for the Owner existing SCADA components. 4. Update Human Machine (nterface (HMI) descriptions ta provide real time monitoring and control of the proposed equipment from the Operator Workstations. 5. 6. 7. 8. 03720-037-01 Update Historical operating data collection required for review, analysis and trending. Update Pracess Graphics description to display a hierarchical layout of successively detailed screens in the existin� SCADA system. Update aperational Reporks descriptions Update Alarm Summary descriptions 13401-I PAOCF,SS iNSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL5 9. Update all other functional blocks associated with the installation of the proposed work in this Contract. 1.02 RELATED WORK I1 1:3 The provisions of all other sections of the Speci�cations are fully applicable to this Section as if incorporated in this Section. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating work wrth the Owner and Subcantractors. 1.03 SUBMi'T"I'AI�S The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Provide shop drawings for all equipment, ficld panels, and r:nclosures. 1.. Provide existing panel elementary diagrams modifications. The diagrams shall show all control functions\ 2. Panel connection drawings shall show ISA w.ire tags. B. Provide loop diagrams for each specifed loop. The loop diagrams shall meet the minimum requirements of ISA 55.4. Loop diagram(s) shall show the wiring and/or piping for all major components, resistors, diodes, DC power supplies, shield terminations, tubing, piping, valving, test taps, and other appurtenances for process connections. Each analog diagrarn shall tabulate loop impedances. An individual loop shall be shown on a diagram divided into three areas for identifying element locations: panel face, back-of-panel, and �ield. Loop diagrams shall be on 8-1/2-x-1 l- inch or 11-x-17-inch drawings. l. Pr�vide an operation description %r each loop. C. The Contractor shall submit a complete list of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work to the Engineer within 30 days after Award of Contract. 1. The list shall include catalog numbers, cut sheets, diagrams, and other descriptive data required to demonstrate conformance with the Specifications. Partial lists will not be acceptable. 03720.037-�] 1340]-2 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS � r � , � � r 1 � � � r ' , , 1 ' 1 1 0 2. The basis of acceptance will be the manufacturer's published ratings for the equipment. The manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products specified. The Contractor shall submit testing procedures, test reports, and a training program. l. Provide a test procedure outline, example operational report, and example functional test procedures and schedules. 2. Pravide an operational acceptance report. The report shall contain a completed status sheet for each loop. Each sheet shall be signed off on by the Contractor's field crew. The report shall be reviewed, verified, and signed o.ff on by the Contractor. 3. Provide a training program and schedule. E. Each submittal shall be complete, neat, orderly, and bound with a table of contents and section divider tabs. F G I:� Each submittal shall include but not be limited to the requirements described in this Section. Or equal materials or products may be submitted for approval. Submissions shall be accampanied with adequate data to demonstrate equality. Equality of materials or products shall be the decision of the Engineer. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a cover letter describing any exceptions or deviations from the Specifcations. Cover letters addressing resubmitted materials shall also describe any changes which have been made since the previous submittal and include a brief response to the Engineer's cumments. I. Submittal shall include the following: 1. Resumes for persannel scheduled to perform the work to the Owner/Engineer for approval before executing any work. 2. Work plan, including coordination with electrician and Owner. J. A final dacumentation package that includes: 03720-037-q1 1 Final copies of all programming files on Compact Disk, including: a. PLC programs 13401-3 PROCESS INSTRUMEN7A7"ION AND C�N1'RO1.5 b. Local Operator Interface screen confguration files 2. A complete printout of modified program logic. 1.p4 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specificalion SecCion shall be the latest revision of any such document rn effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements ofthis Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. American National Sfandards l.nstitute (ANSI) C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) ].. NEMA TCS-I—Industrial Control and Systems General Requirements. D. Tnternational Soci�ty of Automation (ISA) 1. iSA RP7.1--Pneumatic Control Circuit Pressure Test. 2. ISA RP55.1—.Hardware Testing ofDigital Process Computers. 3. ISA 55.4—Instrument Loop Diagrams_ E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1.05 QUALTTY ASSLJRANCE (NOT USED) f�IL"SL%\.7:7VIIYI�f.y A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditians, Supplementary Conditions, and Speci�cation Section O] 780, Warranties and Sonds. B. All work, equipment, and materials supplied shal] be warranted against defective design, materials, and workrnanship for 1 year. The warranty period shall begin at the time of project completion and acceptance by the Owner. C. The warranty shall cover replacement equiprnent and/or repair, including labor, travel time and miscellaneous expenses, at no cost to the Owner for the full warranty period. 03720-037-01 13401-4 PROCESS INSTRUML-NTATION AND CONT'ROLS ' ' � , r � � 1 ' � , ' � � ' ' r 1 r ] .07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND .HANDLING A. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructians explicitly, unless otherwise indicated. Wherever any conflict arises between the manufacturer's instructions and these Contract Documents, follow the Engineer's decisian at no additional cost to the Owner. Keep a copy ofthe manufacturer's installation instructions on the job site and available for review at all times. B. Keep the premises free of waste material or rubbish. Before final inspection and testing and upon completion of the work, remove materials, scraps, and debris from the premises and from the interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. C. Touch up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of dev.ices and equipment with �nishes matching as nearly as possible the type, calor, and cansistency of Che original finish. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.09 TEST]NG REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) ] .10 Mt�1NTENANCE (NOT USED) l.l 1 R.FCO.RD DRAWINGS A. Record Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01785 and this Section. R. The Contractor shall provide ane set of Record Drawings on CD ROM diskettes in AutoCAD "DWG" or "DXF" format, consisting ofthe following: 1. Process and instrumentation diagrams. 2. Loop diagrams. 3 4 Panel elementary diagrams. Interconnecting wiring diagrams. l .12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The general arrangement of the instruments, controls, and monitoring systems are shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. The location ofall transmitters, controllers, recorders, indicators, totalizers, etc., shall be as shown on the Drawings 0372U-037-01 13401-5 PROCESS INSTItUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 1.13 and/or as indicated in this Sectian. The Contractor shall be responsible for all detail installation drawings showing wiring, tubing, piping, etc. and shal I be responsible for furnishing all devices required for a complete and funetioning systcrn. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUAL A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section Ol 830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Before frnal acceptance ofthis project, the Contractor shall submit an Operation and Maintenance Manual to the Engineer for all components provided under this Section. The manual shall comply with the following: The literature shall have sufflciently detailed descriptions and f7gures to facilitaCe the operation, removal, installation, adjustment, calibration, and maintenance of each component to the printed circuit board level. 2. The manual shall include internal wiring and piping diagrams. Termination designations and wire and pipe numbers shall be clearly shown. Diagrams, device des.ignatio.ns, and symbols shall be rn accordance with NEMA iCS l- 101. 3. The manual shall include an updated set afthe manufacturer's literature, data sheets, loop descriptions of�operations, drawings corrected in accordance with shop drawin� review comments and Record Drawing modifications and components parts list. 4. �nstructions and parts lists shall have been prepared for the sp�cific � equipment furnished. 5. List of suppliers and/or service shops that can provide parts and accessories and equipment repair for the components provided under this Section. The list shall include a contact name, telephone number, and address. C. The general arrangement of the instruments, controls, and monitoring syste.ms is show,n on the Drawings and specified in this Section. The location ofall transmitters, controllers, recorders, indicators, totalizers, ete., shall be as shown on the Drawin�s and/or as indicated in this Section. The Contractor shall be responsible for all detail installation drawings showing wiring, tubing, piping, etc., and shall be responsible for furnishing all devices required for a complete and functioning system. I � ' , l.' 03720-037-01 13401-6 PROCESS IN5TRUMENTA'TION ANb CONTROLS , J � � � LJ , � � ' � � � i-� , 1 � 1 I� 1.14 PA"CENTS AND LICENSES (NOT USED) 1.15 MANUFACTURER'S LITE.RATUR.E A. The Contractor shall provide descriptive literature for all equipment provided under this Section. The literature shall include major components, electrical devices, panel materials, panel components, panel paints and colars, mechanical devices, equipment tags, tubing, valves, fittings, fasteners, and appurtenances. This descriptive literature shall include catalog information, exterr�al wiring information, dimensional data, and mounting requirements. S. Provide data (specification) sheets for all equipment and components. Provide a separate data sheet for each major component. The data sheets shall show che "component name," tag numbers, quantities, specific catalog/ordering numbers, specific features, and special options. C. Provide a components parts list with exact and complete (including options and accessories) manufacturer's part number. Group the list bythe component name used in these Specifications. Group each component type by Cag number used in these Specif cations. Components without tag numbers shall be grouped by the manufacturer's part number. ❑� F. Pravide a list of recommended spares, spare parts, and expendables with tag number, part number, unit pricing, and total purchase cost. Provide storage requirements for all components provided under this Section. 1..16 CERTiFiCATiON/DOCUMENTATION A. The instrument system supplier(s) shall verify the calibratian and operation of all control, instrumentation, and telemetry components and shall present written certificatian of the operation. 1.17 PERMITS AND FEES A. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits, licenses, and inspections required for the work of this Section and pay all charges incidental ta these permits, licenses, and inspections. The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer all certificates of inspection and licenses issued by authorities having jurisdiction. � 03720-D37-D1 13401-7 PRQCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The manufacturer(s) and/or supplier(s) shall have re�ularly engaged in the manufacture of major cor�aponents and/or assembly or instrumentation and contral systems of the type and scope required for this project for a minimum of 5 years. B. Instrumentation, control, and SCADA systems shall be furnished by one of the following Suppliers/Systerns Integrators: I. Company Name: McKim & Creed Contact person: Gene Robinson Phone: 727-442-7196 2. Company Name: Rocha Controls Contact person: Raymond Rocha Phone: 8 I 3-b28-5584 3. Company Name: Revere Controls Contact person: Sean Gucken Phone: 727-43 ] -2011 C. It is recognized that one manufacturer may not make all the equipment required and specifred under this Section. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the varrous manufacturers and equiprnent suppliers' products are coordinated and are compatible so that the equipment performs the specified funetions. The Contractor shall ensure that they are fully aware and understand the requirements of the system. 2.02 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUTREMENTS ' � C� � r ' � � ' ' � � _ � A. The Contractor shall provide all functions described under Article 1.12, System , Description. B. All camponents and items ofequipment that are necessary, whether indicaCed or not, Ca effect the reyuired functions and performance shall be provided. In general and unless otherwise noted, corrosion-resistant materials such as 316 stainless steel shall be used. Working pressures, spans, and other ratings shall be selected to best fit the application. All like equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. C Whenever any material or product is indicated by patent or proprietary name, by name of manufacturer, or by catalog number, such specifications shall be deemed to � � 1 �� 03720-037-01 1340]-8 PROCESS INSTRLIMENTATION AND CONTROLS 1 ' , ' , 1 � l-.J i� ' � , ' ' � ' � � � be used to establish a standard of quality to expand the description ofthe material or product desired. Materials and products equal to Che named rnaterial or product may be provided unless specifically noted otherwise. D. All equipment furnished under Chis Section shall be new and unused and shall be the standard product af a manufacturer having a minimum of 5 years successful experience in the manufacture ofthe equipment. Wherever possible, equipment iterns having the same or similar rated capacity or function shall be identical. Equipmenf shall be of the manufacturer's latest proven de.sign. E. The design of the instrumentatian and control system is based on the equipment and components specified in this Section. Cfmore than one manufacturer is noted, the first named is the basis for design where there are differences. If the Contractor selects equipment which changes th� design basis, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer and make all approved changes at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Electrical Transient Protection: All instrumentation and control equipment shall be eyuipped with suitable surge-arresting devices to protect the equipment from damage due to electrical transients induced in the interconnecting lines by lightning discharges or by nearby electrical devices. G Voltage surge and transient protectors for both power and analog field circuits shall be provided on the feld end and destination end ofthe circurts. a. b Analog circuits shall be protected by E.DCQ SS Series suppressors. All instrument 120-volt power and signal circuits shall be protected by EDCO SLAC Series suppressor. 2. The devices shall be connected ta the system ground. The total resistance of the ground circuit from the device to the driven ground rod shall not exceed 0.1 ohm. Signal Characteristics I. Analog signals shall be 4-20 mA DC and shall conform to the cornpatibility requirements of XSA Standard 550.1. Unless otherwise noted, circuits shall be Type 2 two-wire. Transmitters shall have a load-resistance capabiGty conforming to Class L. Transmitters and receivers shall be fully isolated. 2. Discrete signals are two-state logic signals of twa types. C;ontrol signals shall use 120-VAC sources. Alarm signals that interface directly with an annunciator shall use less than 30-VDC sources. All alarm signals shall be � 03720.037-01 13401-9 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS lJ "normally open, close to alarm" isolated contacts r�Ced for 5 amperes at 120 VAC and 2 amperes at 30 VDC. Environmental Conditions Unconditioned air: 20 °F to ] OS °F, 10% to 100% humidity, subjecC to wash down or rain, corrosive (assume marine salts and HzS as a minimum), and nonhazardous. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X. 2. Other conditions as noted or approved. 1. Nameplates, Name Tags, and Service Legends: All f7eld- and panel-mounted components provided under this Section shall be provided with permanently mounted na►ne tags bearing the entire ISA tag number of the component. Panel-rnounCed tags shall be engraved plastic. F.ield-.mounted tags shall be stamped I 6-gauge 3] 6 stainless steel with 3/1.6-inch-high characters. 2. Nameplates shall be inscribed to identify the component listed and mounted n�ar a panel-face-mounted instru►nent. 3. Service legends sl�all be integrally mounted on a panel-mounted instrument. Unless otherwise noted, service legends shall be engraved with the funetianal explanation. 4. Nameplates and service legends shall be engraved, rigid, laminated plastic plates attached to enclosure with stainless steel screws maintaining NEMA rating of enclosure. Unless otherwise noted, plate color shall be black with 3/16-inch-high white letterin�. Panel nameplates shall have ]/2-inch-high lettering. J. Colors and Inscriptions: Unless otherwise noted, the following inscription and color code shall be used for all push buttons and indicating light lenses: ON, green; OFF, red; OPEN, green; CLOSED, red; AUTQ, whiCe; MANUAL, yellow; START, red; STOP, green; RESET, red; TEST, black; ACKNOWLEDGE, green; and READY, blue. All unused or non-inscribed buttons shall be black. Lettering shall be black on white, amber, or yellow. LeCtering shall be white on black, red, blue, or green. 03720-D37-01 ] 3401-] 0 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS , ' 1 K. Relays , 1. �nalog signal switching relays shall be provided for switching 4-20 mA or 1- 5 VDC signals. The relays shall have double-throw dry circuit contacts in a break-before-make confrguration rated for 15 VA minimum. The relays shall ' b� sealed to prevent dust, dirt, or moisture contamination. Relays shall be U.L recogni�ed and shall be Potter and Brumfield Ki1P or KUL Series or Struthers-Dunn Series 219. ' ' � 1 1 ' 1 ' , ' , 1 � L. 2. Control circuit switching relays shall be rated for not less than 2 amperes at 120 V�1C or 28 VDC. 3. All relay connections shall have a screw terminal interface with the wiring. Terminals shall have a permanent, legible identification and shall be mounted so that terminal identifications are clearly visible and the terminals are readily accessible. Power Supplies: Provide DC power supplies as required to power instruments requiring external DC power. l. Power supplies shall convert 120-VAC power to DC power ofthe appropriate voltage(s) with sufficient voltage regulation and ripple control to ensure that the instruments being supplied can operate within their requir�d tolerances. 2. �utput overvoltage and overcurrent protective devices shall be provided with the power supply to protect the irtstruments from damage due to power supply failure and to protect the power supply frorn damage due to external failure. 3. Each power supply shall be provided with a NEMA 1 enclosure for mounting within other enclosures. Power supplies shall be mounted so that dissipated heat does not adversely affect other components. M. Wiring: All electrical wiring and wiring identification shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 16401, Low-Voltage Electrical Wark—General Reyuirements. ' 03720-D37-Ol Wires shall be 600-volt class, PVC insulated stranded copper. 2. Wiring for 120-volt circuits and signals shall be sized as required for the current ta be carried, but not smaller than l 4 AWG if enclosed in sheet metal raceway or plastic wiring duct. Wiring for signal circuits shall be twisted shielded pairs (TSP) not smaller than 16 AWG. Analog signals shall be separated from any power wiring by at least 6 inches. 13401-i l PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 3. All interconnectin� wires to other enclosures shall bc t�rminated at numbered terminal blocks. i111 external connections shall be to numbered terminal blocks. All connections for future functions shall be wired to numbered blocks. a. Terminal blocks shall be grouped to keep circuits of different voltages separate. Provide suff cient terminal blocks for all functions required, all spare annunciator points, and all spare conductors plus 15% spare. b. Terminal blocks shall be one-piece molded plastic blocks with screw- type terminals and barriers rated for 3QU volts. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with removable covers which prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have pernianent, legible identification, cicarly visible with protective cover removed. c. Wires shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp-type, pre- insulated, ring-[ongue lugs. Lugs sha11 be the appropriate size forthe size of the teri�ainal block screws and the size and nurnb�r ofwires terminated. 4. All analog signal wiring shall bE TSP with tie poi.nts at terminal blocks. Provide external dropping resistors or diodes to allow an instrument to be removed from the loop without opening the circuit. 5. Shields shall be interconnected within each loop at terminals. Shield wires shall be dressed w,ith heat-shrink tubing. Ground signal shields at control panels only (not field devices). 6. Enclosures shall conform to the National Electr.ical Manufacturer's Association, NEMA-3R, unless otherwise noted. Construction shall be of 316 stainless steel unless otherwise npted. Aluminum construction shall use 5052 H-32 aluminum alloy and shall provide for noncontact of dissimilar metals. Minimum metal thickness shall be ] 4 gauge. Where practical, enclosures shall be manuf`actured by Hoffman or H.F. Cox. a. Doors shall be rubber �asketed with a continuous hinge. b. Panels mounted outside or in unheated areas shall be provided with thermostatically contralled heaters that will maintain the inside panel temperature above 40° F. 03720-037-01 13401-12 PROCESS INSTRUML•NTATION AND CONTROLS c. ,F�.� I'anels shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment in or on the panel. Provide a breaker-protected 120-volt, 15-amp duplex receptacle in the panel. 2.03 1NSTRLJM�,N�['A"I'lON (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall lay out the wark and be responsible for necessary lines, levels, elevations, and measurements. Installations shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 16401, Low-Voltage Electrical Work—General Requirements. The Drawings indicate th� extent and general arrangement o:f Che components. The Contractor shall familiarize himself wich work of other trades engaged in the construction. Exact routing of raceways, pipin�, and locations of equipment may be governed by structural conditions and obstructions. The Contractor shall coardinate the details ofequipment shop drawings far connections to equipment furnished by others. This is not ta be construed to permit redesigning system s. 3.02 INSTALLATION ' A. The Contractor shall comply with referenced standards, National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code, local codes, and rules and regulations of local agencies having jurisdiction. The size of conductors, circuit breakers, motor ' controllers, and protective devices indicated ar specificd shall meet all require►nents of the NEC. 1 ' r� � � 3.03 ]NSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. The installer shall be acceptable to the manufacturer and/or supplier of the instrumentation and control systems. The installer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience installing instrumentation and contral systems ofa similartype and scope. ' 0372a037-01 13�01-13 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A. General ]. 2. Install materials and equipment in a workmanlike manner usirag crafCsmen skilled in the particular frade. Provide work which has a neat and finished appearance. Coordinate the work with the �wner, the Engineer, and the work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference. B. Electrical Power and Signal Wiring l. Contral and signal wiring in enclosures and racks shall be restrained by plastic ties or ducts. Hinge wiring shall be secured at each end so that any bending or twisting will bc around the longitudinal axis of the wire and the bend area shall be protected with a sleeve. 2. Arrange wiring neatly, cut to proper- length, and remove surplus wire. Provide abrasion protection for any wire bundles which pass through holes oi• across edgcs of sheet metal. 3. Use the manufacturer's recommended tool with the proper sized anvil for all crimp terminations. No more than one wire shall be terminated in a single crimp lug and nq more than two lugs shall be installed on a single-screw terrninal. �. Wiring shall not be spliced or tapped except at d�vice terminals or terminal blocks. All devices with pig-tail wiring shall terminate on terminal blacks within or near the device. 5. All materials, eyuipment, and workmanship shall be subject to inspection at any time by the Engineer. The Contractar shall correct any work, materials, or equipment not in accordance with these Contract Documents or found to be deficient or defective. Corrections shall be made in a ma.nner satisfactory to the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. fc�ll.��I.`��1►[�1 A. General: All elements of the instrumentation and contral system shall be tested to demonstrate that the total system satisfies all of the requirements of this Specifrcation. 03720-037-01 13401-14 YROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTRpLS �J 1 1 1 ' , ' , ' ' i � 1 1 ' ' , 1 ' A]1 testing materials and equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, the Contractor shall provide a suitable means ��f simulation. These simulation techniques shall be acceptable to the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall have an updated set of Drawings and Specificallons, a master copy of approved test procedures, and the master copy of current test failures and solutions ta test failures. 3. Testing will not to be considered complete until all portions of the test have been approved by the Engineer. if a test or a portion of a test fails to the point where it needs to be rescheduled, the additional testing cost shall be barne by the Contractor. B. Factory Testing: The components shall be tested with simulated inputs and outputs at the factory. Factory tests shall generally conlorm to the applicable sections of iSA RP55.1. C. Operational Acceptance Testing: The objective of these tests is to demonstrate that each portinn �fthe instrumentation and control system is ready for operation. 1. All components of the syst�m shall be checked for proper installation, adjusted, and calibrated on a loop-by-loop basis. 2. All elements shall be checked to verify that they have been installed properly and that all terminations have been made correctly. All pneumatic tubing shall be tested in accordance with 15A procedure RP'�.1. 3. All discrete elements and systems shall have their set paints adjusted and shall be checked for proper operation. 4. All continuous elements and systems shall have three-point calibrations performed. All controller tuning constants shall be adjusted to preliminary settings. 5. The Contractor shall prepare operational acceptance test status report sheets for each loop listing the checks and adjustments performed and the calibration points actually set. Copies of completed status report sheets shall be submitted before final acceptartce. D. Functional Acceptance Testing: The objective of these tests is to demonstrate that the instrumentation and control system is operating and complying with the specifi�d performance requirements. 03720-037-01 13401-15 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 2. Each loop function shall be demonstrated to the Engineer in accordance with approved test procedures. Each loop shall be signed off by the Contractor and the Engineer upon satisfactory completion. A test date may be set after the testin� submittal has been approved and pre- Cest training has been completed. 3. No modif cations shal I be made to the system during the functicmal acceptance test per,iod except as required to rnaintain Owner operacians. The test shall not interrupt normal operations unless approved by the Owner. 4. If a test farls to produce the expected results, the Contractor will need to respond quickly to determine khe cause and take corrective action. Construction shall not interfere with the tests unless approved by the Engineer. 5. All fail�;d tests shall be retested until the result cornplie5 with thc � Specif.rcations and/pr is acceptaule to the Engineer and Owner. 6. At the end of the test, a punch list will be provided to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then determine the cause of the failure, correct the deficiency, and report to the Engineer why the test failed and the carrective action taken. The .Engineer will then determine if tlae �unction needs to be retested and determine any other tests which may be required. '7. Within 10 working days from the �nd of a Cest periad or retest period, a formal punch list will be transmitted to the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a single test report for the test period and reschedule retesting if needed. Retesting shall be scheduled for not IESS than 1 week after the Engineer receives the test report and the retest dates shall be acceptable to all. 3.06 ON-SiTE SUPERViSION A. The Contractor shall provide factory-trained, onsite service engineers to supervise and coordinate installation, adjustment, testing, training, and startup of the instrumentation and control system. S. The Contractor shall provide startup and testing assistance by engineers and programmers as required to thoroughly check all of the equipment and perform all operational and functional tests required. 03720-037-01 13401-] 6 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROI,S C. The service engineer shall be specifically trained on the type of equipment speci�ed and shall advise the Contractor in the location and method of installing special cable, mounting, pipe, and wiring of one of each type of device. The service engineer shall supervise the calibration, commissioning, and initial start-up ofthe instrumentation and control sysCein. A signed and dated calibration sticker shall be affixed to each device. 3.07 TRAINING A. The Contract�r shall provide a minimum of [ane] &-haur day on-site trainin� for the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel at the job site before functional acceptance testing. B. The training program shall include classroom and tield instruction by experienced and knowledgeable technicians and engineers on the operation and maintenance of the instrumentation and control elements, components, and systems provided. END OF SECTION 0372p-037-01 13401-17 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS � i �_ � � � � 1 � DIVISION 15 � Mu I �[�1:I:1�� -� � 1 � � �. �J � �� SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes requirements for the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition flttings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. '7. Grout. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Painting and finishing. l0. Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anchorages. 1.0� RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Welding certificates. 1.0� WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 RE�'ERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUA:LITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators accord,ing to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." S. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qvalifications." 03720-037-0] 15050-1 BASiC MECHANICAL MATERiALS AND METHODS fl 7 Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for the welding processes involved and that certifcation is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equiprnent of higher elecirical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, ci.rcuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specifed, equipment shall comply with requirements. f� 1 y��. %� , 7, 7� \► � � I� A. Wdrr�nties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplernentary Conditions, and Specitication Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND H�INDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for � storing and protectin� the items specitied in this Section. B. Stored items shall be protected from the weather, hurnidity and temperature variations, dirt and dust, or other cantaminants. Proper protection and care of all material before, during, and after installation shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Any materials found to be damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. During the installation, piping, ductwork, and similar openings shall be capped to keep out dirt and other foreign matter. C. The Contractor shall store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight and supported to prevent sagging and bending. ]..�9 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) ]..10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.1 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAiNTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 03720.p37-01 I5050-2 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHQDS � � � � � � � � � � , � � 1..13 COORD1NATiON The Contractor shall do the following: A : C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure di7ring construction to allow for mechanical installations. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. Coordinate requiremenCs for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. D. Provide coo.rdination drawings at '/a inch = 1 foot, 0 inches scale illustrating the coordination ot piping, ductwork, lighting, and structure for an interference-f.ree installation. Provide 24-inch-x-36-inch bond paper and subrrait for review. 1.14 DEFINITION5 A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces irnmediately below the roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and rnechanical equipment rooms. C. ExPosed, Exterior Installations_ Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Xnterior Installuti�rzs: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installa[ions: Concealed from view and protected from � weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. �' � � F The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: Z 3 ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. CYVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 03720.037-01 I5050-3 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAI.S AND METHODS � 4. PVC: .Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. "T`he :Following are industry abbreviations for rubber inaterials: l. EPDM: Echyle.ne-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. Pt1RT 2 PRODUCTS 2.O1 MANUF'ACTURERS A. In other Part 2 ArCicles where Paragraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: l. Available Manufacturcrs: Subject to compliance with require�nents, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated rnta the Work include but are not limited to the manufacturers speci�ed. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers speci .fied. 2.02 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITT].NGS A. Refer to individual Division ] 5 Piping Sections for pipe:, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: Refer ta ASME 51.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.03 JOINING MATERIALS Joining materials shall b� as follows: A. Refer to individual Division 15 Piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange GaskeC Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of pip,ing system contents: 1. ASME B16.21, no.nmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated: a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. 03720-037-01 15050-a BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS � � � � � � � � � � � � � � r � � , � b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. AWWA CI J0, rubber, flat face, I/8-inch thick, unless otherwise indicated, and full-face or ring Cype, unless otherwise indicated. C. 1=lange Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B813. F Cr ��- i Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAgI, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials apprc�priate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D2235. 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F493. 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D256�. Include primer according to �STM �'656. 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D3138. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recornmended by the pipe manufacturer. 2.04 TRANSITION FiTTTNGS Transition fittin�s shall be as follows: I� D3720.037-01 AWWA Transition Couplings: 7�he same size as and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with the piping to be joined. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div. c. Ford Meter Sox Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div. d. JCM �ndustries. 1505a5 BASIC MEC}IANiCAL. MATE1tIALS AND METHODS : e. Smith-Blair, Inc. f. Viking Johnson. 2. Underground Pipin� NPS 1-1 /2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. 3. Underground Piping NPS 2(DN 50) and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling. 4. Aboveground Pressure Aiping: Pipe f7tting. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece frtting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions, one end with threaded brass insert and one solvent-cement joint end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Eslon Thermoplastics. C. �'lastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece Fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions, one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement joint end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Thompson Plastics, Inc. D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unians: .MSS SP-107, CPVC, and PVC four-part union. .Include b.rass end, solvent-cement joint end, rubber O-ring, and unaon nut. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCOINC. b. NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div. E. Flexible TransiCion Couplings for Under�round Nonpressure .Drainage Piping: ASTM C1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends the same size as the piping to be joined, and a corrosion-resistant metal band on each end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Fernco, Inc. Mission Rubber Company. 03720-037-01 15�50-6 BAS1C MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS � � � � � � � r � r � � � � � � � r �. d. Plastic Oddities, Inc. 2.05 DiELECTRIC FITTINGS Dielectric fittin�s shall be as follows: A. Description: f1 comb.ination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. S. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig (1.725-kPa) minimum working pressure at 1 SO° F. 1. Available Manufacturers: I�a a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Eclipse, lnc. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. f��art Industries, International, lnc. f Wacts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Industries, inc.; Wilkins Div. Dielectric �'langes: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig (1035- or 207�-kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries, lnc.; Water Products Div. E. Dielectric-.Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 03720-037-01 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. Advance Products & 5ystems, lnc. Calpico, Inc. 1505Q7 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND M�THODS c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and I.nsulator, inc. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nirts shall have 150- or 300-psig (] 035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncori•osive, thermoplastic I.ining, threaded ends, and 300-psig (2070-ki'a) minimum working pressure at 225° F. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Calpico, lnc. b. Lochinvar Corp. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive thermaplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225°F. 1. Available Manuiacturers: a. Perfection Corp. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturin� Co., Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America. ' � ' re��I�l�y�[�]►1 3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS - CO.MMON .REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall install piping according to tk�e %llowing requirements and Division 15 Sectians specifying piping systems. B. The Drawings, schematics, and diagrams indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems, i.ndicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on the Coardination Drawings. C�J install the piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D3720-D37-Ol 15050-8 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND MF..T}IODS � � � � �' � � � � � � � � �� r � D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles ar parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specitically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allaw sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow the application of insulation. K. Select system components with a pressure rating equal to or greater than the system operating pressure. L. Sleeves are nat required for core-drilled holes. M. Permanent sleeves are not requir�d for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roaf slabs. 3.02 PiPiNG JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and ittings according ta the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream the ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel the plain ends of steel P�Pe- C�J 0 03720.037-01 Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from the inside and outside of the pipe and fittings before assembly. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM 5813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to the tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM S82$ ar CDA's Copper Tube Handbook using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B32. 1505Q9 BASIC MECHANICAL MA7'ERIALS ANb METHQDS E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's Brazing Handbook, "Pipe and Tube" Chaprer, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads accordin� tn ASME Bl .20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is speci�ed. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fttings with threads that are corr'oded or dannaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1"Quality Assuranc�" Article. I-I. Flanged Joints: Select Che appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install the gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I J Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings accordin� to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Comply with ASTM F402 for safc-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D2235 and ASTM D2661 Appendixes. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2846/D 2846M Appendix. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D2672. Join other-than-schedule- number PVC pipe and sock�t frttings according to ASTM D2855. S. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join accordin� to ASTM D2855. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: 7oin according to ASTM D3138 Appendix. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: J�in according to ASTM D3139. D3720-037-01 15050-] 0 BAS1C MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS � � � ,� � r � � r � � � � � � � � � � K. Plastic Nonpressure .Piping Gaske1ed ]oints: Join according to ASTM U3212. L. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D2657: 1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to the pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 1?IPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the tollowing, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions in piping NPS 2(DN SO) and smaller adjacent to each valve and at the final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges in piping N.PS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger ne;�t to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and f7anges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connecC piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.04 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATiON - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. : Install equipment to allow the maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interiar spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Tnstall mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement af components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittin�s to accessible locations. 0 o3�zaos�-oa Install equipment to allaw the right of way for piping installed at the required slope. 15050.11 BAS1C MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.05 PAINT]NG A. The painting of inechanical systems, equipment, and components is specified in Section 09900, Painting and Coating. B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted .finishes with materials and procedures to match the original factory finish. 3.�6 CONCRETE BASES A_ Concrete Bases: Anchor the equrpment to the concrete base according to the equipment manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Construct concrete bases of the di.mensions ind.icated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported uttit. 2. lnscall dowel rods ta connecC the concrete base to the concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dawel rods on I$-inch centers around the fu11 perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through the concrete base and anchor into the structural conerete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. L7se the supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with the items to be embedded. 5_ Install anchor bolts to elevations requirEd for proper attachment to the supported equipment. 6. I.nstall anchor bolts according to the anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.07 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPO.RTS AND ANC:HO.RAGES �1. B. C. U3720-037-�1 Refer to Section 05500, Metal Fabrications. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchar mechanical materials and equipmenC. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 15050-12 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS � � � � � � � � � � � � �. � � � � � � 3A8 GROUTING The Contractor shall do the following: A. S. C. D. E. F. G. H. 0372Q-037-01 Mix and install grout for the mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. Provide forms as required for the placement of grout. Avoid air entrapment during the placement of grout. Place grout so as to completely fill the equipment bases. Place grout on the concrete bases and p.rovide smooth bearing surface for the equipment. Place the grout around the anchors. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 15050.13 BAS1C MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS � � � � �� .� l�J � �� SECTION 15055 PIPING SYSTEMS—GENERAL PARI'1 GENERAL I � 1 I �Yf I � ] � D [ � ] ��. �L � ] : � C� A. This Specification describes responsibilities and requirements for Piping Systems including the following: 1. Labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services to be furnished in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The materials to be used for the piping systems shown in the Drawings. 2. Coordination of work with other trades. 3. `�"he furnishing and installation of all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devic�s incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation, although such work is not spec:ifically indicated. 4. The furnishing of Record Drawings and documents for piping systems. 1.02 ItELATED WORK A. Section 01300, Contract Administration. B. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. C. Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling. D. Section 099D0, Painting and Coating. E. Section 15291, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. If the Contractor deviates from the piping layout as shown on the Contract Drawings, then the Contractor shall subm it scaled piping drawings showing locations and dimensions to and from fittings, valves, tanks, equipment, structures, and related appurtenances. Provide scaled drawings to a minimum scale of 1 inch equals 10 feet. Provide details to minimum scale of 1/8 inch equals 1 foot. Elevations shall correspond to reference vertical elevation datum shown or provided for this project. 07320-037-0] � 15055-1 PiPiNG SYSTEMS�;ENERAL : � � Co�ies of any manufacturer's written directions regarding material handling, � delivery, storage, and installation. C. Record piping drawings shall meet the requircments of S�ction 01300, Contract � Administration, or 01785, Record Documents. During the progress of the work and when the work is finally completed and accepted by the Owner and the � Eng.ineer, Record Drawings af insCalled piping syslems in projecl including pre- existing piping discovered, relocated, or at locations other than as ori�inally shown in the Drawings. The Contractor shall identify complete location, � elevations, and description of pipin� systems. Piping systems and t7ttings are to be identified frorn three points on structures and/or stationary appurtenances. n E Subm.it copies of forms documenting required field pressure testing work and results. Submit welding certificate copies. F. Submit certified copies of mill test reports for bolts and nuts, including coatings if specified. Provide recertification by an iradependent domestic testing laboraCory for rnaterials originating outside ofthe United States. G. H. Submit manufacturer's data sheet for gaskets supplied showing dimensions and bolting recommendations. Support Systems: 1 2. Drawings of each piping system locating each support, guide, and anchor Xdenti fy support, guide, and anchor typ� by catalog number and shop/ contract drawing detail number 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) l .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recomrnended practices refErred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. 07320-037-01 PiPiNG SY3TEMS�'iENERAL 15055-2 � � � � � � � � � � � �' � � � i � � � A. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSi) � I. ANSI A21.11—Rubber Gasket Jc�ints for Cast Iron and Ductile Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 2. �1NST 5.1.1—Unified Inch Screw'rhreads. 3. ANSI B2.1—Pipe Threads. 4. ANS.I B 16.21 Nonmetallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. S. ANSI B18.2.1---Square and �lex Bolts and Screws, Tncluding Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Lag Screws. 6. ANSI B 1$.2.2 ---Square and Hex Nuts. 7. ANSI B31.1—:Power Piping (Pressure Piping). S. ANSi B31.3—Process Piping. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A 183---Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 2. ASTM A193—Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel; and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials far High Temperature or High Pressurc; Service and other Special Purpose Applications. 3. ASTM A 194---Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service. 4. ASTM A307—Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 5. ASTM D1330—Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Gaskets. 6. ASTM. F467—Standard Specification far Nonferrous Nuts for General Use. C. American Water Works Assvciatian (AWWA) ]. AWWA C207—Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Sizes 4 inch th.rough 144 inch. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS) 1. MSS SP 58—Pipe Hangars and Supports — Material, .Design, and Manufacture E. NSF International (NS.F) l. NSF 61--�--Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects 1.06 QU.ALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 07320.037-01 15055-3 PIP1NCi SYSTEMS-GENERAL 1.07 WARRAN"I�IES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplcmentary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and .Bonds. 1.08 DELiVERY, STORt1GE, AND I-I.ANDLING A. The ConCractor shall adhere to the requirernents specified in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling for storage and protection of the items specitied in this Scction. B. The Contractor shall take care to protect the pipe from kinks, cuts, end damage, and other defects when transporting all piping. Binding and tie-down methods shall npC darraage or deflect the pipes in any way. Pipe damaged during shipment shall be rejected. C. i'ipe shall be stored on level ground, preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objccts which could damagc the pipe. Stacking o� any pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause excessive deformation of the lower layers of pipe under anticipated te�r�perature conditions. When n�cessary due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be stored an wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such widths to not allow deformation of the pipe at the point of contact with the sleeper o.r between supports. Pipe shall not be removed from storage until bedding or sub-grade work is cornplete and ready to receive the pipe. D. The joined pipe shall be handled in such a manner that th� pipe is not damaged by draggrng it over sharp and cutting objects. Ropes, fabric, or rubber-protected slings and sCraps shall be used when handling pipe. Chains, cables, or hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe. Pipe or frttings shall not be dropped. Slings for laandling joined pipe shall not be positipned at socket-welded joints. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges shall be removed and the ends of the pipe rej�ined. In accordance with the pipe rnanu�acturer's written instructions, the Contractor shall repair all pipe with damaged linings and pipe exterior coatings that have been damaged before the pipe is installed. E. The Contractor shall cover all pipe stored on the site with canvas or other opaque � material to protect it from sunli�ht. Provide air circulation under the coverin�. F. The Contractor shall insp�ct all pipe, fttings, and other accessories upon delivery and during the work. Any defective or damaged materials found during field inspection or during tests shall be removed from the site and replaced by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. 07320-037-01 15D55-4 PIYING SYSTEMS�ENEItAL � � r � � � r � � � � � � � i � � � � � � � , G. The interior of all pip�, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and f'oreign matter at al) times. Fittings shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage by freezing. H. Gaskets shall be placed in a cool location ouC of direct sunlight. Gaskeis shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first- delivered-to-site and �irst-to-be-installed rotati��n basis. Mechanical joint glands, bolts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes_ ] .09 QUAI.I�'1CAT10NS (NOT [JSED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1_ 1 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAIN'1"�,NANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. I.13 DEFINI"r1pN5 OF BURiED, EXPOSED, AND SUBMERGED PIPING �. Buried piping is piping buried in sail, beneath a strucCure and/or encased in conerete. Where an exterior pipe coating is speci�ed to be factory- or freld- applied, the Contractar shall provide the coating up to the penetration of a structure. Piping encased in conerete does not r�quir� an exterior coating other than what is factory fiirnished. B. Exposed piping is piping in any af the following conditions or locations: 1. Above graund. �� 3. Inside buildings, vaults, or other structures. In underground concrete trenches or galleries. C. Submerged piping is considered to be all piping within a liquid holding tank. 1.14 SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREM�NTS A. General 0732U-037-01 15055-5 PIPING SYSTEMS--GENERAL : C� 1. The Specif.rcations and Drawings are not all inclusive of explicit piping details; provide piping %r intended use in compliance with laws and regulations, including ANSI/ASME B31.1 Code (Power Pipin�). 2. Pressure ratings and materials specified represent minimum acceptable standards for piping systerns. 3. Piping Systems: Suitable for the services specified and intended. 4. Piping shall be color coded in accordance with the DeparCment af Environmental Protection requirements_ Support Systems 1. 2. 3. 4. The absence of pipe supports and details on the drawings shall not relieve Contractor of� responsibility for sizing and providing supports for this project. Select and design within the specified spans and componcnt rcquirements. Comply with requirements of MSS SP 58, Pipe Hangers and Supports — Materials, Design, a.nd Manufacture. Criteria for structural design and selection of pipe support system components: a. DEad loads impas�d by th� weight of the pipes filled with water, within specified spans and camponent requ.irements, plus any insulation_ b. Safety factor: Minimum of 5. 5. Design, siz�, and space support anchoring devices, including anchor bolts, inserts, and other devices used to anchor the support, to withstand the shear and pullout loads imposed by loading and spacing on each particular support. a. Piping smaller than 30 inches: Supports are shown only where specific types and locations are reyuired; additional pipe supports rraay be required and are to be provided and installed by Che Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Adapters 07320-037-0] PIPTNG SYSTBMS�'iENERAL 15055-6 � � � l. No attempt has been made to show all adapters, spool pieces, reducers, bushings, or other fittings required to accommadate the connection of pipes, fittings, and valves of various _joint design and sizes throughout the � project. The Cantractor is completely responsible for providing, at his expense, all adapters, reducers, sleeves, spool pieces, and other fittin�s and appurtenances necessary for connection of pipe (for the same pipe material � of or a transition of pipe materials), valves, fittings, and appurtenances throughout the project, which shall be constructed of appropriate materials, coated and lined tp match the materials, coatings, and linings � speci�ed for the connected components. All adapters, reducers, sleeves, spool pieces, and other fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with the specifications far each individual pipe system. � � C� � � D. Unions No attempt has been made to shaw all unions required for the project. �The Contractor shall provide unions at all connectians of threaded pipe to installed equiprnent unless deleted by the Engineer, in writing, at certain locations. The unions shall meet or exceed the quality of� materials, pressure rating, service, and painting requirements of connected pipin�. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING SYSTEM GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SC�IEDULE A. Unless noted otherwise in the Drawings, piping system materials, f.ittings, and appurtenances are subject to requirements of the individual Speci.fications for the piping systems. � 2.02 THREAD FORMING FOR STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS � � � � � A. Fortn threads for stainless steel bolts by rolling, not by cutting or grinding. h�IX�:��]N�.`1:�►1�l�l�yr.`�Y�):a�w_��[�lDf:��]:i�lIL��I11�I:Z�]��I�Dl�II\�[e1�[.9 A. Bolts, washers, and nuts for pipe installed indoors, outdoors above and below ground, and in vaults and structures shall be as specified in Section I5155, Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. B. Solts, washers, and nuts for submerged Class 150 flanges shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193 (Grade B8) for bolts and ASTM A194 (Grade 8) for nuts. Fit shall be Classes 2A conforming to ANSI B1.1 when connecting to cast-iron valves having body bolt holes. 07320-037-01 � I5055-7 PI.PING SYS7'�MS--GENERAL 2.04 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR TYPE 304 STAINLESS S"1'EEL PI�'E FLANGES A. Bolts, washers, and nuts for flanges shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to AS"T'M A,193, Grad� B8, for bolts and ASTM A I 94, Grade 8, for nuts. 2.05 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL P1PE FLANGES � � � � A. Bolts, washers, and nuts for flanges shall be Type 316 starnless steel conforming � to ASTM A193, Grade S8, for bolts and ASTM A194, Grade $, for nuts. 2.06 BOLTS AND NUTS EOR �VC, CPVC, AND PVDF PIPE FLANGES A.. Bolts for piping in sodium hypochlorite service shall be made of titaniuln, in accordance with ASTM F467, Grade Til, Ti2, or Ti7. NuCs and washers shall conform to ASTM F4G7, same material as the bolts. B. Bolts, washers, and nuts in chernical service other than sodium hypochlorite shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A.193, Grade B$, for bolts and ASTM A194, Grade 8, for nuts. C. Bolts, waslaers, and nuts for buried and submerged flanges and flanges located outdoors above ground or in vaults and structures shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to AS?M A 193, Grade B8, for bolts. and ASTM A194, Grade 8, for nuts. � �� D. The Contractor shall provide a washer under each nut and under each balthead. � Washers shall be of the same material as the nuts. 2.07 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR STEEL PIPE FLANGES A. Bolts, washers, and nuts for Class 150 t7anges (including AWWA C2Q7, Class D) located indoors, outdoors above ground, in vaults, and in structures shall be carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade B. Bolts, washers, and nuts for buried service shall also be hot-dipped galvanized. S. Bolts, washers, and nuts for submerged Class 150 flanges shall be Type 3�4 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193 (Grade B8) for bolts and AST'M A19� (Grade 8) for nuts. Fit shall be Classes 2A per ANSI B1.1 when connecting to cast-iron valves having body bolt holes. 2.08 LUBRICANT FOR STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS 07320-037-01 P.IPING SYSTFMS�iENERAi. 15055-8 �� , A. Anti-seize thread lubricant shall be applied to the thread portion of all (above grade and below grade) stainless steel bolts (stainless steel tie rods, etc.) during assembly. Anti-seize lubricant shall be chloride free and shall be nongalling NSF approved. Anti-seize thread lubricant shall be 7et-Lube "Nikal," John Crane "Thred Gard Nickel," Never-Seez "Pure Nickel Special," or �'ermatex "Nickel Anti-Seize." r2.09 FLANGE GASKETS FOR STEEL, DUCTILE iRON, AND STAINLESS STEEL PIPE � A. Flange gaskets shall be in accordance with AWWA C207, except as modified herein. Gaskets shall be ring type. All gasket material shall be suitable for the fluid being conveyed and shall be resistant to free chlorine concentratians up to ] � � mg/L. All gasket material shall be rated to th� surge pressures listed in the pipe schedule. Gaskets shall be EPDM, Viton, or an appraved equal. � 2.l 0 FLANGE GASKETS FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FI"i""I'TNGS IN RAW SEWAGE A. Gaskets shall be full face, 1/8 inch thick, Buna-N having a Brinell Hardness af SS � to 65 durometer. Gaskets shall be suitable for a water pressure of 200 psi at a temperature of 250°F. Gaskets shall have "nominal" pipe size inside diameters, � not the inside diameters per ANST 1316.21. Provide Garlock Style 9122 or equal. Contractor shall verify gaskets are compatible with all chemicals being used. � � � � � ' � r 2.11 FLANGE GASKETS FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE A. Gaskets for flanged joints sha11 be full faced, 1/8 inch thick, having a Brrnell Hardness of 50 to 70 durometer A. Gasket material shall be EPR unless noted or specified otherwise. Gasket material for sodium hypochlorite service shall be Viton ETP unless noted or specified otherwise. Gaskets shall be compatible with Che fluids conveyed. 2.12 FLANGE GASKETS FOR PVDF PIPE A. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full faced, 5/64 inch thick (minimum), made of Teflon-bonded EPDM or PVDF-bonded EPDM. The EPDM shall have a Srinell Hardness of 65 to 70 Durometer "A." Gaskets shall be suitable for a fluid temperature range of -40°.�' to +210°F and compatible with the fluids conveyed. 2.13 FLANGE GASKETS FOR STAINLESS STEEL P.(.P.E 1N CHEMICAL SERVICE A. Gaskets shall be suitable for a maximum pressure of 300 psi and a maximum temperature of 500°F. Contractor shall verify gaskets are compatible with fluids conveyed. Gaskets for chemical service shall be one ofthe fallowing rnaterials: 07320.037-01 ' 15055-9 PIPING SYSTEMS--GENERAL Teflon envelape type, full face, 1/8 inch thick, with compressed nonasbestos filler. Provide free-flow design in which the Te#lon is machined or milled between leaves to pr�vide a space for the filler. 2. Teflon (PTFE) with .inert filler, 1/S-inch thick. Product: Garlock "Gylon 3510" shall be used for potassium hydroxide, sodium hypochlorite, and arnrnonium hydroxide. Garlock "Gylon 3545" shall be used for sulfuric acid, corrosion .i.nhibitor, and hydrof]uosilicic.acid. 2.14 POTABLE WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. All potable water piping systems including pipe, valves, fittings, weld-solvents, linings, gaskets, lubricants, grout disinfection agents, etc. and surfaces in contact with potable water shall meet all local and State of Florida regulations and requirements including NSF 61. Contractor shall coordinate calor af potable water system piping color with Owner's color standard and shall provide color as approved by the Owner. 2.15 LOCATOR WIRE (OR DETECTABLE PIPELINE MAItIC1NG TAPE) A. All 2-inch and larger buried piping shal] be laid with two insulated, 1.2-gauge minimum AWG, THWN strand copper wires taped with adhesive backed tape or tied to the nonmetallic pipe at 5 feet on center for location purposes. PAR".C' 3 EXECUTiON 3.01 PREPARATION /:1 Field Alignment: I. The piping shown on the Contract Drawin�s is generally indicative of the work, with symbols and notations provided for clarity. However, the Contract Drawings are not an exact representation of all conditions i.nvolved; therefore, install piping to suit actual field conditions and measurements as approved by the Engineer. No extra compensation will be made for work due to differences between indicated and acCual dimensions. 2. The Contractor shall install all adapters, fittings, flanged connectioris, closures, restrained joints, etc. not specified but necessary for a complete installation acceptable to the Engineer. 3. The Contract Drawings do not indicate all adapters, fittings, spool pieces, bushings, unions, supporCs, hangers, and other items required to 07320-�37-01 PIPING SYSTEMS�'iENERAL ] SOSS-1 U � � � accommodate the installation and connection of pipe, fittings, valves, and equipment of various joint designs and sizes_ Provide such required items of appropriate designs, materials, coatings, and I.inings. , ��i � � � r i , � � � � � , ' 4. An extensive network of underground piping, duct, conduit, direct-buried conductors, and related structures of various sizes, materials, alignments, age, and function exist within the project site. Conclusive inforniation concerning these facilities is not available. Consequently, the design of new piping indicated on the Contract Drawings is approximate. Adjust alignment, fitting, valve, and joint locations as required and as approved by the Engineer to accommodate and protect existing faciliti�s and provide the intended functionality of new piping. 3.02 FIELD LAYOUT AND MODiFiCAT10NS A. The Contractor, unless directed otherwise, shall be responsible For setting construetion layout stakes and/or offsets required to complete the designated work. The Contractor shall ensure that those stakes and/or offsets are protected and any re-staking required for any reason including work stoppage shall be included in the bid price and no additional compensation to the Contractor will be made. B. The Engineer has the right to make any modifrcations the Fngineer deems necessary due to freld conditions, conflicts with other utilities, or to protect other properties. 3.�3 PTPE :PRODUCTS INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturer a certificaCe of inspection to the effect that the pipe, fittings, gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts supplied for this Contract have been inspected at the plant and that they meet the requirements of these specificatior�s. The Contractor shall submit these certi.ficates to the En�ineer before installing the pipe materials. The Contractor shall visually inspect all pipe and fittings at delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be installed. Pipe or fittings that do not conform to these specifications or have been damaged in any rnannet will be rejected and the Contractor must remove them immediately. The entire product of any plant may be rejected when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the methods or quality assurance and uniformity of manufacturer .fail to secure acceptable and uniform pipe products or where the materials used produce inferior pipe products. 07320-037-01 � 15055-11 PIPING SYSTEMS--CF..NFRA.1. 3.04 REMOVAI.OF �;XISTING PIPE AN.D FTTTINGS A. Pipe specifically identifiied on the Drawings that is to be renaoved or replaced from service shall be physically taken out of fhe ground. 'fhe limits of pipe to be removed shall be spccifically called for in the plans or shall be approved in writing by the Engineer. Any other removal not specifically called for shall be approved in writing and shall be considered incidental to construction of other items in the contract and the Contractor will not receive compensation :for such work. B. When removing pipe the Contractar shall excavate a trench wide enough to dislodge the pipe frorn the surrounding soil and long enough to be able tp handle the pipe without causing any damage to nearby utilities, structures, or adjacent property. C. The removed pipe, fitting, and appurtenances will become the Contractor's property and the ConCractor shall be responsible for proper disposal and any required permits thereof.. D. Regarding pipe remaining in the ground subsequent to removal of connected pipe or pipe fittings, the remaining buried pipes, openings, and fiCtings shall be plugged or capped as a�proved by the Engineer. E. Pipe that will be abandoned in place shall be plugged or capped as approved by the Engineer. , 3.05 BUR�ED PIP]NG AND PIPE PITTINGS 1:1 I� Trenching and backfilling for all pipe and fittings shall also be in accordance with Sectian 02305, Earthwork for Utilities. Installation: Inspect all piping for defects and remove all lumps or excess coatings before installation. The inside of the mechanical joint and outside of plain- end pipe shall be cleaned before joining pipe. Cautio� shall be taken to prevent damage to the pipe during lowering into the trench. Remove all foreign matter that has entered the pipe during storage and installation. The Contractor shall cover the pipe ends during installation to prevent debris from entering the pipe. No debris, tools, clothin�, or other material shall be placed in the pipe. 2. After being placed in the trench, the pipe shall be brought to the proper line and grade by compacting the approved backfill material under it, 07320-037-01 PIPING SYSTEMS�"i�NF,RAL 15055-12 LJ �� 1 ' � � � �I 1 � � � 1 r except at the bell end. Joint deflection shall not exceed 75% of the manufacturer's limit. 3. The Contractor shall install temparary water-tight plugs on the pipe c:nds during the time that the pipe is in the trench but no work is in progress. If there is water in the trench upon beginning work, this plug shall remain in place until the trench has been pumped dry, unless atherwise approved by the Engineer, the Engineer's Representative, or Che Owner's Representative. 4 5 Buried carbon steel bolts and nuts shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 21. Coat threaded portions af stainless steel bolts and nuts with lubricanC b�fore assembly. 6. Restrained plugs or caps shall be inserted into all buried dead end pipes, tees, or crosses. Provide blind flanges for all flanged exposed piping_ Restrained plugs and caps installed for pressure testing shall be fully secured and blocked to withstand the test pressure. 7. Where plugging is required because of contract division or phasing for later connection, the ends of such lines shall be equipped with a suitable cast iron or ductile iron plug/cap or blind flange with or without a blowoff cock, as shown on the Drawings. Installation or removal of such plugging shall be considered incidental to the work and the Cantractor shall not be compensated by the Owner for performing this work. 3.06 FLANGED JOiNTS �'OR .EXPOSED PIPE AND Fi'li'TNGS A. When bolting flanged joints, the Contractor shall take care to avoid restraint on Che opposite end of the pipe or fitting, which would prevent uniform gasket cornpression or which would cause unnecessary stress in the flanges. One flange shall be free to move in any direction while the flange bolts are being tightened. Bolts shall be tightened gradually and at a uniform rate to ensure uniform compression of the gasket, in accordance with pipe and fitting manufacturer's recammendations. B. Coat threaded partions of stainless steel bolts and nuts with lubricant before assembly. 3.07 PrP1NG CONNECTIONS TO PUMPS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT 07320-037-01 PiPING SYSTEMS--C"ENERAL ] 5055-] 3 A. Thc Contractor shall take special care when connecting to pumps and equipment to ensure that piping stresses are not transmitted to the pump and equipment. A1.1 connecting pipe shall be permanently supported and aligned so that accurate rnatching of bolt holes and uniform contact over the entire surface of� pump flanges are obtained before any bolts are installed in the flanges or pipe is threaded into pump and equipment. in addition, pump connection piping shall be free to move parallel to its longitudinal center line while the bolts are being tightened. Pumps and equipment shall be leveled, aligned, and wedged into a position which will fit the connecting pipe, but shal,l not be grouted until the initial fitting and alignment of the pump and equipment may be shi�ed on its foundation if necessary to properly install the connecting pipe. Each pump and piece of eyuipment shall, however, be grouted before final balting of Che conn�cting piping. 2. After final alignment and bolti►ag, the pump and equipment connections shall be tested for applied piping stresses by loosening the flange bolts wh.ich, if the piping is properly installed, should result in no movernent of Che piping relative to the purnp or opening of the pwnp connection joints. If any muvement is observed, the piping shall be loosened and re-aligned as required and then the flanges bolted back together. The fi]ange bolts then shall be loosened and the p.rocess repeated until no movement is observed. 3. All carbon steel bolts and nuts shall be coated with the same exterior � coating applied to the piping syst�m. 3.08 ANCHOR.iNG AND R:ESTR.AINiNG A. The usc of thrust blocks in new lines is prohibited and shall only be limited to areas in which a new iitting has been installed in an existing line and field restraining joints are not feasible or when directed by the Engineer. 3.09 FLUSHING, CLEANING, TESTING AND INSPECTION OF PIPING 1 � A. See Section 15144, Pressure Testing of Piping, for the requirements of pipe � �7ushing, cleaning, pressure testing and inspection requirements. fc�[1��7(.91�I�Ixil1�C�7�1 A. See Section 15141, Disinfection of Piping and Water Storage Facilities, for the disinfection requirements. p7320-�37-01 PIPING SYSTLMS�"iENF..RAI,. 15055-14 � � � r � ' � � 1 � , , � 1 � � ' , ' ' i r � 3.l 1 SPECiAL REQUIREM�NTS AND PIPING S.PECIALTIES A. Welding: l. Use only certified welders meeting procedures and performance outlined in Section 9 of the ASME and other codes and requirements in accordance with local building and utility requirements. Submit Welder's certificates to the Engineer for the project record before beginning any welding on the project. Welder must be certified for all positions (flat, vertical, and overhead). 2. ��Iave all welds conform to highest industrial practice in accordance with ANSI B31.3 and ANSI B31.1 or other codes and requirements in accordance with local building and utility requirements. 3_12 F'IPE COLOR CODiNC; A. The pipe color shall be as identified on the Urawings. "1`he Contractor shall caardinate with the Engineer and the Owner to generate a list of acceptable pipe colors for exposed piping systems. Where color-coding is achieved by painting exterior surfaces of the piping systems, painting shall be provided rn accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. On applicable pipes, color shall be in accordance with FDEP color-coding requirements. END OF SECTION o�3zo-o3�.oi 15055-IS PiPiNG SYSTEMS�'iENERAL ' 1 , � ' ' ' � 1 � � ' � � r 1 ' � � SECTION 15060 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PAR"T 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes requirements for materials and installation of pipe hangers and supports, including accessory items such as anchor bolts and screws, pipe spiders, .neoprene isolation pads, cable trays for hoses, and drip guards. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.�3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and �lcceptance: A. Provide line drawings of each piping system to the scale shown in the Drawings, locating each support or hanger. Identify each type of hanger or support by the manufacturer's catalog number or figure. : 1�7 E. Provide installation drawings and manufacturer's catalog information on each type of hanger and support used. Clearly indicate the actual pipe outside diameter (not just nominal pipe size) that is used for the hangers and supparts. Submit layout drawin�s for the drip guards, showing dimensions and thicknesses. Show design of seam or joint where field connections will be made between sections and pieces of drip guards. Submit a certificate listing the type of resin to be used, describing the manufacturer's brand name or designation, composition, and characteristics. I .U4 WQRK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 07320-037-01 15060-1 PTF'E HANGERS AND SUPPORTS l . ANSi B31.1--Power Piping. B. American Society for Testing and Matcrials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A36--Standard Speci..ficaCion for Carbon Structural Steel 2. ASTM A307—Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi TensilE Strength C. Manufacturer's Standardization Society 1. MSS SP-58—Pipe Hangers and Supports — Materials, Design, and Manufacture. 2. MSS SP-69—Pipe Hangers and Supports — Selection and Application. 1.06 QUALI"fY ASSURANCE A. All hangers, supports, and appurtenances shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI 531..1.0, except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this Sectian. B. All hangers, supports, and appurtenances shall be of approved standard design where possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. The minimum working factor of safety for all supporting equipment, with the exception of sptings, shall be five times the ultimate tensile strength of the material, assu��aing 10 feet of water-filled pipe being supported. C. A11 pipe and appurtenances connected to eyuipment shall be supported so as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated requirements that piping loads shall not be transmitted to their equipment, the Contractor shall submit certi#ication stating that sucl� requirements have been complied with. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requireme.nts specified in Section p I 650 for storing and protecting the items specifed i.n this Section. 07320.D37-O] 15060-2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS , � , r ' � il ' , � ' ' ' B. All supports and hangers shall be crated, delivered, and uncrated to protect against any damage. C. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration shall occur during a pralonged delay from the time of shipmenC until installat.ion is completed. D. Finished iron or steel surfaces not galvanized or painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion. 1.09 QUALiFICATIONS (NOT USED) I..I 0 TESTING REQUIR:�,MENTS (NOT USE.D) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) ] .12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Uperations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specif7cation Section 01830, Operations and Mainienance Manuals. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Not all pipe supports ar hangers required are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide pipe supports for every piping system installed. Support piping by pipe support where it connects to pumps or other mechanical equipment. B. The Contractor shall ensure that pipe suppart and hanger components shall , withstand the dead loads imposed by the weight of the pipes, fittings, and valves (all filled with water) plus valve actuators and any insulation and shall have a minimum safety factor of 5 based an the material's ultimate strength. �J � ' IJ C. All of the equipment specitied in this Section is intended to support the va�•ious types of pipe and piping systems. The details shown on the Drawings are intended to indicate the generally desired methods of support under normal conditions. The Contractor sha11 develop final details and any details associated with special conditions not already covered to meet the system conditions specified in the respective Division 15 Pipe Sections. 07320-037-01 ] 5060-3 F'iPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS � D. All pipe and tubing shall be supparted as required to prevent significant stresses in the pipe of tubing material, valves, fiCtings, and other pipe appurtenances and to support and secure the pipe in the intended position and aligmnent. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the pipe a�ainst excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction, internal flow forces, and all probable external forces such as equipment, pipe, and personnel contact. Any structural steel members required to brace any piping from excessive dislocation shal] conform to the applicable requirements of Section 05500 and shall be furnished and installed under this Section. E. Hangers and supports shall be spaced in accordance with ANSI 531.1 except that the maximum unsupported span shall not exceed 1.0 feet unless otherwise specified in this Section. F. G. Where flexible couplings are reyuired at equipment, tanks, etc., the end opposite to the piece of equipment, tank, etc. shall be rigidly supported. All pipe and appurtenances connected to the equipment shall be supporCed so as to prevent any strain from being imposed on the eyuipment or piping system. H. All rods, clamps, hangers, inserts, anchor bolts, brackets, and com.ponents for interior pipe supports shall be furnished with galvanized finish, hot-dipped, or electro-galvanized coated, except where f7eld welding is required. Tnterior clarraps on plastic pipe shall be plastic coated. Supports far copper pipe shall be copper plated or shall have a 1/16-inch plastic coating. All rods, clamps, hangers, inserts, anchor bolts, brackets, and companents for exterior pipe and pipe within outdoor structures shall be of Type 316 stainless steel. I. Supports shall be suff.reiently close together so that the sag c�f the pipe is within limits that will permit drainage and avoid excessive bending stresses from concentrated loads between supports. J. All un-insulated non-metallic piping such as PVC, CPVC, etc., shall be protected from local stress cancentrations at each support point. .Protection shall be provided by galvanized steel protection shields or other method as approved by the Engineer. Where pipes are bottom supported l80°, are shields shall be furnished. Where 360° are support is reyuired, such as U bolts, protection shields shall be provided for the entire pipe circumference. Protection shields shall have an 18-gauge rrainimum thickness, not be less than l2 inches in length, and be securely fastened to pipe with sCainless steel or galvanized metal straps not less than a %z-inch wide. K. All insulated pipe shall be furnished with a rigid foam insulating saddle at each pipe support location as specif ed under respective pipe insulatron. Provide 07320.037-01 15060-4 PiP1� k.L#NG�:AS ANb SIJPPOA'.I'S 1 , 1 ' 1 , �J , 1 1 � ' ' � 1 1 ' , galvanized prote.ction shields as speci�cd in Paragraph 2.01 J above at each location. L. Where pipe hangers and supports come in contact with cc�pper piping, p.rovide protectian from galvanic corrosion by wrapping pipe with 1/16-inch-thick neaprene sheet material and galvanized protection shield or copper-plated or PVC-coated hangers and supports. M Pipe supports shall be provided as follows: 1. Cast-iron and ductile-iron piping shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10 feet with a minimum of one support per pipe section at the �o��ts. 2. Steel and stainless sieel piping 2-1/2 inches or ]arger diarneter shall be supported at a maximum support spacin� of ] 0 feet with a minimum of one support per pipe section at tl�e joints. 3. Support spacing for steel and stainless piping 2 inches and smaller diameter and copper tubing shall not exceed 5 feet. 4. Supports for multiple PVC plastic piping shall be continuous wher�ver possible. l.ndividually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recommended by the manufacturer except that support-spacing shall not exceed 3 feet. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic PVC pipe runs shall, where possible, be supported by ladder-type cable trays such as the Electray Ladder by Husky-Burndy; Cable Tray by Enduro Composite Systems; the Globetray by the Metal Products nivision of United States Gypsum or equal. Ladder shall be of FRP construction. Rung spacing shall be 12 inches. Tray width shall be approximately 6 inches for single runs and 12 inches for double runs. Ladder-type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods, rod couplin�s, concrete inserts, hanger clips, ete., required for a complete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by strap clamps, or fiasteners similar ta Globe, Mode1 M-CAC; Husky-Burndy, Model SCR; or equal. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 feet. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. indrvidual clamps, hangers, and supports in contact with plastic PVC pipe shall provide firm suppart but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and cantraction. 5. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each flaor or at intervals of not more than 12 feet by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests and at all points necessary to ensure rigid construction. 07320.037-01 15060-5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS , � 1 ' Pipe supports shall not induce point loadings, but shall distribute pipe ' loads cvenly along the pipe circumference. 7. Supports shall be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or as speci.fied in this Section. No piping shall be supported from other pipin� or from metal stairs, ladders, and walkways, unless specifically directed or auChorized by the Engineer. 8. Pipe supports sha11 be provided to minimrze lateral forces through valves, boCh sides of split-type couplrngs, and sleeve-type couplings and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump kaousings shall not be used to support connecting pipes. � � ' ' 9. Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe shall be accounted for in the pipe support selection and installation. ' N. Any required pipe support for which the supports specifred in this Section are not applicable shall be fabricated or constructed from standard structural steel shapes and conerete and anchor hardware similar to items previously specified in. this secfion and shall be subject to the approval of the Fngineer. 2.02 HANGER AN.D Si].PPORT SYSTEMS ' ' A. Pipe hangers and supports shall be as manufactured by Anvil, Unistrut, Cooper B- � Line, Aikinstrut, Superstrut, ot equal. B. Pipe hangers and supports shall comply with MSS SP-SS for the standard types referenced on the Drawings. The Contractor shall construct special hangers and supports if detailed in the Drawings. Type numbers for standard hangers and supports shall be in accordance with MSS SP-5$ as listed below: Type Manufacturer and Model Number Descri tion (or E ual ] Adjustable steel clevis Anvi] Fig. 590 or 260, B-Line 83100 or B3102 3 Steel double-bolt pipe clamp Anvil Fig. 295A or 295H, B-Line F33144 or B3144A 4 Steel pipe clamp (pipes smaller than 3 A.nvil Fig. 212, B-Line B3140 inches 4 Steel pipe clamp (pipes 3 inches and Anvi] Fig. 2] 6, B-Line 3142 lar er) 5 Pi e han er S-Line B6690 6 Ad�ustable swivel i e rin Anvil Su erstrut 714, Anvil Fi . 104 7 Ad'ustable steel band han er B-Line .83172 8 Extension i e or riser clam Anvil Fi . 261, B-:Line B5573 07320-037-01 ] 5060-b PTPE I-L#NGERS AND SUPPORTS ' 1 �, , 1 , , ' , ' � , , ' 1 ' ' ' ' , ' � ' 1 1 � ' Type Manufacturer and Model Number Descri tion (or E ual 9 Ad�ustable band han er Anvil Fi . 97 ] 0 Ad'ustable swivel rin band han er Anvil Fi . 70, B-Line B3170 NF 11 Split pipe ring with adjustable Anvil Fig. ] 08, B-Line B3173 turnbuckle 13 Steel turnbuckle Anvil Fi . 230, B-Line B3202 14 Steel devis Anvil Fi . 299, B-Line B3201 15 Swivel turnbuckle Anvil Fi . 114, B-Line 133224 16 Malleable iron socket Anvil Fi .] l OR, .S-Lin� 83222 17 Steel weldless e e nut B-Line B3200 18 Steel or malleable iron concrete insert Anvil Fi . 281, Su erstrut 452 19 To beam C-clam Anvil Fi . 92, $-Line B3033 20 Side I-beam or channel clam Anvil Fi . 14 or 217 21 Center I-beam clam Anvil Fi ure 134 22 Welded attachment e Anvil Fi . 66 B-Line 83083 23 C-clam Anvil Fi . 86, $-Line B3036L 24 U-bolt Anvil Fi . 137, B-Line 53188 26 Cli Anvil Fi l. 262, B-Lin� B3180 2$ Steel i-bea►n clam with eye nut Anvil Fi . 22$ 29 Steel wide flan e Anvil Fi . 228 clam with e e nut 30 Malleable iron beam clamp with Superstrut CM-754, B-Line B3054 extension i�ce 31 Li ht welded steel bracket Anvil �'i . 194, B-Line B3063 32 Medium welded steel bracket Anvil Fi . 195, $-Line B3066 33 Hea welded steel bracket Anvil Fi . 199, B-Line B3067 34 Side beam bracket Anvil Fi . 202, B-L,ine 53062 36 Pi e saddle su ort Anvil Fi . 258, B-Line B3095 37 Pi e stanchion saddle Anvil Fi . 259, B-Line B3090 38 Ad'ustable i e saddle su ort Anvil Fi =. 264, B-Line 83093/83089 39 Steel pipe covering Anvil F'ig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, or 165; Superstrut A 789; B-Line B3160/B3165 40 Tnsulation rotection shield Anvil Fi . 167, B-Line B3151 41 Sin le i e roll Anvil Fi . 171, B-Line B3114 43 Ad'ustable roller han er with swivel Anvil Fi . 18 ], B-Line B31 ] 0 44 Pi e roll, com lete Artvil Fi . 271, B-Line B31 175�, C. Pipe hangers and supparts shall be hot-dipped galvanized according to AS'1`M A153 carbon steel (ASTM A36, A575, or A576). Bases, rollers, and anchors shall be steel as described above or may be cast iron (ASTM A48). Pipe clamps shall be steel as described above or may be malleable irnn (ASTM A47). 2.03 OFFSET PIPE CLAMP n 07320-037-01 Anvil Figure 103, Cooper B-Line .B3148, or equal. Material shall be Type 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted. fF�ii�[il PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE SUPPO.RTS AND HANGERS Ia� I:� C�I Pipe Anchor Chair: Anvil Figure 19$ or equal. One Hole Clamp: Anvil Figure 126 or equal. Roller Chair: Anvil Figure ] 75 or equai. 2.05 ST.EEL CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEM A. Steel channel frames shall be 1-5/8 inches wide by 1-5/8 or 3-1/4 .i.nches high by 12-gauge metal thickness, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Material shall conform to 11STM A36, A570 (Grade 33 minimum), or A653 unless stainless steel is indicated in the Drawings. Stainless steel shall be 7�ype 304. One side of the channel shal] have a continuous open slot with inturned clamping ridges. Maximum allowable stress under any combinatian oi' applied uniformly distributed loads and concentrated loads shall not exceed those reco.mmended in the AISC or t�ISI. Deflection shall not exceed 1/240 of span. The Contractor shall use multiple back-to-back channels to achieve these criteria if single channels are not sufficiene. Prpducts: Unistrut P10�0 or P5000 Series, B-Line .B11 or B22 Series, or equal. P. Steel cha.nnels shall be hot-dipped galvanized according to ASTM A153. C. Nuts shall be machrned and case hardened. The Contractor sha.11 provide rectangular nuts with the ends shaped to permit a quarter turn crosswise in the framing channel. Provide two serrated grooves in the nut to engage the inturned ed�es of the channel. D. Pipe clamps (including attachment screws and nuts) shall be Unistrut P.l I00 or P2000 Series, B-Line B2000 Scries, or equal. Material shall be Type 304 stainless steel. E. Hanger rods for trapezes shall be carbon steel (ASTM A36, AS75, or A576) unless stainless steel is indicated on the Drawings. Stainless-steel hanger rod material shall comply with ASTM A276, Type 304. F. Accessory fittings and brackets shall be the same material as the channel or trape�e. .Provide coating on carbon steel fittings and brackets as specified for the channels and frames. 1 o�szao3�-oi Flat Plate Fittings: Unistrut P1065, P1066, P1925; Superstrut AB-206, , AB-207; or equal. 15060-8 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS � ' ' , 1 , ' ' 1 , 1 1 1 � 1 , � ' 1 ' ' I] 3 Post Bases: Unistrut P2�72A, Superstrut AP-232, or equal. 90° Brackets: Unistrut .P 1326, P 1346; Superstrut AB-203; or equal. 4. Rounded-End .Flat Plate Fittings: Unistrut P2325, Superstrut X-240, or equal. G. Parallel pipe clamps shall be Unistrut P1563 through P1573, Superstrut AB-719, or equal. Material shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.06 FIBERGLASS-REiNFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEM A. FRP pipe hangers and supports shall be Aickinstrut, Inc. or equal. S. Material properties shall be as follows: Lon itudinal Direction Ultimate'Tensile si 37,500 roinimum Ultimate Com ressive ( si 35,000 minimum Ultimate Flexural ( si 37,500 minimum Tensile Modulus ( si) x l0**6 3.00 minimum Flexural Modulus si x 10**6 2.00 minimum Ultimate Shear Stren th ( si) 6,000 minimum Ultimate Bearin Stress si 35,000 minimum Izod Im act (ASTM D256 ft-Ib/inch notch 30 minimum Transverse Direction Ultimate Tensile si 10,000 minimum Ultimate Com ressive si 20,000 minimum Ultimate Flexural si 14,000 minimum Tensile Modulus si x] 0**6 1.0 minimum Com ressive Modulus si x l0**6 1.4 minimum Flexural Modulus ( si x 10**6 I.0 minimum Ultimate Shear Stren th si S,S00 minimum Ultimate Bearin Stress ( si 35,000 minimum Izod Im act, ft-Ib notch 5 minimum Hardness Barcol Test 50 minimum C. Glass-fiber-reinforced composites and plastic products shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. D. Channel framing shall be 1-5/8 inches deep by 1-5/8 inches wide and shall be made using vinylester resin equal to Ashland Derakane 41 1, Ashland Hetron 922, or Reichhold Dion 9800. IC shall have a nexus polyester surfacing veil over .100% of the surface which, along with a filler system, will protect against degradation from ultraviolet light. Channel shall be supplied with integral notches .1 inch on 0732D-037-01 I 5060-9 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS center. Notches shall be located an the int�rior t7ange to prevent slippage of pipe clamps and fittings after installation. In place of n�tched channel, unnotched channel may be used if the vertical channel sections supporting the horizontal piping are provided with stop lock hardware at each pipe clamp to prevent slippage. Channel framing shall bc: Aickinstrut G.R.P. Type V 2000 series or eq�ial. E. Channel framing connections shall be made with vinylester glass fiber composite nuts, bolts, all Chreaded rods, channel fittings, bases, and hanger assemblies. Nut, bolts, and rods shall be Aickinstrut 4200 series, Strut T�ch PVCG, or eyual. Channel fittings shall be Aick.instrut 2800 style or equal. F. Load-bearing pipe clamps and nonload-bearin� pipe straps shal) be nonmetallic and nonconductive �nd shall be made by the injection-molding process usin� polyurethane-base resrn. Pipe clarnps and straps shall be Aickinstrut 3100 series or equal. G. Clevis hangers shall be made with vinylester glass fiber and be Aickinstrut I S00 seri�s or equal. � H. Hanger rods for trapezes shall be carbon steel (ASTM A35, A575, or A576) unless stainless steel o.r FRP is indicated on the Drawings. Stainless steel hanger rod material shall comply with ASTM A276, "C'ype 304. FRP han�er rod shall be by Aickinstrut, StrutTech, or equal. 2.07 PIPE SPIDERS A. Cooper S-Line B3281 to 3286, Superstrut 5-794 or equal. 2.08 WAFFLE ISOLATION PADS A ' , �� ' Mason Type "W;" Mac.hinery InsCallation Systems "Unisorb" Type S, SB, �', or FS; or equal. Provide rninimum 1/4-inch thickness. ' 2.09 NEOPRENE ISOLATING SLEEV�S FOR METAL PIPE 6 1NCHES AND SMAI,.LER A. Unistrut P2600, B-Line "Vibrocushion," or equal. 2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS AND SCREWS A. Anchor bolts and screws for attachi.ng pipe supports and hangers to walls, floors, ceilings, and roof beams shall be Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A276 or F593. Nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel, AS7M A19�1, Grade 8M, or ASTM F594, Type 3 ].6 stainless steel_ U732�-�37-01 15060-10 PIPE HANG�RS AND SUPPORTS ' � , , ' 1 , � � ' ' 1 ' � ' 1 � � � � ' , ' � PART 3 EXECUTIQN 3.01 P1PE F�IANGE.R AND WALL SUPPURT SPACING A. The Contractor shall install pipe hangers and wall suppo.rts on horizontal and ver-tical runs at the spacing shown or detailed on the Drawings. Provide hanger rods (for horizontal runs) and wall supports of the sizes shown or detailed on the Drawings. If no spacing or rod sizes are given on the Drawings or in the Sp�.cifications for a particular piping system, use the following: 1. Pipe .Hanger and Wall Support Spacing for Steel and Ductile-�ron Pipe (Sections 15150, Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping; 15223, Steel Pipe (6- lnch through 96-Inch Diameter); and 15276, Stainless Steel Pipe): Pipe Size Maximum Support or Nanger Minimum Rod Size (inches S acin (feet inches 3/8 and smaller 4 3/8 1/2 throu h 1 6 3/8 1- I/4 throu h 2 8 3/8 2-1/2 and 3 10 1/2 3-] /2 and 4 ] 0 5/8 6 1 Z 3/4 8 12 7/8 ] 0 and 12 14 7/8 14 and lb lb 1 1$ IS 1 20 throu h 2�4 9 1 30 6 1 S. Pipe ��anger or Wall Support Spacing for PVC Pipe (Sections 15150, Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping; 15290, PVC Pipe, 3 I.nches and Smaller): C. 0732[1-037-q 1 Maximum Support or Hanger Pipe Size Spacing Minimum Rod Size (inches) (feet inches 3/4 4 3/8 1 4 3/S 1-]/2 5 3/8 2 5 3/8 2-1/2 5 1/2 3 6 1/2 Pipe Hanger or Wall Support Spacing for PVDF Piping (Section 15296, PVDF Vipe, 3 Inches and Smaller): 15060.11 P1PE, }•IANGERS AND SUPPORTS � E. Maximum Hanger or Support Pipe Size 5pacing Minimum Rod Size (inches) (feet (inches) 3-]/4 Z 3/$ ] 2 3/8 1-1/2 3 3/8 2 � 3/8 3 6 1/2 For. piping services not described, the Contractor shall provide hangers and supports according to MSS SP-58 and SP-69. The Contractor shall provide bracing for piping 8 inches and smaller that is installed on hangers or trapezes according to MSS S.P-] 27, except provide lateral bracing at maximum 10-foot center-to-center spacings. Provide s�vay bracing for hangers for piping larger than 8 inches as detailed on the Drawings. 3.02 PTPE SUPPQRT SPACING FOR SUPPORTS UN TOP �F SL�BS OR GRAL7E A. The Contractor shall install pipe supports on horizontal runs at the spacing shown or detailed on the Drawings. Provide supports of the type shown or detailed on the Drawings. If no spacings are given on the Drawings or in the Specifications for a particular piping system, use the following: ]. Pipe Support Spacing for Steel and Ductile-Iron Pipe (Sections ].5 ].55, Ductile Iron Fipe and Fittings; 15223, Steel Pipe (6-Inch through 96-Inch Diameter); and 15276, Stainless Steel Pipe): Pipe Size Maximum Support Spacing (inches (feet 3/8 and smaller 4 l/2 throu h 1 6 ]-1/4 throu h 2 8 2-1 /2 and 3 10 3-1/2 and 4 ]0 6 12 s r2 10 and 12 ] 4 14 and ]6 16 18 16 20 throu h 24 18 30 18 B. Pipe support spacing for other pipe materials shall be the same as described in Arti.cle 3.01 "Pipe Hanger and Wall Support Spacing" above. 07320-037-01 I Sp60-12 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPOR'I'S � � 1 ' � , ' ' ' � � ' ' ' ' � � � ' 3.03 INST�LLING PiPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS The Cantractor shall do the following: A. Provide separate hangers or supports at each valve. Provide one hanger or supporC around each end of the valve body or on the adjacent connecting pipe within one pipe dia►neter of the valve end. Provide additional hangers or supports to relieve eccentric loadings imposed by offset valve actuators. B. Provide separate hangers or supports at each pipe elbow, tee, or .fitting. Provide separate hangers or supports on both sides of each nanrigid joint or flexible pipe coupling. C. Adjust pipe ]�angers according to MSS SP-89, Paragraph 10.6. D. Install leveling bolts beneath support baseplates. Provide 3/4-inch-thick grout pad beneath each base. E. Install piping without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any connecting valves, pumps, and other equipment to which the pipe is co.nnected. 3.04 1NSTALLING STE�L AND FRP CHANNEL FR.AMES A. The Contractor shall use .1-S/$-inch-high channel frames, unless 3-1/4 inch is needed, to prov.ide clearance from walls. Use multiple back-ta-back channels if additional clearance is needed. 3.OS INSTALLING NEOPR.ENE 1SOLATTNG SLEEVES A. The Contractor shall install a sleeve around each metal pip� 6 inches and smaller at the point of bearing ar cantact with the pipe hanger or support. 3.06 PAINTING AND COATING The Contractor shall do the following regarding painting and coating: A. Grind the welds of fabricated steel pipe supports smooth, prepare surfac� by sandblasting, and apply coating system. B. Paint exposed metallic pipe hangers and supports Co match the color of the adjacent wall or pipe. C. Coat submerged pipe hangers and supports. END OF SECTION 07320-037-01 I 5060.13 PIPE HANGEAS AND SUPPO.RTS 1 � 1 1 � 1 ' � 1 ' � i � ' � ' � � , SECTiON 15075 PROCESS EQUIPMENT, AIP(NG, AND VALVE 1DENTIF]CATION PART 1 GEN.ERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes requirements for materials and installation of markers, labels, and signs for pipes, tanks, and valves; for mechanical equipment; for hazardous materials warnings; and for miscellaneous plant services. l .02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section O] 330, Submittals and Acceptance. B. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature describing materials, colors, letter size, and size of labels. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUA.LITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1..07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shal) be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Sonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for staring and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALiFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 'TESTING REQUIREM.ENTS (NOT USED) l.l 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 07320.037-01 15075-1 PROCE55 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND VAL,VE ibENTIFICATION 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditrons, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operat.ions and Maintenance M.anuals. PART 2 PRUDUCTS 2.0.1 LABELS FOR PiP1NG A. Label.s for piping shall bear the full p.iping system name as shown in the Piping Schedule on the Drawings. The Co.ntractor shall provide separate flow directional arrows next Co each label. Color, size, and labeling shall conform to ANSi A I 3.1 and Z535.1. Labels for piping inside buildings shall be vinyl cloth: W, H. Srady Co. B-500 vinyl cloth, Seton Name Plate Corporation Pipe .Markers, or equal. Labels for piping located outdoors shall be weather- and UV-resistant acrylic plastic and shall be W. H. Brady Co. 5-946, Seton Name Plate Corporation Pipe M.arkers, or equal. B. AlternaCively, the Contractor shall provide preprinted, semirigid, snap-on, color-coded pipe markers. Calor, si�e, and labeling shall conforna to ANSI A13.1 an.d Z535.1. Label shall cover 360° (minimum). Labels shall be fabricated of weather- and UV-resistant acrylic plastic. Labels shall be Seton Narneplate Corporation SetMark pipe marks or equal. 2_02 LABELS FOR VALVES A. The Contractor shall provide each valve .l.isted on the Tag Number list with an identi .fication tag. The tag shall be 2-inch-square or circular aluminum or 1/16-inch-thick fberglass: W. H. Brady 8-60, Seton Name Plate Corp. Series SVT, or equal. Aluminum tags sha.11 have black-filled letters. The Contractor shall provide f.rberglass tags for chemical system valves. 2.03 HOSE BIBS SIGNS—UNSAFE WATER A. The Contractor shall provide a rigid sign labeled "DANGER--i.TNSAFF WATER" for each hose bibb. Size and lettering shall conform Co OSHA requirements_ Signs shall be Seton Nameplate Company 20-gauge baked enamel, minimum size 7 inches by 3 inches; Brady 5-120 Fiber-Shield fiberglass, minimum size 7 inches by 3 inches, 1/8 inch thick; or equal. 2.04 LASELS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT I� o�szo-o3�-0� The Contractor shall provide a label £or each pump, blower, compressor, tank, feeder, flocculator, flash tnixer, clarifier mechanism, or other piece of inechanical 15075-2 PRQCkSS EQUTPMENT. PIPING, AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION ' ' equipment. The label shall show the equipment name and tag number as shown on , the Tag Number list or on the Drawings. Labels shall be 1-1/2 inches (minimum) by 4 inches (minimum) brass, aluminum, or 1/$-inch-thick fiberglass tags. , Provide fiberglass tags for chemical system equipmenC: Srady B-]20 .�iber- Shield, Seton Style 2065, or equal. � 2.05 LABELS FOR TANKS A. Signs shall be weaCher- and UV-resistant. Labels shall be Brady 5-946, Seton , Name Plate Corporation PSPL, or eyual. Minimum size shall be 7 inches by 1 p inches. Provide a sign on each quadrant of the tank bearing the tank tag number and the name of the liquid stored. � ' � �� ' , � 1 � 1 � ' ' 2.06 2.07 HAZARDOL7S MATERIALS WARNING AND DANGER SIGNS A. The Contractor shall provide 1 �-inch-square hazardous materials warning diamond signs cornplying with NFPA 704. Wall signs shall be 1/8-inch-thick fiberglass: Brady 5-120 Fiber-Shield or equal. Si�ns attached to tanks, cabineCs, or pieces of equipment shall be self-adhesive vinyl cloth. Provide four signs for each bulk chemical storage tank, one for each quadrant of the tank. Affix a sign to the exterior side of each chemical feed room door: Brady �3-946 or equal. Provide signs at the following locations: UNDERGROUND PI�ASTIC WARNING 'TAPE FOR METAL P1PE A. The Contractor shall provide permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape intended for direct burial service, nat less than 6 inches wide by 3.5 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates the type of service of buried pipe. Provide the following colored tape for the various piping ��'fIK�� Service Color Cable TV Oran e Gas Yellow Electric Red Tele hone Oran e Water Blue Sewer Green Chemical Yellow Reclaimed Water Violet 2.08 UNDERGR�UND DETECTABLE METALLIC PIAE WARNING TAPE A 07320-037-01 The Contractor shall provide permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed tape consisting of an aluminum or steel foil sheathed in a plastic larninate, not less than 15075-3 PAOC�SS EQLJIPMENT. PIPING, AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION 2 inches wide by 3 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of buried service. Provide the following colored tape for the various piping services: Service Color Cable TV Oran e Gas Yellow Electric Red Tele hone Oran e W ater B 1 ue Sewer Green Chemical Yellow Reclaimed Water Violet PA RT 3 EXECUTION 3.O1 1NSTALL]`NG PI.FE LABELS A. '�`he Contractor shall provide a label and flow arrow at each conneetion C� pumps or othe�• mechanical equipri�ent, at wall boundaries, at tees and crosses, and at 20-foot centers on straight runs of piping. �:3 C. On piping having external diamet�rs less than 6 inches (including insulation, if any), the Contractor shall provide full-band pipe maa-kers, extending 360° around pipe at each location. On piping having external diameters of 6 inches and larger (including insulation, if any), provide either full-band or strip-type pipe markers but not narrower than three times letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or insulation. 2. Strapped-to-pipe or .insulation applicatian of semiri�id type with Type 304 or 305 stainless steel bands. 3.02 1NSTALLING VALVE AN.D EQUIPMENT LABELS A. The Contractor shall attach labels to the valve or piece of equipment with Type 304 or 316 stainless steel chains unless otherwise noted. For sodium hypochlorite and hydrofluosilicic acid use thermoplastic chains to attach labels. B. The Contractor shall attach valve labels ta the valve handwheels. if the valve has no handwheel, attach the label to the valve by tying the tag wire or chain around the operating shaft or nut. 07320.037-01 15075� PRpCESS �QUIPMENT, PIPING, ANb VALV� IDENTIFICATION ' � , ' � 1 r � � � ' ' 1 1 , 1 � ' ' 3.03 TNS"1"ALLING MISCELLANEOUS SIGNS A. The Contractor shall attach miscellaneous signs accardin� to the sign manufacturer's recommendatians and in accordance with OSHA requirements. 3.04 INSTALLiNG WALL AND DOOR SIGNS A. Attach to walls and doors using epoxy adhesive. 3.05 INSTALLING UNDERGROUND PLASTIC WARNING TA.PE .FOR METAL PIPE �. During backfilling of each exteriar underground piping system, the Contractor shall install continuous underground-type plastic line marker directly over buried line at 6 to 8 inches above the top of the pipe. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench and do not exceed overall width of 1 G inches, install a single line marker. 3.OG 1NSTALLING UNDERGROUND DETECTABLE METALLIC AIF'F WARNING TAPE A. The Contractor shall install tape 4 to 6 inches belaw finished ground surface directly over buried pipelines. Where multiple small pipelines are buried in a common trench and do not exceed an overall width of 16 inches, install a single marker tape. 07320-037-01 END OF SECTION 15075-5 PROCESS EQUIPMENT, F'IPING, AND VALV� Ib�NTIFiCAT10N , ' 1 � � � r � , ' , � ' ' � , � 1 � SECTiON 15105 WALI_ PIPES, SEEP R1NGS, AND PENETRATIONS PARTI GENERAL 1.0] SCOPE O.F' WURK A. This Section describes requirements for materials, installation, and testing of steel, cast-iron, and ductile-iron wall pipes and sleeves (including wall collars and seepage rings) and penetrations. 1.02 RELAT.FD WORK A. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. B. Sectian 15060, Pipe Hangers and Supports. C. Division 15, mechanical piping and valves. 1.03 SUBMITTALS '1`he Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit detailed drawings for fabricated steel or cast-iron wall and floor pipes and sleeves, wall flanges, seep rings, and sealing materials. Show dimensions and wall thicknesses. B. C. D. E. F. 0372D-037-01 Show flange sizes and the appropriate ANSI or AWWA flange dimensianal standard where flanged end wall pipes or penetrations are used. Show grooved-end dimensions and AWWA grooved-end dimensional standard where grooved-end wall pipes or penetrations are used. List coating systems to be applied, their manufacturer, and the dry thickness of coatings. Cal) out coatings where coatings are to be applied. List materials of construction with ASTM material reference and grade. Submit the manufacturer's instructions for installing rubber annular hydrdstatic sealing devices: 1. Submit six copies of the results of the leakage test for cast-iron sleeves having shrink-fit steel collars or collar halves bottomed in a groove and steel sleeves having welded steel collars. I5105-1 WALL P1PES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETTtATIdNS 1.04 WORK S�QUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference sCandards and recommended practices referred to in this Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from th�se documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. Des.ign, manufacturing, and assembly �f elements of the products specified in this Section shall be in accordance with the standards of the organizations listed below: ]. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. Arnerican Waterworks Association (AWWA) 4. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) B. Where reference is made to a standard of one of the above or other organizations, the version of the standard in effect at the time of bidding shall apply. 1.06 QUA.l,1TY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper execution and performance of the work described an this Section. The ContracCor shall be responsible for inspecting all installation conditions and bringing to the attention of the Engineer any conditions that may adversely affect the Contractor's work_ Be1'ore beginning any portion of this wc�rk, the Contractor shall report any conditions unsuitable for the installation of their portion of the work to the Engineer. S. The location of all equipment, fixtures, and piping shall be considered as approximate only and the Engineer reserves the right to change these locations at any tirne before the work is installed. The positions of such eyuipment and piping to meet structural condiCions and to provide proper headroom clearance or for other sufficient causes shall be changed without addiCional expense to the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTIES 1:1 Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section O1780, Warranties and Bonds. 03720-037-0] 15105-2 WALL P1PES, SEEY R1NG5, AND PEN�7'RA7'IONS � � ' , � ' � ' ' 1 1 � 1 ' ' � 1 ' ' I.08 UELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUA1�1F1CATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 `1`ESTING REQUIR.EMENTS (NOT USED) l.l 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accardance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section O]830, Operations and Maintr:nance Manuals. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.O1 GEN.ERAL A. The Contractor shall use cast-iron, ductile-iron, or fabricated-steel wall sleeves when containing rubber annular hydrostatic sealin� devices through which piping passes: 1. Use only cast-iron or ductile-iron wall pipes when connecting to cast-iron 03720.037-01 2 3 4. and ductile-iron pipe. Use only fabricated steel or stainless steel wall pipes when connecting to steel or stainless steel pipe, respectively. Cast-iron flanges shall conform to ANSi B 16.1, Class 125 or 250, to match the flange on the connecting pipe. Class 150 steel flanges shall canform to AWWA C207, Class D. Class 300 steel flanges 48 inches and smaller shall conform to AWWA C207, Class F. Class 300 flanges larger than 48 inches shall conform to the dirnensions of ANS.I B16.1 Class 250 flanges. Flanges shall be flat face. Flanges shall match the flange on the connecting pipe. See Section 15055, Piping Systems--General, for flange bolts and �askets. 15105-3 WAC„L P1PE5, SEEP RINGS, AND PEN@TRAT1qNS 2.02 CAST-IRON OR D[1CTl.LE-IRON WALL PIVES AND SLEEVES �1. The Contractor sha11 provide cast- or ductile-iron wall pipes with ends as shown in the Drawings for connection to adjacent cast-iron and ductile-iron pipe or for containing pipes where they pass through concrete walls, ceilings, and floor slabs. Provide seepage ring on wall pipes and sleeves passing through concrete walls and slabs that are to be watertight. Locate collars so that the collar is at the center of the wall or floor slab, unless othervvise shown on the Drawings. B. Wall pipes and sleeves shall be of the following types: 1. Pipe or sleeve with integrally cast seep ring. 2. Pipe or sleeve with shrink-fit steel collar attached. C. ' � � , , , r 3. Pipe or sleeve wrth steel collar halves bottomed in a groove provided in � the pipe or sleeve. Minimum wall thickness for pipes and sleeves having .integrally cast sc:ep rings ' sl�all be as shown in the following table: Pipe or Sleeve Size Minimwn Wall Thickness inches (inches 3 0.48 4 0.52 6 0.55 8 0.60 10 0.68 12 0.75 ] 4 0.66 16 0.70 18 0.75 20 0.$Q 24 0.89 1. Minimum wall thickness of pipes or sleeves having shrink-fit collars shall be special Class 52. Cut shrink-fit collars from a 1/4-inch-thrck steel ring. Attach the collar to a cast-iron or ductile-iron pipe or sleeve by heating the steel collar and allowing it to shrink over the pipe at the necessary location. Provide an epoxy bond (Keysite 740 or 742 or Scotchkote 302) between the pipe and collar. Sandblast the area of the pipe to be epoxy coated in accordance with SSPC SP-] 0. 2. Wall pipes or sleeves having steel collar halves bottomed in a groove shall be ductile iron Special Class 54 minimum unless otherwise shown. Wall flanges shall consist of 1./4anch-thick steel seep ring halves for pipes 03720-037-01 15105-4 WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND YENE'P.RATIONS ' � ' [-J �' , through 24 inches and 3/$-inch-thick halves for pipe 30 inches and larger, bottomed in a groove provided on the pipe. �1`he pipe groove shall be machine cut to a depth af 1/16- to 5/64-inch to prpvide a press fit for the seep ring. S�ep ring halves shall be welded together after being fit into the �roove but shall not be welded to pipe. Seep i•ings shall be sealed completely around the pipe with silicon sealant manufactured by Dow- Corning No. 790, General Electric Silpruf, or equal. 3. The material used in cast- or ductile-iron wall Flanges, wall sleeves, and wall penetrations shall conform to ASTM A395, A,436, A536, A48 (Class 35), orA126 (Class B). ' 4. Pressure test at least one af each size of cast-iron pipes ar sleeves having shrink-fit steel collars or callar halves installed in a groove in the pipe at the place of fabrication to demonsCrate watertightness of the seal between , the collar and the sleeve. The test shall be at a pressure of 20 psig for 4 hours and shall show zero leakage. , ' , 1 ' 1 , C� ' ' I� Fabricated Steel Wall Pipes and Sleeves: The Contractor shall provide fabricated steel wall pipes and sleeves with ends as shown on the Drawings for connection to adjace.nt steel pipes or for containing pipes where they pass through concrete walls. Provide seepage ring or wall flange on wall pipes and sleeves passing through concrete walls and slabs that are to be watertight. Wall thickness shall b� the same as the pipe wall thickness when connecting to steel pipe. Minimum wall thickness for sleeves containing pipes shall be standard weight in accordance with ANSI B36.10 for sleeves 72 inches and smaller and 1/2 inch for sleeves greater than 72 inches throu�h 96 inches. 2. Wall flanges shall be in the form of a steel wall collar welded to the steel sleeve or penetratian. Cut welded wall collars Fram a 1/4-inch steel ring. Attach the collar to a steel wall pipe or sleeve with full-eircle, 3/16-inch fillet welds. Welding procedures shall be in accordance with ANSI B31.3, Chapter V. 3. Steel pipe used in fabricating wall sleeves containing pipes shall comply with ASTM 53 (Type E or S), Grade B; ASTM A135, Grade B; ASTM A139, Grade B; or AP.I SL or SLX. Wall pipes connecting to steel pipe shall be of the same material as the connecting pipe. Wall collar material sha11 comply with ASTM A36, A105, A181, or A182. 03720-037-01 1 S 105-5 WALL P1PES, SEEP RINGS, AND PE.N�.TRA'I'IdN5 � 4. Stainless steel pipe used in fabricating wall pipes shall be of the same material as the connecting pipe. Wall coll�r material shall comply with ASTM A240. 5. The Contractor shall pressure test at least one of each size of fabricated steel wall sleeve or penetration and callar assemblies at the place of fabrication to demonstrate watertightness of the seal between the collar and the sleeve. The test shall be at a pressure oF 20 psig for 4 hours and shall show zero leakage. E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing f7ange for attaching to wooden forms. 1. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. 2. Molded PE: Reusable P�, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attachin� to wooden forms. F. Rubber Annular Hydrostatic Sealing Devices: 1. Rubber annular hydrostatic sealing deviccs shall be o� the modular mechanical type, using interlocking syntheric rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between lhe pipe sleeve and the passing pipe. Assemble links to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe, with a pressure plate under each bolthead and nut. 2. Materials of construction shall be as follows: 3 4 Com ound Maierial �ressure plate Com osite lass-reinforced nylon Bolts and nuts for li.nks Type 303 or 316 stainless stee] Sealing element EPDM rubber The size of the wall sleeve needed to accommodate the passing pipe shall be as recommended by the rubber annular seal manufacturer. Provide centering blocks in 25% of the sealing elements on pipelines larger than 12 inches in diameter. 5. The rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices shall be Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation; Innerlynx as manufactured by Advance P.roducts & Systems, Inc. or equal. 03720-037-01 15105-6 WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS ' � 1 1 , ' ' , 1 , � � ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 G. Solts, Nuts, and Gaskets for Flanged-End Wall Pipes: l. See Section 15055, Piping Systems-----General. H. Polyethylene Foam Filler for Pipe Penetrations: l. Packing foam shall be an extruded closed-cell pc�lyethylene foam rod, such as Minicel backer rod, manufactured by Industrial Systems Department, F'lastic Products Group oF Hercules, Inc., Middletown, Delaware; Ethafoam, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan or equal. The rod shall be ]/2 inch larger in diameter than the annular space. i. Escutcheons: Escutcheons shall be as follows: U3720-037-01 I. z. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an iD to closely fit around pipe, Cube, and insulation of insulated piping, and an OD that completely covers opening. One-Viece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish. One-Piece, Cast-Srass Type: With set screw. a. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. a. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. Qne-I'iece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated finish. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealc:d hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome-plated finish. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 15105-7 WAI..L PiP�S, SE6P RINGS, ANll PENETRATIONS J. 1'olyurethane Sealant for Pipe Penetrations: 1. Sealant shall be multipart, polyurethane sealant, to cure at ambient temperature for continuaus immersion in water. Install as recommended by the manufacturer. Products: SIKA Sikaflex 2C or equal. 2. Sealants at firewalls shall be a two-part faamed silicone elastomer by Dova Corning Co., Product No. 3-6548 silicone R.T.V.; 3M brand Fre barrier products caulk C.P. 25 and 3M. brand putty 303; or Flame-Safe frres stop systems Fig. No. FS-500 by Thomas & Betts Corp. Sealant bead contiguration, depth, and wrdth shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. K. Painting and Coating: 1. Line and coat sleeves and pipes (except stainless ste�l) with NSF 61 listed fusion-honded epoxy. Fusion-bonded epoxy shall be l00% solids, thermosettin�, fusion bonded, dry-powder epoxy resin; Scotchcoat 134 or 206N, Lilly Pawder Coatings Pipeclad 1500 Red, or equal. Apply fusion- bonded epoxy in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to a minimum thickness of 15 mils. L. Grout: Grout shall be as follows: 1. Description: ASTM C1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout: a. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. b. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-M.Pa), 28-day compressive strength. c. PART 3 EXECUTION Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 3.0] LOCATI.ON OF FIPES AND SLEEVES The Contractor shall do the following to ensure proper pipe installation: A. Provide a wall or floor pipe where shown in the Drawings and whereve.r piping passes through walls or floors of tanks or channels in which the water surface is above the pipe penetration. 0372�-037-01 15105-8 WA.LL .PI.PES, SEEP AINGS, AND PLNTTRATIONS ' , 1 II � � 1 ' ' ' , � B. Provide a floor sleeve where shown on the Drawings and wherever plastic pipe, steel, or stainless steel pipe 3 inches and smaller or stainless steel or copper tubing passes through a floor or slab. Provide a rubber annular sealing device in the annular space between the sleeve and the passing pipe or tubing. C. Provide wall sleeves where shown on the Drawings and wherever plastic, steel, ar stainless steel pipe 3 inches and smaller or stainless steel or copper Cubing passes through a wall. Provide a single rubber annular seal when the wall is 8 inches thick or less. Provide two rubber annular seals (one at each end of the sleeve) when the wall is more than $ inches thick. Pack the annular space with polyethylene foarn .filler and fill the ends of the penetration with 2.inches of elastomeric sealant on both sides of the structure. D. Where wall sleeves are installed in whic}� water or soil is on one or both sidcs of the channel or wall, provide twa rubber annular seals (c�ne at c:ach end of the sleeve). E. Where pipes pass through walls or slabs and no sleeves or wall or floor pipe with seep ring is provided, pack the annular space with polyethylene f�am filler and fill the ends of the penetration with 2 inches of elastomeric sealant on both sides of the structure. F. Install sleeves for pipes passing through c�ncrete and masonry walls, gypsum- board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. � 1_ Cut sleeves ta length for mounting flush with concrete floors and roof slabs. Extend sleeves installed in the floors of inechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above the finished floor level. Extend cast-iron ' sleeve fittings below the floor slab as required to secure a clamping ring if a ring is specif ed. ' ' � 1 � 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. [7 Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6(DN 150). Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6(DN 150) and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions. 03720-037-01 15105-9 WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND P1:NE'PRATIONS 1 c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: .For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproo.fing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. :Install a section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend the sleeve to 2 inches above the finished floor level. Rcfer to Section 07600, Flashing and Sheet Metal, for flashing: (1) Seal the space outside of the sleeve fttings with grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal the annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for the size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Section 07900, JoinC �'i,llers, Sealants, and Caulking, for materials and installatian. 3.02 INSTALLATION iN EX1STlNG CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS A. The Contractor shall core drill holes 1 to 2 inches larger in diameter than the outside daameter of the wall flange or collar. Install wall pipe and callar assembly axially ali�ned with the piping to which it will bc connected or which it will contain. Pack the void space between the sleeve and concrete with grout. See Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Conerete, far grouting specification. : C� �� Installation in New Concrete Walls and Slabs: 1. ]nstall wall pipes and sleeves in walls before placing concrete. Do not allow any portion of the pipe or sleeve to touch any of the reinforcing steel. Install wall pipe or sleeve and collar assembly axially aligned with the piping to whieh it will be attached or will contain. Provide supports to prevent the pipe or sleeve frorn displacing or deforming while the conc.rete is being pourEd and is curing. Installatian in Dry Floors and Slabs: 1. Install pipe sleeves and spools in concrete floors and slabs which do not have water over thern suc.h that the sleeve or pipe extends fro.rra the bottom af the floor or slab to 2 inches above the floor or slab unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Installation of Wall Fipes Having Flanged End Connections: 1. 2. 03720-037-01 Check alignment bef`ore grouting in place or pouring concrete. Realign if the sleeve is not properly aligned. Install flanged end wall sleeves or penetrations with baltholes of the end flanges straddling the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the sleeve. 15105-10 WALL I'iPE5, SF�P RiNGS, AND PENTTRATIONS 1 ' ' ' ' � ' 1 ' ' ' � E. Abovegraund, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for a]-inch an,nular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals: l. 2 Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller Chan 6 inches in diameter. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and ]arger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select the type and number of sealing elements required for the pipe material and size. Position the pipe in the c�nter of the sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in the annular space between the pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against }�ressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watei-tight seal. F. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe .Penetrations: install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow f'or a 1-inch annular clear space between the pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals: Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select the Cype and number of sealing elements required for the pipe material and si2e. Position the pipe in the center of the sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in the annular space between Che pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. G. Fire-.Barrier Penetrations: Maintain the indicated fire ratin� of walls, partitions, , ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Section 07100, Waterproofing and Dampproofing, for materials. 1 ' ' , 1 H Install escutcheons for the penetrations of walls, ceilings, and tloors according to the following: 1. New Piping: �� l:a Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. 0372Q037-01 15105-11 WALL PIPES, SEF..Y RINGS, AND PENETRATiONS ' i. J. K. L. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with poGshed chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations rn l�inished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finrsh. f. g� h. Sare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. I3are Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type. Bare .Piping at Floor Penetrations in E,quipment Rooms: One- pi�ce, floor-plaCe Yype. Verify final eyuip.ment locations for roughing-in. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Speci�ications for roughing-in requirements. Qualifications of Welders: I. Welder qualifications shall be in accardance with .AWS .Dl .l. Field Testing: l. The Contractor shall check each wall penetration for leakage at the time the hydraulic strucCure is tested for leakage; see Section 03300, Cast-in- I'lace Concrete. Penetrations shall show zero leakage. 1�1►1.RZ�] �y X� � [�7�1 03720-037-01 15105-12 WALL P1PE5, 5}�,FP R1NGS, AND P�NETRATiONS ! i � � ' � , ' � � � � � � , � � ' ' SECTION 15110 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES PARTI GENERAL I.O1 SCOPE OF WORK A_ The ConCractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all valves as shown in the Drawings and as specified in this Section. All valves shall be complete with all necessary manual actuators, valve boxes, extension stems, and floor stands, which are reyuired for prqper valve operation and completion of the work. 1. All valves shall be of the sizes shown in the Drawings. All equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer, unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. 2. The valves shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Air valves b. Check valves c. Gate valves d. Solenoid valves ] .02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Section O1330, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. S�ction 15055, Piping System---General. 1.03 SU:BMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Product technical submittal data shall contain the following information and data: 07320-037-01 l. Acknowledgment that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3 Manufacturer's operation and maintenance manuals. 15110.1 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCE55 VALVES 4. Data of valves, actuators, and accessaries: a. Pressure and temperatur� rating. b. Materials of construction, with ASTM reference and grade. c. Lini.ngs and coatings. d. Dirnensions and weight. e. Flow coefficient. f. Actuators and accessories details. g. Manuf'acturer's product brochure, cut-sheets, and parts diagrams. B. Dimensions and orientation of valve acCuators as installed on the valves. Show location of internal stops for gear actuators. State differentia] pressure and f.7uid velocity used to size actuators. For worm-gear actuators, state the radius of the gear sector in contact with the worm and state the handwheel diameter. � � � � � � , C. The following test reports: Performance Tests; Leakage Tests; Hydroslatic Tests; � and Proof-of-Design Tests as applicable or required. l .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USEn) 1.05 REFER.�NC.E STAND�IRDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the lat�st revisian af any such document in ef�ect at the bid time. The foll�wing documents are a parC of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A_ American National Standard Institute 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 07320-037-01 ANSI A21.11—Rubber-Gasket Jornts for Ductile-iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. ANSI B1.20.]—Aipe Threads, General Purchase (Inch). ANSI 51.20.7—Hose Coupling Screw Threads (Inch). ANS.I. B2.1—.Sase Metal Grouping for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification. ANSi B16.1—Gray Iran Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. ANSI B16.5—Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: N:PS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard. ANSI B 16.10—Face to F'ace and .End-to-End Dimensions of Valves. ANSI. B16.18---Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. ANSI B16_34--Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End. �NSI B16.42—Ductile-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 150 and 300. 1511 � 2 MANUAL, Ct�ECK, AND PROC�SS VALVES ' 1 � ' � ' : 11. ANSI B I 6.47---Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 through NPS 60. 12. ANSI S 16.104—Control Valve Seat Leakage. 13. ANSI B36.10—Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. 14. ANSI B93.10—Static Pressure Rating Methods of Square Head Fluid Power Cylinders Part 1: Pressure Containing Components. 15. ANSI �393.15—Mounting Di�nensions far Square Head Industrial Fluid Power Cylinders. 16. ANST/NSF 61—Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects. American Petroleum Institute API l. API 6D---Pipeline Valves (Steel Gate, Plug, Ball, and Check Valves). , 2_ AP16FA—Specification f'or Fire Test for Valves. 3. API 594----Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Weldin�. 4. API 607--Testing of Valves — Fire Type-Testing Requirements. 1 , � 1 � , � � ' ' , � C. American Society for Testing af Materials (ASTM) l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ]0 11 12 r� D732D-037-01 ASTM A3(�Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. ASTM A47—Standard Specif7cation for Ferritic Malleable iron Castings. ASTM A48—Standard Specificatipn for Gray Iron Castings. ASTM A l OS—Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Forgings for Piping Applications. ASTM A10$----Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished. ASTM A126—Standard Specification for Gray Iron CasCings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. ASTM A148—Standard Specifcation for Steel Castings, High Stren�th, for Structural Purposes. ASTM A1 S 1—Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Aiping. ASTM Al$2—Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged F'ittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service. ASTM A 193—Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless-Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature or High .Pressure Service and Other Special:Purpose Applications. ASTM A194—Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High-Temperature Service, or Both. ASTM A21 f�5tandard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion-Welding, for High-Temperature Service. ASTM A24�Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium- Nickel Stainless-Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. I5110.3 MANl1AL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VAL.VF.S 14. ASTM A269—Standard Specitication for Seamless and Welded AusteniCic Stainless-Steel Tubing for General Aurpose. l5. ASTM A27(�Standard Speciiication for Stainless-Steel Sars and Shapes. 16. ASTM A313—Standard Specitication for Stainless-Steel Spring Wire. l7. ASTM A322—Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades. 18. ASTM A351—Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts. l9. ASTM A395---Standard Specification for rerriCic Ductile-Iron Pressure- Retaining Castings for Use aC Elevated Temperatures. 20. ASTM A436---Standard Specitication for Austenitic Gray l.ron Castings. 21. ASTM A439—Standard Speci�cat.ion for Austenitic Ductile-iron Castings. 22. ASTM A449—Standard Specitication for Hex Cap Screws, �olts and Studs, Heat Treated, 120/] OS/90 ksi Minimum "I'ensile Strength, General Use. 23. ASTM A276—Standard Specification for Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes. 24. ASTM A479—Standard Specification for Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes far Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels. 25. ASTM A494—Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel A I loy. 26. ASTM A516--�-Standard Specification far Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon- 5tee1, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Services. 27. ASTM A536--Standard Specification for Ductile-Iron Castings. 28. ASTM A564—Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes. 29. ASTM A582—Standard Specifcation for Free-Machining Stainless-Steel Bars. 30. ASTM A666—Standard Speci�cation for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 31. ASTM A743—Standard Specification far Castings, Iron-Cliromium, Iron- Chromiurn-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application. 32. ASTM A744—Standard Specification for Castings, Tron-Chromium- Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for Severe Service. 33. ASTM A890--�-Standard Specifcation for Castings, l.ron-Chromium- Nickel-Molybdenum Corrosron-Resistant, Duplex (Austenitic/Ferritic) for General Application. 34. ASTM B1�Standard Specif7cation for Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines. 35. ASTM S2l.--Standard Specification for Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes. 36. ASTM B61---Standard Specifcation for Steam or Valve Bronze Fittings. 37. ASTM ,BG2—Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 07320-037-01 ] 5110-4 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROC�SS VAI,VES , ' � ' � �I � � � � � LJ � � ' � � 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. �43. 44. 4S. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. ASTM B98—Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. ASTM B99—Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon �111oy Wire for General Applications_ ASTM 5127—Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper �lloy (UNS N04�300) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ASTM 5148—Standard Speciticalion fo�' Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings. ASTM B150--Standard Specification for Aluminum Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes. ASTM B164-5tandard Specification for Nickel-C;opper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire. ASTM A169---Standard Specification for Aluminum Bronze Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar. ASTM B193----Standard Test Method for .Resistivity of Electrical Conductor Materials. ASTM B371-Standard Specification for Copper-Zinc-Silicon Alloy Rod. ASTM 8427--Standard Specification for Gear Bronze Alloy Castings. ASTM B44G--Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (LTNS N06625), Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy ([JNS N06219), and Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy (UNS N06650) Rod and Bar. ASTM 8443—Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625) and Nickel-Chromium- ]VMolybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UN5 N06219) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ASTM 5462—Specification for Forged or Rolleci UNS N06030, N06022, N06035, N06200, N06059, N06686, N06020, N06024, N06026, N08367, N 10276, N 10665, N 10675, N] 0629, N08031, N0604S, N06025, & k20033 Alloy Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, & Values & Parts for Corrosive Hi�h-Temperature Service. ASTM S4b3—Standard Specification for UN5 N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024 Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ASTM B472----Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Billets and Bars for Reforging. ASTM B584—Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. ASTM B763—Standard 5pecification for Capper Alloy Sand Castings for Valve Applications. ASTM D] 24$—Standard Specification for Palyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. ASTM D1784----Standard Specification for Rigid .Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 07320-037-p1 15110.5 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES ' n E F 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. ASTM D1785—Standard Specification For Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) f'lastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. ASTM D2000—Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. ASTM D3222—Standard Specification for Unmodified Poly (Vinylidene Fluoride) (PVDF) Molding Extrusion and Coating Materials. ASTM D4101—Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. ASTM F441—Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. ASTM F467—Standard Specificatiora for Non-Ferrous Nut� for General Use. ASTM F468----Standard Spec.i�cation for Non-Ferraus Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for General Use. American Society of Mechanical �,ngineers (ASME) l. ASME 16.5—Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/lnch Standard. 2. AS1V1E B16.11----Standards ofPipes and Fittings. 3. ASME B16.24—Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500. American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE) ASSE 1011—Performance R�quirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C11�Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C111—Rubber-GaskeC rpints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 3. AWWA C115—Standard �or Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with 7"hreaded Flanges. 4. AWWA C207--Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4-Inch through 1�4-Inch (100 mm through 3,6p0 mm). 5. AWWA C50�-Metal-Seated Gate Valves far Water Supply Service. 6. AWWA C504--Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves. 7. AWWA C507—Ball Valves 6-Inch through 48-lnch (150 mm through 1200 mm). S. AWWA C508—Swing-Check Valv�s for Waterworks Service, 2-Inch (50 mm) through 24-Inch (600 mm). 9. AWWA C509--Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water-Supply Service. 07320.037-01 I5110-6 MANUA�„ CH�CK, AND PROCESS VALVES ' ' 1 '{ r � , � � � � � r � ' � � � , I 0. I I. 12. 13. 14. AWWA C512—Air Release, flir/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Service. AWW�1 C515—Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. AWWA C55(�Protective Epoxy lnteriar Coatings for Valves and HydranCs. AWWA C60C�Graoved and Shouldered 7oints. AWWA CSO�Underground Service L,ine Valves and Fittings. G. Fluid Controls Institute (FCI) ICI 1 l. FCI 70-2---Control Valve Seat Leakage. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) 2. 3. 5. 6. MSS SP-61—Pressure Testing of Steel Valves. MSS SP-67—Butterily Valves. MSS SP-68—Ni�h Pressure Butterfly Valves with Offset Design. MSS SP-81—Stainless-Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves. MSS SP-83--Class 3000 Steel Pipe Unipns Socket Welding and Threaded. MSS SP-108—Resilient-Seated Cast-Iron-Eccentric Plug Valves. NACE International (NACE) 1. NACE MR-01—Materials Resistant to Sulfide Stress Cracking in Carrosive Petroleum Refining Environments. 1.�6 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.�7 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifcation Section 01780, Warranties and Bands. 1..08 DEL]VERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING /:1 : 07320-037-D1 The Cantractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. All valves, unless otherwise directed, shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting, and under no circumstances shall valves be dropped, skidded, or rolled. Valves shall not be stacked or placed under pipe, fittings, or other valves in such a manner that damage could result. 15110.7 MANUAL, CHECK, ANb PRpCESS VALVES C. Slin�s, hooks, or tongs used for lifting shall be padded in such a manner as to prevent damage to exterior surface ar interior linings and valve components. if any part of the coating, linin�, or components is damaged, the repairs or replacement shall be made by th.e Contractor at h,is expe.nse and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before attempting to install such valves. D. Only new valves will be allowed for installation and shal1 be stored in a manner to prevent damage and be kept free of dirt, mud, ar other debris. 1.09 QUALiFICATI�NS A. All of the valves shall be products of well-established frms which are fully experienced, reputable, have been selling this product for a minimum of 10 years, and are qualified in the manufacture of the particular product fiarnished. The valves shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the requirements and procedures of applicable AWWA standards and shal.l comply with these Specifrcations as applicable. l.l 0 TESTING REQUiREMENTS (NOT USED) l .l I MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall b� in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifcation Section 0183Q, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 1.13 VALVE TYPE CLASSiFICATIONS A. Air Valves (Type 100 series): I. Type 14l : Air Valves for Sewage Services, Air and Vacuurn. B. Check Valves (Type 400 series): C 1. Type 415: Stainless-5teel Swing Check Valves, 4 Inches and Smaller, Flanged, Class I50. 2. Type 42Q: Cast-Iron Swing Check Valves with Outside Lever and Weight, 4 �nches a.nd Larger. 3. Type 475: Stainless-Steel Ball Check Valves. Gate Valves (Type 600 series): 07320-037-01 15110-8 MANi7AL, CNECK, AND P.AOCE55 VALVES ' ' , ' r ' 1 � � � ' � � � � � � 1 � r. 2. 3. 4. Type 620: Cast-Iron Resilient Wedge Gate Valv�s, 2 Inches through 3 lnches, Threaded End (AWWA C509). Type 680: Cast-Iron Resilient Wedge Gate Valves, 3 Inches through 20 Inches, for Exposed Service (AWWA C509). Type 682: Cast-Iron Resilient Wed�e Gate Valves, 3 lnches through 20 Inches, for Buried Service (AWWA C509). Type 695: Stainless-St�el Knife Gate Valves, 2 lnches through 24 inches. D. Solenaid Valves (Type 1000 series): l. Type 1 ��0: Metallic Salenoid Valves, 1-1 /2 Inches and Smaller. 2. Type 1010: Plastic Solenoid Valves, 1/4 lnch through 1 Inch. l'ART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Valves are identified in the Drawings by size and type number. For example, a callout of 36V300 refers to a 36-in-diameter Type 300 valve. A Type 300 valve is a flanged, rubber-seated butterfly valve that is 4 inches through 72 inches for expased service. B. All valves shall be cornplete with all necessary geared actuators, chainwheels and chains, haradwheels, levers, valve bonnets, valve boxes, extension stems, operating nuts, and T-handle wrenches, which are reyuired for proper valve operatin� and completing of the work included under this Section. Renewable parts including discs, packing, and seats shall be of types specified in this Section and acceptable by valve manufacturer for the intended service. All units shall have the name af the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast on the body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached stainless-steel plate in .raised embossed letters. All isolation valves shall be suitable for the intended service with bubble-tight shutoff to flow in either direction. C. Bronze or brass camponents in contact with water shall camply with the following requirements: 07320-037-01 Constituent Content Zinc 7% maximum Aluminum 2% maximum Lead 8% maximum Co er + Nickel + Silicon 83% minimum 15l 1 a9 MANUAI„ C1IF.:CK, AND PRpCESS VALVES I� 1 � Valves and valve operators shall be factory prepared and primed and field finish coated in accordance� w.ith Section 09900, Painting and Coating. � 2.42 VAC,VE ACTUATORS A. "fhe valve actuator shall be an integral part of a valve. The valve actuator shall be provided, installed, and adjusted by the valve manufacturer. Actuator mounting arrangements shall facilitate operation and maintenance and shall be determined by the valve manufacturer unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. B. All valves shall open counter clockwise as viewed from the top. Unless otherwise required by the Owner, the directian of rotation of the wheel or wrench nut to open each valve shall be to the left (counterclockwise). Each valve body or actuator shall have the word "Open" cast on it and an arrow rndicating the direction to open. C. Actuators shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shal) be provided to set closing torque. All exposed nuts, bolts, and washers shall be AISI Type 3U4 stai.nless-steel. Unless noted otherwise, valves shall be equipped with the following manual actuators: Exposed valves 6 i.nches and smaller: removable lever or handwhe�l actuators. 2. Exposed valves 8 inches and larger: geared actuators with handwheels. 3. Buried or Submerged Valves 6 inches and smaller: 2-inch-square operating nuts (with valve bonnets, valve boxes, and extensron stems as reyuired) and T-handle wrench. 4. Buried or Subrraerged Valves 8 inches and larger: Gear�d actuators with 2- inch-square operating nuts (with valve bonnets, valve boxes, and extension stems as required) and wrench. D. Levers or handwheels shall be provided to actuate Che valves where the valves are within 6 feet and 7 inches from finished grade or the operating floor. Handwheels shall be canstructed of ductile-iron. Levers and handwheels shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Handwheel diameters for traveling nut actuators shall not exceed 8 inches for valves 12 inches and smaller and shall not exceed 12 inches for valves 20 inches and smaller. E Chainwheel and guide actuators shall he provided for all exposed valves installed with their centerlines more than 6 feet and 9 inches above finished grade. D7320-037-01 151 ] 0-] 0 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 1 ' r � � Chainwheels shall be cast-iron with stainless-steel stem, clip, and pins. The actuating chain shall be AISI Type 304 SS. Stainless-steel chain baskets shall also be provided with these units. Chainwheels shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Chainwheels and guides shall be Clow Figure F-5680, DeZurik Series W or LWG, Stockham, ar equal. F. Gear actuators for valves S inches through 20 inches shall be of the worm-and- � gear or of the traveling-nut type. Gear actuatars for valves 24 inches and larger shall be of the worm-and-gear type. Gear actuators for motorized valves shall be of the worm-and-gear type, regardless of size. � � Gear actuators should be designed assuming that the differential pressure across the valves is equal to the test pressure af the connectin� piping and assuming a line fluid temperature range of 33°F to 12S°F, unless otherwise required in the detailed valve specifications. � 2. G�ar actuators shall be enclosed and oil lubricated with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. Gear actuators for valves aboveground or in vaults and structures shall have handwheels. � The actuators for valves in exposed service shall contain a dial indicating the position af the valve disc or plug. ' �1 �� 1 � C� ' 3. Traveling nut and worm-and-gear actuators shall be of the totally enclosed design and proportioned to permit operation of the valve under full differential pressure rating of the valve with a maximum pull of SO pounds on the handwheel or crank. Stop-limiting devices shall be provided in the actuators in the open and closed positions. Actuators shall be of the self locking type to prevent the disc or plug from creeping. Design actuator components between the input and the stop-limiting devices to withstand withaut damage a pull of 200 pounds for handwheel ar chainwheel actuators and an input tarque of 300 foot-pounds for operating nuts when operating against the stops. 4. The self-locking warm gear shall be a ane-piece design of' gear bronze material (ASTM B427; or ASTM. B584, Alloy C86200) that is accurately machine cut. Actuators for eccentric and lubricated plug valves may use ductile-iron gears provided the �earing is totally enclosed with spring- loaded rubber lip seals on the shafts. The worm shall be hardened alloy steel (ASTM A322, Grade G41500 or G41400; or ASTIVi A148, Grade 105-85) with thread ground and polished. Support worm-gear shafts at each end by ball or tapered roller bearings. The reduction gearing shall run in a proper lubricant. The handwheel diameter shall be no more than twice 07320-D37-01 15110-i 1 MANUAi., CFiECK, ANb PROCESS VALVES ' the radius oF the gear sector in contact with thc: worm. Worm-gear actuators shall be Limitorque Model HBC, ��.M Series W, or equal. G. �or buried or submer�ed service, provide watertight shaft seals and watertight valve and actuator cover gaskets. Provide totally enclosed actuators designed for buried or submerged service. H. All buried valves shall have non-rising stems. All buried valves 3 feet below grade or deeper as measured at the valve centerline shall be furnished with an operator stem extension to extend the operating nut wrthin 6 inches from the top af the valve box cover. 2.03 VALVE END CONNECTIONS A. Provide valve end connections conforming to connected piping and as shown in the Drawings. Generally, all buried valves shall be mechanical joint typ� end connectors. Exposed valves shall be screwed-end, socket-weld end, or flanged to conform to adjacent exppsed connected piping system. : � Comply with the followin� standards: 1. '�`hreaded: ANSI B 1.20.1. 2. Flanged: ANSI Bl 6.1 Class 125 unless other noted or AWWA C207. 3. Mechanical (gland) Type: AWWA C1 l l. 4. Solde.red: ANSI B 16. ] 8. Nuts, Bolts, and Washers: Wetted or internal to be bronze or stainless-sCeel. Exposed to be zine or cadrnium-plated. D. Epoxy lnterior Coating: Provide epoxy coating for all interiors of ferrous valve body surfaces in accordance with AWWA C550. Coatings shall be NSF-approved for valves in all potable water piping services. Coatings shall not be required for stainless-steel valve interiors. 2.04 VALVE SOXES A. All buried valves 2-inch size artd larger shall be equipped with a standard cast- iron roadway valve box. Valve boxes shall be of the slip or sliding type with a round lid marked "Water" for potable water valves or "Sewer" for wastewater and a square lid marked "Reclaimed Water" for reclaimed water valves. The box shall be designed to prevent transfer of the surface loads directly to the valve or piping. Valve boxes must have a minimum adjustable range of 12 inches and a minimum inner diameter of 6 inches. All valve boxes and lids shall be produced irom grey cast-iron conforming to the latest revision of specification for grey iron castings, 07320-037-01 15110-12 MANUAL, CHECK, ANb PROCE55 VAI�VES �� 1 � ASTM designation A48, Class 20A-25A. All castings shall be tru� and free of holes and shall be cleaned according ta goad foundry practice, chipped and ground as needed ta remove fins and rough places on castings. Valve boxes have � to be rated to sustain FDOT �I-20 loadings and have a minimum depth of.� 8 inches. The valve box lid shall fit flush in the top of the box without forcing and sha11 not rock, tip, or rattle. � 1 � L._ 1 � �1 �1 � � � � � � r : C � Provide debris cap as required in the Drawings. Coat buried cast-iron pieces as specified in Section 09900, [System No. 2:1 ] or with fusion-bonded epoxy. Valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Tyler Pipe, Geneco, Star Pipe Products, or eyual. 2.05 EXTENSION STEMS A. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is more than 4 feet below grade, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to a point 6 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cove.r. Where the valve is submerged, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to 6 inches above the water surface. Extension stems shall be Type 316 stainless-steel, solid core, and shall be complete with 2-inch-square operating nut. The connections of Che extension stems to the operating nuts and to the valves shall withstand without damage a pull of 3Q0 foat-pounds. B. Extension stem diameters shall be as tabulated below: Minimum Extension Valve Size Stem Diameter (inches (inches 'Z 3�4 3, a �ia b 1 8 1-1/8 ]0, 12 1-1/4 14 1-3/8 16, ]8 1-1/2 20, 24, 30, 36 ]-3/4 42, 48, 54 2 C. Provide buried valves or valves located inside manholes or vaults with valve boxes cast in the manhole or vault roof with a valve position indicator designed to fit standard 5-1/4-inch valve boxes. The indicatars shall show valve position and the direction and number of turns required to fully open (or close). All internal 07320.037-0] I511 a13 MANIJAL, CH�CK, AND PROCESS VALVES ' gear.ing shall be sealed. Ship each uniC ready fc�r field installation complcte with valve box cast-iron adapter, capscrews, guide bushing, position indicator, flexible washer, ecntering plate, and 2-inch AWWA nut. Valve box and indicator shall be provided by the valve manufacturer. Indicators shall be Westran T'osiCion Indicator, Pratt Diviner, or equal. 2.QG FLOOR STANDS A. When required by the installations, provide floor stands for the operation of valves. Floor stands shall be of the nonrising stem, indicating type, complete with steel exte.nsion stems, couplings, handwheels, stem guide brackets, and special yoke attachments as required by the valves and recommended and supplied by the stand manufacturer. l�loor stands shall be cast-iron base type: Clow, T'igure F- 55 ] 5; B.inghan� and Taylor; Stockham; or equal. :Handwheels shall turn countcrclockwise to open the valves. : C� Provide Type 316 stainless-steel anchor bolts. Provide Type 3l6 stainless-stee] extension stems for valves in exposed service. Provide Type 316 stainless-steel stems for valves in submerged service. D. Provide adjustable stem guide brackets for extension stems. The bracket shall allow valve stems to be set over a range of 2 to 36 inches frpm watls. Provide bushings drilled to accept up to 2-inch-diameter stems. Base, arm, and clamp shall be Type 316 stainless-steel. Bushing shall be bronze (ASTM B58�1, Alloy C86400 or C83600). Bolts, nuts, screws, and washers (including wall anchor bolts) shall be Type 316 stainless-steel. Provide slots in the bracket to accept 3/4-inch bolts for mounting the bracket to the wall. :Products: Trtrmbull lndustries, inc., Adjustable Stem Guide or equal. 2.07 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS FOR FLANGED VALVES A. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanged valves shall be as described in Section 15055. � 2.08 PAINTING AND COATTNG A. Coat rnetal valves located aboveground or in vaults and structures the sarne as the adjacent piping. If the adjacent piping is not coated, coat valves as specified in Section 09900, System No. 7. Apply the specified prime and finish coat at the place of manufacture. The frnish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels the same as the valves. 1:3 Coat buried metal valves at the place of manufacture as specified in Section 09900, System No. 2 I_ 07320-037-01 15110-14 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES L� � � � , � � � ' ' � � r 1 2.09 I_� C� �I � f � C. Coat submerged metal valves, stem guides, extension st�ms, and bonnets at the place of manufactur� as specified in Section 09900, System No. 7. D. Line the interior metal parts of inetal valves �} inches and larger, excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless-steel pieces, as specified in Section 09900, System No. '7. Apply lining at the place of manufacture. E. Coat floor stands as specifi�d in Section 09900, System No. 21. F. Test the valve interior linings and exterior coatings at the factory with a low- voltage (22.5 to SO volts, with approximately 80,000-o.hm resistance) holiday detector, using a sponge saturated with a 0.5% sodium chloride solution. The lining shall be holiday free. G. Measure the thickness of the valve interior linings as specified in Section 09900. Repair areas having insufticient tilm thickness as specified in Section 09900. A1R VALVES (TYPE ] 00 SERIES) A. General Description All valves shall meet or exceed all applicable provisions of the latest revision of AWWA C512, Standard for Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination �1ir Valves for Waterworks Service. All valves for drinking water services shall comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 61., Drinking Water Syst�ms Components — Health Effects. Design pressure is 150 psig. Valves shall be operable for water temperatures of above freezing to 125°F. 2. All valves shall consist of a float or a float assembly. Valves shall be identified properly in plates attached permanently on the valve body. The body and cover shall be cast-iron ASTM A126, Class B, or ASTM A48, Class 35. Valves 3 inches and smaller shall have threaded ends. Valves 4 inches and larger shall have flanged ends. Threaded ends shall comply with ANSI 51.20.1. Flanges shall comply with ANSI B16.1, Class 125. All flanges shall be flat faced. � 3. The float shall be Type 304 or 316 Stainless-Steel. For valves with inlet sizes less than 4 inches, the float shall be able to withstand a collapse pressure of 1000 psig. For inlet si2es 4 inches and larger, the float shall be � capable of withstanding collapse pressures of 750 psig. Trim shall be Type 304 or 316 Stainless-Steel. The valve seat shall be of EPDM or other ' 0732D-037-p1 1511a15 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES � � rubber rnaterials app,licable to wastewater and sludge. The valve seat shall be easily removed and replaced in the (ield. �. Drain/test ports on all valves with inlet size 1 in. or larger shall have two '/a-in. N.PT nainimum plugged ports, one near the bottom of the valve body and the other near the top of the valve. The plug shall be oF bronze, ASTM 5584, Al.lay C83G0�. Type 1.41—Air Valves for Sewage Services, Air and Vacuum: l.. Type 141 air valves for sewage service shall have elongated cylindrical chambers. All valves shall provide the following: 1/2-inch clearance around the float in the chamber; minimum size ]./2-inch isolation valve and quick-drsconnect couplin�s at the valve venting for back-tlushing; blowof� port and valve at the bottom of the chamber; and inlet valve at the valve inlet. A back-flushing assemble shall be provided for all valves. The back-flushing assemble shall consist of an inlet shutoff valve, a flush valve, a clear water inlet valve, rubber supply hose, and quick-disconnect couplings. Type 141 valves shall be of air/vacuum valves. Valves shall be APCQ 401, Val-Matic Model 301�1BW, or equal. 2.10 CHECK VALVES (TYPE 400 SERI.ES) A. L Type 415--Stainless-Steel Swin� Check Valves, 4 Inches and Smaller, Flanged, Class 150: 1. Swing check valves 4 inches and srnaller shall have bolted covers. Ends shall be flanged, Class ] 50, ANST B 16.5. Body, disc, hinge prn, arm or hinge, and seats shall be Type 316 stainless-steel confornaing to AS"�M A351, Grade CFSM ar ASTM A276, Typc 316. Valves shall be Crane/Aloyco Figure 377, Pawell �'igure 2342 ar 2(33, or approved equal. Type 420--Cast-Iron Swing Check Valves with Outside Lever and Weight, 4 Inches and larger: 1. Check valves 4 inches and large.r shall be swing-check type with outside lever and weight and shall permit free flow of sewage forward and pravide a positive check against backflow. Check valves shall be designed for a minimum working pressure af l50 psi. The manufacturer's name, initials, or trademark and also the size of the valve, working pressure, and direction of flow shall be directly cast on the body. Swing check valves shall exceed the minimum requirements of AWWA C508 with a heavy- duty body of cast-iron conformin� to ASTM A126 Class B with integral flanges, faced and drilled in accordance with ASME B16.1 Class 125. 07320-037-01 15110-16 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROC�SS VAC,VkS � i � � , r � � � r � 2.l l �� i � � � C Bolts, nuts, washers, etc., shall be 316 stainless-steel. The valve body shall be the full waterway type, designed to provide a net flow not less than the nominal inlet pipe size when swung open no more than 25°. The valve shall have a replaceable stainless-steel body seat, a casC-iron disc faced with a renewable resilient seat ring of� rubber and held in place by stainless-steel screws. The disk arm shall Ue ductile-iron or stccl, suspended from and keyed to a stainless-steel shaft, which is completely above the waterway and supported at each end by heavy bronze bushings. The shaft shall rotate freely without the need for external lubrication. The shaft shall be sealed where it passes through the body by means af a stuffing box and adjustable packing. Simple O-ring shaft seals are not acceptable. The valve interior shall be painted with epoxy coating by the valve manufacturer in accordance with AWWA C550. The check valve shall be GA Industries, Inc. Figure 220 Lever and Wei�ht or approved eyual. Type 475—Stainless-Steel Sall Check Valves: Stainless-steel ball check valves 1/4 inch through 2 inches shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless-steel body (ASTM A35 I— CFBM). "I`he tail piece, guide, and spring shall be constructed of 316 stainless-steel. Valves shall have a pressure rating of �300 psi WOG at a temperature of I 00°F. Valves shall be Apallo Series 62-1 Q0, or approved equal. GATE VALVES (TYPE 600 SE.RIES) /_� Type 624---Cast-Iran Resilient Wedge Gate Valves, 2 Inches through 3 Inches, Threaded End (AWWA C509): 2. 3 Valves 2 inches through 3 inches shall be of cast-iron or ductile-iron body construction and conform to AWWA C509 for resilient seated gate valves. The valve design shall incorporate non-rising stems and triple "O" ring seal staff box. Valves shall open counterclockwise. The valve wedge shall be symmetrical and fully encapsulated with molded rubber with no exposed iron. Valves shall be designed for bubbletight shutoff ta filow in either direction. Before shipment the valve manufacturer shall test each valve to 200-psi pressure differential in both directions and provide a certificate to the En�ineer stating each valve provided bubbletight shutoff during testing. Valve interiar and exterior shall be epoxy fusion coated. Ends shall be threaded ends complying with ANSI B2.1. Gate valves shall be manufactured by Mueller, American Flow Control or Kennedy. 07320-037-01 151 ] 0-17 MANUAL. CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES ' I. C 07320-037-01 Type 680—Cast-Iron Resilient Wedge Gale Valves, 3 Inches through 2Q Tnchcs for Exposed Service (AWWA C509): �� 3 Valves 3 inches and larger for exposed service operation shall be oi' cast- iron or ductile-iron body construction and conform to �1WW11 C509 for r�si,lient seated gate valves. The valve design shall incorporate non-rising stems and "O" ring stem seals. Valves shall open counferclockwise. Valves shall be designed for bubbletight shutoffto flow in either direction. Before shipment, the valve manufacturer shall test each valve to 200 psi pressure differential in both directions and provide a certificate to the Engineer stating that each valve provided bubbletight shutoff during testing. The valve interior shall be epoxy coated on the enti.re ferrous surface of the waterway. The valve exterior shall be coated in accordance with Section 099�0, Painting and Coating. Exposed valves 3 inches and larger shall be flanged. Gate valves shall be manufactured by Mueller, American F'low Control, Kennedy, or approved equal. Type 6$2—Cast-Tron Resilient Wedge Gate Valves, 3 Inches through 20 Inches, forBuried Service (AWWA C509): 1. Valves 2 inches and larger for buried service operation shall be of cast- iron or ductile-iron body construction and conform to AWWA C509 for resilient seated gate valves. The valve design shall incorporate non-rising stems and "O" ring stem seals. Valves shall open counterclockwise. Valves shall be designed for bubbletight shutoff to flow in either direction. Before shipment, the valve manufacturer shall test each valve to 200 psi pressure differential in both directions and provide a certificate to the Engineer stating that each valve provided bubbletight shutoff during testing. The valve interior shall be epaxy coated on the entire ferrous surface of the waterway. The valve exterior shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating [and encased with polyethylene as specified in this Section for ductile-iron pipe and fittings]. Buried valves shall be equipped with standard 2-inch-square operatin� nuts. 2. Buried valves 2 inches and larger shall have [mechanical joint] [or] [push- on] ends, conforming to AWWA C111. Valves shall be furnished complete with bolts, nuts, and gaskets. 3. Gate valves shall be manufactured by Mueller, American Flow Control, � Kennedy, or approved eyual. 15110-18 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES , � � ' � D. Type 695----Stainless-Steel Knife Gate Valves, 2 Inches through 24 ]nches: l. Knife gate valves shall be of the solid one-piece cast body design. � Minimum working pressure shall be 150 psi. Prqvide bevel gear actuators for valves 14 inches and larger. Materials of construction shall be as follaws: i �l , � � �J �1 a II Component Material Specification Body Stainless-steel ASTM A743, Grade CF8M. Yoke, supersCrucCure, Stainless-steel A1S1 Type 304 or 31b fasteners, and packing stainless-steel gland Gate Stainless-steel ASTM A240, Type 316 Stem Stainless-steel ASTM A582, Grade 520300 Handwheel Cast-iron ASTM A126, Class B Packing Flax or acrylic -- PTFE 2. Valves shall be bonnetless wafer type with thrcaugh bolting flange, for installation between two adjacenl flanges. Flange holes in the body shall be Class 125, ANSI B16.1. Valve leakage shall be in accordance with MSS SP-81. Valves shall have a resilient seat (neoprene ar nitrile) for drip-tight shutoff. Valves shall be manufactured by DeZurik, iTT rabri- Valve Model C67S, or approved equal. 2.12 SOLENOID VALVES (TYPE ] 000 SERIES) � Design and construct solenoid valves so that they can be used in horizontal and in vertical piping. � 1 , �� A Type ]000—Metallic Solenoid Valves, 1-1/2 Inches and Smaller: 1. Solenoid valves 1/a inch through I-I/2 inches for water and air servrce shall have forged brass (Alloy C23000) or bronze (ASTM B62) bodies with Teflon main seats_ Internal plunger, core tube, plunger sprin�, and cage assembly shall be stainless-steel (Types 302, 304, or 345). Solenaid enclosures shall be NEMA 4 except where explosion-proof is noted in the Drawings. Valve actuators shall be 120-volt a-c. Seals shall be Teflon. Valves shall have a maximum operating pressure and a maximum differential pressure of 125 psi. Solenoid valves shall be energized to 07320.037-01 I 511 al9 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCE55 VALVES ' � open. Valves shall be ASCO "Redhat", Parker Hannifin "Skinner" Model , or approvcd equal. Type 101O—Plastic Solenoid Valves, 1/4 inch through 1 Inch: 1. Solenoid valves l/4 inch through ,l inch for water and chemical services shall have PVC bodies with EPDM seals. Valve bodies shall be of the true union d�sign with threaded end connections with the coil assembly contained in a molded-polyester housing. The plunger or core tube shall be Teflon or polypropylene. Solenoid enclosures shall be NEMA 4X. Valve actuators shall be 120 volts a-c. Valves shall have a minimum operaCing pressure of l20 psi and a rr�aximum di�ferential pressure of 25 psi on either side of the valve, with the valve in the closed position. Solenoid valves shall be energized to open. Valves shall be Hayward NPD Series or approved equal. 1 7� TI l i t� a R � a L il � 11 [�7 � I 3.O1 JOINTS A. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe run to which the valves are attached. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts unifo.►�xaly and progressively. If flanges leak under pressure testin�, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight. B. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight. CM I�a Install lug-type valves with separate hex head machine bolts at eac.h bolt hole and each flange (two bolts per valve bolt hole). Install grooved-end couplings for valves in accordance with Section 15055. 3.02 1NSTALLiNG EXPOSED VALVES A. Unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings, install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the floor with their operating stems vertical. .Install valves in harizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the floor with their operating stems horizontal. 07320-037-01 15110-20 MANUAi,,, CI�iECK, ANb PROCESS VALVES r r r , r S. Install valves on vertical runs of pipe that are next to walls with their stems horizontal, away from the wall. Valves on vertical runs of pipe that are not located next to walls shall be installed with their stems horizontal, oriented to facilitate valve operation. 3.03 INSTALLING BURIED VALVES A. Connect the valve, coat the flanges, apply tape wrapping or polyethylene , encaserrtertt as required on the Drawings, and place and compact the backfill to the height of the valve stem. , �� r � � � � � 1 , S. Place black pads under the extension pipe to maintain the valve box vertical during backf lling and repaving and to prevent the extension pipe from contacting the valve bonnet. C. MounC the upper slip pipe of the extension in midposition and secure with backfill around the extension pipe. Pour the concrete ring allowing a depression so the valve box cap will be flush with the pavement surface. D. In streets without canerete curbs and in open areas, install the valve box as for a paved area with concrete curb but include a marker post. Cut the marker post from 4-inch-by-4-inch dense structural grade Douglas fir No. 2 or Southern Pine No. 2 suriaced on four sides to a length of 5 feet. Chamfer the top. Set the post in concrete, 2 feet into the ground, away from traffic, and to the side of the pipeline. Coat with a seal and finish coat of white alkyd exterior paint. On the side facing the valve, letter in black the word "VALVE" and the distance in feet from the marker post to the valve box cap. E. Install debris cap as close as possible under the cast-iron cover without interferin� with the cover operation. Trim flexible skirt to provide a smooth contact with the interior or the extension pipe. 3.04 TNSTALLING EX'1'ENSION STEM GUID� BRACKETS A. Install extension stem guide brackets at 6- to 8-foot centers. Provrde at least twa support brackets for stems longer than 10 feet, with ane support near the battom of the stem and one near the top. 3.05 FIELD C�ATiNG SURiED VALVES A. Coat flanges of buried valves and the flanges of the adjacent piping and the bolts and nuts of flanges and mechanical joints, as speci�ed in Sectian 09900, System No. 24. 07320.037-01 1511a21 MANUAI„ CHFCK, ANb PROCE55 VALVES � : ' � Wrap buried metal valves 6 inches and larger with polyethylene sheet as specifed � in Section 15155, Ductile-lron Pipe and Fittin�s. 3.06 VALV.E �..EAKAGE AND FiELD TESTING A. Test valves for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are tested. See Section 15144 for pressure testing requirements. Protect ar isolate any parts of valves, actuators, or control and instrumentation systems whose pressure rating is less than the pressure test. Valves shall show zero leakage. Repair or replace any leaking valves and retest. B. Operate manual valves through three full cycles of opening and closing. Valves shalJ pperate from full open to full close without sticking or binding. Da n�t backfill buried valves until a�ier verifying that valves operate from full open to full closed. If valves stick or bind or do not operate from full open to Full closed, repair or replace the valve and repeat the tests. C. Test gear actu<ttors through three full cycles from full-open to full-close without binding or sticking. The pull required to operate handwheel- or chainwheel- operated valves shall not exceed 80 pounds. The torque required to operate valves having 2-inch AWWA nuts shall not exceed 150 foot-pounds. If actuators stick or bind or if pulling forces and torques exceed the values stated previously, repair or replace the actuators and repeat the tests. Operators shall be lubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's rec�mmendations before operating. END OF SECTION 0732U-037-01 15110-22 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALV�S SECT70N 15121 MiSCELLANEQUS PIPE FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.0] SC�PF OF WORK A. This Section describes requirements for materials and installation of miscellaneous piping specialties, such as quick-cannect couplings and pre-filters for the sodium hypochlorite system. I .02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.�3 SUBMiTTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature showing diinens.ions and materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade. Show coatin�s. I .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) ] .06 QUALYTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) ] .07 WARRANTTES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifcation Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specitied in Section 01650 for staring and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) I .10 TESTiNG REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) � .1 r MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 03720-037-0] 15121-I M1SCF,I.L.ANEOUS PiPE FITTINGS AND ACC�SSORI�S ] .12 OPERATIONS �1ND MAINT.FNANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance wiCh General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Spccification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART2 PRODUCTS ►.�III 2.02 METALLIC QUICK-CONNECT COUPLINGS A. Type 6— Quick-connect couplers shall be female-coupler/female-thread type with locking handles. Provide dust plug and security chain with each coupler. Bodies and locking handles shall be Type 3] 6 stainless steel. The gasket shall be Teflan. Couplers shall be CIVACON Kamlok 633-D/634-A, Evertite Part D/DP, or equal. B. Type 8— Quick-connect couplers shall be male-adapter/female-thread type. Provide dust cap and security chain with each coupler. Bodies and locking handles shall be Type 316 stainless steel. The �asket shal] be Teflon. Adapters shall be CIVACON Kamlock 633-A/634-B, Fvertite Part A/DC, or equal. C. Type ] 0— Quick connect couplers shall be male-adapter/hose-shank type. Provide dust cap with each coupler. Bodies and dust caps shall be Type 316 stainless steel. The gasket shall be Teflon. Adapters shal] be CIVACON Kamlok 633-E/634-:B, Evertite Part C/DC, or equal. NON METALLIC QUICK-CONNECT COUPL:INGS A. Type 6A — Quick-connect couplers shall be female-coupler/female-thread type with locking handles. The Contractor shall provide a dust plug and security chain with each coupler. Bodies shall be glass-fiber-reinforced polypropylene. Locking handles shall be stai.nless steel. The gasket shall be Teflon. Couplers shall be Evertite Part D/DP, Banjo Corporation Female Cplg/Female Thread and Dust Plug, Murray Equipment Ine. Style D/DP, or equal. B. Type 8A -- Quick-connect couplers shall be male-adapter/female-thread type. Provide dust cap and security chain with each coupler. Bodies shall be glass-fiber- reinforced polypropylene. Locking handles shall be stainless steel. The gasket shall be Teflon. Adapters shall be Evertite Part A/I7C, Banjo Corporation Male Adapter/Female Thread a,nd Dust Cap, Murray Equipment Tnc. Style A/DC, or eyual. C. Type l0A — Quick-connect couplers shall be male-adapter/hose-shank type. Provide dust cap with security chaira with each coupler. Bodies shall be glass- frber-reinforced polyprapylene. Locking handles shall be stainless steel. The 03720-037-01 15121-2 MISCELI.ANF,OUS PIP� Nl'1'TINGS AND ACCESSOKIES gasket shall be Teflon. Adapters shall be Evertite Part C/DC, Banjo Corporation Male Adapt�r/Hose Shank and Dust Cap, Murray Equipment Tnc. Style E, or equal. 2.03 COUPLINGS FOR METALLIC PIPING A. General l. Thrust Ties: The Contractor shall provide thrust ties where shown and where required to restrain the force developed by 12 Cimes the maximurn operating pressure speci�ed. a. Steel Pipe: Attach with fabricated lugs. b. Ductile Iran Pipe: Attach with bell hanger and wedge restraint glands for buried mechanical joint and push-on joint piping; and thrust retention plates and tie-rods, nuts, washers, and bolts for exposed, flanged piping. 2. Exposed Installations: Zine-plated nuts and bolts. �Iigh-strength, low-alloy steel, in accordance with AWWA CI I I, may be substituted far use on cast-iron and ductile-iron couplings. 3. Buried and Submerged Installations: Provide Type 304 stainless steel tie rods, bolts, and nuts and assemble with an anti-galling compound. 4. Steel Middle Rings and Followers: Fusion-bonded epoxy-lined and coated in accordance with AWWA C213. 5. Restrained couplings or other fittings that use set screws, pointed-end screws to penetrate the outside surface of the pipe for restraint are not acceptable. B. Flexible Couplings: Coupling shall consist of a steel middle ring or sleeve, two steel or malleable iron flange or follower rings, two wedge-shaped resilient gaskets and sufficient number of track-head bolts and nuts. l. Middle Ring or Sleeve: Steel construction, ASTM A513, ASTM A635, or ASME SA675 GR60, fabricated in a tr-ue circular section and free of surface defect. 2. Fallower Rings or Flanges: Steel construction, AISI C1012 or ASME SA36, fabricated in a true circular section and free of surface defect. 3. Bolts and Nuts: Steel bolt, AWWA C 111/ANSI � 21.22 4. Gaskets: Grade 27 BUNA-S. 03720-037-0] 15121-3 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 5. Shop Paint: Fusion- bonded epoxy coating. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Dresser Manufacturing Division of Dresser Indastries, inc.; Dresse�• Styles 38 and 138. b. Or approved equal. C. 7�ransition Couplings: Transition Coupling shall consist of a high-strength steel body, two steel or malleable iron flange o,r follower rings, a wedge shaped resilient gasket and sufficient number of follower bolts. l. Adapter: Steel construction, ASTM A513, ASTM A635 or ASME SA675 GR60, free of surface defect. 2. Followers: AISI C1012 or ASME SA36 3. Bolts: AWWA, C]] 1/ANSI A21.1 l 4. Gasket: Grade 27 BLINA-S. 5. Shop Paint: Fusion bonded epoxy coating. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Dresser Manufactuying Division of Dresser Tndustries, Inc.; Dresser Styles 62 and 162. U. Or approved equal. D. 1=langed Coupling Adapters: Adapt�rs shall consist of a cast-ir�m or high-strength steel body, two steel or ductile iron follower rings, a wedge shaped resilient gasket and sufficient number of follower bolts. 3-12 inch DIP Flange Adapters a. Adapter: Ductile iron construction, ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12, free of surface defect. Adapter shall be rated to 200 psi working pressure per AWWA C219, and -20°F to 212° F. b. Flanges: Ductile .iron construction, ASTM �1536, Grade 65-45-12, free of surface defect. Bolt c.ircles and bolt holes shall match those of ANSi B 16.1 Class 125 flanges. c. Bolts and nuts: Corrosion-.resistant alloy bolts and nuts. d. Gasket: Grade 27 BiJNA-S. e. Shop paint: fusion bonded powdEr epoxy coating. f.. Acceptable Manufacturers: i. Dresser Manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries, inc.; Dresser Style 127. ii. Or Equal. 2. 14-36-inch DIP Flange Adapters a. Adapter: Steel construction, ASTM A513, ASTM A635 or ASME SA675 GR60, free of surface defect. 03720-037-01 15121-4 MISC�LLANEUlJS PIPb 1�1T'7'INGS AND ACCL•SSOAI�S ' ' ' ' 1 , 1 � ' b. Flanges: Steel construction, ASTM A513, ASTM A635 ar ASME SA675 GR60, free of surface defect. Bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those ofANSI B16.1 Class 12S flanges. c. Bolts and nuts: Alloy to AWWA C 1 11/ANSI A21.] 1 d. Gasket: Grade 27 B1JNA-S. e. Acceptable Manufacturers: i. Dresser Manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries, Inc.; Dresser Style ] 28. ii. Or approved equal. 2.04 BOLTED SPLIT-SLEEVE AN.D S1NGLE- PO1NT CLOSURE COUPLINGS A. Bolted, split-sleeve, and single-point closure couplings shall meet the materials and performance confarming to AWWA C219, which shall be used for steel pipe and stainless steel pipe. B. When the connecting piping is carbon steel, the coupling shall be manufactured from ASTM A36 carbon steel. When the connectin� piping is stainless steel, the caupling shall be manufactured from ASTM A240 Type 316/316L stainless steel. ' C. The coupling shall be of the split type with a single-point closure coupling. Provide welded restraint rings on the pipe ends for end restraint. As the coupling closes, it shall confine an elastomeric o-ring type gasket on each pipe end to � create a radial seal. The axial seal shall be affected at the closure plates as bolts pull the coupling snug round the pipe. 1 ' ' , �� 1 ' D. 'The coupling manufacturer shall provide the restraint rings for each coupling. The Contractor's fabricator shall weld the restraint rings to the pipe in strict accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations. E. For water service, the elastomeric o-ring type gaskets shall be EPDM (or other material accepted by the Engineer) conforming to ASTM D2Q00 fvr the design pressure for the temperature range of minus 20 to 180° Fahrenheit. F. Type C201 shall be a shouldered, bolted, split-sleeve, fully restrained coupling. Type C201 caupling shall be Depend-O-Lok F x F(Fixed x Fixed), Type 2 manufactured by Victaulic, Depend-O-Lok, Inc., or approved equal. G. Type C2�2 shall be a shouldered, bolted, split-sleeve, fully restrained coupling that allows angular deflection of the connecting pipes. Type C202 coupling shall be Depend-O-Lok F x F(Fixed x Fixed), Type 2, Modified manufactured by Victaulic, Depend-O-Lok, Inc., or approved equal. 03720-037-01 15121-5 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE FITTINGS ' AND ACCESSORIES � �, :� � � �:, � �. � � �. � , � 3.p1 INSTALLING QUICK-CONNECT COUPLINGS A. Attach Co piping in accordance with the relevant piping speci�cation. 3.02 INSTALLING COUPLINGS A. �-1 � 1 � ' Pipe for use with t7exible couplings shall havc plain ends as specitied in the respective pipe sections in Division 15. ' S. Alloy steel bolts and nut for flanged joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy Cor-Ten bolts, nuts, and washers. Car-Ten for mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy sCeel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painCed the same color as the pipe. All joints to be wrapped with 8 mil color coded paly wrap. C. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner. D. Mechanical joints shall be rnade in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Set cast iron box as shown in the Drawings. Soxes shall have sufficient bracing to maintain alignment du.ring backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box airer installation. Extend tracing wire outside of valve box extension pipe and enter at valve box. E. F. G H I. 03720-037-01 Thoroughly clean oil, scale, rust, a.nd dirt firom the pipe to provide a clean seat for the gasket. Wipe gaskets clean prior to installaCions. Lubricate flexible couplings and flanged coupling adapter gaskets with soapy water or manufacturer's standard lubricant before installation on the pipe ends. lnstall couplings, service saddles, and anchor studs in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Tighten bolts pro�ressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides a little at a time until all bolts have a uniform tightness. 15121-6 MJSCELLANI30U5 P1P� FITTINGS ANb ACCESSORIES J Use torque-limiting wrenches to tighten balts to manufacturer's specitied torque values. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 15121-7 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE FITTINGS ANL7 ACCESSPRIES SECTiON 1 S 122 FI�FXISLE PIPE COUPLINGS AND EXPANSION JOINTS P.ARTI GENE.RAL f � 1 j �Y K � ] G � [ � ] ��, �[ � ] :� :� A. This Sectian presents requirements for materials and installation of flexible pipe couplings and expansion joints. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT US�D) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section O1330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. The manufacturer's catalog data on flexible pipe couplings and expansian joints. Show the manufacturer's rnodel or figure number for each type pf cauplin�; or joint for each type of pipe material for which couplings and joints are used. Show caatings. B. The manufacturer's recommended torques to which the coupling bolts shall be tightened for the flexible sleeve-type pipe couplings. C. Materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade. Show dimensions. D. The number, size, and material af construction of tie rods and lugs far each thrust harness an the praject. 1.04 WORK SEQL]ENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES I:1 Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bands. 03720-037-01 15122-I FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS AND EXi'ANSIpN J�iNTS I.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements speci�ed in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUAL1FiCATiONS (NOT USED) I .10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.1 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) ] .12 OPERATIONS AN.D MAINT.ENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be .in accordance with Ge.neral Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS f�llt�f�1►1�1.7��1 A. Each flexible coupling and expansio.n _joirat shall be designed for the type, size, and pressure rating of the connecting piping. B. All wetted materials s,hall be suitable for use for the fluid being conveyed. C. Wetted materials for flexible coupling and e,cpansion joints used to ca.nvey drinking water shall be resistant to free chlorine and chloramine concentrations up to 10 mg/1. D. All flexible couplings and expansion joints used in association with drinking water service shall be certified as suitable for contact with drinking water by an accredited certification organization in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, Drinking Water Systems Components — Health Effects. 2.02 BOLTED-SLEEVE-TYPE C�UPLINGS (TYPE C105) A. Bolted-sleeve-type couplings shal] be designed and manufactured conforming to AWWA C219. B. Type C 105: Flanged Coupling Adapter: l. Adapters for ductile-iron pipe 12 inches and srnaller shall be ductile iron: Dresser Style 127, Smith-Blair Series 912, or equal. 03720-037-D1 ] 5122-2 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS ANb EXi�ANSION 70INTS 1 ' � ' ' 1 ' , �� 3 Adapters for ductile-iron pipe larger than 12 inches and steel pipe shall be steel: Dresser Style 128, Smith-Blair Type 913, or equal. Flange ends shall match the flange of the connecti.ng pipe. 2.03 BOLTED SPLIT-SLEEVE AND SiNGLE-POiNT CLOSURE COUPL]NGS (TYPE C201 AND CZ02) A. Solted, split-sleeve, and single-point closure couplings shall meet the materials and performance conforming to AWWA C219, which shall be used for steel pipe and stainless steel pipe. B. When the connecting piping is carban steel, the coupling shall be manufactured from ASTM A36 carbon steel. When the connecting piping is stainless steel, the coupling shall be manufactured from ASTM A240 Type 316/316L stainless steel. C. The coupling shall be of the split type with a single-point clpsure coupling. ' Provide welded restraint rings on ihe pipe ends for end restraint. As the coupling closes, it shall confine an elastameric o-ring type gask�t on �ach pipe end to ' create a radial seal. The axial seal shall be affected at the closure plates as bolts pull the coupling snug round the pipe. � D. The coupling manufacturer shall provide the restraint rings for each coupling. The Contractor's fabricator shall weld the restraint rings to the pipe in strict accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendalians. ' ' � ' 1 � ' E. For water service, the elastomeric o-ring type gaskets shall be EPDM (or other material accepted by the Engineer) conforming to ASTM D2000 for the design pressure for the temperature range of minus 20 to 180° Fahrenheit. F. Type C201 shall be a shouldered, bolted, split-sleeve, fully restrained coupling. 'Typ� C201 coupling shall be Depend-O-Lok F x F(Fixed x Fixed), Type 2 manufactured by Victaulic, Depend-O-Lok, lnc., or approved equal. G. Type C202 shall be a shouldered, bolted, split-sleev�, fully-restrained coupling that allows angular deflection of the connecting pipes. Type C202 coupling shall be Depend-O-Lok F x F(Fixed x Fixed), Type 2, Modified, manufactured hy Victaulic, Depend-O-Lok, Inc., or approved equal. 03720-037-01 15122-3 FLEXIBLE P1PE COIJPLINGS � ANb FXPANSIqN JDINTS 2.04 NON-METALLIC BEI.,I.,OWS EXPANSiON JOINTS (TYPE E3�1 AND E302} A. Classification: i. 7`ype �301: "I`eflon bellows expansion joints. 2. Type E302: Spherical rubber expansion joints. B. Type E301: Teflon bellows expansion joints: 1 2 Teflon bellows expansion joints shall be three-convolutions, ductile-iron flanges, .Monel reinforcing ring and shall have TeFlon facing on the flanges. Provide thrust harnesses. Flanges shall be Class 125, ANSI B16.1. Products shall be Peabody-.Dore SCyle E-1608-B, Resistof]e:� No. R6905, or eyual. C. Type E302: Spherical expansion joints: � Joint Size 4-8 10-12 14-20 Spherical design expansion joints shall be chlorobutyl with polyester fiber reinforcin� and be provided with steel retaining rin�s and Type 30� stainless steel gusset plates and control rods. Expansion joints shall have flat-face flanges integral with the body lo match Class ] 25, ANS1 B16.1. Flange — to — Flange Length Minimum Pressure R.ating (inches) (150°F) (psi) 6 225 8 225 10-12 125 2. Expansion joints shall be manufactured by Metraflex Metrasphere, Proco Series 240, or equal. 2.05 METALLIC BELLOWS FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS ('fYPE E600) A. High-service pump suction and discharge flexible connectors and energy recovery turbine inlet and outlet flexible connectors shall be corrugated-metal bellows-type expansion joints reinforced with equalizing/control rings. S. Expansion joints shall conform to the Expansion Joint :Manufacturers Associatian (EJMA) standards, latest edition and addenda, in all respects. Bellows elements shall be formed by the hydro-farming process. Expansion joints shall be supplied with equalizing/control rings of the bolted type. Bellows convolutions sl�all be 2 03720-037-01 ] 5122-4 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS AND EXPANSION JOINTS � � � � � 1 � ' C inches in pitch and height, minimum. All bellows designs shall be provided with bellows calculations and submitted for record purposes which conform to the EJMA standards, including cycle life. Bellows shall be hydro-tesied to 1-l/2 times the design pressure, minimum. The bellows shall nat exhibit any signs of squirm. Devices such as flow liners, covers, hinge or gimbal hardware, etc., sha.11 not be used to prevent (or mitigate) the effects of syuirm during hydrostatic testing. The expansion joints shall have a design pressure rating of at least 200 psig and shall be furnished with van-stone-type flanged ends with 125-pound drilling. D. Each expansion joint shall be furnished with an inner flow liner that shall be suitable for the conveyance of potable water at velocities of up to 20 fps in either direction through the expansian joint. E. Materials of c�nstruction shall be as follows: Bellows: 304 stainless steel � Liner: 304 stainless steel Equalizing/control rings: 304 stainless steel � Callars/bands: 304 stainless steel Flange Plates: Carbon steel � 1 � � , 1 ' � F. Welded stainless steel components shall be made af low-carbon-type stainless steel. G. Each expansion joint shall enable a limited gap to be obtained in the flanged joint connections to facilitate pump installaCion/removal. Each expansion joint shall be d�signed to provide the following concurrent movements at a minimum: H Compression: Lateral offset: Angular rotation 3/4 inch 1 /8 inch Flange faces parallel within l/S inch Expansion joints shall be factory pre-compressed as necessary to facilitate installation. Installed laying length shall be as specified in this Section. Each expansion joint shall be eyuipped with a tie rod/restraint system designed to limit the axial deflecti�n ofthe entire flexible cannector assembly to no more than 0.005 inch with the piping system subjected to 200-psig pressure. Axial deflection calculations shall be submitted for record purposes. Catter pins shall be positioned ta prevent excessive tie rod nut travel and extension of the flexible connectors beyond their allowable axial movement range. Equalizing/control rings shall prevent excessive compression of the flexible connectors beyond their allawable 03720-037-01 15122-5 FLEXIBLE PiPE COUPLINGS ' ANU EXPANSION lOINTS J axial movement range. Double-nutting of the tie rods using jam nuts and heavy hexagonal nuts on/against each side oi' each plate flange shall lock thE position of the connector and preverat tie rod nuts from loosening during system operation, yet allow loosening/re-setting in the event of future purrap removal/reinstallation. The tie rod/restraint system shall be reviewed by the high-service pump manufacturer and shall comply with the pump manufacturer's recomrnendations for the proposed pump/piping configuration. The Contractor shall store, handle, align, and instal] each expansion joint in confarrnance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A capy of the manufacturer's installation recommendations shall be provided to the [Resident Representative] at the time of expansion joint installation. 2. The piping and each expansion joint shall be aligned durin� installation so as to impose np axial, lateral, or tors.ional deflection. Expansion joints shall not be used to correct piping misalignm�nt. Al.l piping shall be laid truc so that expansion joint end �ttings mate perfectly with connecting pipe and/or equipment. The Contractor shall demonstrate this alignment to the [Resident Representative] during assembly. 3. All temporary spacers/bracing shall be provided as necessary to provide proper alrgnment and installatian and to maintain the preset compression traverse. Upon completion of the .insCallation, tie rod inner and outer nuts bearing against the faces of each plate flange along with their associated jam nuts shall be positioned/tight�ned according to the manufacturer's instructions, providing a tied/locked assembly that prevents movement. 4. Cach expansion joint shall be installed compressed axially 1/4 inch of the available 3/4 inch; this position shall be the laying length indicated on the Drawings. The provided expansion joints shall be �ully compatible with the installation conditions and geometry shown ott the Drawings. 'T"he expansion joinCs shall be manufactured by Senior Flexonics, Inc., Expansion Joint Division of New Braunfels, Texas. 2.06 BOLTTNG FOR FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLTNGS AND EXPANSION JOINTS � 03720-037-01 Salts and nuts for flexible pipe couplings and expansion joints shall be as ' specified for the adjacent piping. 15122-6 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS AND �XPANSION JOINTS � 1 PART 3 EXECtJTiON 3.01 TNSTA[.I.ING FLEXiBLE PiPE COUPLINGS AND EXPANSION JOINTS A : C�J Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt irom pipe ends. Clean gaskets in flexible pipe couplings before installation. LubricaCe bolt threads with �raphite and oil before installation. Install threaded nut and bolt thread protection caps after completing the bolt, nut, and gasket i.nstallation. 3.02 PAINTING AND COATING A. Exterior Coating of Buried Flexible Pip� Couplings: Coat buried flexible pipe couplings (including joint harness assemblies) as specified in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 2l. Coat buried bolt threads, tie bolt threads, and nuts according to Section 09900, Painting and Coating, Systern No. 24. B. Exterior Coating of Exposed Flexible .Pipe C�upling (Non-Submerged): Coat flexible pipe couplings (including joint harness assemblies) located indoors, in vaults and structures, and above ground with th� same coating system as specified for the adjacent pipe. If the adjacent pipe is not coated, coat couplings according to Section 09900, Painting and Caating, System No. 10. Apply prime coat at the factory. C. Exterior Cc�ating of Exposed Flexible .Pipe Coupling (Submerged): Coat flexible pipe couplings (including joint harness assemblies) that will be submerged according to Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 7. Apply prime coat at the factary. D. Line carbon steel and iron-flexible pipe couplings according to Section 0990Q, Painting and Coating, System No. 7. 3.�3 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Hydrostatically test flexible pipe couplings and expansion joints in place with the pipe being tested. Test in accordance with Section 15144, Pressure Testing of Piping. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 15122-7 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS AND EXPANSION IOINTS , � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � '' r SECTiON 15125 PIPING APPURTENANCES 17�i�tel��1�1.7t\11 1.01 SCOPE OF W�RK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all piping appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. B. All piping appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings. All equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer, unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. C� 1�7 All pipin� appurtenances shall have the name of the manufacturer and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon the body. The piping appurtenances shall include, but not be limited to, the following: I . Tapping Saddles 2. 'rapping Sleeves and Valves 3. Pressure Gauge Assembly 4. Annular Diaphragm Seal and Pressure Gauge Assembly 5. Fire Hydrant 6. Water Meter 7. Corporation Stop 8. Curb Stop 9. Strainers ] 0. Emergency Shower/Eyewash and Face/Eyewash Station 11. Double Ball Expansion Joints 1.02 REL.ATED WORK A. B. C. Section 0133Q, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 09900, Aainting and Coating. Section 15055, Piping Systemsr--General. 1.p3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor sha11 submit shop drawings in accordance with Section O] 330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Product technical subrnittal data shall cantain the fallowing information and data: 03720-037-01 15125-1 PIPING APYURTENANCES 1. Acknowledgment that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. E;�pansion joints, t7exible joints, couplings, adaptors, tapping sleeves, and other appurtenances: a. Pr�ssure and temperature rating. b. Materials of construction. c. Linings. d. Dimensions and weight. e. Accessorres. f. Manufacturer's product brochures, cut-sheets, and parCS diagrams. 1.04 WORK S�QUENCE (NOT USED) f��I�:��l�l:»1►[�1��1►:\.Ir7_\:�r� Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part ofthis Section. Where this Section differs from Chese dc�cuments, the requireme.nts ofthis Section shall apply. A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISi) 1. AYSI Type 304L--Stainless Steel. 2. AI.SI Type 316—Stainless Steel. B. American Society far Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A536—Standard Specification for Ductile Tran Castings. 2. ASTM C285--Standard Test Methc�ds far 5ieve Analysis of Wet-Milled and Dry-Milled Porcelain Enamel. C American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5— Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-iron Pipe Systems. 2. AWWA/ANSI C l53/A21.53—Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 3. AWWA C207—Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service. 4. AWWA C210---Standard for Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines_ 03720-037-01 15125-2 PIPING APPURTENANCE5 � � � � � � 1 � � � r � � � � � � � � 5. 6. 7. S. 9. AWWA/ANSI C213—Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. AWWA C500---Standard for Metal-Seated (:►ate Valves for Water Supply Service. AWWA C502—Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants. AWWA C700--Standard for Cold-Water Meters—Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. AWWA C800--�–Transit-Time Flowmeters in Full Closed Conduits. D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ]. ANSI B] 6.5—Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. E. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) I. NSF 61—Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.�7 WA.RRANTI.ES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditi�ns, Supplementary Conditions, and Speci�catian Section 01780, Warranties and Sonds. l.08 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. The Contractor shall adhere to the reyuirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. B. All piping appurtenances, unless otherwise directed, shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting, and under no circumstances shall any piping appurtenances be dropped, skidded, or rolled. C. Slings, haoks, or tongs used for lif}ing shall be padded Co prevent damage to exterior surface or interior linings of piping appurtenances. If any part of the coating, lining, or components is damaged, the Contractar shall make repairs ar replacement at his expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before attempting to install such piping appurtenances. D. Only new piping appurtenances will be allowed for installation and shall be stored to prevent damage and be�kept free of dirt, mud, ar other debris. 1.09 QUALiFICATIONS o��zao3�-o� I5125-3 PIPING APPUATENANCES 1.10 i�lJ 1.12 A. All of the piprng appurtenances shall be products of well-established iirms that are fully experienced, reputable, have been selling this product for a minimum of 1.0 years, and qualified in the manufacture of ihe particular product furnished. The piping appurtenances shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the requirements and procedures of applicab.le AWWA standards and shall coinply with Chese Specifications as applicable. TESTING REQUIREMENTS (N4T USED) MAIIVTENANCE (NOT USED) OPERATIONS AND MA1N"CENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance M.anuals shall be in accordance with Gencral Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, OperaCians and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.O1 TAPPING SADDLE A. Saddle body shall be made of malleable iron, ductile iron, or bronze. Malleable iror� and ductile iron shall be epoxy or nylon coated. Saddles shall be of the single- or multiple-strap design (multiple straps are required for sizes 1 U inches and above). The straps shall be made from Type 304 stainless steel or bronze. The straps shall hav� a nominal width of 2 inches. Strap studs shall be made from �ISI Type 304L stainless steel. B. Nuts and washers shall be made from Type 304 stainless steel and shall be treated to prevent galling. The straps shall have a curvature accurately f`ormed to meet the diameter of the pipe on which the service saddle is to be installed. A Neoprene gasket shall be securely glued to or imbedded in the body of the clam.p to ensure positive seaHng against the pipe. Outlet sizes of 3/4 inch and I inch shall have female C.C. thread while the outlet for 1-1./2 inches and 2 inches shall he fernale I.P. thread. C. Tapping saddles shall not be used on HDPE due to expansion and contraction problems unless specifically approved in writing by the Engin�er on a case-by- case basis. 2.02 TAPPTNG SLEEVES AND VALVES I7 Tapping sleeves and valves shall be designed for a minimum water working pressure of 150 psi and shall be tested at 300 psi. The design shall allow for the 03720-037-01 15125-4 PIPING APPUIZ'I'}:NANCES � L� � r � � � � � u � � ' � � 1 � � IC� C insertion of bolts from either side and the internal seal is to be the "O-ring" type. The tapping sleeve shall be furnished complete with bolts, nuts, and gaskets. With the exception of the valve ends and ather modifications necessary for tapping service, tapping valves shall confarm to AWWA C500 and shall be Mueller "No. T-2360" or approved equal. Each tapping valve shall be provided with a flanged inlet end designed, faced, and drilled for attachment ta the outlet flange of the tapping sleeve; an outlet end provided with a tapping flange far attachmenC of a standard drilling machine; and a mechanical joint-type bell end for connection of the branch main. Tapping sleeves for 4-inch- through 24-inch-diameter pipe shall be epoxy-coated fabricated-steel construction and manufactured to meet material specification ASTM 285 GRADE C for the body. The flange shall conform to AWWA C207 CLASS D and have an ANSI 150-1b drilling and recessed for tapping valve. D. Tapping sleeves shall be of the flanged outlet type designed for attachment to the flanged inlet end of the tapping valve and shall be provided with mechanical joint ends at each end of the run. Tapping sleeves shall be Mueller "No. H-G 15" or approved equal. 2.03 PRESSURE-GAUGE ASSEM.BLY A. Pressure-gauge assemblies shall be provided at locations listed below or as shown on the Drawings. AI1 pressure-gauge assemblies shall include a pressure gauge, AYSI Type 316 stainless steel, NPT threaded ball valves for isolatian and venting, and sensor piping. Sansor piping tubing and fittings shall be Type 31.6 stainless steel. The pressure gauge shall be constructed of Type 3l 6 stainless-steel wetted parts and Type 304 stainless-steel case and bayonet ring, adjustable pointer, laminated safety-glass window, glycerin liquid-filled case, 1.5% span accuracy, and shall have a 2.5-inch-diameter dial size, minimum. The pressure gauge shall be as manuFactured by WiKA Instrument Corporation, Type LM 233.54, or approved equal. S. The Contractor shal) furnish and install pressure-gauge assemblies with pressure- gauge ranges as follows and/or shown on the Drawings. � 03720-037-01 15125-5 PIPING APPIIRTENANCES 2.04 ANNULAR DIAPH.RAGM SEAL AND PRESSURE GAUGE ASSEMBLY A. Annular diaphragm seal and pressure gauge assemblies shall be provided at locations listed in this Section or as shown on the Drawings. All annular diaphragm-seal pressure gauge assemblies shall include an ethylene-glycol factory liqu.id-filled pressure-gauge and an annular seal assembly factory calibrated and rcady for �eld installation. The annular seal assembly shal I consist of a Buna-N diaphragm annual seal sleeve, carbon steel body, and ANSI B16.5 Class 150 full- faced �langes (through bolted conf.rguration). Pressure gauges shall be constructed with a stainless steel case with pressure ranges listed below. Annular diaphragm seal and pressure-gauge assernblies shall be as manufactured by the Red Valve Company, incorporated, Series 48, or approved equal. L� � � � � S. The Contractor shall furnish and install annular seal and pressure-gauge � assemblies with pressure gauge ranges as follows and/or shown on the Drawings: Location Scum Pumping Station Number of Assemblies 2.05 FiRE HY.D.RANT (NOT USED) 2.06 WATER METER (NOT USED) 2.07 CORPORATION STOPS (NOT USED) 2.08 CURB STOPS (NOT USED) 2.09 STRAIN�RS (NOT USED) 1 Pressure Gau�e Ran e�(psi) 50 2.10 EMERGENCY SHOWER/EYEWASH AND FACE/EYEWASH STATION (NOT USED) 2.1.1 DOUBLE BALL EXPANSION JOINTS (NOT USED) 2.12 TOOLS A. Ifrequired for normal operation and maintenance, special taols sha.11 be supplied with the equipment. Two T-handle wrenches to operate standard 2-inch nuts on buried valves and buried valve actuators shall be provided as part af the work. 03720-037-0] ] 5125-6 PIPING APPURTENANCES � l_J � � � �� ._� � � �J � � PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 1NSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all piping appurtenances as shown on the Drawings. B. All pipin� appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, unless approved otherwise, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Engineer. C. Install concrete inserCs for hangers and supports as s�an as fonns are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and frgures which have a direct bearing on their location and shall be responsible for the proper location of these piping appurtenances during the consCruction of the structures. 3.02 SHOP PAiNTING A. Exterior surfaces of ferrous valves and piping appurtenances shall be painted in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating, unless noted or specified otherwise. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Completed valves and piping appurtenances shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test as described in Section 15055, P.iping Systems----General, and the detail pipe sections ofthese Specifications. All leaks in valves and piping appurtenances shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Engi.neer. Before testing, the valves and pipelines shall be supparted and thrust restrained for forces in excess of the test pressure to prevent movement during tests. I �l�l �Z�] Y.9 �l�YC�1►1 � 03720-037-01 15125-7 PIPING APi'UR7'ENANCES � ' � � r � � � � � � � r � � � � � � SECTiON 15144 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING PAR°1' 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE O}� WORK A. This Section specifies the hydrostatic, pneumatic, and leakage testing of pressure piping for pumping stations, wastewater treatment plants, water treatment plants, and other facilities; water distribution and transmission mains; and raw sewage force mains and lift stations. 1.Q2 RELATED WORK A. Section 01500, Temporary Facilities and Controls. i��x�Y�a:�u��r:�� The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Test bulkhead locations and design calculations, pipe attachment details, and methods to prevent excessive pipe wall stresses. B. Six copies of the test records to the Engineer upon completion of the testing. 1.04 W�RK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Speci�cation Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirennenCs of this Section shal) apply. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards: 1. AWWA C600--Standard for Tnstallation of Ductile Iron Water Mains. 2. AWWA C605—Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 03720-b37-01 15144-1 PRE55[IItE TESTiNG �F PiPING I.O� WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Canditions, Supple�nentary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Wan-anties and Bonds. ] .08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specifed in Section �1650 for storing and protecting the items specitied in this Sectian. 1.09 QUALIFI.CATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TEST PRESSURES A. At a minimum the Contractor shall perform pressure and leakage test at l.5 times the maximum system pressure or 1 UO psi, whichever is greater (based on the elevation or the lowest point af the section under test and corrected for gage locati�n). f�f�MDf.`y�1►[�`l.7XK�7.��3.9 A. The Contractor shall provide records of each piping installation during the testing. These records shall include the following inforrnation: 1. Date and times of test. 2. 3. 4. Identification of process, pipeline, or pipeline section tested or retested. Identification of pipeline material. Identifcation ofpipe specif.rcation. 5. Test fluid. 6. Test duration. B. Test pressure at low point in p.rocess, pipeline, or pipeline section. C. Remarks: Leaks identified (type and Iocation), types of repairs, or corrections made. � Certification by Contractor that the leakage rate measured conformed to the Specifrcations. 03720-037-01 PR�SSUR� 7'E57"ING OF PTPING 15144-2 , ' � , � 1.12 MAINTENANC�. (NOT USED) 1.13 OPF.,RATIONS AND 1VIATNTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals Conditions, Supplementary Conditions Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODIJCTS shall be in accordanc� with General , and Specification Section 01830, � 2.01 VENTS AND DRAINS FOR ABOVEGROUND PTPING �� r � � � _ _� �I i_J � � LJ A. The Contractor shall install vents on the high points of aboveground piping, whether shown in the Drawings or not. install drains on low points of aboveground piping, whether shown in the Drawings or not. Provide a valve at each vent or drain point. Valves shall be 3/4 inch for piping 3 inches and larger and 1/2 inch for piping smaller than 3 inches. Valves shall be ball or gate valves unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Valves shall be rated for the pressure of the adjacent piping and shall be suitable for use with the adjacent pipe material. 2.02 MANUAL �IR-RELEASE VALVES FOR BURIFp PiP1NG A. The Contractor shall provide ternporary manual air-release valves at test bulkheads for pipeline test. Construct the pipe outlet in the same manner as for a permanent air valve and, after use, seal with a blind flange, pipe cap, or plug and coat the same as the adjacent pipe. 2.03 'i'EST BULKHEADS A. The Contractor shall design and fabricate test bulkheads in accordance with Section Vll.l of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Materials shall comply with Part UCS of the code. Design pressure shall be at least 2.0 times the specified test pressure for the section of pipe containing the bulkhead. Limit stresses to 70% of yield strength of the bulkhead material at the bulkhead design pressure. Include air-release and water drainage connections. 2.Q4 TESTING FLUID A. The pwner will provide a source of supply from the existing treated reclaimed distribution system for the Contractor's use in filling the lines. An air break shall be maintained at all times between the Owner's distribution system and the Contractor's equipment to prevent cross-connection. The line shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means af a pump furnished by the Contractor. Provide 03720.037-D1 � 15144-3 PRE.SSURE TE$TING OF PIPING B. C. D. E. accurate means for measuring the quantity of water required to maintain this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leaka�e. Testing fluid shall be �•eclaimed water unless a pneumatic test is indicated on the Piping Schedule. For fuel oi] piping, use potable water for hydrostatic testing and flushing. For potable water pipelines, obCain and use only potable water for hydrostatic testing. Submit request for use af water from waterlines of Owner 48 hours in advance. 2.05 TESTiNG :FQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall provide calibrated pressure gauges, pipes, bulkheads, pumps, compressors, chart recorder, and meters to perform the hydrostatic testing. "fhe Contractor shall provide any necessary assistance required fc�r testing. PART 3 EXECU"I`TON 3.01. TESTING PREPARATiON A. Pipes shall be in place, backfilled, and anchored before beginning pressure testing. � B. The Contractor shall conduct pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping after the piping has been installed and attached to the pipe supports, hangers, anchors, expansion joints, valves, and meters. C. For buried piping, the pipe may be partially backflled and the joints left exposed for inspection during an initial leakage test. However, perform the final pressure test after completely backfilling and compacting the trench. D. Provide any temporary piping needed to carry the test fluid ta the piping that is to be tested. After the test has been completed and demonstrated to comply with the Specifications, disconnect and remove temporary pi�ing. Do not remove exposed vent and drain valves at the high and low points in the tested piping; remove any temporary buried valves and cap the associated outlets. Plug taps or con.nect.ions to the existing piping from which the test fluid was obtained. E. Provide temporary drain lines needed to carry testing fluid away from the pipe being tested. Remove such temporary drain lines after compleCing the pressure testing. 03720-037-0I PR�SSURE TFSTING OF P1PINCr 15144� � � � � r � � � � i � � � r ' � � � � F. Before starting the test, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner's Representative. 3.02 CL�ANTNG A. Sefore conducting hydrostatic tests, the Contractor shall flush pipes with water to remove dirt and debris. For pneumatic tests, blow air through the pipes. Maintain a tlushing velocity of at least 3 fps for water testing and at least 2,000 fpm for pneumatic testing. Flush pipes for the period given by the formula 2L T= — 3 in which: T = flushing time (seconds) L = pipe length (feet). B. For pipelines 24 inches or larger in diameter, acceptable alternatives to t7ushing are use of high-pressure water jet, sweeping, or scrubbing. Water, sediment, dirt, and foreign material accumulated during this cicaning operation shall be discharged, vacuumed, or otherwise remaved from the pipe. 3.03 TESTING AND D1S.INFECTION SEQUENCE FOR POTABLE WATER PIPING A. Perfarm required disinfection after hydrostatic testing, unless otherwise indicated. B. Disinfection shall be performed as described in Sectic�n 15141. 3.04 LENGTH OF TEST SECTION FOR BURIED .PIPING A. The maximum length of test section for buried pipe of l2 inches or smaller in diameter is 1,UOU feet; for buried pipe larger than 12 inches, 2000 feet. Provide intermediate test bulkheads where the prpeline length exceeds these limits. 3.OS 1NiTiAL PiPELINE FILLING FOR HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. The maximum rate of filling shall not cause the water velocity in the pipeline to exceed 1 fps. Filling may 6e facilitated by removing automatic air valves and releasing air manually. 3.06 TESTING NEW PIPE WH1CH C�NNECTS TO EXISTING PIPE �1. Before testing new pipelines that are to be connected to existing pipelines, the Contractor shall isolate the new line from the existing line by test bulkheads, 03720-037-01 3'RESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-5 spectacle flanges, or blind flanges. After the new line has been successfully tested, remove test bulkheads or flanges and connect to the existing piping. 3.07 HYDROST�ITIC TESTING OF ABOVEGROUND �R EXPOSED PIP]NG A. Open vents at high points of the piping system to purge air while the pipe is being frlled with water. Venting during system filling may also be provided by temporarily loosening flanges. B. Subject the piping system to the test pressure indicated on the Piping Schedule in the Draw.ings. [Modify as required.] Maintain the tc:st pressure Por a minimurra of 2 hours. Examine joints, fittings, valves, and connections for leaks. The piping system shall show zero leakage or weeprng. Correct leaks and retesC until zera leakage is obtained. 3.08 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF SU.RIED PiPING A. Where any section of the piping contains concrete thrust blocks or encasement, the Contractor shall nat make the pressure test until aC least .10 days after the concrete has been placed. When testing mortar-lined or PVC piping, fill the pipe to be tested with water and allow it to soak for at least 24 hours to absorb water before conductin� the pressure test. I:j �� Apply and maintain the test pressure by a positive displacement hydraulic force pump. Maintain the test pressure for the 2 hours by restoring the pressure whenever it falls 5 psi. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leaka�e in the piping system. The allowable leakage volume is defined by the formulas: PVC Pipe: L= N�.L C in which: 03720-037-01 PRESSURE TESTING OF P]PING ]5144-6 ' � � � ' � � , r � � � r � � � � 1 � L = allowable leakage (gallons) N= number of rubber-gasketed joints in the pipe tested D= diameter of the pipe (inches) P W specified test pressure (psig) C = 7,400 Ductile Iron Pipe: SD P ��Z L= C in which: L = allowable leakage (gallons) S= length of pipe tested (feet) D= diameter of the pipe (inches) P = specified test pressure (psig) C = 133,200 HDPE Pipe: As specified in Section 15146, High-Uensity .Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. E. The leakage test shall be a separate test following the pressure test and shall not be less than 2 hours long. All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of the total leakage as shown by test_ Lines that fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until test requirements are complied with. Defective materials, pipes, valves, and accessories shall be removed and replaced. F � The allowable leaka�e for buried piping having threaded, brazed, ar welded (including solvent welded) joints shall be zero. Submit plan for testing to the Engineer for review at least 10 days before starting the test. H. Peening shall not be used to repair pinhole leaks in welded pipes. Any leakage in welded pipes shall be repaired by appropriate welding techniques. 1. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the criteria above. 03720-037-01 15144-7 VRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 3.09 HYDROSTATIC �LUSHING AND TESTING OF FUEL OI..L PIPING A. Flush pip�s with water to remove dirt and debris. Remove ]oose foreign material such as scale, sand, weld spatter particles, and cuttin� chips from the inside of piping assemblies. Hammer on the outside of steel piping with a nonmarring hammer to aid in freeing weld spatter, scale, and dirt. B. Perform hydrostatic pressure testing as described previously. C. A�er successfully completing the pressure testing, blow out the piping wiCh clean, dry air having a dewpoint of at least -40°F. Circulate the air through the piping system until the exiting air has the same dewpoint as the applied air. 3.10 PRESSURE TESTING OF DOUBLE-WALLED CONTAINMENT PIPING A. Test the primary pipe as described for buried and above-�round or exposed piping. B. Test the secondary containment piping by performing a pneumatic test as described above of the annular space between the primary and secondary pipes at a pressure of 5 psi. 3.11 REPETI.TION OF TEST A. If the actual leakage exceeds the allowable leakage, locate and correct the faulty work and repeat the test. Restore the work and all damage resulting from the leak and its repair. Eliminate visible leakage. 3.12 BULKHE�ID AND TEST FACILTTY REMOVAL A A�er a satisfactory test, the Contractor shall remove the testing fluid, remove test bulkheads and other test facilities, and restore the pipe coatings/linings. END OF SECTION 03720-037-01 PRESSURE T�S'I',1NG OF PIPiNG 15144-8 r � � � � � � 1 � � � � � , � � � ' 1 SECTION 15291 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE P1PE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL I.O1 SCOPE OF W�RK A. This Section covers the work necessaryto furnish, install, and complete the AWWA C900 .PVC pipe and ductile iron fittings specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. B. Section 0224Q, L7ewatering. C. Section 02305, Earthwork for Utilities. D. Section 15155, Ductile iron Pipe and Fittings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. All PVC pipe and ittings ta be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the location where the material for this project is manufactured. The Contract shall submit certificates of such tests and their results. B. 'The Contractor shall submit the pipe manufactur�r's certification orcompliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision ofany such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the require►nents ofthis Section shall apply. A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 03720.037-01 1. ASTM A242—Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy 5tructural Steel. 2. ASTM A536--Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 15291-1 POLYVINYL CHLDRTI�F (PVC) PItESSURE YIPE AND FITT[NGS 3. AS1'M D2241—Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chlaride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). 4. ASTM. F477—Standard Speci:�cation for Elastomeric Seals (Gas.kets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C90�Polyvinyl Chloride (�'VC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 inch to ] 2 inch (] 00 mm to 300 mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution. 2. A.WWA C905—Polyv.inyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters l4 inch through 36 inch. 1.06 QUALTTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) ] .07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with Genera.l Conditions, Supple.mentary Conditions, and Specifcation Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. I.08 DELIVERY, S"I'URt1GE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requiremenCS specified in Section 0:1650 fo.r storing and pratecting the items specifred in this Section. ] .09 QUALiFTCATIONS (NOT USED) l. l Q TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT US�D) l.12 OPERATiONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LARGE .PVC PRESSURE Pi.PE �. Large PVC Pressure Piping: 03720-037-01 15291-2 POi�YVTNYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS � r , � i 1 � � �.I � � � � , � � ' � 1:3 C. llnless otherwise noted, PVC pressure pipe for nominal diameters 4 inches and larger shall conform to the requirements of A W WA C900 DR 18 up to 12 inches. Pipe shall be designed for maximum working pressure of not less than 150 psi. Pipe shall be made to ductile iron pipe ODs instead afiPS. Thc PVC pipe shall be blue and NSF approvcd for potable waCer use and purple for reclaimed water use. Bell and Spigot: l. Pipe joints shall be made with integral bell and spigot pipe ends. The bell shall consist of an integral thickened wall section designed to be at least as strong as the pipe wall. The bell shall be supplied with a factory glued rubber rin� gasket which conforms to the manufacturer's standard dimensions and talerances. The gasket shall meet the requ.iren�ents of ASTM F477 "Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe." PVC joints shall be "Ring-Tite" as manufactured by J-M Manufacturing Company, I.nc. or an equal approved by the Engineer. Nontoxic gasket lubricant shall be as specified by the pipe manufacturer. Restrained Joints: The following pipe joints and fittings restraint methods can be used to prevent pipe joints and fittings from separating under pressure. No additional financial compensation will be pr�vided to the Contractor for providin� the following methods of restraint: a. C-90� PVC pipe bell and spigoC joints (4-inch- through 12-inch- diameter pipe) shall be restrained with the EL3AA iron MEGALUGO Series 160� Restrainer or an equal approved by the Engineer. 1�he Series 1600 restrainers shall provide a minimum af 150-psi restraint to DR 1 S Class 150 pipe with a 3 to ] safety factor. C-90S PVC pipe bell and spigot shall be restrained with the EBAA Iron MEGALUGO Series 2$00 Restrainer or an equal approved by the En�ineer. The Series Z800 restrainers shall provide a minimum of 200 psi restraint to DR l8 Class 235 pipe with a 2 to l safety factor. The restraining device and Tee head balts shall be manufactured of high-strength ductile iron meeting ASTM AS36, Grade 6542-] 0. Clamping bolts and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion-resistant, high-strength, low-alloy CORTEN steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A242. b. Mechanical joint fittings used with PVC pipe (3-inch- through 36- inch-diameter DR 18 pipe) shall be restrained with the EBAA iron MEGALUGOO Series 2000 PV Restrainer or an equal approved by the Engineer. The Series 2000 PV restrainers shall provide a minimum of 03720-037-0] 15291-3 POLYVTNYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE ' PIPE AND FITTTNGS 150-psi restraint with a 2 to 1 safety factor. The restraining device and Tee head bolts shall be manufactured of high-strength ductile iron meeling ASTM A536, Grade 65-42-10. Clamping bolts and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion-resistant, high-strength, low-alloy CORT�N st�el meeting the requirements of ASTM A242. c. All parts ofthe joint restraint systems shall be coated with coal tar epoxy as in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, Mega-Bond coating system by EBAA Iron, .inc. or Engineer approved equal. 2.02 LARGE PVC PRESSURE PIPE FITTINGS A. Fittings for use with lar�e PVC pipe shal] be ductile-iron fittings conforming to the requircrnents ofinechanical joint fttings as specified in Section 15 ] 55, Ductile .[ron Pipe and Fittings. B. Exterior Coating l. C. Lining 1. Exterior coating for fittings shall Ue as specified in Section 15155, Ductile lron Pipe and Fittings. Lining for fitt.ings shall be as specified in Section 15155, Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. Any damaged lined areas shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations so that the repaired area is equal to the undamaged lined areas. 2.Q3 SMALL PVC PRESSURE PiPE A. See Section 15250, Small-Diameter .Piping, for Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION ft�ll ��:I:\ u I 1►/:r �[�]►1 A. All pipe and appurtenances shall be examined at the point ofdelivery. Material found to be defective due to manufacture or damage in shipment shall be rejecCed. Tests as specified in the applicable material standard may be performed to ensure conformance with the standard. 03720-037-D1 15291-4 POLYVTNYL CHJ,ORII7F. (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS � r , � � � 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATiON A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance ofthe work. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall be lowered carefully into the trench using suitable tools or equipment to pr�vent damage to pipeline materials. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. The trench shall be dewatered before installing the pipe in accordance with the Specifications. B. The sealing surface of the pipe, the inside of the bell, and the inside of the gasket shall be cleaned immediately before assembly. ' C. �'areign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. During laying operatinns, no debris, toals, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. ' , � � � 1 1 � � ' ' D. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with appraved backfill material. E. At all times when pipe laying is in progress, except when joining another piece of pipe, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug ar other means approved by the Engineer to prevent the entrance of objectionable materials. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation. F. G. H. fl Trench width at the top of the pipe, bedding conditions, and backfrll placement and compaction shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Joint Assembly l. Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructipns. Pipe Deflection l. When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, the amount of deflecting shall not exceed 75% �f that recammended by the manufacturer. Pipe Cutting 1. Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe. Ends shall be cut square and perpendicular to the pipe aYis. 0372Q037-O] 15291-5 PO[.YVINYL CHLOR1bE (PVC) PRESSURE � PIPE AND FITTINGS 2 L� � Burrs shall be remaved from spigots, and ends shall be smoothly beveled. ' Field cut ends shall be marked for prop�r depth of joint assembly. J. Thrust Restraint All pipe, tees, valves, bends, and etc., unless otherwise speci�ed, shall be restrained using mechanical means as specified. Pipe restraint using the specified mechanical restraining system with the restrained joint schedule or tie-rods is also acceptable. Reaction blocking shall noi be used on this project. 2: All ductile iron fittings, valves, mechanical restraint harnesses, and other forms of inechanical restraint shall be installed and wrapped in polyethylene tube material as specified in Section 15155, .Ductile Iron Pipe and Pittings. 3.03 LOCATION AND I.DENTIFICATION A. All non-metallic [reclaimed water] [potable water] [sewer] mlins shall be installed with a conCinuous, insulated 14 gauge copper wire installed direccly on top ofpipe for location purposes. Detectable tape may be used in lieu of copper wire and shall be placed ]. foot above the top of the pipe. B. All I'VC [reclaimed water] mains shall be a solid lavender color. [All potable water mains shall be a solid blue color.] All letter-ing shall appear legibly on pipe and shall run the entire length of the pipe. Lettering shall read as is acceptable for the intended use. C. All DIP reclaimed water mains shall be marked with a continuous stripe located within the top 90° o�Fthe pipe and shall be a minimum of 2 inche� in width and shall be lavender in color. Sackfill shall not be placed for 30 rninutes following paint application. 3.04 TEST,ING A. : All lines shall be tested at the pressures listed in the Process Pipe Flow Stream identi .fication and Schedule (DWG. No_ [GD-M-1 ]). See Section I 5144, Pressure Testing of Piping, for the requirements afpipe flushing, cleaning, pressure and leakage testing, and inspectian requirements. END OF S ECT�ON 03720-037-DI 15291-6 PO�.YViNYL. CFii3ORip� (PVC) PRESSURE PIP� ANb FI'i'1'INGS ' � , � � � � 1 ' DIV�S�ON 16 ' ELECTRiCAL � r � � � � E-� � � ' ' , , � 1 �l SECTIUN 16401 LOW-VOLTAGE EL�CTRICAL WORK�`iENERAL REQUIREMENTS PARTI GENERAL r .or SCOPF OF WORK The Contractor shal I furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for a complete corrosion-resistant and operable electrical installation, including all fees, charges, and permits necessary. Work of this Section includes electrical installation requirements for equipment of other sections. This Section is general and may include specifications for materials and equrpment not contained within the scope of`this project. A. The Contractor shall provide temporary and permanent electrical services of proper ' voltage and phase as required for the Project. All single-phase temporary receptacle outlets shall be provided with ground fault protection in accordance wit.h NEC Article 590.6 and installed in accordance with NEC 406.8. � � , �� ' � B. The Contractor shall coordinate the work ofthis Section with others involved in the construction of the project. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. The provisions of all other technical sections of the Specificatians are fully applicable to this Section as if incorporated in this Section. B. Section TIi, Section IV and Division 1 of these Specificatians are a part of this Section as if incorporated in this Section. 1.03 SUSMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: The Contractor shall submit a complete list of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work to the Owner for revi�w within 30 days after the Award of Contract. A. The list shall include catalog numbers, cut sheets, diagrams, and other descriptive ' data required to demonstrate conformance with the Specifications. Partial lists will not be acceptable. ' 1 B. The basis of acceptance shall be the manufacturer's published ratings for the equipment. The manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of praducts specified. Q3720.037-01 16401-] LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRiCAL WORK- 1 GENGRAL REQUIREMENTS C � E. �'. 0372D-037-D1 Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items of equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Wiring Devices Circuit Breakers Motors Motor Starters Relays Control Devices Transformers Concrete Posts/Poles Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors Pull Boxes Contents of the shop drawings shall include the following: l. Details of construcCion, outline and assembly drawings 2. Dimensions 3. Materials 4. Finish 5. Ratings 6. Accessories 7. Trim S. Engineering data 9. Ladder type schematic control dia�rams and wi.ring diagrams 10. Calculations for harmonic current and voltage distortion 11. Test Equipment datasheets and proposed test proc�dures for testing the grounding system. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer's literature for the equipment listed in Paragraph 1.03.0 above Co the Owner for review, including the following: 1. Written description of equipme.nt fiinction, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. 2. Recommended assembly, installation, alignment, adjustm�nt, and calibration instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Guide to troubleshooting. 5. Maintenance instructions and timetables. 6. Parts List and an assembly drawing with the parts identified. Transient voltage surge suppressor submittals shall include the following: 1d401-2 LOW VULTAGE EL�CTRICAL WORK-- GENERAL REQUfRL:MENTS 1 ' 1 , ' 1 i , , ' 1 , ' 1 ' � ' , ' 1. UL 1449 peak let-thraugh voltage documentation. 2. Category C3 peak let-through voltage test results. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCES Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Speci�cation Sectian shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part af this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements ofthis Section shall apply. A. American Natianal Standards Institute (ANS]) I:� 1. ANSI C2—National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 2. ANSI C62.A 1--�- Guide on Surge Voltages in AC Power Circuits Rated up to 600V. 3. ANSI C62.45--Recommended Practice cm Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage (1000V and less) AC Power Circuits. 4. ANSr C8U.1---Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) l. ASTM A3�Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A48—Standard Specification for Gray iran Castings. 3. ASTM A153—Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (H.ot Dip) on iran and Steel Hardware. 4. ASTM BS—Standard Specification for Concentrio-Lay-Stranded Capper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. C. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (A�"BMA) 1. AFBMA Std 2�Radial Bearings of �all, Cylindrical Raller, and Spherical Roller Types, Metric Design. I�. Federal Specifications and Standards (FSS) I. FSS A-A-SU552-�-�Fittings for Cable, Power, Electrical and Conduit, Metal, Flexible. 2. �'SS A-A-Sp553A—Fittings for Conduit, Metal (Thick-Wall (Rigid) and Thin-Wall (EMT) Type). 3. FSS A-A-50563A—Conduit Outlet .Boxes, Bodies and Entrance Caps, Electrical: Cast Metal. 03720-D37-Ol 1640i-3 I.OW VOI.TAGF: F;I,ECTRICAL WpRK- GENEFtAL FLEQUIREMENTS E. F �� 4. FSS A-A-55809A—Insulation "r�ape, Electrical, 600V, Polyvinyl Chloride, Pressure-SensiCive Adhesive. 5. F5S A-A-55810—Conduit, Metal, Flexible. 6. FSS A-A-59544—Cable and Wire, Electrical (Pawer, Fixed Installation). 7. FSS W-C-37SC—Circuit Sreakers, Molded Case: Branch Circuit and Service. S. FSS W-C-375I�Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service. 9. FSS W-G596G(2)—Connector, Electrical Power (General Specification). National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA TCS 1—Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements. 2. NEMA ICS 6—Industrial Controls and Systems: Enclosures. 3. NEMA MG 1—Motors and Generators. 4. NEM.A TC 2—Electric Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit. 5. NEMA TC 3—Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 6. NEMA WD 1—General Color Reyuirements for Wiring Devices. Nationa] Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code (NEC). Underwriters Lahoratories, Inc. (UL) l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. $. 9. 10. 11. 12_ 13. 14. UL 6---Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit — Steel. UL 83—Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. UL 36�Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. UL 467—Grounding and Bonding Equipment. UL 489—Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. UL 498—Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. UL 508—Industrial Control Equ,ipme.nt. UL 51 � Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulatrng Tape. UL 514B—Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings. UL 514C—Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Devices Boxes, and Covers. UL 651—Schedule 40 and SO Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings. UL 797—Electrical Metallic Tubing - Steel. UL 1449—Surge Protective Devices. [JL 1560--.Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit. 03720-037-0] 16401-4 LOW VOLTAGE ELiCTRiCAL WORK- GENE1tAL REQUIREMENTS [J 1 i ' � H. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (1FFk�) ]. iEEE 112—Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 2. IEEE l] 7—Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation G7f Systems of�Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery. 3. IE.EE 519—Itecommended Practices and Requirements for Harmo.nic Control in Electrical Power Systems. I1.06 QUALTTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) � I..Q7 WARRANTY �_J , ' ' r-� I J ' , , ' ' 1 A. Warranties shall be in accordance with Section I.II General Conditions, and Specification Section O] 780, Warranties and Bonds. B. All equipment and rnaterials supplied shall be warranted against defective design, materials, and workmanship for a minimum of 1 year, or as specified in this Section, against norn�al use. The warranty periad shall bcgin once the total project is accepted by the �wner and shall cover replacement of equipment and/or repair, including labor, travel time, and miscellaneous expenses at no cost to the Owne�• for the full warranty period. 1.08 DEC�IVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.09 1.10 A. The Contractor shall adhere ta the requirements specified in Sectian 01650 for storage and protection of the iterns speeified in this Section. B. The Contractor shall deliver materials with manufacturer's Cags and labels and UL labels intact. Packaged material shall be delivered in the manufacCurer's original, unapened containers bearing the manufacturer's name, brand, and UL label. Materials and equipment shall be stored in a dry, clean location. Handle and store so as to avoid damage. Items delivered in broken, damaged, rusted, or unlabeled condition shall be removed from the project site immediately and replaced with acceptable items. The Contractor shall provide suitable protection of materials and equipment from dust and moisture. The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition of materials and eyuipment until they are accepted by the Owner. QUALIFiCATIONS (NOT USED) TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 0372a037-01 16401-5 ' LpW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK— GENERAL RF•,QUIREMENTS � 1.12 1.13 1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) QPI:RATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANVALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifcation Sectron 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Before .f.anal acceptance ofthis project, an op�ration and maintenance manual shall be submitted to the Owner. The manual shall include manufacturer's literaCure as outlined in Paragraph :1.03.:E above, drawings corrected in accordance w.ith shop drawing review comments and including all modi.fications, and lists of� suppliers and/or service s}aops that can provide parts and accessories and equipment repair for the items of equipment listed in Paragraph I.03.0 above. The lists shall rnclude a contact name, telephone number, and address. C. A test report detailing the results ofthe grounding system test shall be provided with the O&M Manual. , CODES,INSPECTIONS, AND F�ES A. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and inspections required for the work ofthis Section and pay all charges incidental to this work. The Contractor shall deliver to th.e Owner all certificates of inspection issued by autllorities having jurisdiction. PROJECT REQUiREMENTS (N�T USED) I y:\ :� r r. �� K� Dl � I� r. 2.O1 MATERIALS AND EQUiPMENT A. All material and equipment shall be new and listed or labeled for use within the United States by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). Equipment shall be provided with a specific Gsting, such as UL, when indicated in this Section or in other portions of the Contract Documents. Only products by tnanufacturers regularly engaged in the production of specifred units will be acceptable. : C 03720-037-01 Where two or more units which perfarrn the same function or are ofthe same class of equipment or rnaterials are required, provide all units from a single manufacturer. Provide materials and equipment of suitable compasition to perform satisfactorily when exposed to carrosive conditions of the project site. 16401-6 LOW VOLTAGE ELEC7'RICAL WORK- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' ' ' � �� , ' 1 , ' 1 ' , ' , 1 1 �'I� �� 2. 2.02 CONDUIT Provide breather and drain fittings in all raceways and enclosures where necessary to prevent condensation or trapping of moisture. Provide heaters in all control panels Ca prevent condensation. A. Rigid Metal Conduit: Rigid metal conduit shall be zinc-coated steel and shall conform to UL 6. Fittings shall be cast or rnalleable iron, zinc-coated, and shall conform to FSS A-A-50563A and UL 514B. PVC-coated rigid steel conduit, elbows, and fittings shall be coated with a banded polyvinylchloride which is permanently fiused on at the factory. a. Aboveground conduit system PVC coating shall have a minimum thickness of40 mils. Couplings and condulets shall have ove:rlapping pressure sealing sleeves. b. Below-ground conduit system PVC caating shall have a minimum thickness of 20 mils. c. Selaw-ground conduit system PVC coating for extreme corrosive conditior�s shall have a minimum thickness of 2p mils and shall have external and internal bond�d coatings. B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be polyvinyl chloride: compound and shall conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL 651. Conduit shall be sunlight resistant, rated for use with 90 °C conductors. Fittings shall be afthe same polyvinyl chloride campound and from the same manufacture as the conduit and shall conform to NEMA TC-3 and UL 514B. Conduit and fittings shall be joined by a solvent cement. The type of cement and the procedure for application shall be as recommended by the conduit manufacturer. The conduit shall be Carlon Plus 40 and Plus $0, or equal. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Electrical metallic tubing shall be zinc-coated steel and shall conform to UL 797. Fittings shall be compression type and shall conform to FSS A-A-50553A. I�� Flexible Metal Conduit: Flexible metal canduit shall be zinc-coated steel and shall conform to FSS A-A-55810. Fittings shall conform to FSS A-A-50552. 03720-P37-01 16401-7 L.OW VOL'I-AGE ELECTIt]CAL WORK- , GENERAL REQUIR�MENTS E. Liquidtight Flcxible Metal Conduit: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be made with galvanized steel flexible conduit covered with an extruded PVC jacket. .Fittings shall be compression type specitically designcd for use with flexible conduit and shall farm watertight connections. Box cannectiors shall have an "O" ring between the fitting body and th� enclasure. F. Liquidtrght Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit shall be an assembly of a hard PVC spiral completely surrounded by flexible PVC. Conduit shall conform to U.L 1660 for use as indicated in Article 351 oftheNEC and shall be sunlighC resistant. 1. Fittings shall be compression type designed :for use with the flexible conduit. Box connectors shall have "O" ring between the fitting body and the enclosure. 2 2.03 BOXES I:1 I: Conduit shall be "Car�lex" manufactured by Carlon, or equal. General: Box�s shall be sized as recommended by the NEC or as s}�own on the Drawings. ]. Boxes shall be nonmetallic ar code-gauge galvanized steel, stainless steel, or cast metal, as specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cast metal boxes shall be cast iron and shall be gasketed ofthe type indicated on the brawings. Outlet Boxes: Outlet boxes shall be sheet steel, cast metal, or nonmetallic. l. Sheet steel boxes shall be cadmium-coated or zinc-coated. 2. Cast metal bo�es shall conform to FSS A-A-50563A. 3. Non-metallic box�s shall canform to UL 514C. 4. Fixture outlet boxes and junction boxes shall be 4-inch, octagonal. 5. Switch and receptacle outlet boxes shall be 2 inches wide by 4 inches high by 2 inches deep. 6. Junction box extensions and covers shall conform to UL 514A. 03720-D37-O 1 l 6401-5 LOW V OLTAGE ELECTRICAL W ORl{- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1 � � � 1 1 , � ' ' � ' , ' 1 ' , � 7. Boxes installed in wet locations or on exterior surfaces shall be gasketed. 2.04 WiR1NG DEVICES A. Receptacles: Receptacles shall be specification grade and shall conform to FSS W-C- 596G(2), NEMA WD-1 and UL 498. l. Single and duplex receptacles for general purpose use shall be heavy-duty specification grade, 20 amperes, 125 volts, three-wire grounding, NEMA configuratian 5-20R_ 2. Ground fault circuit interrupter receptacles shall be duplex, 20 arnperes, 125 volts, three-wire grounding, NEMA configuration 5-20.R. a. Receptacles shall hav� a nominal sensitivity to ground leakage current of4 to 6 milliamps and shall interrupt the current supply f�r anyvalue of ground leakage current exceeding the trip level of4 to 6 milliamps on the load side of the receptacle with a maximum tripping time of 1 /30�" of a second. 3. 4. 5. b. Receptacles shall provide protection for any device connected to the circuit beyond the receptacle. c. Receptacles shall have test and reset buttons accessible on the face of the receptacle. Receptacles shall be suitable for mounting in a standard outlet box and shall have a high-impact nylon face. Wiring terminals shall be screw type, back- or side-wired. Receptacles shall be Leviton, Hubbell, or approved eyual. 2.05 DEVICE PC,ATES Cover Plates: Cover plates shall conforna to UL 514A. A. Furnish one-piece type to suit devices installed, with round or beveled edges. B. Weatherproof switch cover plates shall be spring-loaded gasketed type with individual cover for each switch. Receptacle covers shall be weatherproof with or without the attachment plug cap inserted. 03720.037-01 16401-9 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WURK- GENERAL REQiJIREMENTS 1 1 C. Waterproof cover plates shall have screw cap for each outlet. The plu� shall have a � matching screw attachment to maintain the rating when the plug is attached. The screw cap shall be permanently attached to the cover plate by a chain. A matching plug shall be provided for each covcr plate. � D E F Zino-coated steel or cast-metal plates shall be used on unfinished walls. Satin-finish stainless steel plaCes shall be used on finished walls. The Contractor shall provide metal screws with cou.ntersunk heads and fnish to match the frnish of the plate. 2.06 WiRE AND CA.B.LE A. Conductors: All conductors shall be annealed soft drawn capper, conforming to ASTM B8, FSS A-A-59544, UL 83, and the latest requirements of the NEC. All conductors shall have THW ar TNWN type insulation, rated at 600 volts, unless specifically noted otherwise. Other types of insulation may be used as permitted by the NEC. The Contractor shall be responsible for change in canduil site and conductor size to maintain the ampacity of the circuit. 2. Wire #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded concentric lay. Wire sizes #14, #12, and #10 AWG shall be stranded for controJ and motor power and solid for light and receptacle circuits. 3. Conductors shall be as manufactured by Senator Wire & Cable Company, Laribee Wire Manufacturing Company, Inc., Southwire Company, or equal. 4_ Conductors installed between Adjustable Speed Drives (ASD) and motors shall be shielded ASD cables for conductor sizes AWG 4/0 and helow. ASD cables shall be rated for up to 1000V and have cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) Type XHHW-2 insulation on current-carrying conductors_ ASD cables with current-carrying conductors of size No 2 and smaller shall have an insulated grounding conductor. Larger cables may have insulated or bare gr'ounding conductors. ASD cables shall have a braided or tape shield. The outer jacket shall be black sunlight and oil-resistant PVC. ASD cables shall be rated for 90°C in wet or dry locations and shall be suitable for direct burial. ASD cables sha11 be desi�ned specifically far use in ASD applications. The Contractor shall install the ASD cables in accordance with the cable manufacturer's and the ASD rnanufacturer's recommendations. ASD cables shall be manufactured by Belden, or approved ec�ual. 03720-037-0] 16401-]0 LOW VOLTAGF Fi„ECTRiCAI, WORK- GEIJERAL R�QUIIZEMENTS 1 , �I � � 1 � � � � � � : 5. Conductors installed between ASDs and .motors shall be Type XHHW-2 for conductor sizes larger than AWG 4/0. Canductor splices shall conform to FSS A-A-59213. Acceptable: Scotchcast Splicing Kit, 3M Company. Plastic tape shall conform to FSS A-A-55809A. 2.U7 CIRCUIT BREAKE.RS A. The Contractor shall provide molded-case thermal magnetic circuit breakers of the type, size, and electrical characteristics specified or indicated on the Drawings. Circuit breakers used as service entrance disconnects shall be suitable and rated as 1:3 C service entrance equipment. Circuit breakers shall be of single-unit construction, and multi-pole circuit breakers shall have trip elements in each pole with common trip bar. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactured by General Electric, [TE, Square D, or Cutler-I-�ammer/Westinghouse, or approved equal. 2.08 MOTORS A. Motors shall be provided with the eyuipment driven by the rnotor, unless otherwise indicated or specified, and shall conform to the latest requiremenCs ofNEMA, IEEE, ANSI, NEC, and Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association (AFBMA) standards, where applicable. 1. Matars shall be of sufficient capacity to operate the driven e.quipment, under ' all load and operating conditions, without exceeding J 00% of the motor's nameplate horsepower rating, excluding the service factor, and without exceeding the motor's rated temperature limits. , � L � � ' 2. Motors shall be furnished with permanent, highly visible stainless steel nameplates. Nameplates shall include all motor ratings, accessories, and special features. Motors may be single speed or variable speed as required for the application. 1. Motors for variable-speed applications shall be designed for operation at the rated maximum speed and at reduced speed throughout the variable-speed range without overloading. Mators for variable-speed operation shall be inverter duty rated and compatible with the associated variable-speed control �quipment and operating conditions, including the effects ofharmonic current 03720-037-01 16401-11 I.OW VOLTAGE �LEC7RICAL WORK- , GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and voltage distortion. Motors for variable-speed operation shall be equipped with a normally closed automatic reset winding thennostat in addition to all accessory equipment recommended by the variable-speed equiprnent manufacturer. Thermostat leads shall b� brought to the motor connection box. 2. Motors 100 HP and above shall be equipped with Cwo normally closed automatic reset winding thermostats. Thermostats shall be imbedded in the stator winding, between phases, connected in serics, with leads brought to the motor connection box. C. Motors shall be NEMA Desi�n B, unless otherwise indicated or specified, and shall be suitable for continuous duty operation. Motor currents and torque shall be in accordance with NEMA MG]-]2.34 and MG1-12.37. Three-phase, single-speed, squirrel-cage induction motors Jess than 50 HP shall be rated 208-230/460 valt For use on 208-, 240-, or 480-volt, threc- phase, CO-Hz sysle.ms. 2. Multi-speed motors and motors 50 HP and larger may be single voltage as required for the particular voltage. 3. Single-phase general-purppse induction motors shall be split-phase or capacitor start rated 115/230-208 volt, sin�le-phase, GO Hz. Motors 1-1 /2 HP and larger shall be NEMA Design M. Motors smaller Chan 1-1 /2 HP shall be NEMA Design L or N. Mator currents and forque shall be in accordance with NEMA MG1-12.31, MGl-12.32, and MG1-12.33. D. Motors shall be provided with Class F non-hygroscopic insulation syscem using materials and an insulation system evaluated in accordance with IEEE 117 classifcation tests. Temperature rise shall be limited Co a.maximum of 80° C, by resistance, at a service factor of 1.0 in an ambient temperature of 40° C. Motors shall have multiple dips and bakes of varnish treatment for additional protecCion. E. F G 03720-037-01 Motors larger than 5 HP shall be provided with locked-rotor current not exceeding NEMA Code letter "G." Motors shall be furnished with a minimum service factor of 1.l S. Motors shall be suitable for full voltage across-the-line-type starting, u,nless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 16401-12 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTR]CAL WORK--- GFNERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1 1 �� 1 � � � � 1 � � � � �! H. Motors shall be equipped with ball, open, single-row, deep-groove Conrad-type bearings conforming to the AFBMA Standard 20. Drive end bearings may be cylindrical roller type for belted drives. J Bearing life shall be 17,500 hours minimum for belted applications and ] 00,000 hours minimum for flexible direct-coupled applications. 2. The bearing identification number shall be stamped on the motor nameplate. 3. The lubricatio.n system shall consist of a capped grease fitting inlet, a relief plug 180 degrees from inlet, and a grease reservnir in bracket and cast inner cap. 4. Bearings shall be greased by the manufacturer with a premium moisture- resistant polyuria-thickened grease containing rust inhibitors and suitable for operation over a temperature range of -25° C to 120° C. The motor e.nclosure, including frame with integrally-cast feet and/or vertical P-base mounting, end brackets, bearing inner caps, fan guards, and conduit box and cover shal] be ASTM Type A4$, Class 25 cast iron or better. Conduit boxes shall be provided with the nwnber and size of conduit connections, as shown on the Drawings. The conduit box shall allow rotation to accommodate conduit connection Provision for grounding shall be made usin� a mounted clamp-type lug in the conduit box. 2. Motors shall be equipped with lifting lugs. Motor enclosures shall be equipped with stainless-steel screens for all openings in accordance with NEMA MG 1 for guarded machines. 3. Vertical hollow-shaft motors shall be eyuipped with non-reverse ratchets to prevent backspin. 4. Motors shall be NEMA MG 1 open drip-proof, weather-protected Type .1, totally enclosed fan-cooled, or explosion-proof as sp�cified in other sections of the Specifications or indicated on the Drawings. Submersible motors shall be explosian-proof and NRTL listed for Class 1, Division 1, Group C& D hazardous locations as defined by the NEC. l. All electrical components shall be housed in an air-filled or ail-frlled cast- iron, watertight enclosure which is sealed by the use of O-rings. ]oints shall be rabbeted with extra large averlaps. 03720-037-01 16401-13 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK- ' GENERAL REQIIIR�M�.N7'S 2. Automatic reset, normally closed, thermal overloads shall be imbedded in the motor winding to provide averl�eating protection. 3. Moisture-detection probes shall be incorporated to detect moisture in either the seal or stator cavity by measuring resistivity between the probes. Float- type devices or single probe-ta-ground moisture detectors are not acceptable. 4. Submersible motors shall have power and conCral conductors housed in multi-conductor cables of sufficiettt length to reach the control panel or junction box as indicated on the Drawings. Cable leads shall allow cable-ta- motor connectrons to be accarraplished in the field without soldering. Cable entrance to the motor shal] be sealed. 5. Submersible motors shall be designed to allow either fully submerged or campletely dry operation. K. Motors shall be capable of the following starts per hour, unless otherwise specif ed, without overheating or causing dama�e to the motor. 1. Submersible motors, 10 starts per hour. 2.09 MOTOR STARTERS A 03720-037-D1 Manual Motor Starters: Manual motor starters shall be toggle, key, or pushbutton type and shall be equipped with melting alloy overload protection on each pale. 1. Fractional horsepower manual motor starters shall be Sc�uare .D Class 2510 Type F(or equal) single-unit with handle guard/lock-off feature. The handle shal.) be toggle type unless otherw.ise speci�ied or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Integral horsepower manual motor starters shall be Square D Class 2510 Type M or T(or equal) rated 600 VAC/250 VDC, with lock-off feature and auxiliary contact. Auxiliary contact shall be normally open unless otherwise indicated. Control shall be pushbutton or toggle as indicated on the Drawin�s. 3. Manual motor starters shall be provided in surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicat�d. � a. Type F units mounted outdoors shall be in NEMA 4 cast-metal enclosures. � 16401-14 � I.OW VOi.TAGF F•.L.L-:CTRiCAL WORK- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' 1 ' � � fI�I u � � � � �J � � ' � � � � � L c. Type M or T units mounted outdoors shall be in NEMA 4 stainless- steel or cast-metal enclosures. Manual motor starters in hazardous locations shall be Class 2510 NEMA 7& 9, by Square D or equal. B. Magnetic Motor Starters: Magnetic motor starters shall be rated in accordance with NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratin�s. Starters shall be sized for the horsepower ratings as indicated on the Drawings or reyuired by the driven eyuipment. Minimum sizes and type of starter shall be as indicated an the Drawings and shall have the following features: Magnetic starters shall be equipped with double-break silver-alloy contacCs. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or re►navin� the starter from the panel or enclosure. 2. Coils shall be of molded construction. Al] coils shall be replaccable from the front without removing the starter from the panel or enclosure. 3. Overload relays shall be the rnelting-alloy type with a replaceable control module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and inter- changeable. The starCer shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed. Three-phase starters shall have overload relays in all three phases. Reset button shall be accessible without opening the door or panel. Visible trip indication for overload phase irtdication shall be provided. The relay shall laave a�'orm C contact, which operates when the overload relay trips; the contact shall be wired to terminal blocks for remate use. 4. A phase-failure relay shall be provided for all motor starters and shall have solid-state sensing circuitry monitoriqg all three phases. The relay shall have isolated DPDT contacts and shall protect the motor against the loss of one of the three phases: voltage unbalance in excess of 10% rated voltage, phase reversal, and undervoltage. Undervoltage shall be adjustable to 75% ofrated voltage. The relay shall be Square D Company Class 8430 or approv�d equal. 5. All mator starters shall have their own control power transformer for individual starter control voltage, except where installed in control panels in which a common cantrol power transformer may be incorporated. Control voltage shall be 12Q VAC. Control power transfonners shall be sized to include motor space heater load, starter ar contactor coil, timers, relays, and other devices as indicated or specified. Primary inputs and the ungrounded secondary output of the contral power transformer shall be fused. 03720-037-01 16401-15 LOW VOI,TAGE EL�CTRICAL WOItK- 1 GENEI2AL REQUIREMENTS 6. Starters shall be suitabl� for addi.rag at least four external electrical interlocks of any arrangement, normally open or normally closed. Starters shall be supplied with a minimum of two interlock contacts. 7. All magnetic starters shall be providcd with terminal blocks for wiring devices external to the starter enclosure. The starter shall be supplied in a NEMA 1 enclosure unless otherwise indicated or specified. 8. The starter shall be capable of startrrtg the motor the number of Cimes per hour stated for motors or as requ.ired by the pumping sequence, without causing damage to the starter. 9. Panel-mounted elapsed-tirne meters shall have six register wheels indicating up to 99,999.9 hours, without a reset knob, and be rated at 115 VAC, 60 Nz. The pane.l manufacturer shall provide one meter for each rraotor installed and connect the meter so that the meter will record the time that the motor is energized. 10. Equip all magnetic control lers and/or starters, unless otherwise noted, with a three-position selector switch labeled "Hand-Off-Automatic" or as indicated. Switch in Hand position shall start motor. 11. Equip all magnetic controllers and/or starters with indicating lights as follows: green-power o.n, red-running. � l2. A list of overload relay heater elements installed in each starter shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Tlae list shall identify the starter by name of equipment and show the type, size, and model number of the heater element. C. Full-Voltage Reversing Starters (FVR): Full-voltage reversing motor starters shall be designed for across-the-line full-voltage starting and stopping ofsquirrel-cage motors and shall be the combination type with motor circuit protector unless otherwise indicated. 1. The starters shall be rated 600 VAC, 60 Hz. D. Combination Starters: l 2 03720.037-01 All motor starters shall be combination type unless noted otherwise. Combination starters shall be manufactured in accord�nce with the ]atest published NEMA Standards. Combination starters shall consist of circuit 164DI-16 LOW VOLTAGI: EL.T:CTRICAL WORK- GENERAL REQUf]ZEMENTS 1 1 � � � � �� .1 � � � E � �J 1 � � breaker, a fused discannect, or a motor circuit pratector, as indicated on the Drawings, and a magnetic motor starter as specified above. Cornbination starters shall have an interrupting rating sufficient for th� short circuit current available at the line terminals with a minimum rating af 14,000 RMS symmetrical amperes at 480 volts. All combination starters shall be mounted in a N�MA 1, General Purpose enclosure, unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. The operator and operator arm shall be permanently attached to the handle of the breaker with positive indication of switch position with door either open or closed. The door and switch shall be interlocked to prevent closing the switch when the door is apen. 4. The door latch shall be tamper proof with a coin-proof slot in the door handle latch. The door handle shall have double safety interlocking ofthe operator and door handle to prevent opening of the door when the breaker is in the "ON" position. An interlock bypass shall be provided to allow access to authorized personnel. All exposed parts shall be dead when the switch is rn the "OFF" position. 5. Padlocking facilities shall be provided to positively lock the disconnect in either the "ON" or "OFF" position with from one to three padlocks with the door open or closed. 6. Combination starters shall be Allen-Bradley, Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, Square D, or approved equal. Control Devices: Pushbutton control, when indicated on the Drawings, shall be non- illuminated, momentary contact (unless otherwise indicated), oil-tight, pushbutton with no guard. Aushbutton controls shall be Square D'1'ype "K" or approved equal. 2. Selector switch operators, when indicated on the Drawings, shall be two- or three-position, non-illuminated, oil-CighC switches with normal return to all positions. Selectar switch operators shall be Square D Type "K" or approved equal. 3. Pilot lights shall be 120-volt LED push-to-test type. 03720-037-01 16401-17 r LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK- GENERAL R�QUIREMENTS 4. Control relays sha11 be double pole, double throw sealed, plug-in type relays with din rail or panel mount base, rated for l0A current at 120Vac, w1Ch i.nternal LED pilot light to indicate relay coil is energized. 5. Provide time delay relays in al] motor starters larger than S HP to provide a sequenced start-up of motors upon energization. Sequence shall start with largest motor, next largest, etc. The timer shall have a range of 5 to 180 seconds. 2.l 0 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER.S A. Sranch Feeder Circuif Breakers: Branch feeder circuit breakers shall be molded-case type, UL listed, and meetNEMA and FSS standards where applicable. The breakers shall be thermal-magnetic type with individual Crip mechanisms on each pole and shall be common trip. Thermal trip a� al] breakers shall be calibrated for 40°C ambient temperature. The breakers shall have an overcenter, trip-free, toggle-type operating mechanism, and quick-make, quick-break action with positive handle indications. Trip indications shall be clearly shown by the bteaker handle taking a position between ON and OFF. The breakers shall have a minimum interrupt rating equal to the integrated equipment rating ofthe motor control ccnter. Branch feeder breakers shall be plug-on units which use a cwo-stage operating mechanism. � in Che engaged position the unit stabs shall engage the vertical bus and allow complete on-offcontrol with clear indication ofthe breaker status. b. In the disengaged position the unit stabs shall be disengaged from the � vertical bus. it shall be possible to close the unit door when in this position. c. �1 non-defeatable interlock shall be provided to prevent the unit from � being placed in the "ON" position when disengaged from the bus. d. Mechanical interlocks shall prevent an operator from ppening the door with the breaker in the "ON" position ar from placing the breaker in the "ON" position with the doar open. e. Breakers shall have a separate "tripped" position to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It must be possible to reset a tripped breaker without opening the unit door. 03720-037-01 16401-I A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK- GENiRAi.. RFQUIREMF.,NTS V _� � tJ �� 1 � r � � � ' � r � �' � � � � � � � � f. A padlack shall be able to lock the unit in the disen�aged position and to simultaneously lock the unit in the "OFF" position. Provision shall be provided for locking the unit in the "OFF" position with up to three padlocks. 2.11 TRANSIENT-VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS A. Secondary transiertt-voltage surge suppressors shall be installed an the secondary side of step-down transformers or at the associated panelboards, at control panels, and at mator disconnects or junction boxes as indicated an the Drawings. Suppressors at panelboards shall be connected to a 30-amp multi-pole breaker. All other suppressors shall be fused. l. Secondary transient-volta�e surge suppressors shall be listed in accordance with UL 1449. Suppressors shall rneet or exceed the following criteria: a. Single impulse current rating of�80,000 amperes per phase ($/20 µsec. waveform). b. Pulse life rating of 1,OU0 occurrences with no clamping drift for Category C (8/20 µsec. waveform). c. UL 1449 peak let-through voltage shall not exceed the fallowing: d e. Volta�e L=N N-G 277/48Q 800 800 The test for Category C3 peak let-through voltage ANSI/IEEE C.62.41 (20 kV-1.2/50 µs) shall be canducted by an independent testing laboratory. Documentation of the tesC shal l be submitted with the shop drawings. Peak let-through voltage measured in LIL and ANSi/IEEE testin� shall include the efi�'ect of 6-inch leads connected to the complete unit. f.. Turn-on and turn-off times shall be less than 1.0 nanosecond. B. Minimum requirements for surge suppressors: 1. Provide suppression elements between each phase or leg and the system neutral and between the neukral conductor and ground. 03720-037-01 16401-19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK- G�N�AAL 12EQUIREMEN'I-S 2. Each module of modular type suppressors shall be externally fused. The status ofeach module shall be monitored on the front ofthe enclosure and on each module. 3 4 The suppressor failure mode shaJ] be of a"fail-short" design. Visible indication of proper connection and operation shall be provided. , � � � � 5. Modular-type suppressors shall have an internal disconnect and curre.nt � limiting fuses. Encapsulated suppressors shall have external tuse or circuit breaker protection. 6. 7. 8. Terminals shall be provided fpr all necessary power and ground connections and shall accommodate #1.0 to #1 AWG wire sizes. Suppressors shal] be of so.lid-state componentry and shall operate bidirectionally. Suppressors shall have a warranty guarantee period of at least 5 years. � � � C. All transient-voltage surge suppressors shal.l be ofthe same manufacture and shall be � installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The mounting position shall be selected ta provide the sh�rtest lead possible between the suppressor and the point of connection. ,�, D. Transient-voltage surge suppressars shall be as manufactured by Advanced � Protection Technologies, lnc., or approved equal. f�#f►•i1�1�1Nu[�b�r:rr.'! A. Thermostats shal I be single-ternperature electric th�rmostat using fast-responding bi- metal element which makes and breaks silver contacts. The thermostat shall be in a general-purpose enclosure with cantacts and all parts in electrical circuit enclosed under a dust cover. Contacts shall be rated at 150 VAC, 10 amperes, inductive load, and shall have a positive OFF position. The set point shal I be adjustable over a range of 50°F to ] 00°F. Thermostats shall be as ►ranufactured by Honeywell, Johnson Service, or Barber Colman, or equal. f►.� f��ei:i�1�P1�)1►[ef A Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel, 3/4-in-x-l0-ft sectional type, with couplings and driving studs for installation. 03720-037-0] 16401-20 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTR]CAL WQRK- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS � � � �� 1 �l � � B. The conductor shall bt bare, stranded copper, complying with ASTM B8, for main power ground and instrument ground, unless otherwise indicated. Grounding conductors run in conduit shall have green insulation. C. Cannection to the ground rod shall be made with exothermic welding kits by � Cadweld or approved equal. "Acorn" type clamps are not aceeptable. Ground connections to equipmenC frames, building steel, etc., shall be made with equipment grounding lugs or clamps intended for grounding purpases. r r I� r r �� __� ' �..1 �i PART 3 EXECUTION 3.0] I..AY�UT OF CONDUIT AND WIR�NG SYSTEMS The Contractor shall lay aut the work and shall be responsible for all necessary lines, levels, elevations, and measurements. The Drawings indicate the extent and general arrattgement of the components. The Contractor shall become familiar with the work of other trades engaged in the construction. The exact rauting of raceways and locations of equipment may be governed by structural conditions and obstructions. The Contractor shall coordinate with the details ofequipment shop drawings for power and control connections to equipment furnished by others. This is not to be construed as permitting redesigning systems. A. Submit all requests for changes in the proposed layout due to structural features, equipment locations, and similar conditions to the Owner, with the following provisions: a 3 Detail the reasons for the changes. Submit requests within 30 days after award of Contract. Make no changes without written approval of the Owner. B. Examine areas scheduled to receive electrical equipment and material for conditions which will adversely affect the execution, permanence, or quality of the work. Determine field conditions by actual measurement. Do not proceed with installation until defects have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATiON A. General: Comply with NEC, NESC, local codes, and rules and regulations of local agencies having jurisdiction. Coordinate electrical installation of systems and packaged equipment items specified in other sections of these Specifications. 03720-037-01 16A01-21 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK- � G ENERAL ItEQUIREMENTS 2. Conductors, circuit breakers, motor controllers, and protective devices indicated or speci�ed shall be sized to serve the electrical equipment furnished and shall meet all requirements ofthe NEC. Voltage drop shall be limited to 3%, including main service, feeder, and branch circuit. Coordinate protective, control, and signaling devices. B. Grounding and Bonding: The Contractor shall establish a grounding and bonding system that electrically cannects metal structural materials, equipment enclosures, conduits, outlet boxes, cabinets, motor trames, fixtures, devices, transformer cases, switchgear enclosures, incoming service neutral conductor, and the earth. The common point of attachment for the grounding and bonding system shall be at the main service disconnect unless otherwise indicate in this Section or in the Drawings. The grounding and bonding syst�m shall be properly bonded and sized in accordance with NCC. Solidly bond all non-current-conducting metal parts to the electrical insCallation grounding bus. A green insulated grounding conductor shall be carried with each circuit. C Provide common grounds throughout the system. 2. Provide a ground �rid consistin� of driven copper-clad sCeel ground rods connected by bare copper conductor at the service entrance and/or as shown on the Drawings. Resistance to remote earth shall be 10 ohms or less before connection to the system. Identification: Equipment such as but not limited to disconnect switches, motar starters, control panels, ete., shall be clearly marked. Identify all devices operating at more than 250 VAC phase-to-phase or 125 VAC phase-to-ground with red enamel letters or numerals ofappropriate heighC applied with a stencil. 2. Except as oCherwise noted, all equipment shall be marked with engraved nameplates of laminated two-color phenolic plastic having white letters. Attach each nameplate with stain.less steel screws. Align nameplates on equipment being marked in the center near the tpp. � 4 Panelboards and control panels shall have designation in 1/2-inch-high letters and voltage in l/4-inch-high letters centered above the door on exterior trim. Mark eyuipment mounted remotely from the saurce ofpower (such as pumps and fans) with equipment number, source of power, and starter location. 03720-039-01 1640 ]-22 LOW VOLTAGE �LECTRICAI. W ORK- GENEfZAL 1ZEQU]REMENTS 0 Where starters are remotely mounted, marking shall include equipment name, n�rmber, and location. 5. Conductors shall be identified at each Cermination, pull box, junction box, handhole, point of entry to or exit from wireways, panelboards, control paneJs, and other points of acces�. Tags or labels shall be securely affixed ta the conductor in visible locations. Tags shall be durable plastic with the designation stamped on one side with suitable dies. Labels shall be permanent with legible black characters on white heat-shrink tubing or equivalent identificatian acceptable to the Owner. a. P�wer conductors shal l be color-coded to identify phases, neutral and switch legs, using plastic, self-sealing tape. Tags or labels shall identify the switchboard, MCC, panel, etc., it is served from and the circuit number. b. The control conductor (including moniCor and instrumentation conductors) shall be identified by color coding and tag or label as to wire number (corresponding to the manufacturer's wiring diagram) and eyuipment name. c. Power wiring and control wiring shall be identified in all handholes with a waterproof permanent tag attached to the cable with plastic cable ties. Equipment Connections: Provide complete system with all power and control connectians required for proper operation. E. Canduit: l. Rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit may be used as follows: a. Exposed in buildings. b. Exposed with PVC coating where indicated on the Drawings. c. Concealed in poured concrete. d. Below grade with PVC coating where indicated on the Drawings. 2. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be used as follows: a. Concealed above ceilings, suspended ceilings, and within walls. 03720-037-01 16401-23 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRiCAL WORK- G@NE-RAL RE.QUIItEMENTS b. Exposed in buildings with non-corrosive atmospheres where acceptable tc� the Engineer and the Owner. 3. Rigid non-metallic (PVC) conduit may bc used as fallows: a. Concealed in walls and floors, Schedule 40. b. Below-grade direct burial, Schedule 40. c. Exposed in damp or wet locations and not subject to physical damage, Schedule 40. 4 F7 d. Exposed below 6 feet above the finished floor or grade and where subject to damage, Schedule 80. Burial depth of conduit shal I be meas��red from the top of the conduit to the top surface of finished grade, pavement, conerete, or simiJar cover as follows: a. 24 inches (minimum) below unpaved areas, b. 30 inches (minimum) below stabilized subbase in paved areas. For concretes slabs on grade and foundations, conduit bur.ial depth sha11 be measured from the bottom of the concrete slab or foundation as follows: a. 12 inches (minimum) below concrete slabs on grade or foundations. 6. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor to coordinate the location and depths of all electrical conduits to be installed under this Contract with other trades_ Particular attention shall be given to all locations where conduits enter a structure or building from under�round. Proper clearances from the top ofthe conduits to the bottom ofslabs and foundations shall be maintained. 7. Where conduits rise throu�h slabs on grade, curved portion ofbends shall not be visible above the finished slab. $. Conduit stub-up to above grade and conduit stub-up out of or from below floor slab shall be rigid galvanized steel or Schedule SO PVC from and including the last 90° bend. 9. Galvanized conduits which penetrate concrete in wet locations shall be protected by a 20-mil sheath of PVC at the penetration extending from 03720-037-0] 164D1-24 LOW VOLTAGF, ELLCTRICAL WORK- GENEIZAL KEQUIREMENTS � � � � ' r � � � � �,' �� [� � � �� r 2 inches within the concrete to the first coupling or fltting outside the conerete. 10. Stub-ups through concrete slabs for connection of future equipment or conduits runs shall be provided with couplings threaded inside for plugs and shall be set flush with the finished floor or slab. install screwdriver-o�erated threaded flush plugs in couplings. Provide pull wire in all empty conduit runs. 11. Avoid bends and offsets, where possible. Mak� b�nds and offsets with an approved hickey or conduit bending machine. Install plastic (PVC) coated conduit and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's installation manual using tools designed for installing plastic (PVC) coated conduit and fittings. Touch up any and all damaged areas with manufacCurer- recommended coating compound. Do not install crushed or deformed conduit. Use expansion fittings or other approved devices where conduit or tubing crosses expansion joints. Prevent dirt or trash from lodg.ing in conduits, boxes, and fittings. Free clogged conduit of all obstructions or replace conduit. 12. Supports: a. Pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers, or ceiling trapeze. b. Use wood screws or screw-type nails for fastening to wood. Use toggle bolts for fastening to hollow masonry units. Use concrete inserts or expansion anchors for fastening to concrete. Use machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps for fasrening to steel work. c d ra Power-driven threaded studs may be used in lieu of expansion bolts or machine or wood screws where acceptable to the Owner. Use threaded Gclamps on rigid steel conduit only. Do not weld conduit or pipe straps to steel structures. f. Non-metallic conduit through l-inch siz� shall use one-hole snap- strap clamps and 1-1/4-inch through 2-inch shall use two-hole snap- strap clamps, with maximum spacing between supports as outlined in the NEC based on 50°C conductor temperature. Clamps shall be manufactured from a nylon compaund. U3720-037-0] ]6401-25 LOW VOLTAGE ELF.•.CTRICAL WORK--- � GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13. Expansion couplings shall be used in all straight lengths of non-metallic conduit in exposed applications. Maximum spacing between expansion couplings shall be l00 feet. 14. Connections: All conduiCs, where they enter sheet metal enclosures such as panelboards, pull boxes or outlet boxes, shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings, one locknut inside of box wiCh bush.ing on conduit end and one locknut outside of box for rigid conduit. The locknuts shall be tightened against the box without deforming the box. a. b c. Condurt connections shall use fittings to maintain NEMA ratin� of enclosures. All bus.hings and conduit box connectors shall have the insulatina material permanently fastened to the �ttings. Grounding bushin�;s shall be used in switchgear and motor control cenCers. d. Conduit connections exposed in wet locations shall be by watertight threaded hub. Metallic conduit box connections may use a two-piece hub with built-i.n recessed neoprene gasket such as Appleton Uni- Seal. Non-metallic conduit box cannectors may use a neoprene f]at washer or "O" ring placed over threads of the fitting between the shoulder of t.he titting and the box. F. Duct Banks: I. Conduit: Conduit shall be Schedule 40 AVC of the number and si�e as indicated on the Drawings. a. Conduits shall maintain a continuous slope between handholes and shall be sloped toward handholes with a minimum grade of 3 inches per 100 feet, where practical. b. Conduits shall terminate in handholes with end bells. [� � 03720-037-01 Thoroughly clean each conduit after installation. Pass a mandrel not less than l2 inches long with a diameter 1/4-inch less Chan the inside dimension through each conduit. Conduit shall follow straight lines, as far as possible, with spacing both laarizantally and vertically maintained by spacers manufactured 16401-26 LOW VOLTAGE ELEC7'Tt]CAL WORK- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS by the conduit manufacturer. Securely anchor conduit to prevent movement during placement of backfill or concrete encasement. Conduit couplings shall be staggered by rows. Long radius bends shall be used where deviation from straight lines is necessary. e. Conerete encasement, where indicated on the T�rawings, shall be construcCed to the dimensions shown. Trench boftoms shall be tamped firm and even. Suitably braced side forms shall be employed. Concrete shall be installed in a continuous pour to eliminate joints. ii �• li G. Boxes: The high point ofconduits between handholes shall have a minimum of 18 inches cover below the finished grade. 1'he entire underground conduit/duct system shall be watertight. Seal conduits to exclude moisture at each building or structure. Provide plastic caution tape above the duct run 12 inches below finished grad�. I. The Co.ntractor shall provide outlet, pull, junction, or terminal boxes in wiring or conduit systems wherever reyuired far pullin� wires, making connections, and mounting devices or fixtures. a. Indicated locations are approximate only. Coordinate actual location with all work to be performed in the space or area and for thE equipment to be served. b. Locate outlets so that fixtures and other items will be symmetrically located according Co the space or area layout. c. Outdoor switch and receptacle outlets shall use non-metallic boxes and covers. 2. Outlet baxes in exposed work or wet locations shall be cast mecal. Sheet metal boxes shall be concealed in walls or ceiling. Nan-metallic boxes shall b� used with non-metallic conduit. 3. Supparts: a D3720-037-01 In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded 10 rigid metallic conduit need not be separately supported unless used for fixture support. 16401-27 L(]W VOL'fAGE ELECTR]CAL WORK- GENERAI. REQU112EMENTS I:I I b. Use wood screws or screw-type nails for fastening to wood. Use toggle bolts for fastening to hollow masonry units. Use concrete inserts or expansion anchors for fasten.ing to conerete. Use machine screws or welded, threaded studs for fastening to steel work. c. Power-driven threaded studs may be used in Ireu of expansion bolts or machine or wood screws where acceptable to the Engineer and t}ae Owner. Wiring Devices: Receptacles installed outdoors shall be the graund-fault circuit- interrupter type. Wiring: 1 , � � � � , 1. The Contractor shall provide a complete system oFconductors as indicated. � 2. Size shall be as required by the NEC and shall be # 12 AWG minimum for � power and lighting circuits and #14 AWG minimum for control and alarm circuits. 3 Crimp-on insulated wire terminals shall be used on stranded wire for � terminations. 4. Splices shall be in accessible locations only and shall be insulated-pressure type for # I 0 AWG and smaller wires. For #8 AWG and larger, use solderless connectors covered with an insulation material equivalent to the conductor insulation. J. Lighting Fixtures: All fixtures and supports shall be carefully laid out and equipp�d with suitable swivel hangers, canopies, and/or other auxiliaries as required ta ensure that �xtures are plumb without bending or affsetting stems, rods, or supports and properly aligned both lengthwise and crosswise except that wl�ere obstructions or conflicts are encountered the fixtures shall be relocated as directed bythe Engineer or the Owner and installed in such a manraer as to provide a frnished, neat, and workmanlike installation. K. Appearance: All items shall be cleaned or touched up as necessary to ensure �rst- class condition. 3.03 F]ELD TESTS AND OBSERVATION D3720-037-01 16401-28 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK- GI�NERAL RE;QUIREMENTS � 1:1 I:� General: Do not enclose or cover any work until it has been observed, t�sted, and accepted. I I� 3 4 Provide all personnel, equipment, and instruments required for observation and testing. Demonstrate that all circuits and devices are in operating condition. Tests shall include the following: a. Megger all motor windings before operation for insulation resistance and, if found law, dry out windings to secure acceptable insulation resistance. b. Check control center components, buses, starters, breakers, relays, alarms, interlocks, ete., and place in service in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Inspect and adjust electrical equipment before energization. C. d. e. Megger all power cables and wiring for insulation resistance and record. Check all motors for correct lubrication and lubricate, if required, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse, if necessary. Assemble in binders and turn over to the Owner all instruction bulletins, lubrication schedules, operating instructions, pamphlets, parts lists, prints, etc. accompanying or attached to apparatus and equipment. Notify the Engineer and the Owner 1 week before test date. Ground Rod Test: Before any wire is connected to ground rods, test each rod for resistance to ground. 1 �� 3 The testing instrument shall be a direct reading, sin�le test, portable �round testing megger. The test procedure shall be as recommended by the manufacturer ofthe test instrument used. The make and model of the test instrument and a copy of the test procedure shall be submitted to the Owner before the test is conducted. 03720-037-01 16401-29 LpW VOLTAGE ELECTRiCAL WOWC- GENERAL REQl111ZEMENTS 4. Do not conduct tesCs within 48 hours after rainfall or during foggy weather. 5. If ground resistance exceeds 10 ohms, additional grounds shall be driven. 6. The grounding test shall be witnessed by Che Engineer or other representative of the Owner. A copy of the test results and method shall be included in the maintenance manual. Deliver one copy ofthe test results to the Engineer and the Owner within l week after the test. 3.�4 f1DJUST AND C:LEAN A. The Contractor shall remove excess and waste materials from Che project site. 1:7 C�J Remove defective work and replace with material that meecs Specif7cation requirements or repair to the satisfaction of the �wner. Touch up scratches, abrasions, voids and other defects in factory- or shop-finished surfaces. END OF SECTiON 03720-037-01 16401-30 I�OW VOLTAGE ELECTR]CAL WORK- GENERAI, REQUIREMENTS ' � � � �� 1 � i 1 1 1 1 1 SECT�ON V CONTRACT D4CUMENTS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Cantents: CONTRACTBOND -----•--•---•---•.......----•-----•------•-------• ...................................................................1 CONTRACT----•---• •--•---...---•--•---• •---•-• •---------------•-------•-•--•-------........................................................ 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFTDAVIT FOR FXNAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6 PROPOSALBOND .....................................................................................••------•----•--•--•--------..... 7 AFFIDAVIT-•---•----•---•----•---•--•-•--•--••---••-• ....................................................................................... 8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9 PROPOSAL.---•--••-------• •-----•--•--•--•---.....--•----•--------------------•---•-•-•--................................................. 10 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET ................................................................. �.3 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................•--......---......--•---•-------•--•--------•------.....-•---................... � 4 SectionV.doc Page i 9/27/2010 /. � ' � FLOR�DA SURETY B�NDS, INC. ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 July 21, 2011 City of Clearwater, Florida 100 South Myrtle Avenue, 3rd Floor Clearwater, FL 33756 Re: Auihoraiy to Date Bonds and Powe�rs of Attorney Frincipad: RTD Construction, Inc. 620 N. Wymore Road, Suite 200 � � � � � �� Maitland, FL 32751 407-786-7770 Fax 407-786-7766 1326 S. Ridgewvod Avenue, Suite �15 Daytona Beach, FL 32114 386-898-0507 Fax 386-898-D510 888-786-8(]ND (2663) Fax 888-718-BOND (2663) www.Flprida5uretyBonds.com Bond No.: 6066270 Project: NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT TI-IICKENER AND SCUM REMOVAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 09-0�4d-UT, Clearwater, Florida Dear Sir or Madazn: Please be advised that as Surety an the above referenced bond, executed on your behali for this project, we hereby authorize you to date the bonds and the powers of attorney concurrent with the date of the contract agreement. �ncc dated, please fax a copy of the bcmds ta aur office. , Sincerely, ��`"� � � . Westfield Insurance Campany • ��A y J ,�r P� � � 4,•4 _ t�� .+� _.. M ✓j,., ,.. �: �:�;�.c_.� � - -a ._ _ ��,..,.-� �� . � �� - _ �� ; ,.,. _ � �r�..�^ �"Q12�a L. Durham � "� j4; °�W �ney-in-Fact and :. ''�; ' .., M '-�Yida Licensed Resident Ag�nt ,,, ; � � 1 ,,"' ' � 1 ' Pablic Work Executed in 6 Counterparts F.S. Chapter 255.OS (1)(a) Cover Page ' THIS BOND IS GIVEN TO C�MPLY WITH SECTION 255.p5 OR SECTION 713.23 FLORIDA STATUTES, AND ANY ACTION IN3TIilJTED BY A CLAIMANT IJNDER THIS BOND FQR PAYMEN7 MUST BE IN AGCORbANCE WITH THE NOTIGE AND TIME LIMITATION PROVISIONS (N SECTION 255.05(2) OR SEC710N 713.23 ' FLORIDA STATUTES. aoNn No: 606627Q 1 1 1 1 [11 � 1 1 ' �� ' ' ' L .J � CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTRACTQR ADDRESS: CONTRACTOR PHONE NO: SURETY COMPANY: QWNER NAME: OWNER ADI7RESS: 0 WNER PHONE NO.: OBLIGEE NAME: (If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) QBLIG�E ADDRESS: OBLIGEE PT-IONE NO.: BOND AMOUNT; CONTRACT NO.: (If applicable) DESCRIPTION OF WORK: PRQJECT L.00ATtON: LEGAL D�SCRIPTION: (If applicable) RTD Canstruction, Inc. _ _ 5344 9th Street Zephyrhill5, FL 33542 ,_, , _ 813 783-9].19 Westfield Insurance Com an PO Box 5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251-5001 (330) 887-0101 Ci of Clearwater Florida iQ0 South Myrtle Avenue, 3rd Floor Clearwat�r FL 33756 (727 562-4758 �.Yi�:�[�I�] NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKENER AND SCUM REMOVAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 09-D04p-UT Clearwater, Florida FRONT PAG� All other bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of eny page number(s) that may be printed therepn. �� 1 1 1 '�HE ATTACHED STATUT�RY COVER PAGE FORMS AND BECOMES A PART OF THIS SOND. STATE OF FL4RIDA C�UNTY 4F PINELLAS BOND NUMBERe 60Gb27� Executed in 6 Counterparts CONTRACT BOND , KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we RTD CONSTR ION INC. Cantractor and I LD INSURANCE COMPANY (Surcty) whose hame address is P O BO 0�1 WESTFIELD CENTER OHID 44251-SU01. 1 ' 1 ' 1 �� 1 ' , ' 1 C� � ' HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clcarwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: THREE HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED EIGHTEEN DULLARS AND NO CENTS ($320,5�8.00) for the payment of which we bind aurselves, our heirs, executors, administrators� succ sors, and assigns far the faithfuj perforrnance of a certain written contract, dated the I 7 , day of [�.a# 20 i 1, entered into between the ContracEor and the City of Clearwater far: NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKENER AND SCUM REMUVAL IMPROVEMENTS PRUJECT 09-004U-UT a copy of which said cant�rract is incacparated herein by refereace and is made a part hereof as ii fully copied herein. N�W THEREFORE, THE CONDTT'Y4NS OF THIS OBLXGATIUN ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor sha.11 in all respects comply wittt the tcrms and conditions of said contract, inctuding the one-yeaz guaxantee of material and lakrar, and his obligatinns thereunder, including the contract documents {which inciude the Advertisement for Bi�s, Form of Proposal, Form of Cantract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructians to Bidders, General Canditions and Technical Specifications} and thc Pla�s and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereaf, and such alterations as may be made in sa.�d Plans and Specifications as therein pravided for, �nd shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all casts, expenses; damages, injury or conduct, want of caze or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents nr employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans fumished by thc Contractar, and further, ii such "ContractOr" or "Contractors" shall promptly makc payments ta a]I persons supplying him, them or it, labor, matcrial, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Con�actor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Cnntractors, in the prosccution of the worlc provided for in said Contract, this obligatian shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agre� tv pay to the Ovmer any di�erence between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the �wner may be obliged to pay for the completian of sa.id work by con�act ar otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such wvrk, ar on account oi the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things. keep and execute all ihe provisions of sa.id contrac� Pege 1 � ' ' 1 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' , ' 1 CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and 5urety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jaintly and severaily, that they will amp[y and fully pratect the said Qwner against, and will pay any ar►d all amounts, damages, casts and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon ta pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from ihe perFormance of said work, or of the repair or rnaintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants ar the improper perfarmauce of the said work by the Contractor ar his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reasan of the use of any material fumished or work done; as afaresaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themseives, their successors, heirs, executors, administrato�rs, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner rnay be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor matecial fumished for the work, embraced by sa.id Contract. And the said Sur�ty, far the value roceived, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteratinn or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be perfornaed thereunder or the speci�cations accampanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations ori this band, and it does hcreby waive natice of any such change, extension of time� alteration ar additivn tv the temns of thc contract or to the work or to th� specifications. iN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this � day of 2011. f� - --------�.._-- -_. ./ ' ' / f�� . i — �� V:i �ir.! •� �.i ar �' WITNESS: �� CQUNTE IGNED: c��/Jer �. � TERESA L. DURHAM FLORIDA LICENSED RESYDENT AGENT Page 2 : �1�YI i�i►�u�► i:��- .,,. WESTFIELD INSUR.A.NCE COMPANY SURETY _ - - A- - Sy: �' �'`�`-�''�.. . ATTORNEY-IN-FACT �� -� _ - TERESA L. DURHAM � � = _ INQUIRIES: (407) 786-'1?'7Q �_ _ _ ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' , 1 , ' 1 ' ' 1 1 , ' ' THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY Sl1PERCE�E5 ANY PRHVIOUS POWER BEARING 7HI5 SAME POWER # AN� I55UED p1210R TO 04/13/10, FOH ANY PERSbN OR PER50N5 NAMED BELOW. pOW�R NO. 0990992 00 �eneral Westf eld Insurance Co. •' Power Westfield National Insurance Co. of Attorney Ohiv Farmers Insurance Co. CERTIFIEq COPY Westfield Center, �hio Know All Men by These Presents, That WE57FIEL� INSURANCE COMPANY, w�STFIE�D NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OMIQ FARMERS INSURANCE CQMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a'Company" and collectiveiy as "Companies," duly orgarnzed and existing under the laws of the Sta[e of �hio, and having i[s principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, OhiO, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint pdN BRpMLAGE, JEFFREY W. REICH, LE5l1E M. DONAHUE, SUSAN L REICH, PATNIGIA L. SLAUGHTER, GLORIA A. RICHARDS, 7ERE5A L. DURHAM, LISA A. ROSELAND, CHERYL FOLEY, J. GREGOitY MACKENXIE, JOINTLV OR SEVERALLY of MAITLAND and State of FL its true and lawful Attorney�s►-in-Fact, with full power and authoriry hereby cvnterred in its name, place and stead, ro execute, acknowledge and deliver arry and all-bonds, recognizances= undertakings, or other instruments or Contracts oF suretyshiP• •---•--------- ------- �--- LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE U5ED TO EXECl1TE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTLiAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAG@ G A"� RiAN €�, DR BANK DEPOSITORY BOND3. and to bind any oT the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealea wlth the corporate seal ot the appliCable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying anC confirming all that tne said Attorney(s)-m-Fac[ may do in the premises. 5aid appointment is made under and by authority of tha following resolution adopted by the 8oard of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OFilO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "8e It Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, o nt anc onaro �more su'��talble persons a�s Attorney(s) n-FaCt to etp esent and a t Tor be and IS hereby vested with full power and authority to app y and on dehalf of the Company Subject to the fallowing provisions: The Attorney-in-Fact. may be grven full power and authority for anq in the name of and on pehalf af the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizancas, contrads, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obllgatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney-m-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as iF signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "8e it Further Resolved, that the signature oP any such designated persan and the seal of the Company heretoFore or hereafter affixad tD any power of attorney or any ceRlficate relating tnereto py facsimlle, and any power of attorney or certificate eearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respeCt to any bvnd or undartaking to which it is attached." (Each adopted a[ a meeting held on February B, 2000). In Wltness Whereof, WE57FIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL IN5URANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents tp be signed by their Senlor Execulive and their corporata seals to be hereto aPfiXed this 13th day of APRIL A.D., 201D . . w w .��nm.n�„ " w�MO.� "N,, � •w" "w� WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPAN corporate yp , ScINA(. � sea�s p��s �:pC'�� ,:•��r�•••' '••�;sG•; p'r� •�'� WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY arrrxed � +a. ��, : o; '• � �; } � OHIO FARM�RS INSURANCE COMPANY , � � v ,; 4,; :�7 _ ; �� 1ipTEl�p ; } _ '�~��7A.t.�1 �ti =LL: �lit]L �m: n�• �' • �• !�° �h: ��:1sa � . ?�' � �r ��'- �"Q= 8 •��_ '�•......-�r' : �'• �,+'• ,�, • • '•- ••' ., State of Ohlo �� * � � �„��ry�"��•',� By� County of Medina ss.: Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr., 5enior Executive On this 13th day of APRIL A.D., 2010 , betore me personaliy cama Richard L. Kinnaird, J�. to me known, who, qeing by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he rasfdes in Medlna, �hio; that he is Seniol' ExOCUtive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE GOMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIDNAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS IN5URANGE CQMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument: that he knows the seals oF said Companies; that the seals a�fixed to said instrument are such CorporaCe seals; that they were so affixed by order of the 9oards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto Cy Ilke order. Notarial r � Seal Q�� A � S ATfixed O ��`��/�� z �: r . ~� . William J. Kahelin, A rney at l.aw, Notary Publie State of Ohio s N ��C My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Gode) County of Medina ss•. � a o� "�.. rF o ��,,a��' ....�. I, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIEL� IN5URANCE COMPANY, WES7FIELD NATIONAL IN5URANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMER5 INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and bragoing is a true and torrect copy of a Power of Attorney, executad by said Companies, which is still in full force and effec�; and furthermore, tha resdu[ions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full forca and effect. !n Witnes.s..Whar�.e�f, I have hereunto sat my hand and affixed the seals oT said Companies at WestFie{d Center, Dhio, this day of - ._. A. _^w.., . -- . _�ti� ". � �. _ •"i�nNn�:�ti•., � - .•�,�-... :�`�: '•s��p : y �� SEAL :�: � .N�;� �,. : o : ` •...�.• ��,• BPOAG�..(cambined�_ j0b-02) .��~• �� -_ � �.. ��►r� : � ` _�• �_ �.�t� ^ 1648 ��= Frank A. Carrino", Secret SQ�� i� .4 - : ♦: '�iy�yi..rx.�....•r THE AT'"iACHED STATUT(]RY C�V�!;lt PA�;E FORb15 AN➢13ECC7�M.ES A 1'ART UF TH.IS 13UNll. BdND NZJMBER: G066'Z70 Execut�d in C Counterparts NTRA BU D STATE 4� FLQRiDA COUNTY OF PIIVELLAS KNO'�V ALL MEN SY THE5E PRESENTS: That we TD CONSTRU I�N INC. Contractor and ESTF E D NSU NCE COMPANY (Surety} whose ham� address is �4_. � 5�0�� WEST�'IELD CEN�ER. Oi��O 44Z51-5001. HERE�NAFTER CALLED THE "Sur+ety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwatex, Florida (hercinafter called thc "�wvner") in the penal sum of THREE HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND FYVE HUNDRED EIGHTEEN DOLLAR9 AND NU CENTS ($320,518.00) far the payment of which we bind ourselves� aur heirs, executars, admitustrators, successors, and assigns far the faitt�fuf performance of a ceitain written contract, dated the� a�` day of L� � u � entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater far: NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKENER AND SCUM REMUVAL TMPR4VEMENTS PR�JECT 09-Ot140-UT a c4py af wluch said contract is incorporated herein by refcrence and is made a part hercof as if futly copied herein.. NQW THEREFURE, THE CUNDITiUMS UF THIS UELIGATiON ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in al1 respects comply with the terms and eonditians af said contract, including the one-year �uarantee of material and labor, and his abligations th�ereunder, including the contract documents (which inctude the Advertisement for Bids, Farm of Praposal, Form of Cantract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Speci�cations) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and m�de a part thereof, and such aiterarions � may be made in sa.id Plans and Specificatians as therein provided for, ar�d shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and frvm all costs, expens�rs�; damages, injury or cpnduot, want of eaze or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees. in the execution ar performance of said contract, including enrors in the plans iurnished by the Contractor, and iurther, if sucb "Contractor" or "Contractars" shall promptly make payments ta all persons supplying hinn, them or it, labor, material, and suppli�s used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution af the work provided foc in said Cantract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, ihe Contractax and Surety jointly and s+everally agree to pay to the Owner any differenct between the sum to which the said Contraotor wbuld b� entitled on thc campletian of the Cantract, and that which the Owner may be obl'aged t� pay for the campletio�a of said work by contract or othemise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account o! such work, or on account of the failurc of the said Con�actor to properly and in �11 things� keep and executc all the provisions of said contract. Pe� � � ' ' 1 1 1 1 , , �� 1 ' 1 �� , 1 ' ' � CONTRA�'�' (2) In addition to the foregoing provisidns, the Cantractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In cannection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor a�ees not to discriminat� agaanst any employee or applicant for emplayment becaus� of rac�, sex, religion, calor, or national arigin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited ta, the following: employment, up�rading, demotion, or hansfer; recruitment or recruitment �dverCising; lay-aff or termination; rates of pay or other forms nf campens�tion; and s�lection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees ta post here�fter in conspictwus places, availabl� for employees or applicants for employment, rrotices ta be provided by the contracting oificer setting farth the pravisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor fi�rther �ee� to insert the iaregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including cvntr�cts or agrcements with labor unions and/ar vv'orker's representatives, except sub-contractars for standard commercial aupplies ar raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parti�s hereto tl�t time i� of the essence �f tJ�is contract, and in the event that the work to be perfanned by the Contractar is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then fuzther agreed that the City may deduct fram such sums or compensation' as may be due to the Contr�uctar the sum af $1,000.00 oer daX, for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractar remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of 1000.00 er �,ay, shall orily and solely repreaent damag�s which the City has sustained by mason of the f�ilure of the Can�ctar ta camplete the work within the time stipulated, it being ftuther agreed that this sum is nat to be construed as a pen�lty but is only to be constru�d as liquidated dam�ges for failwre af the Contractar to completc and perform a11 work within the time period as speciii�d in this contract. It is fu:ther mutually agreed between tt� City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and th�; sur�ty bond which is a�ttached hereLa for the faithful p�rformance of the terms and canditians as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such perfam�ance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate i�n aznount ta caver the perFonnance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written natice from the City to do sc�, furnish an additianal band ar bonds in such term and amounts and with such sur�y or suretaes as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no furthcr payment slzall be made to the Contractar under the terms and provisions of this contract until s�ch new or �dditi�ual security band guac�enteeing the faithfia� performance of tl�e work under the terms hereof shall be completed and fumish�d to the City in a farm satisfactory to it. ��a � � �J � , ' � u CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREUF, th� p�rti� to th� agr�ment have hcreunto set their lZands and seals and havic executed this Agreement, in du�licate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA HY�_��n�- � William B. Horne, II City Manager , Countersigz�,ed: 1 � � , ' ' , ' 1 L_� ' � By: � Frank Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmanber (Cantractor must indicate whether Carporatian, Partnership, Camp�ny or Individu�l.) (The person si�ning shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Frincipal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing far a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Pa�e S � 1�g 7V 1�11 / " �'� �� , �4� �a4'�"yr Attest: � �'C�de�ua.#.�. �a.c�. � Rosemarie G�11 Assistant City Attamey �' s�► �t 1►►`tl�.,.��.� • 1� / ! �l '�r � � � - .. I � �� i��W l .,..._ �:-.� ��"�� 1� , � a�l7 � ti i'�1 1 ' 1 1 ' CONTRA��'O�t!S �►FF,IDAYIT FU�, FTNAL PAYMENT ORATIUN FO STATE OF FLURIDA CUUNTY UF On this day per�or�ally app�ared befor� me, the undersignai authority, duly authoriz,ed to adrninister oaths and t�k� acknawledgm�nts, , who �fter being duly swom, d�poses and says: ' That he is th� (TITLE) of RTD CON3TRUCTYON. INC. a Florid� Coiporatian, with its principal placc of business locat�d at 5344 9� STREET. 7EPHYRHILLS. FLORIDA 33541 (herein, the "Contractor"). � LJI ' That the Cantr�ctdr was tt�e general contiactor un�d�er a contract executed on the day of , 2U� with the CITY UF CLEARWATER, FLO1tIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owr►er, and that the Contractor vv� ta perform the canstruction of• NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKENER AND SCUM REMOVAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJEGT 09-a040-UT That said work has naw been campleted and the Cantractor has paid arid discharged all sub-contractars, ' l�bor�rs and material men in cann�ion with said w�ork and there are no liens outstanding of ar�y nature nor any debts or obligatians that might bocome a lien or encurnbrance in cannection with s�id work against the described property. ' , ' T�t he is making this affid�vit p�n��nt to the raquirememts of Ck�a�t�r 713, �lorida St�tutes, �nd upon consider�tion of the paymcnt af (�'iun�l FuU Am�ouut af Contr�ctl in full satisfaction and discharge of said cantract. That the Ovrmer is h�by r�lea�ed fmm any c4aim whict� might arise out af said Cantr�ct. The word "li�ns" as ttsed in this aff d�vit shall mean any and all arising u�d�c the operation af the Flarida Mechanic's Lien Law as �et forth in G'hapter 713, Florida Statutes. ' Sworn and subseribed to before me ' Thi� day of , 20 ' NOT�RY PUBLIC , My Cammiasion Expires: 1 ' r�e4 RTD C�N3TRUCTI�N. INC. AFFIANT . . PRE3IDENT , 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 , 1 ' ' 1 1 Facecuted in 2 Counterparts PROPOSAL BOND (�Va�c �o be fillad crot iPo ceatiP�ed ch�cic is submitted) KNQVYN ALL MFdV RY THF.SF. PRFS�N'I'S: That we, th� undersiyrned, R7D Con�ion, Inc. _ a$ Principel� and Westfield In�urance Com an _ — as Surccy, wha's addr�ss is PO Bax 5001 Center. OH , arc held and Yumly bound unta the City oFCk�rwra�er. Flarida, in tha swm oF �� o ,� Dollars (� 3Z o 5�t )(bein� a minimum a:��►FContractor's total bid am nt) fbr thc p�yment nf whiah, w�ll and truly to bc mada, we hcreby jaintly and severelly bind oursalves, our heirs, axc6uWrs, edministretors, �ora et►d a�cig�. ihe condidorr otlt� �re ab{igatipf 1s srch tl�t if thd alter.hed Propoe�l af RTD Construdion, Inc. as Princip�l, �Itd WesMeld Ir�uranCe CompanY �s Su�ty. for wc�rlt �pecifid�i �R; BiC! No. 09-Q040-UT; Nwtheast WRF Pidc�t ThickQr�r & Scum Removal Irn ements P ect all as stipulaled in said Propa�al. by doin� �fl +�ark incidcn�al tf�creeto� in aabrdance with the plans and spccificatians pe�ided her��r, �!! wit�in Pinaqa� Ca�nry, ls ac�pt�d and tho contr�ot rwarded to tho m6ove namcd bidder, and thc eelcl bid�r shall within ten d�ys aRer notice of said Awsrd er�er intu a contract. in writing, and furnish tbe t+equirod Perfotm� �ond wkh �troty ar se�reties to bc appraved by the Ciry M�r, thia o6ligeticar� shall Isc void, od�awise the same shall be in full frmce arld virtuo by law and the fl�ll amount aP thi� Pr4pos�1 Bond will be p�id b tha C[ry �a stipulat�d ar lequid�ted dernages. Sigt�ed thi� 2nd �y p f Jtma _, 20 11 . (Ptinciprl must indir.at� whether corparatian, pert�rshiP� �Y or indivi�ual) The.�rsan si�r+ir�, sl�all� in his own h�ndwriting, s�n the i'rinapml's ' namc. his ow� n�rna autd his.ti�k; the person sigiai� Ibr a� vorpontian must. by aPfidawi� s�aw his mulhority to bind thc carpvraliaro. $eni�AV,doe I�e7K11 V�iT . ... � � � ��+_: •;.�_�;..:,_. � � l�e E..IaatD�m Westfield Insurance �� . �� ` Sur�tr te�resa L. Durham, Attamey-In- Fect � Fl. Lic�noed Resider:t A�ent �rrnto�o 1 �.J l 1 1 , 1 1 , ' 1 1 LJ 1 I� J T�aa ao�ar�� aR �rno��r sun�r+cea�s arv v�+e�no�+� wweA a�� Tws s�w� �a � u+o �aueu praaa To a+n9ns, �vn �wr► ae� an rEasoNS wu�� i.ow. G�neral wow�R No. osaos�z o0 Power af Attorney Westfield Insurance Co, Westficld Nation�l Insur�nc� Co. Qhio Farmers Insurance Co. CERTIFIED C�PY Westileld Center, phio I(�pw AH Afmn pq Thsse Prrasnts, That M1E�tFIELO INSUi�ANCE COAIPAMY, WESTFIELp NATIpNAL IN�URANCE COMPANY and 4Mi0 FAR6A�RS INSUfiANCE CDAIVIWY, corpDrationa, he►elnanar reaerred to indlWaually ee a"Campany" and aonectivdy as 'Comparues; duly aganiz�d end e�detlnq unda► the laws ot tlle 818f�ee cN Oluo, and hevw+p its prindpal oTAG� in YYestiield Centel� AABdinO COUfKY, Dhlo� do bY th638 preserqs make.cansUtuOm end appolnt CON EIWAMWdE, JEFFREY Ml. R�lCH. LESLIE AA. DQNAWYE. SUSAII L REICN� PATRKMA L SLAUaH7ER, �LDWIA A. RI�IARC16� YBiESA L DURNAM� USA A ROBELAl10, CIf�WYL F�LEY. �. f�R�0f1Y NACKEN2IE� JOINTI.Y OR S@VERALLY v11AAITLAND a�d State af Fl, it� tr� and lawtul AtEor�s)-in-FeC, wlth 1u11 power and vuthoritY heredy con�erred fn Ra name, pFacs end Stead� to exea�te. e�cknowledpa ar�d dativa �9i' aa/ aN b�nds, r�anCes, u�derlakh�gs� vr e� Inatrtiunent� ar eentracta o� st�"�P-------------•......--•--•.••-----'--.......---•••--------•^--• LIIIifT�A71�1t TMS PCWEFI dF ATTORM�Y' QANWO'T BE USE� TO E%ECYTE N47E tiUARAMTEE, AA019YmAAiiE DEFICIlNCY, MORTOAdE TE�� OR Bi1MK DEPOBITOA� BOIID�. ana � blm! any of the Comp�rNes t�eby as hAly alnd tc� !ha same eadrxM as lf auch bond9 were �ipned bY the Prmsidert� sealed wltn t�e Carporate seal yd th� applleahle Cemmpsny end dWr attesle�d bp its Smcra�tanl� herab� retifying an� aonRrminp all Mat th� �a1Q Altwner(slaroFact may do In the pramiass. Safd apP� Is made updaor andpy e�hor� ar p+e lanawing nadutlan adoptadby thn �oard ot arec0ora of each of the W�5iF1�LD IMeUI�ANCE WMPANY, W�S7�IE{� WAT�RNAL IMBURANCE C0IMYANY end D►414 FARAIER$ INSUR/4NCE COM�ANY: 'FJC tl Wesoh�Q. (h8t UIO P►esldent, a11y Se�u �1�1'�e. arly SeC�'etarY ar any Fldellty d� Su►ety Operatic�ns ffxeu�tiv4, Or Othew Exacutive 9hall bB eRd 16 h0►Ehy vested with hIl power �nd aulhdity to appOlnt 8nY ans ar mar� s�dlsde P�sans as Altorn�r(3i-M-Fact ta roPresant and act tor and on behal} of the ComParW �ub�eat tD the follcrwlll� �C�i9ifdr+s: TAs Amarney-In-Fact. m�r 6e Alven rw� pawer and �utr�ritp br ana in rne na�r� a and a, ber�alr or u+e con►ppnv, to e�x�e, acknow�eope ana d�llVer� �ny aRd �11 banda. recopnizBinC+ea, Conb�4�� ag1'1�rlants of IndemNty er10 otHa Con�ptfonal or abll�fy �Ntd�rtaking+ and any and all naM�s pnd dOCurrrenta cai+oeling a term�nafln@ thie Carnpenys Na4ilify tt�reunda. and any such instrum�nta so e�mewtad bY anY such /111�rnmy-in-Faet shall be es WrbN+q wpan the Cae�+panY aa fl sfpnad OI► thv Prealdent anrl sen�lmd and a/test�d br the CorPvr�le 9eaetary.. "Ele lt Fwrther IieaolvOCl, q7at the �iqnehMe Of �tr �uch desiprla�d panan and ff►e s0�1 of tl+e Ganpany hereldbre a f�9r'�aRer affixed to any poper Of aqorney Or anr certlACelo rdatlng theretc� I�y tea9ifrdle, �nd any powar of aKOrr�r ar p�rtifkate bearing Pac[Bimilq aignaturas or 18csirr+lle seal shell (pa7 velid and 6ir�nq UpOf� tn0 COmpanY wltA IB�BCt 0� sny rw1c1 4► Undartaking 6b wMth It Is attac�ed.' (E� adopted �t a rn�ting hdd vn F�ruary B, 2000). ln WlMeas WheroW, MIESTFIELb IN5l1RANCE COMPANY, WES7FIELD NATIONAL iNSUWANCE ODMPANY and OMIO FARMERS IN5URANCE OOA�tPAMV have cau�ed d�e9e preseMs to be �gn�d t+y thdr Saia E�e�+Yq1r� an� thelr caporate seals to 17e hm►eeo aHlxad thls 13th day ot APilIL A.D., �01p . IM\I��h � ��p +"'.��Na� vy� WESTFI�LD INSURANCE COMPAMY �� 0�� ,�r►e,q.•�"•••••"•,� -� � WCs$TFI�¢LD NATIONA� INSURANCE COMPANY � � r� � S'� � OH14 FARMERS INSURANC� �Wrt�ANY �� • �� 6mr f � F ` . �� y .�o� l�B � � �.. � �'� « w'r � �ecm a ordo �`""��a�"»�,+�'� �y� ca�uKr ot I�bmna ss.: Rkhard L Klnnsird. Jr., �en�r Fx�cutive on trrs �� dey or aPTti� n.Q.� so�e . betore mm parsoneiW car� qkh�rd 1.. KMmalyd. dr. w me �nawn, wno, oeinq t�r r� awy s►Mdn, d6d depase snd 89y, that he reaidms In Yl�MI/. Ohls; q�et ha Is Se1fi0� F.x�cYtille af WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPAN'Y, WEBTF{ELb MATIONAL INSURANCE WMPAPIY and OHIO FAWMidRS IM19UitANCE ODAI�ANY, Ufe can►panip dr�criCed in and which ex�cutad the ahova Inshument tha� ha knavs the seals mf �id Canpai�: tl�et the saWs afp�d W saM M�lrumarA ere sueh eo►Acre�a �sls� that tftiey were so amxed by aamr d uie 6aoards cf obacta�rs af �e1a GaripeN�+; and a�ae I� aqnao nia narn� mereto br uKe arde.. NoAarial � • Saap p► A L • � o p .'"'•� 9 �. � • . VWNi�n J. Kahalln. A a! l.aw. Motary Public scace of Qhlo w 4 1�Y ��s�� rs (See. 14T.Oa Ohlo ReWsed Cod�1 County of Medina aa.: �'� i,• r� v � o I, Ffpld[ A. CaRi119, Se�mtary q? Wfe9TWELD IN5U11ANCfe f�MPANV. Y1IESTFIELD NATIONAL IIV511RANCE COMPAf1V and QNIO FARMERS INSUfiAIICF COAAPAHV, do hereby cerdiy thait the ak�1Me arid fo►eqoi�q i� d tru� anel aorred capy of a PaYnor ol Altorney. axCCUtaO by seltl ' Comp�� wFNcA� Is etNl In tull loree �nd ell�mt: a�d AM'qwTOre, Me r'SSdullens of Ihe �Oard� ot Olradars, 9mt out In �e Power af Attomey are In TWI (ar�e and altect. M WIM�esa Whsrsol, 1 twVe hefaurMo 9et irry hand arM alfi�d lhe seWs af arW CampMi� at Weatf�ld Cr�nter� Ohio, tros z� daY ot ]une A.a, 2011 �.,,.,,, . �"�e�� 9� �""='..� ' � � � +�� `� �� s �� SF.�iL.. :� r 1A1� Fnnk A. CarrMi, Secrst �p►7 � � ��`�'+.......✓'�� '�.r � ' A �ANM�/NM�~� aPOJ� (c�mbi�w� t�-�) , , �. J � ., 1 n U �� L� 1 A�'�'IUAVIT ('1'a ix filk�l in an►i cx�w�N�.�tl if th4 biclder is a cnr�txutic�n) STAT� i)F FL.UIt1UA ) CUl)N7'Y UP Paeco � Marjarie Jardan (�cing duly swarn, depas�.�s and ssys Ihe�l Ite/she is -- _ .._.______.___._ ..�__. _.... . .._.-•— - _.... -----......- -. SCCrClary of RTD Con�truction, Inc. ..__.......__ .. .. .... . . .. ._.-.--.. -. - - n carpc�rati�m c�t�;anirc�i and existinb und�r and by virtue nf tF�e luws of the State of I�Icxicla, ancl having its princi�►I a�cc at: 5344 9th Street Zephyrhill� Pasco F�L .. �.....------ - ----...._... ---._._.�.�__..__._�_.._.._.....�._. _..._......�---- Sirc�t & Number City C�unty StatC Af%ant furlher say:S th�t ht is familiar with thc rccords. minute bc�kw and by-laws af RTD Ganatructian, Inc. �._.... _..- ---- ----.-. -.- . __._._�._ . (N�+nr al'Cc�rparaliai) �— ------- -- - - Af�iant further s8ja; th8l rinfe E_ Jordan 15 Preaident _D� . ----. ._ .._....._�_.__........._�._........_..._.� � ((]Ilicer's Namc) ('1'itle) of the corpnration, is duly �uthori-x.eci to siF;n the 1'ro�l fcx „RTn Conetruct5.ori, Inc . far s�id carpar�tion by virtue cif �e�alution of soard a� D�irectors , I�thcr )irectorsA I f b b laws `Hm� 6ivc d�tc o Ado iar�)._--._ _ C• P Y xt at'th�:li�x�rd of' Aug. 1st, 2011 ----._ ...- ---. ... .1�. W... . .._.. � 'LJ � A ��nt 7orie��7an, Secretary �J 1 1 �J � ' 1 �� Sworn to befc�re me this ...�nd d�y ��f' �7une .�0 is �, ~r h1ELINDA LIN�SAY • - '�� Y��' "� �dY CdMM�SBlON t� l]U 755879 Notury I'ublic �. ��..;'.� � EXP{R[=S: Jurna G. 2072 , . '.'3� ��'•��.I v"`I:If� �1�:�;i�= �11��hfI�BfB �;.._..-� rint/st _ ..r -- ' Y�x p mm �antc of'Ncit�r�. tieayww�V.�Mx• t►� � �w� i � 1'nle tx rwik..rand � -._.... . . . . --- Scrial Nn., ifany yi?��2n i�i �� i � � ' LJ �I , ' ' ' 1 �� NUN-(:nl.i.us��r_► ��ivay�_r STATk OF I�LQRIDA ) CUU[VTY Ow Pasco � Dannie E. Jardan Pre�ident _____ �x'in� lirst duly Sworn. de�x�g t�nd says thnt he is al' , °. ^ _. RTb Construct_ on_ry, In ... ...__..._.....� the party mal+ing Ehe tiar�in� Nropasal or [3id; tltat such [iid is �cnuinc and not collusivc c�r sham: th�t said bidder is r�t tin�nc;iaNy interestcd in nr atherwise atiilialed in a buxiness way wilh any other bidcler cm thc sam� ccmtr�ct; Chet �id bidder hac ncx coHudad. canxpired, conniv�ci, or agreed, directly or indirc:Ctly, with any biddcrs or person, ta put in a sh�m bid or th�t such uthcr person shall rcf��in t'rrnn hidding, and has nol in any ma�nner; dircctly or indirectly, tiought by ,i�rceiT�ent w collusiun, ar canmunicatian ar conf�rcncc, wilh any persan, to tix thc bici pric� cx afiiant or �ny ather biddcr, ar tn fix any c�verl�ead. prof ii c�r ce�st elernent al` said bid price. or th�t ut' �ny c�ther bidder. cyr lc� �ure any acivantage a�ainst thc: City of Clcarv►n�tcr. wluricla. ar �ny person or per�ans intcr�tcd in thc nr��pused ecx�traet; and that all statements contained in �aid prapasa�l or 6ici are true; and 1"urlher, that s�ich bidcl4r Itt�s not clir�;tly or indircctly submitt�l this hid, or the ccmtents tlx.'n:c�l: or divu{gcd infarmatkm or dpta rc:lativc th�reto t� any a55cx:iatin� ar to any member nr ab�nt thercaf: S�vam t�� and subscrib�d before: me this and �Y a�' __ Jun _. 2U_. _11 1 ' --- Notary Public 1 1 �� 1 1 kc�KmV.d�K Pak� 9 ef 1 � t VJ�7/201b 1 �1 ' 1 ' L_J ' 1 L_J �� 1 �� 1'NOPQSAL (�) ^ TU 7'HE C1TY O� t'I.EAItWA'I'F.li, �'I.QKIUA. li�r NURTHF.AST WRF I'IC:KETT THICKFNER AIvD S(:UM IiN;MOVAL. IM1'RUVEMF N'I'S PItUJ�:C"I' (l'RO,►F;C7' p: A9-011411-UT) and doing yuch other work irtcid�ntal lhereta. �II n� acc�rdarK.� with the contract dc�cum4nts, ni�rkt�! �NOItTNFAST WRF PICKETT THICKF.NF,R ANI] S(:UM R�:MC)VAI. IMI'ROVFMEN"I'S 1'RO,IEC� (PR(�II�:CT tl: A9-U040-U"I') f:vcry bidder mu�t tgke notice oFthc fact tltat evcn thuugh his pr�>Ex�s�l bc accepted and the documcnts �igned by the biddcr tc► whan � award is made and by ihc�se oflici�ls autharizec! ta �ki sci �Hi beF►alf cif �ne c:iiy or c�a�ac��, Florida, lhat nn such �w�tf or si��in�, shall be considereci a binding cantrart withuut � c.enific�te f�um thc f�inttnce 1)iri.�c:t�r th�t funcls ett: �vail�hlc to cewer the coyt c�l'thc wark to bc done, or without thc appmvml oFthc City Attemcy as ta the Form And legality of thc contract m�d all the pertinrnt dnrwnc;nls �lalin� Iheretc� havin� been appraved by ss�id City Attomc�; uixl xuch bidder is her�:by chcirgc� wilh lhiti nc�tic:e. , The si�ner ul' lhe I'rupc�sul, � bidder, rals�i declares that thc only persnn, prrsc�ns, cattpany �tr parlies inlerestecl in this F'm��l, ere namec! in thi� 1'rc�ac�xal, tluit lu has c�refwlly cx�unined the Adveriisement, Instructians t� l3idders, Contracl Sp�cil'icAtians, !'luns. Supplemcntal S�e�citications, ' Gcnerai Ccmditions. Spcaial Pravisions. and Contraet [3arni. that he or his r�r+cs�ntstive has macle such invosti�ation as i!; nea.•ssary tu deterniinc: ll►e ch�cter and exl�nt c�f Ihe work aiuf he prc�xxcs anci �nt�:s thal if the F'm�l be a�:r.epled, hc will cuntrac:t with thc City of"Cl�ar�WU�u�. 1'lori�a. in th� ti�rni ofcontract; hereto anncxccl. ta rr��vidc thc nc,�cssary Inhor, matcrial�, machinery, cqui�nrnt, toc�ls o� � ap�ratus, do all thc wark rcquircd ro canpktc 1he conlrsct within the timc mcnticmcd in the C;cnrral C011(IIIIQf1S and accnrciinb ta the requirements ot' tFre City of Clcarw�ter, Flarida, as Merein a�nd hereinaflc�r se.K fnrth, and liirni.r•h thc rcyuir�� surety harxis for thc: folkiwing priu:s te� wit: 1 1 1 ' 1 , 4�i.w�V.ckn 1�a�c IG uf 14 yi171?C) I U 1 ' ' ' r-, L� 1 ' ' ' I'RUI'OY�A� (2) IPthe fore�aing 1'roposal sitall be acc�pled Ny th� City ol'C'I�nnvatcr.l=loricl�. und th�: uad�,w�i�nccl shall fail to exec:ute � sslisfactory c�mcr�ct a� st�t��d in thc Advcrtisemt:nt kx:rcin aUuchc�l, tlx:n thc City may, al its c�ptian ck•h.�rtttine lhal lMe ttttcicrsi�irxl has ahmnekmu�l ih� a►nlrae:l, and thcretKxxi this Propc�sxl shaU be null :md v�id, a�u1 the cxrtified check or Rxmd uccc�mhunying this Nro��al, shall Ix ('orlcitcci tc7 lxxcHne the Fm�eriy of Ilte Ciry of Clc�rwster, I='larida, And thc 1'ull amaunt al` s.�id chcck shall bc r�laincd by tl�e City, or iPthc f'r�aoss;�l l3and bc givrn, thc t'ull amaunt afsuch bund shwll l� p�id t� tl� City s� stipulatcd or liquidatcci d�ma�cs; otherwisc, the brnxl nr certiti�.�ci chcck accc�rn�nying this Pro�osal, or the amount of said chech� shall l� returned to the uncl�rsigned as spec:i f"�ec! herein. Attached h�,�r��tn is a bond or certil'red check on ��$��ield in�urance compa�y E�nk, for the sum of �'h -k.+r � � � d. � _,�_� �v__:--------------_._._..... .. _ . .. (� 3�052 ) (tx.in� u min�mum of��''o afContractars tutal bid a�T��unt), -._ �.--� The tull n�m�� end residences af �II per�ans and partics intcrc�cd in the fnregnin�, hid are aa liillaw:;: , (If c��rpa'Ation, give the names And addr+csses ufthe f'r�:sidcn� and Sccretury. lf'tirm or partncrship, th� nam�s and �t1d�s ul'the n�nbers or p�rtnrrs. 'I'he. Hidd��r sh�ll list i�ot only his iu�ne but alsn lhe n�m� ol' any pe:rticx� with whc�m bidekr ha.ti any tyFx: �yi� agn.w�rnnt whcrr`by such per.�cm's , imprc�vements, �nrichment, cmpk►ymcnt or po�ihlc hcnclit, whcihcr si�b-ccmtractor, mnrcrialman. agent, supplier, c�r employer is cantin�,tent upcm the awarci of th� cwitrract to the bidcicrl. 1 1 NAM[:S: AL)DKfiSSF�S: Dannie E. Jordan- Presid�nt 27646 John�ton Rd., Dade City,FI,. 33523 Ruety A. Haughn- Vice-Pre�ident 3534 Brook Croasing Dr., Brandon,F1.33511 Tany Jordan- Vice-Pre�ident Field Op. 10253 Newao� Rd., Dade City,Fl_ 33523 ' Marjpxie Jordan- 9ecretary/Trea�urer 10240 l�lewso d., Aa[Le Cit 1. 33523 ....__._.._.,_..._ ..... ... ... ...... .... . _........._..•----•---- .. �.. ---._.._.. -- + RTD Cons�ruction, Inc. ia a Florida Corporation , . . Sign�tur� ol'llidde�-: Dannie E. J d ,Preaident ("I�F►e bicldcr must inclicul� wh�Hh�r ('�x�xx�lion. I'artncrship, ('cxn�ny ur InJivid , 1 � 1 �:ctionY.�kw I'agr I I uf Id 9!27/21)10 ' � 1 , ' ' , ' � � � 1 � ' � , 1 , ' ['RUPUSAL � ��) "fhc person signing st�ll. in his awn h�n<iwriting. sign lhc Princip�l's nAmc, his awn namc And his tille. Where the Fxnun sibnin� firr a cc�rp�x�ticm is athcr th�ut thc Presicient dr Viu:-I'residcnt. It� ntust, hy aflicfavit. stx�w his autlwrity. W bind ttt� ccwpor�tion. Princl I' TD Construction, Inc. _�..___..._ ___�_......._.._ , _� I;y: __._�, Tille: Dannie �. Jorda.ti, President BIISI(1CSS Atk11�C55 Oi�131tiiip': __ 4y 9th Stre�t C'ity anci S181e: Zephyrhills,. . F1. _. __ _. .._ �'l..Ip Cc�dC 33542 ___....._ n8L�81 9:00 A.M. ti�whitW�V.J�r -----..., thi.5 znd day of _�..�_....June I'�. 12 ul' la A.D.. �Q_1_1. 9117�2(1 I {I , ' 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' ' � � 1 ' 1 , 1 ' , ClTY ()� CLC�A�VyATF,�i — Au�n�NUVM_sH�� I'ItO11it°I': NURTHEASST WRI� NICKI�'1'1"1'HICKENER AIVD 4CUM REMUVAI. IMPftOVF.MENT3 PR(xiEGT (PRU.IF.CP �1: 09-OAAO-lIT) Acknowl��dg�nent is hereby madc of tFrc falbwing addenda nrc:eivcxl tiince issuAncc of I'lans �tJ Spcciticaticros. Acld�ndwn Nv. - - � -- I]�tc: � � .._�_. Addendum No. � Qat�: _l� r] � �_ Addendum No. Det�: Addencium l�k�. [l�nie: Addcndum No. Lk�tc: Adck�ulu�r Nn. f>utc: Ac�dratdum Nc�. .. __... _. ��tc: _ _ .. ..... Ad�rtdum No. 17atc: Ad�kndum Na. Date: Acidendum Na. l:�atc: __ A�klerxium No_ I�al�: kcui+Mv.J�x� 1'a� 11 u1' 1�1 RTD Canstruction, Inc. (N�mc uf l3iddcr� (.�u�_.. Off' 4'�')... _. Dannie F. ordan, President ------ .. _._._ _ _ ... . ...... . . __., . .. . ("I'itic pf()tlicer) June 2nd, 2011 - _..._...._._.._.... --- ( Ir.uc) 9fJ.7l2U I D , 1 1 1 ' , ' 1 , , ' ' 1 ' 1 ' , � � Bll]UE1t'S �t�U�()SA_L_ I'RUJIi('"f�: Nt)RTIIk.AST W12F PICKETT THICKENItR AND SCUM ItH MUVAI.IMNROV�MEN'I'S P�tOJ� CI' (PRC),1 M:["1' �1: 09�0040-11'i7 ----._�... _._..---._..._.... .. ... _ �.....__....___.�......_----- CONTRAC.TOR: R'� GQnst�xuction, Inc. BIDDER'S GRAI�iD TOTAL $, d ( _, ..,_ _. _,,, (Nu�tit�r5) BIDD�:It'S CRAND TOTAL v u K .____._._. f�iYC�._.,..�.1.��.�n e�lw.rs _.... _........_----._....---_-__._�. .�__��_--- -----_..___.__.._._ _._ (Words) THE l3lDnF.R'� CRAND TUTAL ABUVE IS 1�115 TQTAI, RID BASf�U UN H[S UNl'I' PRICES ANU LUM1' SIJM PRICES AND TH�: �S`CIMA'I'EU QUANT177E.S REQUIRFD I�DK EACI1 �F..('TION. "1'HIS FIGURF. IS �'OR INIi'OkMATI/)N ONLY AT Tt1F. TiMF.. OF OPENIN(: 13I1)ti. 'I'1i�: Cl'PY W1LL IVfAK� 7'HE 1'AI3ULATIUN FltUM '1'HI�'. UNIT PRICI�S AND I.UMN Sl1M YRICE �ID. 1�' TFIF.RF I� AN F.RR�R 1N 'I'HC'. TO7"AL !3Y THE 13I1)UER, IT SI�AI.I. 13N: ('HAIYCEU AS 0[Y[.Y 'PHE UN[T NHICL�S AND I..UMP Sl1M PRIC:F.. SHAI.L (:UVF:RPV. 1'fEM _.._.._._.._._.._�_._._ uM'_S('Ii1N'1'1ON� - .. ...... .....�......._.�_�1',-.... ....� TY NU. l:lYl7' vAR'r'HEAS'1' WISF' PI(:KETT TIIICK�MFIZ AND SCllM F!!?�70VAI. IM1 I� Mobi{i•r.Nion/l�.•rtK►bili�tic�n I I.S ....... a W ��ur„�1, �rx! ��tan ti�.,,n, c�«Ilrcti�x� �: � � � �i.s -..3 I�urnish a�xl Ir1.W.M1 �m (, r I'um I I.S.� v...� r•�i�. ��,��i �,di •r��u� �a�rr• m,+ N�u�� i� �:s 5 5c.um W�y Wcll MucNl'n:a1G,►nh and ('I�micrl Coali �°--__.. __i.y ......_ --__.------_.._ __.�_._ 6 I�.I�trx:al 1k In�trwncntati�m ('ainrction lor C.'Ito�xY � I.� ------ -- ..run,r,ti ... .�_. .----.._ . .�,hwiai rii� 1��hk�nV.J�K F'FlIC'1: "I'C)'1'A1. ItOV�M�N'1'S PItOJF.('�1.��_ 00 � 4 ,� 5 0 ��o �! $ o D a�,Suo 2�, Soo ie��i:�►�. i -r►► � a�� :�e aid s.btm9� c�id treM N.� (h�rMer's INK ('a�ii�ge�cy �IY4G ef 11id ifaw N� �- _.... Hw C:raN�l. I'� 1� uf I d � � 9/27i?p1Q ♦ � 1 ' ADDENDUM NO. 1 NORTHEAST WR�' PICKETT THICKENER ' AND SCUM R�MOVAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA CiTY VROJECT NO. 09-0040-UT ' DATE: May 25, 2011 1 SUBJECT: Addendum No. ] to the Northeast WRF Pickett Thickener and Scum Removal Improvements Project ' TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 This Addendum No. 1 reflects corrections, revisions and claritications to the Contract Drawings and Bidding Document for the subject project as follows: GENERAL CLARiFiCATIONS: Question 1: "Regarding> plan sheet GOZ, Detail 1/C-02, an enlarge�l cletarl of the original plan is shown for the cnnneclion work. Can the Citv prnvide a CAD detait shawing 1he propvsed mechanical improven:enls of 1he. scum forcemain connectivn !o the septrc handlirtg forcemain? " Answer 1: The referenced connection area detail is only available in hard copy. Question 2: "Regarding the scum,force mairr connec�tron to the septic handling forcemain, can the Citv advise on shutdown coordinu[ion and time constraants thal would be applicable? " Answer 2: The Contractor shall coordinate with the N� WRF lead operator and advise him of the connection date at least three working days before the scheduled connection. Question 3: "Regarding Sht M-DI, please canfrrm connection type regirired for the following.• a. Connection/Support of ./.5" �Sch SO��lant waler in influent channel b. Connection of 1.5 " Sch 80 plant water to 4" plant wcrtermain. " Answer 3: a. The 1.5" SCH 80 PVC plant water pipe shall be install�d on the influent channel wall w/pipe supports approximately 6 inches from the top of the channel as shown in the Contract Drawing M-01. b. The new 1.5" SCH $U PVC plant water shall tap into the existing plant water line next to the mechanical bar screens as shown in Contract Drawing M-01. Question 4: "Plan Sht M-02, Note 5, relalive ta !he new scun� pump station construclion, reguires the contractor to Prnvide by pass pumping. Please con�rm where by- ' 09-0040-UT / 03720-037-D1 May 25, 2011 1 � Addendum 1 �'. [J 1 ' 1 1 �� 1 � 1 ' ' 1 1 passed malerial is to be ten�porarily pumped to and prnvide any knowr� infor�naliort on ntax anzount of rrlaterral to be by�a.c.sed in GI'M" Answer 4: As mentioned during fhe prebid meeting, the scum quantity from the primary clarifiers is not significantly high. The City will arrange for pumping out the scum the f7rst time. Unce the Contractor starts construction in the scum wetwell, the Contractor shall be responsible for skimming out the scum from the primary clarifiers and collecting the scum into drums and transporting it to the location (within NE WRF) designated by the City. Question 5: "Regarding Plun sht M 02, new SS 31 b knee brace pipe supports, Pleuse confirrra cannection to existing wall of�thrckener" Answer 5: As shown in Contract Drawing M-02, the new SS 3 I G knee brace pipe supports are to be co.nnected to thickener wall. Question b: "Please confirm responsibilrry fnr dewalering and cleanirzg lhickeners and scum wet well in preparation fnr �roPosed improvements " Answer b: The Contractor shall be responsible for dewatering and cleaning the thickeners in preparation for proposed improvements. The City will assist in pumping out the scum from th� scum wetwell for the first time. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the scum wetwell and skimming out the scum from the primary clari.fiers. Question 7: "Cart Ciry provide informalion on Manufacturer repre.sentalives• that Engineer correspvnded with relative to the impronemcnls on this project? (i.e. ,5curn trough, blade, scrapper, scum pump). " Answer 7: Thickeners Equipmen_t: Manufacturer �- Siemens Water Technologies Representative — Heyward Florida Incorporated —(4p7) 628 l 880 Scum Pump: ManufaCturer — Vau�hn Co., Inc Representative — Envirosales of Florida —(94 I) 343 9244 Manufacturer — C.andia inc. Representative — Tom Evans Environmental, lnc. —(863) 619 3789 Question S: "Regarding plan sht M-12, detail C-M-01, please canfirm attachment connection reguired fnr new flvw deflec[or to existang vertical sludge lines" Answer 8: The new flaw deflector shall be attached to the influent pipe as shown in ChE Contract Drawing M-02. Question 9: "Please confrrm contract award schedule and construction notice to Proceed ' date " Answer 9: The tentative date for the Contract Award is July 2l, ZO] I and August 22, 2011 for the Notice to Proceed. 1 ' 09-0040-UT / 03720-037-01 2 Addendum 1 May 25, 201 1 �J ,^. ' ' Question 10: "Please canfirm chenzic�al resistant coating ir�cluding extents lhat was used crs basis of design irr scum wet well " Answer 10: The chemical resistant coating shall be up to EL 58.50 i.e. from EL 67.50 to E.l. ' S8.50 as shown in the Contract Drawings M-02 and C-02. The approved chemical coating shall be by Green Monster Liner Coatings or Raven Liner Systems and shall meet the requirements as mentioned in Specification Section 099$0 — ' Chemical-Resistant Coatings for Cancrete. 1 1 L.0 1 r � � � � � � � ' 09-0040-UT / 03720-037-01 3 Addendum 1 May 25, 2D11 ' � � � ' ' ADDENDUM NQ. 2 NORTHEAST WRF PICKETT THICKENER ' AND SCUM REMOVAL 1MPROVEMENTS PROJ�CT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA CXTY PROJECT NO. 09-0040-UT , DATE: May 27, 201 ] ' SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 to the Northeast WR�" Pickett Thickener and Scum Removal Improvements Project ' TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned ' This Addendum No. 2 reflects corrections, revisions and clarifications to the Contract Drawings and Bidding Document for the subject project as follows: ' GENERAL CLARIFICATIONS: The project bid opening date has been changed from June 02, 20l l(Thursday) at 1:30 PM to � June 09, 201:1 (Thursday) at 1:30 PM. Sealed Bids shall be received by the Purchasing Manager at the Purchasing Of.tice located at Municipal Services Sldg., l00 S. Myrtle Ave., 3`d Floor, Clearwater, until 1:30 PM on Thursday, June 09, 201 I. ' ENCL: ATTACHMENT 1: REVISED CONTRACT DRAWING NE-E-02 ' ATTACHMENT 2: REVISED CONTRACT DRAWING NE-E-U3 ' , 1 1 C� � �1►11�! ' q9-0040-UT / U3720-037-01 1 Addendum 2 May 27, 2011 �- � � � � � � � � � i � � � � � � � � �� ELECTRIClIL NDTE8 1. PR�Y1�E 4 TR�NSI;NT VOLTAGE SUR�= SUPPRESSEP (1V55] CY THE LLJJ 51'JE O: T4: u/dN CIRCllT 9R�.AKE�. iY55 SHaLL BE Ah' FCNAYLEC PROTECTION iECiN�LOGIES iE SER;[5 OR A:PRDYE� EOUAI. 2 fOR SUBUER516LE FUL1P5, itluERSBLE PCWER A1:� LCNiRDL CnBLES, S12F0 PER IPCCA. SW�LL BE FVR•I:ShCO BY THE PJlaP AUHUFACTI'RER. PR7.'ICE n 5'RAIN R{LiEF FiTTINGS �4 C710111i EN� IN %'Ei HELL. m ,7. PUNP CC'lTROL PR�.?L. E4CLOSURE SH.tLL BE WSKEiCD NE�A4 1i SiAINLE55 � 5'EEl �R"EG �'lI�N .5 3 PGIYi LJCNABLE LA-CN AN� DFAC FR�^.Ni PiYEL. k'.L CDNNECICYS i0 iHE SiAiOV �'iAL', 6E IMRINSICALLY Sa�E ANO i�E E F'PVtL SWLL INCLU[1E, 3L1 NUI BL ?III�IEU i0. 1hi FULiDW14G: �SlE �i'FC-fI�A'101.5 SfLT10N 113�(1, �OR AC�IiICti.l R�4L�iRC1/f4T5J A. 1lEiNAt WICNEiIC ��iCUll BRERKiRS. B. aEw1 w1TE� LDU&hn'iDN STaRiER FCR pVE PJN?. C. SMIP,E% Pil4P COHIROI SYSTEN (SEE SPEEIFI�ATION SECiqN 113�0, $JBIAE�519Lr CEMfhNGAL CiiOPR_� P-�AIPS). p. TRhNi1EN=. 40L!AGE SURCC SUPPRESSER (TKS). E. RJN TIMC NETER FOR EACH PUI.IP. F. iiW�-bFf-4Ui0 SELECip4 SWIT�H iOR C31E PU1AP. G. GREEN PJMP SRJP, REL• PLt1P RUN LILHTS .'OR ONE PUTAP. H. 3LUE SE4L Ft�LURI L�G`S, LOW OIL, FNO HI 1EVP FO4 01.E PU4P. I. V�uSE IWH'[O4 (P11)_ J. �LANi.I S1R.."dE AHD Fk7RN WIiH SIL�Fr,.= SW=TLH. N. LOhFRpL SYSTE4 CIRCIJIi SiALE 6E 12J t'CLT RC. L. ML LfCI 2f, A11P, 125 'rViT GIIPLLX RECEPTACL,. �. T�IE CDVTfiC, P0.NCL IMCLRAiEll IMERRUPT RATNG SNALL EC EOWL iC+ 1HE AYNLABLE FAUL� CIIRREN! '.i iHE ^OINi OF WSIALL4'i�N N'1H YiNi41iN OF �G,�]00 RNS 5'�A�NEIRICA_ xMPS. 5. CONDLCi�RS SHAIL BE 7YPC 11MH iNSULATEC LOPP:R. COkTfiC_ PANEL N=R�NL Sl1AL_ OC ttPC IAPN. 6. ALL GCMPCNiNfS SIJ,LL bY SZEJ PE� ��C L41E5� AWP?ED N'.iION��L fIFCTRIf.AI C�fY.' (NFf.j. ], SEAL-Nu flf]NG .�,HA�L 6E CROIfE klk�5 ftt': LY_� OR E0�3L IYIryCdL SEtL FCF +lL CONOUii BE:WEEN THE CGMnb_ f'A�CL ANJ THE EYf".OSION - PRWF JIIYCipN 30Y. $ B. PRON�f � T'�PF fr.li C}'PIf15C1V PR!][]- .:I:N[:i'(14 l[]'i Si7i ; i� Nffi il�f r N!L RF,Q;.i'�fiAE%15. BELD'N GOYfRCL VFH!.. YSNC C�NhEC1i0NS � ,^,� II/YEHSINLL CdtlL:1 �0 �'AN,L WINiN[: IN JUNC'-OV FfOx ��rJ(: ILkNINA. a BCOC%5 DESLNEO 10 EL:ulk4iE THE MSSiPLi't C� zLU^E1r*A� eRrlh� � BEiWE;H iLRY'WLS ?itLW17"[ 5_PARAiE 1E3�A'NaL BLYK> FOR PON'ik �ti? ��' C9N�ROL. - 9. PI�p�10L '-,10 -451aL', 5V'�I IIIA[N 1UF [;;}MVi�k �YIi3Y 4I]L:L`_ INS��L SCI14 !'U4i' f:ONI1NY 1'WEL. 1111LH S�l_ tlE ::HOkI RANGE H;�:ei rrC,L - uCDEL GB635 Br IMERUaii�, OR �PP4prEP EGUAL. AEiER �0 Wt4JFA.^,I��RER'S iYSTxL,4i101: WAL'Fl FOR 'JEi+1�5 '0. PROVI�E WD IHSThL. LURICIEA SPRAY NO2ZlE SCLCIiJl7 Y'A�'Y[. RE�ER i0 iAFf�fICATI[II: SFC%K:4 1151[1 t�R RF�I:IRFLIfNit E '�� ; __- .........1 ....... ................. - _ _.. : . 1'_6 I'_6 I•..g• �. 3• � ,C,y,13P ' _ _ ' . . . . ....... ... ..i -- _- -- _ I I ......... � _ "_ _ J -- — _ ' - � I C.!]N�Ui SCAI� '�'� P'�� SPACf ^CONiP.C: P!ulEL PCHER 3d1�. 1ji0 lG]. 3�� C / SEE Y]iC ] S�G �I� �SLti� � � SP.iCE r �s[_ NoiE a _—__—_'� w�6i I Cp ; 5°.�.:E I I Pu �—__ . .___ -__ � : I � -_ � �I z�iz, i,fizf.cl i - sv�f � i I A �'' � SL'D�E I' PR I rTJSi, S:E VO 2 I� SLRIF NGiE ' , i I I 20A/ 20A.11F 20.4;1P ]OF;::p � i� I -" 2FVF, � i � I _ �an-�:c � SEE \_�iE 9 CIIi7Y � .4�^,iiH I kfVR $ O ��'" iN I �=:J��E LiG PYl C.".LL_C1Gk i FWP ^v •'F` � I `!C ] I I CF•:C � FVNR QI i Cf.AfR]LLC'n 0�9C% �'YiRO �LiJ2 I i I: ' 7'+CJ� I � SCJ.GA MS � i �''�� miERFALE - L_ -__— — L__ ' WiR�I:G S_ SHEOl4E �N I, I i SY..RH L(� ]CidILS BREAKC°. LCLLECiCt `!j12. 1i11;G) _ — _ _ _ _ _ 'Ot _ _ _ I/' � I � SPAFC JFNE CONpJR ± y ` '�e?iflC? SFRAY' ' I SEE Y7TE B�. �� I�i a'��N 7�'.�A1 FI;IAP pl, r�:il:l: S]LE�z7iU I : I SEE ��1� ; /� -]a�! IiEiET�D� _`•N! •l.":.�C =:L W': 1n ' ! . . _ _ I�E':EL cri.liL:' I ! -- _ _ '__ _— — __- _ _ ExfLOSON PP�CG .LY�'pN BpY y�,� l` --- ------- - - — - — - Wik -[HIJIML 5'PPS ?�!iL `�.RP41 �L_ACCIx}P�1 '1f1 —C'�� ii?09C 4=5E' :R�1BViiGN �C�' CFN" [? YIN;. 5 � .115�IW -11�L-14' IS LD_}TCO I\:.�}_ iH_ !PP[? _['•=L SE! �IL : - OF iFE P��YP:�JUSE CLE�iP✓,.�.L �CGII FE�E4.•0 _ _ � ClF•� x�:FL URxHi�C i-�l f�7R fn:�f" .fE PIPI: r`y 'MCC-t4' ELEVATION NE1NE :_ � ELECTRiCAL ONE—LiNE DIAGRAM NTS FLAO NOTES� � cw:rencroe s-uu �aa+:o� +r+o �rsu�� ne+r cixur eR_u�e� ov si_ �a4�F�m �u iHE ONE LIhE �l4:RAY IrFiCE E%Si�Y,; b:G-li AS �HC'Nh IN iHE PHO�G iG iE=� iHE PRpPp,.p YI1M PlIA1P CCMfiOL �RN�L. > FR�IP.?SF.[: C:]kiRfll FRl��I if] 9f IIf.LI:iCC� Cl' iHC W+JI. � �� > rp�;ip�{r70ft SiLLL ?:--FRJiC iHE E[SiN,'. LOh;;� 1nG f'rtCCE55 ��'i� ARG_40 iHE CsLL LOC4 PuB�i� �•�N"P.C•. I'}NEL �5 SHCN�:, i0 f RL4fF Sf aG; OK iH= 'FA!l f� �i I:EW CC•4iROL f'�iNCI �,n� �;. �.�.�r ,�- [EN�lx > i01i�FY,'OR SH11L 'F��y;CE ANC �IF1dlL I 1/+' SiLINLEiS 5-EEL SiRUTS FGF COK:P.L; PPNEL 11��NiW. ATi.VH SiP.J15 iC W4L WIiH SiAINLESS $iECL FAP.CNdP.F. a[couo ua3wir+cs I �;,-1 i � I SCUM PUMP CONTROL PANEL Hi5 C1TY OF CLEAR9YATER, FIARI�A �oNFS,�..,-�.,�, NORTHEAST WqF PICKETT TWGKENEP AN� �NGfN�EHIh(; ll�;PAH'fMEN7' �+++�+'+�� +oveMeuTS v�+wECr ]oo S. ]fyrtic .ic. �DMUNDS ELEGTRIGAL ONE LINE DtAGRAM, C3rTrxnl.rr. Fk 33T55 � ,�•��-M�rt�•�.,,��.�r�+��•�•,�..�^r�. ELEVATION. PHQTOS, AN6 SCHEDULE BID DOCUMENTS � � � � �■■i �■ � � � � � � � � � � � � � E 8 ::. . --- .._. � ! ` ��,� �� J ru J s: i E � Y � �.a Cau �CCAL MI9Li ViS�iY HOiIFICtiI[ CEr�iEA - �. FLA6 NOTEB� � Ex1514G 17IN. I� PMFLB04A!,' R1 LCGiEO I1fi!GE LPNE.'. L'_'F_L CLELIRY�� RDG4. > CCNIWKTOR SM�LL oR0%d�". bN0 +�5�4; F NEW �iR,Ui' 8?CAS[R C� 51$[ IOE4i�"ICO 14 W�-L+Q CU.±�Y IR`JCE C[I.iiNL PAIiSLBP4R0 Ra i� fECO �HE �FCrE+ICRS SPRAr HOj2LE SOLCNGIp VA�VF �PR[RF,� .SPUI 'IYF.R FOP. LIIF.If FR .SCFFY �..�)i f, tii'ti� �W� R �N T�C M�4.L iEL6k E'+ISi�YG i:NEFS �}_ iHE .?�fC? LEYEI [�{[iRILi�. RDOY. TLER :SNI! BE SF]Ri f+u:G REI'.Si C+'CLC NOCEL CRd35 RT iNiE931Ai�L. 0? APPROYEO E�LZ., RF�FR '0 14N.,f1[iI1RER'S INSfALUiILN 41dYLUl :CR DC'�:S ��RD��S,� JJNCiYA �% i0R THY.KE'r_R SPR�" NCZI.E 50_EnG� VI_VE ��0'J��[ �� 11:S�A:L 5]LC�ID V+L'h :CF 1HL^KEYCR SPP,1Y +A']22:i5. PE-CP, i0 SPECFIG4i:JN5 S=Ci�C� 1151p fpP. ilECI,�P.ENCNiS. S�LENC� Y.tLYE «lL BE �AiEC F�]P [�:�LC�SGy �F EHVIP.GMENi. SEE SHE•� _-C1 FG� L�AIGU _. _GU: n: . � 'I PFO'r1C_ RH� IkSiALL Wi?NG IuSi�_ R�Gi� CCAiJR �R04 PRC�EO y:i��4p10 4a;� i0 J�N�PCN B]% i0 YEEf F�C RECI�IP.EYENiS FO CV55 I, O�J e' EA':iR0114peT. � PPOPpSE. ., 'I BOk C4 R'fICR SP?A1 OZ:L"c -IIAEP �WIR N,. � PAJFGS�G SiRlli i0 SNiLH ENISiiNG I!� Siei h\0 l'P;. SPRAY PIOZZLE J-BOx MOUNTIHG RACK Ni5 TIMER P�iOTd � f�r'[�� 0.RRC R4 C1Ti' OF CLE�1P.We1TER, FL6Rl�e1 I'�^"ES �rs�.� HORirE�si wnF PKACErT Truac�ER �NO ua f;NG!N�EHINC II�PAKTA4E1iT vi�� awu na.wv�� waovou�+TS rao.�cr �no- 5. Myrl.lr a�. FI}MUNDS THICKENERS SPRAY NOZZLES CteTrxal.cr. h'I :i:i75H ,�.��•.�-.e•.•�M�,.��..,�� ELECTp1GAL DETAIL5 ExfSTING PANELBOAR� R4 PHQTO �� 81D DOCUAAENTS •— __ __ m .o__- - ali:�-o�t-a �nii ••� = Ol